■>A!i' 



l-l 



vV ^^ 






^^ --C^. 






%-: 



,0o^ 



- %^ :i 




.#^-^ ^1: 




V y 




•\ O '■z , 




V^ .^"^ ,^°^ ''^/% 




''"^y. -^ /^^^^'; •'-^ 


o'^' 




^, ^^ 






.^/^■^^^ 




7.- 




^^. 


..x; 






'^> C*^' 



S I A - 1, V 









^ < \.^,f'^'^ -^ 



: i« 






oo' 






<^^ * 'J N 






^^'^' -^y:':% 



'/ 



V, "^ '^ * 



^^^%V,^/, 



xV, 



A\^\o^ . V'^^^\o"''.«^'^^ ''"^^ ^ \#\^^i^ 



^^. .x\^ 






.0 o^ 









^ * ^^'\- 
^\a %:". 



^ ^ 



s 



\^ "'^ 







.0 o. 



0> .^^«^_^'_ 



,U^C N^ ^.^^^ 




^ 0-^^^ 

"^z. "' 



■ . - ' -p^ 






.^'#^^^-" 






,0 o^. ; 



^^^ -^^^^ 



^p.^ 









\^^=^<^.^^^ %.^^: 



"■ o 




THE FIRST PART 



JACOBS' LATIN READER, 



ADAPTED TO 



BULLIONS' LATIN GRAMMAR; 



with an introduction, on the idioms of the latin 
language; an improved vocabulary; and exer- 
cises IN LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, 
ON A NEW PLAN. 



By Rev. PETER BULLIONS, D. D., 

PROFESSOR OF LANSTTAGES IN THE ALBANY ACADEMY ; AND AUTHOR OP THE 

SERIES OP GRAMMARS, GREEK, LATIN AND ENGLISH, ON 

THE SAME PLAN, ETC. ETC. 



SIXTH EDITION REVISED AND CORRECTED. 

NEW-YORK : 
PRATT, WOODFORD & COMPANY 

No. 159 PEARL STREET. 
1846. 



^Ki.^'^ 



.b 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846, by 

PETER BULLIONS, 
in the Clerks Office of the Northern District of New-York. 






PREFACE 



This work lias been prepared at the request of many teachers 
who use the author's Latin Grammar, and is intended to follow il 
as a " First Reading Book." The body of the work consists of the 
first part of Jacobs' Latin Reader; a work already well known in 
this country, and which appears to be well adapted to the end for 
which it was intended. The introductory exercises, however, are 
arranged a little difierently, and a few sentences have been intro- 
duced from other sources, for the purpose of illustrating some con- 
structions more fully. 

The object of such a work as this is to furnish to the beginner, 
who is supposed to have become acquainted with the leading prin- 
ciples of the Grammar, a praxis on those principles, both in Ety- 
mology and Syntax, by which they may be rendered perfectly famil- 
iar to his mind, so as to be applied with more success and ease, 
when he comes to read and analyze the writings of the Roman au- 
thors. It is in fact a Supplement to the Grammar, and the founda- 
tion of thorough scholarship must be laid here. 

In order more fully to meet the wants of the beginner, and to 
render (he study of the Latin language more pleasant and easy to 
pupils of every capacity, an Introduction is prefixed, containing 
explanations of the leading idioms of the language, arranged under 
proper heads, and illustrated by numerous examples, all of which 
are numbered, so as to be easily referred to for the purpose of illus- 
trating similar modes of expression which occur in the course of 
reading, as is more fully explained p. 54. Though this part is in- 
tended chiefly for reference, much advantage will be derived from 
studying it in course in short lessons, simultaneously with lessons 
in reading and parsing, and rendering the whole familiar by fre- 
quent reviews. 

The Introductory Exercises consist of short and simple sentences 
classed in such a way as to illustrate the leading grammatical prin- 
ciples in the construction of sentences, both simple and compound, 
and by a sufficient number of examples to render these principles 
familiar and easy of application. In these, as well as throughout 



IV PRKFACK. 

the body of the work, constant reference is made to the Grammar 
itself, as well as to the preceding Introduction, to illustrate and ex- 
plain the principles of the language as they occur, and by repeated 
reference to render them familiar to the pupil and impress them in- 
delibly on his mind. These references are more numerous at first j 
but when any construction or idiom may be supposed to have be- 
come familiar, the references to it are less frequent, and the pupil 
is left to exercise the knowledge acquired in applying the principles 
without the aid of references. The construction and use of the 
subjunctive mood being one of the greatest difficulties and niceties 
of the language, and all important to be well understood, references 
for explanation, to the Grammar and Introduction, are more nume- 
rous and longer continued on this point than on any other. 

These references also form a sort of index, by which the pupil 
may be able to find at once other constructions of a similar kind in 
the portion of the work previously studied, and so compare the one 
with the other. For example, the letter *, p. 103, refers to the 
Grammar, § 140, 5; by running the eye back along the references 
at the foot of the page, the same construction will be found at the 
letter ', p. 95; at <=, p. 90; at <>, p. 89. at <i, p. 87, &c.; all of which 
may thus be compared with great faciliiy. 

The method of reference and explanation here adopted entirely 
supersedes the use of notes, by rendering them unnecessary, and it 
is believed will prove vastly more profitable to the student than any 
number of notes could be, which generally do nothiivg more than 
give the meaning of an idiom or phrase in a free translation, with- 
out any explanation of its construction. Though this son of aid 
enables the pupil to get along with the translation of a sentence, it 
leaves him as much in the dark as ever respecting its construction. 
The consequence is, that when he meets with a similar construction 
again in different words, he is as much at a loss as ever, and finds 
his progress arrested unless he is again lifted over blindfold by the 
aid of another friendly note. It is obvious that persons, in this 
way, may go over much surface; and if they have a memory capa- 
ble of bringing to their aid the translation in the note when it is 
wanted, they may be able to give a good translation of what they 
have gone over, and yet know nothing, or next to nothing, of the 
construction of what they have read; and hence it happens that 
knowing but little of principles, or of the method of analyzing the 
idioms and more difficult constructions of the language, whenever 
they come to an author or passage where the wonted supply of notes 
Is wanting, they find themselves unable to proceed; or if they do 



it is to muck in the dark that it is with them ti mere peradventiire 
whether they are right or wroag. It is therefore not without rea- 
son that many of our best teachers think that such notes, like trans- 
lations, do more evil than good. This evil, it is hoped, is in a great 
measure avoided by the method here pursued; for while all needful 
assistance is furnished, it can Le attained only by referring to the 
grammatical principle which contains the explanation needed: 
and which soon becomes so familiar, that it can be readily applied 
to the analyzing of every sentence in which it is involved." 

Besides the application of the principles of Grammar in the analy- 
sis of sentences, no less important is the study of the words them- 
selves of which these sentences are composed. This belongs to the 
department of EtjTnology, and to the enquiring and philosophical 
mind presents a most interesting and pleasing field of investigation. 
A proper selection of words is no less necessary to the expression 
of our thoughts than their proper arrangement in sentences. Much, 
accordingly, of the interest and advantage of studying the models of 
antiquity lies in the study of the words selected by these writers 
for conveying their sentiments to others. The derivation and com- 
position of words, and the variety of meanings which they assume 
in the expression of thought, should therefore form an important 
part of study to the classical student from the very beginning, and 
if properly conducted will prove as pleasing as it is profitable. It 
may be laid down as a principle capable of abundant illustration, 
that every word has one primitive and radical signification, to 
which all its other significations and uses are related, and from 
which they are drawn. This may be regarded as its strict and 
proper meaning, and should constantly be associated in the mind of 
the learner with the word itself. Once in possession of this, and 
accustomed to trace the varied shades of meaning which the words 
assume as they diverge from their radical and primary signification, 
he v.'ill feel an interest and see a beauty in the study of language, 
which he would otherwise never be likely to attain. 

This primary meaning of a word is not always indeed its most 
common meaning: this may even have passed into disuse; but still 
it is necessary to be known, in order to have a clue to its various 
derived significations, both in its simple and compound forms. If, 
instead of the primary, a secondary and distant meaning, though a 
more common one, should be associated in the mind with the word, 
it will be found impossible in many instances to account for, or to 
perceive any sort of propriety or analogy in its use in certain cases. 
Take, as an example, the verb emo, the more common but not the 



primary meaning of wliicli is, '" to buy," and it will be impossible 
to trace any sort of connection between such a meaning and liiat of 
its compounds, adlmo, extmo, inlcrin'o., pcr'.mo, dirimo, and the like. 
But assign to eino its primary meaning, " to take," and the whole is 
perceived at once to be clear and consistent. This one example will 
show how important it is that not only the derivation and composi- 
tion of words should be fully exhibited in a good dictionary, but 
also the radical and primary signification of all Vi'ords, where thai 
can be ascertained, should be first stated, and then the secondary 
and more distant meanings in that order which appears the most 
natural. In this respect our school dictionaries, with one exception, 
(Leverett's Latin Lexicon,) are exceedingly defective. This defect 
I have endeavored to supply in the Vocabulary appended to this 
work, in which the plan just stated has been followed; so that the 
pupil is here furnished with the means of tracing every derivative 
and compound word to its source, (if that is in the Latin language, 
derivations from the Greek not being given,) and of ascertaining 
what is the primary signification of each word, from the best au- 
thorities within my reach, as well as those significations which are 
more common, or which belong to the words in the various places 
where they occur in this work. Care has been taken in connection 
with this also to distinguish those words usually considered as syn- 
onymes. An earlier and more special attention to this part of study 
than is usual, it is believed would amply repay the labor bestowed 
upon it. 

A few Exercises in composition are appended, drawn, as will be 
perceived, from the reading lessons indicated both by the number of 
the page and the paragraph. Lessons in composition, of the sim- 
plest character and to any extent, may be framed in the same way 
from every reading lesson, or even from every sentence, and ren- 
dered into Latin, either orally in the class, or as an exercise in 
writing, as suggested in the remarks prefixed to the Exercises 
themselves. 

A few suggestions have been introduced at the beginning of the 
work respecting what is supposed to be the best method of using it, 
especially with young pupils. These I am well aware are of no 
importance to the experienced teacher; nevertheless they may be 
of some use to the young and inexperienced, and especially to those 
who pursue the study of the Latin without the aid of a teacher. 



INTEODUCTION 



SENTENCES. 

1. A sentence is such an assemblage of words as makes 
complete sense ; as, Man is mortal. 

2. Sentences are of two kinds, simple and compound. 

3. A simple sentence contains but one subject and one 
verb ; as, Life is short. Time flies. 

4. A compound sentence contains two or more simple sen- 
tences combined ; as, Life, which is short, should be well 



5. In the combining of words to form a sentence, observe 
carefully the following 

General Principles of Syntax. 

1. In every sentence there must be a verb in the indica- 
tive, subjunctive, imperative, or infinitive mood, and a sub- 
ject, expressed or understood. 

2. Ever)' adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle, must 
have a substantive expressed or understood with which it 
agrees, ^ 98 and ^ 146.* 

3. Every relative must have an antecedent or word to 
which it refers, and with Avhich it agrees, § 99. 

4. Every nominative has its own verb expressed or under- 
stood, of which it is the subject, ^^ 100, 101, 102. Or is 
placed after the substantive verb in the predicate, ^ 103. 

5. Every finite verb; i. e., every verb in the indicative, 
subjunctive or imperative mood, has its own nominative, 
expressed or understood, ^§ 101, 102, and when the infini- 
tive has a subject it is in the accusative, § 145. The infini- 
tive without a subject does not form a sentence or proposi- 
tion, § 143. 

6. Every oblique case is governed by some word, express- 
ed or understood, in the sentence of which it forms a part. 

• The references are to the sections in the Latin Grammar. 



O INTRODUCTION. 

Resolution or Analysis. 

Every simple sentence consists t)f tAvo parts, the subject 
and the predicate, § 94, 6. 7. 8. In analyzing a sentence, 
it is necessary to distinguish between the Grammatical sub- 
ject and predicate, and the io^e'caZ subject and predicate. 

The Grammatical subject is the name or thing spoken of, 
without, or separated from, all modifying words or clauses, 
and which stands as the nominative to the verb, or the ac- 
cusative before the infinitive. 

The Logical subject is the same word in connection with 
the qualifying or restricting expressions, which go to make 
up the full and precise idea of the thing spoken of. 

The Grammatical 'predicate is the word or words contain- 
ing the simple affirmation made respecting the subject. 

The Logical predicate is the grammatical predicate com- 
bined with all those words or expressions that modify or 
restrict it in any way ; thus : 

In the sentence, " An inordinate desire of admiration 
often produces a contemptible levity of deportment;" the 
Grammatical subject is "t^eseVe;" the Logical '■'•An inordi- 
nate desire of admiration.'''' The Grammatical predicate is 
'■'■produces,'''' the Logical, "produces often a contemptible 
levity of deportment. ^^ 

In Latin and English, the general arrangement of a sen- 
tence is the same, i. e., the sentence commonly begins with 
the subject and ends with the predicate. But the order of 
the words in each of these parts, is usually so different in 
Latin, from what it is in English, that one of the first diffi- 
culties a beginner has to encounter with a Latin sentence, 
is to know how " to take it in," or to arrange it in the proper 
order of the English. This is technically called constru- 
ing or giving the order. To assist in this, some advan- 
tage may be found by carefully attending to the following 

Directions for Beginners. 
Direct. I. As all the other parts of a sentence depend 
upon the two leading parts, namely, the subject or NOMI- 
NATIVE, and the predicate or VERB ; the first thing to be 
done with every sentence, is to find out these. In order to 
this. 



INTRODUCTION. 9 

1. Look for the leading verb, which is always in the 
present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, or future of the indic- 
ative, or in the imperative mood,* and usually at or near 
the end of the sentence. 

2. Having- found the verb, observe its number and person; 
this will aid in finding its nominative, which is a noun or 
pronoun in the same nmxiber and person with the verb, com- 
monly before it, and near the beginning of the sentence, 
though not always so, '^ 151. K. I. with exceptions. 

DiEECT. TI. Having thus found the nominative and verb, 
and ascertained their meaning, the sentence may be resolved 
from the Latin into the English order, as folloAvs : 

1. Take the Vocative, Exciting, Introductory, or connect- 
ing words, if there are any. 

2. The NOMINATIVE. 

3. Words limiting or cxjylaining it, i. e., words agreeing 
with it, or governed by it, or by one another, where they 
are found, till you come to the vcrh. 

4. The VERB. 

5. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words which 
modify it, are governed by it, or depend upon it. 

6. Supply everywhere the Avords understood. 

7. If the sentence be compound, take the parts of it seve- 
rally as they depend one upon another, proceeding with each 
of them as above. 

Direct. III. In arranging the words for translation, in the 
subordinate parts of a sentence, observe the following 

Rules for construing. 

\. An oblique case, or the infinitive mood, is put after the 
word that governs it. 

Exc. The relative and interrogative are usually put before the gov- 
erning word, unless that be a preposition; if it is, then after it. 

II. An adjective, if no other word depend upon it or be 
coupled with it, is put before its substantive; but if another 
word depend upon it, or be governed by it, it is usually 
placed after it. 

* All the other parts of the verb are generally used in subordinate 
clauses. So, also, is the pluperfect indicative. In oblique discourse, 
the leading verb is in the infinitive, § 141. Rule VI. 



10 INTRODUCTION. 

III. The participle is usually construed after its substan- 
tive, or the word, with Avhich it agrees. 

IV. The relative and its clause, should, if possible, come 
immediately after the antecedent. 

V. When a question is asked, the nominative comes after 
the verb; (in English between the auxiliary and the verb.) 
Interrogative words, however, such as quis, quotus, quantus^ 
uter, &c., come before the verb. 

VI. After a transitive active verb, look for an accusative, 
and after a preposition, for an accusative or ablative, and. 
arrange the words accordingly. 

VII. Words in apposition must be construed as near 
together as possible. 

Vlir. Adverbs, adverbial phrases, prepositions with their 
cases, circumstances of time, place, cause, manner, instru- 
ment, &;c., should be placed, in general, after the words 
which they modify. The case absolute commonly before 
them, and often firsi in the sentence. 

IX. The words of different clauses must not be mixed 
together, but each clause translated by itself, in its order, 
according to its connection with, or dependence upon, those 
to which it is related. 

X. Conjunctions should be placed before the last of two 
words, or sentences connected. 



LATIN IDIOMS.* 



PARTICULAR DIRECTIONS AND MODELS FOR TRANS 
LATION. 

[Tiie followiiig explanations and directions are intended chiefly for reference. But 
it will be of great advantage for the pupil to become familiar with them by going through 
them two or three times, in course, simultaneously with his reading lessons.] 

1. Before translating, every sentence should be read 
over till it can be read correctly and with ease, paying spe- 
cial attention to the quantity and pronunciation. The words 
should then be arranged according to the preceding general 
directions, and translated as they are arranged, separately 
or in clusters, as may be found convenient ; always remem- 
bering to place adjectives and adjective pronouns with their 
substantives before translating. The sense and grammati- 
cal construction being thus ascertained, the translation may 
then be read over without the Latin, and due attention paid 
to the English idiom. The whole sentence, whether simple 
or compound, may then be analyzed as directed ^ 152, and 
last of all, every word parsed separately as directed, ^ 153. 

2. In order to arrange and translate with ease, it is neces- 
sary to be familiar with, and readily to distinguish the dif- 
ferent cases, genders, and numbers of nouns, pronouns, 
adjectives, and participles, and to translate them correctly 
and promptl)^, in these cases and numbers, &c.; and also to 
distinguish and correctly translate the verb in its various 
moods, tenses, numbers, persons, &c. This can be acquired 
only by continual practice and drilling, which should be kept 
up till the utmost readiness is attained. 

3. The English prepositions used in translating the dif- 
ferent cases in Latin, for the sake of convenience, may be 
called SIGNS of those cases ; and in translating these, the 
English definite or indefinite article is to be used as the sense 
requires. The signs of the cases are as follows : 

Norn. (No sign.) Ace. (No sign.) 

Gen. Of. Voc. O. or no sign. 

Dat. To ox for. Abl. With, from, in, by, &i.c. 

* A Latin idiom, strictly speaking, is a mode of speech peculiar 
to the Latin language. It is here used in a more extended sense, to 
denote a mode of speech different from the English, or which, if ren. 
dered word for word, and with the ordinary signs of cases, moods, 
tenses, &c., would not make a correct English sentence. 



12 INTRODUCTION. 

In certain constructions the idiom of the English language 
requires the oblique cases in Latin to be translated in a man- 
ner different from the above. The chief of these construc- 
tions are the following : 

4. The Genitive. 

1. The genitive denoting the place where, R. XXXVL, is 
translated at; as, Romce, " At Rome." 

2. Denoting prece, sometimes /or; as, Vendtdit plur is, 
"He sold it for more;''^ or without a sign; as, Comtztit 
pluris, "It cost THore. 

5. The Dative. 

1. After a verb of taking away, R. XXIX. ; the dative is 
translated /rom; as, Eripuit memorti, "He rescued me 
from death;'''' Eripitur morti, "He is rescued from 
death.'' R. XXXII-III. See § 123, Exp. 

2. Denoting the doer after a passive verb, R. XXXIIL, it 
is translated by; as, Vix audior ulli , "I am scarcely heard 
hy any one.'"' 

3. Denoting the possessor, R. XV., Obs. 1, it is transla- 
ted as the genitive ; as, E, i in mentem venit, " It came into 
the mind to him,'' i. e., of him, or into his mind. 

4. After verbs signifying " to be present," at; as, Ad- 
fuit prectbus, He was present at prayers. ^ 112, R. I. 

6. The Ablative. 

1. The ablative denoting a property or quality of another 
substantive, R. VII., is translated o/"; as, Vir mird mag- 
nitudtne, "A man of wmiderful size." 

2. The place where, R. XXXVL Exc, commonly at, 
sometimes in. 

3. After the comparative degree, ^ 120, R. XXIV., thun, 
as, Dulcior m.elle, " Sweeter than honey." 

4. Denoting the material of which a thing is made, § 128, 
Obs. 2, of; as, Factus ebore, "Made of ivory." 

5. After dignus and words denoting origin ; also after 
opus and usus, signifying need, of; as, Dignus hondre, 
" Worthy of honor." 



LATIN IDIOMS. 13 

G. Denoting time how long, sometimes in ; as, TJ no die 
fecit, "He did it in. one day;'" sometimes without a sign; 
as, Uno die abfuit, "He was absent one day.'''' 

7. Time when, at, on; as, SoUs occdsu, "At the set- 
ting of the sun ; " Idzbu s Aprllis, " On the ides of April." 

8. After verbs of depriving, ^ 125, of; as, Eum v est e 
spoliavit, "He stripped him of his garment.''^ 

Cases without Signs. 

7. When the genitive, dative, or ablative, is governed by 
an intransitive verb which is translated by a transitive verb 
in English, (^ 38, Obs. 4.,) or by an adjective denoting like- 
ness, the sign of the case is omitted ; as, 

1. Gen. Miserere m.ei , Pity me. 

2. Dat. Prafuit exer cltui, He commanded the army. 

3. " Flacuit regi, It pleased f/ie feirag. 

4. Abl. Utitur fr aud e , He uses deceit. 

5. " Potitus est imp erio , He obtained the goajernmenf. 

6. Dat. Similis patri, Like his father. 

Obs. But when rendered by an intransitive verb in Eng- 
lish, the sign of the case must be used ; as, 

7. Insidiantur nobis , They lie in wait /or m. 

8. When a verb governs two datives, by R. XIX., the 
dative of the end or design is sometimes rendered without 
the sign; as, 

1. Est mihi voluptd t i J It is to me [for] a pleasure ; i.e., 

It is [or brings] a pleasure to me. 

9. The ablative absolute, R. LX., (See No. 109,) and 
frequently time how long, R. XL., are without the sign; as, 

1. B ellofinito, T/ie war being ended. 

2. Sea; mensl bus abfuit, He was absent six months. 

10. When the ablative is governed by a preposition, the 
English of that preposition takes the place of the sign of 
the ablative, and no other will be used; thus, 

1. Abexercitu, Frovithe army. i. Cum dignitdte,With iigmtj. 

2. E X urbe, Owf o/ the city. 5. P r o castris, 5e/ore the camp. 

3. In agro, 7ra the field. 6. T enus pube, C/p fo the middle . 

1 1. In order to specify more particularly, the English idiom 
sometimes requires the possessive pronouns, my, thy, his, 
her, its, our, your their, (not expressed in Latin unless con- 
trasted with others,) to be supplied before a noun, and espe- 

2 



14 IKTRODUCTION, 

cially if they refer to the subject of the sentence. The 
sense will shew when this is to be done and what pronoun 
is to be used; as, 

1. Filius similis patri, A son like Ms father. 

2. Reverereparentes, Reverence ?/OMr parents. 

12. Nouns in apposition, (§ 97, R. I.,) must be brought 
as near together as possible, and the sign of the case, when 
used, prefixed to the first only ; as, 

1. Nom. Cicero Orator, Cicero the orator. 

2. Gen. Ciceronis oratoris, Of Cicero the orator. 

3. Dat. Ciceroni or atari, To Cicero the orator, 

4. Abl. Cicerone oratore, With Cicero the orator. 

13. The noun in apposition is sometimes connected with 
the noun before it by the words as, being, &c. ; as, 

1. Misit me comlt em , He sent me as a companion. 

2. Hie puer venit , He came, when [or being'] a boy. 

Adjectives and Substantives. 

14. In translating an adjective or adjective pronoun and 
a substantive together, the adjective is commonly placed 
first, and the sign of the case is prefixed to it, and not to the 
noun, ^ 98, R. II. ; as, 

1. Nom. Altus mons, A high mountain. 

2. Gen. .llti montis, Of a high mountain. 

3. Dat. Alto monti, To [for] a high mountain. 

4. Abl. jilto monte, With a high mountain. 

15. When tAvo or more adjectives, coupled by a conjunc- 
tion belong to one substantive, they may be placed either 
before or after it ; as, 

1. Jupiter optimus et maximus, Jupiter the best and greatest; or 
Optimus et maximus Jupiter, The best and greatest Jupiter. 

2. Viri sapientis et docti. Of a man wise and learned; or 
Sapientis et docti viri, Of a wise and learned man. 

16. The adjective must be placed after its substantive 
when the former has a negative joined with it, or another 
word in the sentence governed by it, or dependent upon it. 
So also solus; as, 

1. Dux peritus belli, A general skilled in war. 

2. Filius similis patri, A son like his father. 

3. Poeta dignus honor e, A poet worthy of honor. 

4. Homines soli sapiunt, Men alone are wise. 

5. Avis tamparum decora, A bird so little beautiful. 

fi. LittSrenonmollinequeaienoso,^^^ a shore not soft nor sandy. 



LATIN IBIOMS- 15 

17. The adjectives primus, medius, ulttmus, extr^mus, 
iofvmus, imus, summus, supremus, reltqmcs, ccster, or c(Bte- 
rifs, and some others describmg a part of an object, are 
translated as substantives, with the sign of the case prefixed, 
and of before the substantive following, ^ 98, Obs. 9 ; as, 

1. Media node, In the middle of the night. 

2. ^d sum mum montem, To the top of the raonntain. 

IS, When these adjectives (No. 17,) describe the whole 
and not a part only, they are translated as No. 11. ; as, 
Summum bonum, The chief good. 

Supremus dies, The last day. 

19. An adjective without a substantive usually has a sub- 
stantive understood, but obvious from the connexion, § 98, 
Obs. 5. Masculine adjectives, (if plural,) commonly agree 
with homines, or, if possessives, with amtci, cives, or milttes, 
understood; and neuters, with factum, negotium, verbum, 
tempus, &c. ; as, 

1. Boni (homines) sunt rari, Good men are rare, 

2. Ccesar misit suos (milites,) Ca;sar sent his soldiers. 

3. Codes transndvit ad suos Codes swam over to his fellow- 

(cives,) citizens. 

4. Labor vincit omnia (negotia) Labor overcomes all things. 

5. In poster um (tempus,') In time to come, — for the future. 

6. In eo (loco) ut, In such a situation that. 

20. Adjectives commonly used without a substantive, (but 
still belonging to a substantive understood,) may be regard- 
ed as substantives. They are such as viortdles, boni, mali, 
superi, inferi, GrcBcus, Romdnus, &;c. (See ^ 98, Obs. 5,) ; as, 

1. Mali oderunt bonos, The wicked hate the good. 

2. Grcecos Romdni vicerunt, The Romans conquered the Greeks. 

21. Adjective words when partitives, or used partitively, 
take the gender of the noun expressing the whole, and 
govern it in the genitive plural, (if a collective noun, in the 
genitive singular,) ^ 107, Rule X. In this case verbs and 
adjectives agree with the partitive as if it were a noun; as, 

1. Allquis philosophorumSome one of the philosophers has 

dixit, said. 

2. Una musdrum veniet, One of the 7nuses wiil come- 

3. Mu Iti nobilium juvsnum, Many noble young men. 

22. The comparative degree not followed by an ablative, 
or the conjunction quam, (than) is usually translated by the 
positive with too or rather prefixed. For explanation see 
^ 120, Obs. 5. : as. 



16 INTRODUCTION 

1. Ii acundior est , (scil. He is too (or rather) fassionate. 

(cquo,) 

2. JE grius ferSbat, He took it rather ill. 

3. J. I tins voldvit. He Hew too high. 

Obs. In a comparison, eo or tanto with a comparative in 
one clause, and quo or qaanto in the other, may be rendered 
" the ;" (See No. 44. 7. 8.) as, 

4. Qmo plures, eo feliciores. The more iAe happier. 

23. The superlative degree expressing comparison, is 
usually preceded by the article the in English, (^ 25,) as, 

1. D at issimus Romanorum, The most /earned of the Romans. 

2. Fortissimus miles in ex- The bravest soldier in the army. 

ercitu, 

24. When the superlative does not express comparison, 
but only eminence or distinction, it is translated with the 
article a or an prefixed in the singular, and without an arti- 
cle in the plural ; or by the positive, with very, emmently, 
&c., prefixed, (^ 25,) ; as, 

1. Homo doctissimus, A most learned (or a very learned) 

man. 

2. Homines doctissimi, Most learned (or very learned) 

men. 

25. Alius repeated with a different word in the same clause, 
renders that clause double, and requires it to be translated 
as in the following examples : 

1. .^lius alia via, One by one way, another by another. 

2. Miud aliis vidctur, One thing seems good to some, another to 

others, i. e. Some think one thing, 
and some another. (See other varie- 
ties. § 98. Obs. 11.) 
The same usage occurs with words derived from alius. 
See Gr. ^ 98, Obs. 12. 

26. The distributive numeral adjectives are usually trans- 
lated by the cardinal number indicated, with " each," or 
" to each," annexed ; sometimes by repeating the cardinal 
thus, "one by one;" "two by two," &c., ^ 24, 11; as, 

1. Consules bin as naves habe- The consuls had each two ships, or, 

bant, had two ships each. 

2. Qua singuli carri duceren- Where wagons could be led one by 

tur. one. 

3. Tigna bina . Beams two by two, or in pairs. 

4. Singulis singulas par- He distributed equal parts, one to 

tes destribuit eequdles each. 

5. Singulis mensibus hoc fecit, This he did every (or each) month. 

6. Plures.t in g ul i uxores habent.They ha.ve each many wives. 



LATIN IDIOMS. 17 

Pronouns. 

27^ 1st. Tlie adjective pronoun, A^■c, A«c, Aoc, with a noun 
following, is used as an adjective, and means, in the singu- 
lar, " this,'" — in the plural, " these.'''' — Ille^ ilia, illud, — is, 
ea, id, — iste, ista, istud, with a noun, in the singular, mean 
" that,'" — in the plural, '■'■ those.'' ^ 

2d. Without a noun following they are all used substan- 
tively, and mean, in the singular, he, she, it ; in the plural, 
they ; thus, 

1. Hie vir, This man. 4. Hie fecit, ffe did it. 

2. Illafemlna, That woman. 5. Ilia venit, She came. 

3. Eaurbs, That city. 6. E a (Dido) condidit earn, She 

built it, (Carthage.) 

Obs. In sentences containing an enumeration of particu- 
lars, the same pronoun is sometimes used in successive 
clauses, but they require to be translated differently, {§ 98, 
Obs. 12,) ; thus, 

7. Hie, \ hie, ) 

8. Is, ( ,, „ ci ti. „ ); is, ( "another," "the 

d. Ilk > "one," "the one." .^/^^ > ^^j^^; „ 

It). Alter, ) >- alter, ) 

When antithesis or contrast is stated, hie is translated 
"this," and refers to the nearer antecedent, ille, "that," 
and refers to the more distant ; as, 

11. Hie minor natu est, ille major, This is the younger, that the 

older. 

28. Is, ea, id, followed by ut, or the relative, qui, qv/B, 
quod, in the next clause, means " such,'''' and implies com- 
parison. The relative after it may be translated, that I, 
that thou, that he, that they, &c., according as the antece^ 
dent requires, or it may be translated as, and its verb by the 
infinitive (^ 31, Obs. 2.); thus, 

1. 7s homo erat ut, ife., He was sueh a man that, &c. 

2. Neque i s sum qui terrear, I am not sueh that I may be fright- 

ened. Or better thus, I am 
not such a one as to be fright- 
ened. 

Obs. The adverb eo with ut following it means " so far," 
" to such a degree " " to such a point," " in such a state ;" as, 

Z. Eo pervenit ut, " He came so far, (i. e. made such 

progress,) that;" 



18 INTKODUCTION. 

Possessive Pronoum. 

29. The possessive pronoun is equivalent in meaning to 
the genitive of the substantive pronoun, and may often be 
so translated ; as, 

1. Beneficio suo popullque Ro- By the kindness of himself and of 

mdni, the Roman people. 

2. Cu7n me a nemo scripta legat, Since no one reads the writings of 

vulgo recitare timentis. me, fearing to recite them pub- 

licly. 

30. The possessives, suus, sua, suuvi, in Latin, agrees in 
gender, number, and case, with the noun denoting the object 
possessed, but in English must be translated by a pronoun 
denoting the ^o5se5Sor; thus, 

1. Pater diUgit suo s liberos, A father loves his children. 

2. Parentes diligunt su am jobolem, Parents love their oflfspring. 

3. Frater diligit suam sororem, A brother loves his sister. 

4. Soror diligit suum fratrem, A sister loves her brother. 

Obs. In the first sentence, " suos,''"' agrees with " liberos," 
but must be translated '■^ his,'''' denoting " pa^er," the pos- 
sessor. In the second, suam, though singular, to agree with. 
sobolem, must be translated " their,''' so as to denote the pos- 
sessors, '■'■parentes,''^ &c. 

Usage of Sui, Suus; — Ille, Iste, Hie, Is. 

31. The reflexive, sui, and its possessive, suus, generally 
refer to the subject of the leading verb* in the sentence; 
ille, iste, hie, is, never refer to that subject, but to some 
other person or thing spoken of ; thus, 

1. C at occldit s e, Cato killed himself. 

2. Pater diUgitsuos liberos, A father loves his (own) children. 

3. P arent es diligunt suam Parents love their (own) off- 

sobolem, spring. 

4. Dicit se vaUre, He says that he is well. 

Obs. In the second and third sentence, suos, "his," and 
suam, "their," referring to some other person than pater or 
parentes, would be made by the genitive of ille, iste, hie, is. 
In the first and fourth, se would be made eum. For the dif- 
ference between these words usually translated " he," see 
Gr. ^ 28, Obs. 3. 

• See Gr. § 28, Obs. 3, 1st., with note. 



LATIN IDIOMS. 19 

Noie. If a second subject and verb be introduced, the 
reilexive governed by that verb will belong to the new sub- 
ject, unless the whole clause refer to the words, wishes, or 
actions, of the first subject ; as, 

5. Scipio civitatibus Italice reddU Scipio restored to the States of 
dit omnia qua sua recog- Italy, all the things which they 
noscebant, recognised as their own. 

Usage of Ipse. 

32. Ipse renders the word with which it is joined em- 
phatic, whether expressed or understood, and is equal to the 
English, myself, thyself, himself themselves, &c., annexed 
to it ; sometimes to the word very prefixed. With numbers 
it denotes exactness, and sometimes it is used by itself as 
a reflexive instead of siii, ^ 28, Obs. 3, 2d. ; as, 

1. Ipse faciam, (i. e. ego ipse,) I will do it myself. 

2. Ip s e frueris olio, (i. e. tuipse,) Thou thyself enjoyest ease. 

3. Jaciilo cadit ip s e, (i. e. ille ipse,) He himself falls by a dart. 

4. CcBsar ip s e venit, Caesar himself came. 

5. Tempus ip sum convinit, The tJer;/ time was agreed on. 

6. Ad ip s a s portas, To the very gates. 

7. Decern ipsi dies, Ten whole days. 

8. Precdtus estutipsum liberdret, He begged that he would lib- 

erate him. 

9. Donum ipsi datum, A present given to him. 

33. When joined with the personal pronouns, used in a 
reflexive sense, and in an oblique case, it sometimes agrees 
with them in case, but more commonly with the subject of 
the verb in the nominative or accusative. It is always, how- 
ever, to be translated with the oblique case, to which it adds 
the force of the word self or simply of emphasis ; thus, 

1. Se ip se inter ftcit (or se ipsum,) He slew himseZ/. 

1. Noscete ip s e (or fe ipsum,) Know thjself. 

2. Mihi ipse (or ip s i,) faveo, I favor myself. 

3. Agam per me ip s e, I will do it myself. 

4. Virtus est per se i p s a lauda- Virtue is to be praised for it- 

bilis, self. 

5. 5e ip s s omnes natiird dill- All men naturally love them- 

gunt. selves. 

RELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 
General Principle. 

34. Every sentence containing a relative and its antece- 
dent, is a compound sentence, of which the relative with its 



20 INTRODUCTION. 

clause forms one of the parts, and is used further to describe 
or limit its antecedent Avord in the other part. That word 
may be the subject, or belong to the predicate, or to some 
circumstance connected with either. But to whichsoever 
of these it belongs, the relative and its clause must all be 
translated together^ and in immediate connexion with its 
antecedent word. Hence the following 

General Rule of Arrangement. 

35. The relative with its clause should be placed imme- 
diately after, or as near as possible to the antecedent, and, 
unless unavoidable, another substantive should not come 
between them; thus, 

Latin Arrangement. 

1. TJrhi imminet mons, qui ad Arcadiam procarrit. 
Here "qui'''' with its clause, "ad Arcadiam procarrit,''^ 
belongs to, and further describes the antecedent subject, 
" mons.^' As then the subject with all that belongs to it 
must be taken before the verb, (Gr. ^ 152, Direct. 2, 2d, 3d,) 
the above sentence should be arranged for translation, thus : 
Mons qui procarrit ad Arcadiam, imminet urbi^ A mmin- 
tain, which extends to Arcadia, hangs over the city. 

Or, the English order may be inverted, thus : TJrhi immi- 
net mons, qui procarrit ad Arcadiam, Over the city hangs 
a mountain, which. See. 

But not, Mons imminet urhi, qui, &c., because this arrange- 
ment would place ^ urhV between the antecedent, "www," 
and the relative, "qui,'''' and so lead to a false translation. 
The following sentence also affords an example : 

2. Proxime urbem Eurdtas jluvius delabitur, ad c u- 
jus ripas Spartdni se ezercere solebant. Arrange, Proxime 
urbem delabitur, Sec, Close to the city flows ; or, Eurdtas 
Jluvius, ad cujus ripas, &c. 

36. When another noun necessarily comes between the 
relative and its antecedent, there is more danger of ambi- 
guity in English than in Latin, as the gender and number 
of the Latin relative will generally direct to the proper an- 
tecedent, to which in English Ave are directed chiefly by the 



LATIN IDIOMS. 21 

sense. The following sentence affords an example of this 
kind: Ad Byzanthim fugit, oppidum naturd mumtum et 
arte, quod copid abundat. 

37. The antecedent in Latin is often understood when 
the English idiom requires it to be supplied. It is gene- 
rally understood, and should be supplied in the proper case : 

1st. When it is intentionally left indefinite, or is obvious 
from the gender and number of the relative, and the con- 
nexion in which it stands, as in No. 19; as, 

1. Sunt {homines) quos juvat, There are men whom it delights. 

2. Hie est (id) quod queer imus, That which we seek is here. 

" Hie sunt, (ea) quce qucerimus, Those things which we seek are 
» here. 

3. (Is) qui cito dat, bis dat, (He) who gives promptly, gives 

twice. 
Note. In the preceding sentences the antecedent supplied is in 
parentheses. 

2d. The antecedent is usually understood before the rela- 
tive, when it is expressed after it, and in the same case, 
(^99, Obs. l,2d.); as, 

4. (Par s) quce pars terrenafuit, The part which was earthy. 

5. (Locus) in quern locum venit, The place into which he came. 
" Apud Actium (locum) qui lo- At Actium a jjZace which is, &c. 

cus est, ^-c. 

Note. 1. When the antecedent word is expressed in the 
relative clause, as in the examples Nos. 4, and 5, or is 
repeated, as in the following. No. 6, {^ 99, Obs. 1, 8d.,) it 
is omitted in translating; as, 

6. Erant omnino duo itinera, qui- There were only two ways by 

bus itineribus domo ex- which they could go from 
irepossent, home. 

Note 2. Quisquis, quidquid, or quicquid, (and also quicun- 
que, qucecunque, quodcunque,) "whoever, whatever," used as 
a relative without an antecedent, includes a general or indefi- 
nite antecedent, in such case as the construction requires, 
and is equivalent to omnis, or quivis qui, — omne, or quidvis 
quod; as, 

7. Fortunam quce cun que (i.e. They would hazard whatever 

quamvis fortunam quce) fortune (i. e. any fortune 
accidat experiantur, which) might happen. 

8. Quidquid tetigSrat aurum Whatever (i. e. every thing which) 

fiebat, he had touched became gold. 



22 INTRODUCTION 

Note 3. When the antecedent is a proposition, or clause 
of a sentence, ^ 99, Exp., the relative is put in the neuter 
gender, and sometimes has id before it referring to the same 
clause ; as, 

9. Servi, quod (or id quod) nun- The slaves, which never had been 

quam, ante factum, manu- done before, were set free and 
missi et milites facti sunt; made soldiers. 

88. In the beginning of a sentence, a relative, with or 
without quu7n, or other conjunctive term, and referring to 
some word, clause, or circumstance, in a preceding sentence, 
usually has the antecedent word repeated, or, if evident, 
miderstood; and instead of loho or which, may be rendered 
this, that, these, those, or, a7id, this, and that, &cc., according 
as the closeness of the connexion may require, (^ 99, Obs. 
8,); as, 

1. Qu(B urhs quum infestaretur , And smce (or because) this city- 

was infested. 
" Q Mt legdti quum missi essent, When these ambassadors had been 
sent. 

2. QucB conteritio cuncta per- This contention threw all things 

miscuit, into confusion. 

3. Quibus nunciis acceptis, These tidings being received. 

4. Quod quum ille cernSret, And when he saw this. 

5. Quo facto, TMs being done (or accomplished) 
Q. Qua dum omnia contempla- And while they were contemplat- 

bantur, ^ ing all these things. 

7. Quod quum impetrdsset, And when he had obtained this. 

8. A quo consilio quum revocd- When he recalled him from this 

ret. design. 

9. Quo ictu ille extinctus est, And by this blow he was killed. 
Note. To this construction belongs quod, (apparently for 

propter or ad quod, § 128,) in the beginning of a sentence, 
referring to something previously stated, and meaning, "on 
accou7it of, with respect to, or as to, this thing ; " as, 

10. Quod diis gratias habeo, On account of this, (for this thing, 

wherefor,) I give thanks to the 
gods. 

11. Quod diceret se venturum, As to what (as to that thing 

which) he said, that he would 
come. 

39. When the antecedent word is not repeated, as in No. 
38, the relative, with or without quum, or other conjunctive 
term, may be rendered he, she, it, they, or and he, and she, 
&c., according as the antecedent word requires, {^ 99, Obs. 
8,); as, 



LATIN IDIOMS. 23 

1. Qui quum admittertret, And when he admitted. 

2. Q,iic£ quum vidisset, And when she had seen. 

Qua quum visa esset, When she had been (or was) seen. 

3. Quam quum dare nollet, And when he would not give it, 

4. Quibus quum occurrisset, When he had met them. 

5. Qui (qucBj pi. qui, quce,) res- And he, (she, they) replied. 

pondit, 

G. Qui (or qum) quum ades- And when they were T^resent. 
sent. 

7. Quern Meledger interfecit, And Meleager slew him. 

8. Quam quumduceret, And v/hen he was leading her. 

9. Ad quern quum venissent, And when they had come to him. 
10. Quern ut vidit, As soon as, (or when) he saw him. 

40. When the relative in any case is followed by the 
subjunctive mood, and the two clauses, viz: the antecedent 
and relative, involve a comparison; or the latter expresses 
the purpose, object, or design, of something expressed by the 
former, the relative is better translated by the conjunction 
that and the personal pronoun ; thus, that I, that thou, that 
he, that they, &c., as the antecedent word may require, (See 
Gr. ^ 141, E. II. and Explanation,); 

1. Missus sum qui te adducerem^ I have been sent that I might 

bring you. 

2. Neque is qui facias id. You are not such a person that 

you should do that. 

3. Quis est tarn lynceus qui, ^c. Who is so sharp sighted that he. 

4. Misit legdtos qui cognosce- He sent ambassadors that they 

rent, might find out. 

5. Fruges mandavit quas disse- She gave him fruits that he might 

minaret, scatter them. 

41. In the expressions, quippe qui, ut qui, utpote qui, the 
relative is better translated by the personal pronoun which 
represents the antecedent, (^ 141, Obs. 4,) ; as, 

1. Quippe qui nunquam legerim. For, (or because) /have never 
read them. 

42. After dig7ius, indignus, idoneus, and the like, in the 
predicate, the relative and subjunctive mood may be ren- 
dered by the infinitive, (§ 141, Obs. 2. 1st.); as, 

1. Dignus qui ametur, Worthy to be loved. 

2. Si dignum qui numer etur If you shall elect a person worthy 

crearitis, to be reckoned, &c. 

43. Sometimes the natural order of the sentence is in- 
verted, so that the relative clause stands first and the ante- 
cedent follows it. In translating, the antecedent clause 
should generally be placed first ; as, 



24. 



INTRODUCTION. 



1. Qui bonis non recte utitur, ei Good things become evil to him 

bona malafiunt, who does not use good things 

well. 

2. Qui cito dat, (is) bii dat, He gives twice who gives quickly. 

Correlative Adjectives. 

44. The demonstratives, tot, so many, and totidem, just 
so many ; tantus, as great, so great, as much, so much ; 
talis, such ; are followed by their relatives, quot, quantus, 
qualis, signifying as, to denote comparison ; as, 

1. T ot homines quot, ^s many men as. 

2. T oti dem naves quot , Just so many ships as 

3. T ant us exercitus quantus, As great (or so great) an army as. 
4- Talis homo qua I is, Such a man as. 

So also the correlative adverbs. 

5. Toties quoties. As often as. 

6. Tarn quam, So as. 

7. Eb quo By so much as. 

8. Tanto quanto. By so much as; or 

In proportion as. 

45. Instead of the relative in such sentences, the conjunc- 
tions ac, atque, (^ 149, Obs. 6,) ut, and the relative qui, 
qius, quod, are sometimes used and may generally be trans- 
lated, " as," or " that." 

1. Honos talis paucis est deldtus Such honor has been bestowed 

a e mihi, upon few persons, as upon me. 

2. Cum totidem navibus at que He returned with just as many 

profectus erat, rediit, ships as he had departed with. 

3. Nulla est tanta vis quce non No power is so great as (or, that 

frangi possit , it) cannot be broken. 

46. When the relative only is expressed in sentences im- 
plying comparison, the demonstrative (No. 44,) must be sup- 
plied and the sentence translated as above ; as, 

1. Crocodilus parit (tanta) ova The crocodile lays (as large) eggs 

quanta anseres, as geese lay. 

2. (Tot) millia quot unquam As many thousands as ever came 

ventre Mycenis, from Mycenae. 

47. Sometimes, as in No. 43, the natural order of the 
sentence is inverted, so that the relative clause stands first 
and the antecedent follows it. In translating, the antece- 
dent clause should be placed first ; as, 

1. Quot homines 1 t causa , j> 

arrange > jIs many causes as there are men 

Tot causes quot homines, ) 



LATIN IDIOMS. 20 

4S. The relatives, quot, quoties^ qua7itus, qualis, used in- 
terrogatively, or i?i an exclamatioii, or indefinitely, in the 
indirect interrogation, and without implying comparison, 
have no reference to an antecedent term either expressed 
or understood, and are translated respectively, "how many," 
"how often," "how great," or "how much," "what," or 
" of what kind; " as, 

1. Inter. Quoi annos hahet? How many years has he? i. e. 

how old is he ? 

2. Indef. Nescio quot , I know not how many. 

3. Excl. Cum quanta gravi- With, how much gTB.vity. 

tdte ! 

4. Indef. Doce quales sint, Tell us of what kind they are. 

THE 7ERB AND ITS SUBJECT. 

General Principle. 

49. Every finite verb (^ 95, 5,) has its own subject, ex- 
pressed or understood, in the nominative case. 

0^5. The subject of the verb is the person or thing spoken 
of, and may be a noun, a pronoun, a verb in the infinitive 
Tnood, a clause of a sentence, or any thing which, however 
expressed, is the subject of thought or speech. (§ 101, 
Exp.) 

General Rule of Arrangement. 

50. The subject and all the words agreeing with it, gov- 
erned by it, connected with it, or dependent upon it, must 
be arranged in the order of their connection and dependence, 
and translated before the verb. 

1. C anis latrat, The dog barks. 

2. E go Scribo, /write. 

3. Ludere est jucundum, To joZay is pleasant. 

4. Dulce est pro -p atria mor i , To die for one's country is sweet. 

5. Tot us G r (E c drum exer- The whole army of the Greeks had 

cltus Aulide convenerat, assembled at Aulis. 

6. Vir sapit qui pauca lo- The man who speaks little is wise. 

quitur, 

51. When the subject of a verb is the infinitive, either 
alone or with its subject; or a clause of a sentence, con- 
nected by ut, quod, or other conjunctive term, the English 
pronoun, it, is put with the verb referring to that infi- 
nitive or clause following it, and which is its proper sub- 
ject; as, 

3 



26 IJNTRODUCTION. 

1. Facile est jubere, /< is easy to command. 

2. Nuntidtum est classem devinci, It was announced that the fleet 

was conquered. 

3. Semper accldit ut absis, It always happens that you are 

absent. 

4. Qui fit ut metuas, How happens it that you I'ear. 

5. Nunquam Romdnis placuisse That it never had pleased the Ro- 

imperatorem a suis mans, that a covimander should 
militi bus int e rfl ci. be killed by his own soldiers. 

52. The verb must always be translated in its proper 
tense, and in the same person and number with its nomina- 
tive. (See paradigms of the verb, ^^ 54-70.) But when it 
has two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, taken 
together, or a collective noun expressing many as individu- 
als, as its subject, the verb must be translated in the plural; 
as, 

1. Et pater et mater V ene runt , Both his father and mother have 

come. 

2. Turba quoquoversum ruunt, The crowd rush in every direc- 

tion. 

53. The nominative to a verb in the first or second per- 
son, being evident from the termination, is seldom express- 
ed in Latin; but must be supplied in translating; as, 

1. Scribe, /write. 3. Scriblmus, We write 

2. Legis, Thou readest. 4. Legitis, You read. 

54. When the verb in the third person has no nominative 
expressed, it refers to some noun or pronoun evident from 
the connection ; and, both in translating and parsing, the 
pronoun ille, or is, in the nominative case, and in the gender 
and numher of the noun or pronoun referred to, must be 
supplied; as, 

1. (Jlle) scribit, (He) writes. 2. (Illi) scribunt, (They) write. 

55. When the same word is the subject of seveial verbs 
closely connected in the same construction, it is expressed 
with the first and understood to the rest, both in Latin and 
English ; thus, 

1. C ce s ar venit, vidit, et vicit, Ccesar came, saw, and conquered. 

2. Dicitur C ce sar em venisse. It is said that Crnsar came, saw, 

vidisse, et vicisse, and conquered. 

Interrogative Seftitences. 

56. A question is made in Latin in four different ways, 
as follows : 



LATIN IDIOBIS. 27 

1st. By an interrogative pronoun; as, Quts ve7iit ? 
'■^ Who comes?" Quem- misitV '■'■Whom did he send?" 
Cujzis pecus hoc? " TFAose flock is this ? " &c. 

2d. By an interrogative adverb; as, TJnde venit? 
" Whence came he ? " Cur venit ? " Why did he come ? " 

8d. By the interrogative particles, num, an, and the en- 
clitic, ?ie. Thus used these particles have no corresponding 
English word in the translation ; they merely indicate a 
question; as, Niim venit, or an venit, or venitnel "Has he 
come? " Num videtur? "Does it seem? " 

4th. By simply placing an interrogation mark at the end 
of the question; as, Vis me hocfacere'i "Do you wish me 
to do this? " 

57. The interrogative pronoun or adverb, in all cases, is 
translated before the verb ; as, 

1 . Quis fecit ? Who did it ? or who has done it ? 

2. Qu e m misit ? Whom did he send ? 

3. Quanta constitit? How much AiA it cosil 

4. Qua I is fuit ? What sort of a man was he ? 

This is true also of the indirect question, i. e., when the 
substance of a question is stated but not in the interroga- 
tive form ; as, 

5. Nescio quant o constiterit , I know not how much it cost. 

6. Docuit quam firma res esset He shewed them how firm a thing 

Concordia, agreement was. 

Note. "When the verb in the direct or indirect question 
comes under § 103, R. V., the predicate, or nominative after 
the verb, is translated '^rs^, and the subject or nominative, 
in the direct question after the verb, as in Ex. 4 ; but in the 
indirect, before it, as in Ex. 6. Thus, in Ex. 4, qualis is 
the predicate, and ille understood, the subject; in Ex. 6, 
res is the predicate, and concordia the subject. 

58. In all forms of interrogation not made by an inter- 
rogative pronoun, as in No. 57, the nominative or subject is 
translated after the verb in English, in the simple forms, 
and after the first auxiliary in the compound forms ; as, 

1. Videsne ? Seest thou ? or dost thou see ? 

2. .dn venisti .? Hast thou come 1 or have ■you come? 

3. Scribetne ? Will he write ? 

4. Num ibimus ? Shall we go ? 

5. Nonne fecit? Has Ae not done (it?) 



28 INTRODUCTION. 

6. Anegisset melius? Would he have done better ? 

7. Nosne aldvius? Shall vje support? 

8. Nonne Dei est ? Does it not belong to God? 

9. Iste est /rater ? Is i/ia< your brother ? 

59. When a sentence not interrogative is introduced hy nee 
or neque, not followed by a corresponding conjunction, (See 
No. 124,) in a connected clause, the verb will be translated 
by an auxiliary, and the English nominative will stand after 
the first auxiliary ; as, 

1. Neque hoc intelligo, Neither do I understand this. 

2. Nee venisset, Neither would he have come. 

3. JVec adeptus sum, Nor have / attained. 

The object of the verb. 

60. In translating, the object of a transitive verb in the 
accusative is arranged after the verb, and as near to it as 
possible. That object may be a noun, a proTuntn, an infini- 
tive mood, or a clause of a sentence, (^ 116, Exp.); as, 

1. Rovnilus condidit urbem, Romulus built a city 

2. Vocdvit earn Romam, He called it Rome. 

3. Disce die er e vera, Learn to speak the truth. 

4. Obtulit ut c aptivos re- He offered that they should redeem 

dimerent , the captives. 

61. The interrogative or relative pronoun is always trans- 
lated before the verb that governs it ; as, 

1. Q u e m mittemus ? W^Aom shall we send ? 

2. C ui dedisti ? To whom did ye give it ? 

3. Deus quem colimus, God whom we worship. 

4. C ui omnia debemus, To whom we owe all things. 

62. When a transitive verb governs two cases, the imme- 
diate object in the accusative, according to the natural order, 
is usually translated first, and after that the remote object 
in the genitive, § 122 ; dative, ^ 123 ; accusative, § 124 ; or 
ablative, § 125 ; as, 

1. jirguit m e furti, He accuses me of theft. 

2. Compdro Vir g iliumHomero, I compare Virgil to Homer. 

3. Poscimus te p ac em , We beg peace of thee. 

4. Onerat naves auro, He loads the ships with gold. 

Note. The accusative of the person after verbs of asking, 
is translated by o/, ox from; as, 

5. Pyrrhum auxiliumpoposcerunt, They demanded aid o/ (oi from) 

Pyrrhus. 



LATIN IDIOMS. 23 

03. But when the remote object is a relative, or when the 
immediate object is an infinitive, or a clause of a sentence, 
or a noun further described by other words, the remote object 
must be translated first ; as, 

1. Cui librum dedimus, To whom we gave the book. 

2. Da mi hi fallSre, Give me to deceive. 

" Dixit ei confiteor meum pec- He said io Am, I confess my fault. 
cdtuni, 

3. EumrogaveruntjUtipsosdefen- They entreated ftim, that he would 

dtret, defend them. 

4. Docuit ill OS quamfirma esset, He shewed them how firm it was. 

5. Civitatem, antea solicitdtam, He supplies with arms, the city 

ar mis ornat, already excited. 

64. When a verb, which in the active voice governs two 
cases, is used in the passive form, that which was the im- 
mediate object in the accusative, becomes the subject in the 
nominative, and the remote object in its own case immedi- 
ately follows the verb. Thus, the examples No. 62, may- 
be arranged and translated as follows, § 126. 

1. Arguor furti, /am accused of theft. 

2. Vir g ilius compardtur Ho- Virgil is compared to Homer. 

mero, 

3. P a X poscitur te, Peace is begged of thee. 

4. Naves onerantur auro, The ships are loading with gold. 

So also the participles 

5. Accusdtus fu rti, Accused of theft. 

6. Compardtus Homer , Coxa^aied to Homer, 

7. Onerdta auro, Loaded with gold. 

8. Nuddta hominihus , Stripped of men. 

9. Ereptus mar ti , Sa.ved from death. 

Impersonal Verbs. 

65. The impersonal verb has no nominative before it in 
Latin. It is translated by placing the pronoun it before it 
in English ; as, (^ 85, 2.) 

1. Decet, It becomes. 4. Pugndtur, It is fought. 

2. Constat, It is evident. 5. Itur, It is gone. 

3. Tonat, It thunders. 6. Curritur, It is run. 

66. Impersonal verbs governing the dative or accusative 
in Latin, may be translated in a personal form by making 
the word in the dative or accusative the nominative to the 
English verb, taking care always to express the same idea, 
(^85,6, and§ 113; thus, 



30 




INTRODUCTION. 








ImpersoJiallij. 


Personally, 


1. 


Placet mihi , 


It pleases me ; 


I am pleased. 


2. 


Licet tibi , 


It is permitted to you, 


You are permitted. 


3. 


Decet cum , 


It becomes him ; 


He ought. 


4. 


Pudet nos , 


It shames us ; 


We are ashamed. 


5. 


Tcedct V s , 


It wearies you ; 


You are wearied. 


6. 


Favetur, illis, 


Favor is done to them; 


They are favored. 


7. 


NocttuT hosti, 


Hurt is done to the The enev^y is hurt. 






enemy; 




8. 


Miseret me tui, 


It moves me to pity 
of you; 


J pity you. 


9. 


Pcenitet eos, 


It repents them. ; 


They repent. 


10. 


Pcenitet me pe- 


It repents me, i. e., 


/ repent of having 




casse, 




sinned. 



67. When the doer of an action denoted by an imper- 
sonal verb, or by a passive verb used impersonally, is ex- 
pressed by the ablative with a, (§ 85, 6,) the verb may be 
translated personally in the active voice, and the doer, in the 
ablative, be made its English subject or nominative ; as, 

Impersonally. Personally. 

1. Pugndtur a me , It is fought by Tne ; /fight. 

2. Curritur ate, It is run by thee ; Thou runnest. 

3. Favetur a nobis It is favored by us ; We favor. 

4. Favetur tibi a no- It is favored to you We favor you; or 

bis, by MS ; you are favored by us. 

Note. The doer in the ablative with a, is frequently un- 
derstood, (especially when no definite person or thing is in- 
tended,) and must be supplied as the context requires; as, 

5. Ubi perventum est {ab illis,) When it was come by them, i. e., 

when they came. 

6. Descenditur (ab hominlbus,) Men (or people,) go down 

7. Conveniebdtur {abhominibus ,) People assembled. 

68. Some verbs, not impersonal, are used impersonally, 
when used before the infinitive of impersonal verbs, (§ 113, 
Obs. 1,) ; as. 

Impersonally. Personally. 

1. Potest credi It can be trusted to you ; You can be trusted ; 

tibi, 66. 2. 

2. Non potest no- It cannot be hurt to the The enemy cannot 

ctri hosti, enemy ; be hurt ; 66. 7. 

3. Ut fieri so let, As it is wont to be done ; 

or, As is usual. 

69. Verbs usually impersonal are sometimes used person- 
ally, and have their subject in the nominative, {^ 113, Obs. 
l,)j as. 



LATIN IDIOMS. 



31 



3. Doleo, I grieve, (Impersonally Dolet mihi,) It grieves me, 

2. Candida pax homines decet, Candid peace becomes men. 

3. Ista g e s t a ml n a nostras hu- These arms become my shoul 

meros decent, ders. 



Usage of Videor, " / seem.'' 

70. Videor, "I seem," though, never impersonal in Latin, 
is often rendered impersonally in English ; and the dative 
following it, seems properly to come under Rule XXXIII, 
^ 126, to denote the person to whom any thing seems or 
appears, i. e., hy whom it is seen; thus, Videor tili esse 
pauper, I seem to you, (i. e., I am seen by you,) to be poor. 
Videor mihi esse pauper, I seem to myself, (i. e., I am seen 
by myself,) to be poor; or, I think that I am poor. So the 
following: 

I seem to be free; or, It seems that 

I am free. 
I seem to myself to be free ; or, 

It seems to me, (of , I think) that 

I am free. 
You seem to be; or, It seems that 

you are. 
You seem to yourself to be; or, It 

seems to you, (i. e., you think) 

that you are. 
You seem to me to be; or, It seems 

to me, (i. e.. I think) that you 

are. 
You, as you seem, (or, as it seems) 

do not write. 

Obs. The third person singular of videor followed by an 
infinitive, with its subject in the accusative, or by a depend- 
ent clause after ut, or quod, may be said to be used imper- 
sonally; though strictly speaking, that infinitive with its 
accusative, or that clause, is the subject, (See No. 51,); as, 

It appears to me that you are well; 
strictly rendered, That you are 
well appears to (or, is seen by) 
me. 

It appears to him, (or, he thinks) 
that he, {another person) is well. 

It appears to him, (or, he thinks) 
that he, {himself) is well. He 
seems to himself to be well. 



1. Videor esse liber, 

2. Videor mihi esse liber, 

3. Videris esse, 

4. Videris tibi esse, 



5. Videris mihi esse. 



6. Tu, ut videris, non scribis, 



7. Videtur mihi te valere, 



8. Illi videtur ut valeat, 

9. Videtur sibi valere, 



I 



32 INTRODUCTION. 

Verbs. — Indicative Mood. 

71. Y^i'bs in the indicative mood are translated as in the 
paradigm in the Grammar. Care must be taken, however, 
to notice w^hen the sense requires the simple, or emphatic, 
or progressive form. 

72. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or 
event extending to, or connected with the present, in itself 
or in its consequences, it is used definitely, and must be 
rendered by the auxiliaries, have, hast, has, or hath ; as, 

1. Regem vidi hodie I have seen the king to day. 

73. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or 
event, without reference to the present, it is used indefi- 
nitely, (Gr. § 44, III.) and cannot be rendered by have, hast, 
has, or hath; as, 

1. Regem vidi nuper, I saw the king lately. 

'« 

Subjunctive Mood. 

The subjunctive mood is used in two different ways, viz : 
subjunctively and potentially. (Gr. ^ 42, II. and §§ 139-141.) 

Subjunctive used subjunctively. 

74. This mood is used subjunctively, but for the most 
part translated as the indicative, when it expresses what is 
actual and certain though not directly asserted as such. 
This it does, 

1st. When it is subjoined to some adverb, conjunction, 
or indefinite term in a dependent clause, for the purpose of 
stating the existence of a thing, (without directly asserting 
it ) as something supposed, taken for granted, or connected 
with the direct assertion, as a cause, condition, or modifying 
circumstance, (§ 140, Obs. 4,) ; as, 

1. Eacumita sint discedam, Since these things are so, I will 

depart. 

2. Si madeat, If it is wet. 

3. Quum Ccesar redlret, When Caesar returned — was re- 

turning. 

4. Ita perterritus est ut mori- He was so frightened that he died. 

retur, 

5. Gratulor tibi quod redieris, I am glad that you have returned. 



LATIN IDIOMS. 33 

6 Si imp erit av c rint, If they have commanded. 

7. Si r eli quis s e m inlqui If I had left him, &c. 

dicCrent, 

8. QuiDR Ccssar p r ofc c t u s When Coesar had departed, 

e s s e t, 

Obs. In the first of the above examples the direct asser- 
tion, is discEdam, " I will depart." The dependent clause, 
ea cum iia sint, " since these things are so," expresses the 
existence of certain things referred to without directly as- 
serting it, but taking it for granted as a thing admitted or 
supposed, but still affecting in some way the event directly 
asserted. This holds good of all the other examples above. 

The dependent clause connected by ut, or uhi, "when;" 
du)7i, " whilst ; " priusquam, " before ; " postquam, " after ; " 
and other conjunctions, (^ 140, Obs. 2 and 3,); and also hj 
quuvi or cum, "when, " (Obs. 4,) sometimes take the indica- 
tive mood. 

2d. The subjunctive mood is used subjunctively, as above, 
after an interrogative word used indefinitely, in a depend- 
ent clause, or in what is called the indirect question, i. e., 
an expression containing the substance of a question with- 
out the form. All interrogative words may be used in this 
way, (See § 140, 5,) ; thus, 

9. Nescio quis sit — quid I know not who he is — what is do- 
fiat , ing. 

10. Doce me ub i sint dii, Tell me where the gods are. 

11. Nescio uter s c rib e r et, I know not w/iicA of the two wrofe. 

12. Nescio quid scriptuml know not what was written. 

e s s et, 

12. Scio cui, (a quo) scrip- I ]i.now to whom (by whom) it was 

turn e s s e t, written. 

13. .^n scis quis hoc fe c e rit-'' Do you know who has done this ? 

14. j^n scis a quo hoc fac- Do you know by whom this has 

turn fu erit? been done ? 

15. Nemo scithat quis hac f e- None knew who had done these 

c is s et , things. 

16. Percunctdtus quid vellet , Having enquired what he wished. 

Note. The direct question requires the indicative ; as, 
Quis fecit ? " Who did it.? " The indirect requires the sub- 
junctive; as, Nescio quis fecerit, "Iknownot who<:Z2<^ it." 

75. This mood is used subjunctively, and usually trans- 
lated as the indicative in a relative clause, after an indefi- 
nite general expression, (^ 141, R. I.) a negation, or a ques- 



Ji4 INTRODUCTION. 

tion implying a neg-ation, and also after the relative in ob- 
lique narration, (^ 141, R. VI.) ; as, 

1. Est qui die at, There is one who says. 

2. Nullus est qui neg et , There is no one who denies. 

3. Quis est qui hoc f aciat i Who is there that does this ? 

4. Antonius inquit, artem esse Antonius says that art belongs to 

edrum rerum quae s c i an- those things which are known, 
tur , 

The Subjunctive used Potentially. 

76. The subjunctive mood is used potentially; 1st, in 
interrogative sentences ; and 2d, to express a thing not as 
actual and certain, but contingent and hypothetical, (Gr. 
^ 42, IT. 2, and Obs. 3.) Thus used it is much less definite 
with respect to time, and is translated vi^ith some variety ; 
as foUow^s: 

1. Present, by may, can, shall, will, could, would, should. 

2. Imperfect, by might, could, would, or should. 

3. Perfect, by may have, can have, must have, Sfc. 

4. Pluperfect, by might have, could have, would have, should have, 

and denoting futurity, should. 

The most usual renderings of each tense are the follow- 
ing: 

77. Present. The present subjunctive used potentially 
expresses present liberty, power, will, or obligation, usually- 
expressed by the English auxiliaries, may, can, shall, will, 
could, would, should. {^ 45, 1.) 

1. Licet ea s , You may go. 

2. An sic int ellig at ? Can he so understand it ? 

3. Men' m.oveat cimex Panti- Shall {or should) the insect Panti- 

lius ? lius discompose me ? 

4. Quis istos fer at ? Who comW 6ear those men .? 

5. Si hie sis, allter s entias , If you were here you would think 

otherwise. 

Imperatively. 

6. Sic eat, Thus let her (or him) go. 

7. Edmus, Let us go. 

8. Pugnetur, (Impersonally,) Let it be fought. 

9. Diifaciant, May the gods grant. 

78. Imperfect. The imperfect subjunctive used poten- 
tially, is preceded by a past tense, and expresses past lib- 
erty, power, will, or duty, but still in its use expresses time 
very indefinitely. It is usually rendered by the English 



LATIN IDIOMS. 35 

auxiliaries, might, could, ivould, should, sometimes had, 
loould have, should have; as, 

1 . Legebat ut dis c e r et , He read that he might learn. 

2. Quid facerem ? What could I do ? 

3. Iret si j ub e r e s , He would go if you should order it. 

4. Cur veniret, Why should he come. 

5. Mogaverunt ut veniret. They entreated that he would 

come. 

6. Si quis die e r et , nunquam, If any one had s-aid it, I would not 
putdrem, have thought it. 

Note. After verbs denoting to hinder, forbid, and the like, 
quo minus with the subjunctive, may be rendered by from 
and the present participle, ('^ 45, II. 3,) ; thus, 

7. Impedlvit quo minus iret, He hindered him /rom gomg. 
Obs. An action or state which would, or would not exist, 

or have existed, in a case supposed, but the contrary of which 
is implied, is expressed in Latin by the imperfect or pluper- 
fect subjunctive, without an antecedent verb or conjunction, 
(^ 139, 2,); as, 

8. Scriberem, si nescesse es- I would write, if it were necessary 

set, 
8. Scripsissein, si necesse I would have written, had it been 
fuisset, necessary. 

79. Perfect. The perfect subjunctive properly expresses 
what is supposed to be past, but of which there exists uncer- 
tainty. Thus used it is commonly rendered by the auxilia- 
ries may have, can have, &c. It is also used sometimes in a 
present and sometimes in a future sense, with much variety 
of meaning, according to its connection, (^ 45, III.); as, 

1. Fortasse erraverim, Perhaps I 7nay have erred. 

2. Etsi non s cr ip s c rit , Though he cannot have written. 

3. Ut sic dixe rim , That I may so speak. 

4. Citius c r e did e r im , I would sooner believe. 

5. Facile dix er im, I could easily tell. 

6. Quasi affuerim, As if 1 had been present. 

80. Pluperfect. The pluperfect (§ 45, IV.) is usually ren- 
dered by the auxiliaries, 7night have, could have, would have, 
should have, as in the paradigm of the verb. But when an 
action is related as having been future at a certain past 
time, it is expressed in Latin in the pluperfect subjunctive, 
and translated should ; as, 

1. Quodcunque jussisset me I said that I would do whatsoever 
facturum dixi, he should order. 



96 INTRODUCTION. 

2 Promisisti te scripturum. si Yoa promised that you would 

rog avis s em , write, if I should desire it. 

3. Dum convaluisset. Until lie should get well. 

81. The pluperfect subjunctive active, with quu?n, in 
verbs not deponent, is used instead of a past participle 
active, (^ 49, 8,) and may be rendered by the compound per- 
fect participle in English ; as, 

1. C(Bsar,quum.h(2c dixis t et , Caesar having said these things; 
(literally, Csesar, when he 
had said these things.) 

82. When the subjunctive has a relative for its subject, 
and the relative and antecedent clause involve a comparison, 
they may be rendered as in No. 40, or the sense will be 
expressed if we render the relative by as, and the subjunc- 
tive by the infinitive ; thus, 

1. Quis tarn esset amens qui sem- Who would he so foolish as to live 

per viv er et , always. 

2. Neque tu is es qui nes cias , You are not such a one as not to 

knoiu. 

83. When the relative and subjunctive follow such adjec- 
tives as dignus, i7idig7ius, idoneiis, (^ 141, Obs. 2.) and the 
like ; or when they express the end or design of something 
expressed in the antecedent clause, their meaning wall be 
expressed as in No. 40, or by the infinitive alone, or prece- 
ded by the phrase " in order to ;" thus, 

1. Dignum qui secundus ab Ro- Worthy to be ranked next after 

mulo numerStur, Romulus. 

2. Legdtos miserunt qui euni a c- They sent legates to accuse (or, in 

cusdr ent , order to accuse) him. 

3. Virgas iis dedit quibus He gave them rods to drive, (in 

a g e r ent , order to drive ; or, so that with 

these they might drive.) 

84. The subjunctive with, or without ut, after verbs sig- 
nifying to bid, forbid, tell, allow, hirider, command, and the 
like, (I 140, 1, 3d, and Obs. 5,) may be rendered by the 
English infinitive preceded by the subject of the verb in the 
objective case; as, 

1. Precor venias, I pray that you may come; i. e., 

I pray you to come. 

2. Die v eniat , Tell her to come. 

3. Sine eat, Vermit him to go. 

A. Non patieris ut eant , You will not suffer them to go. 

5. Nonpateris ut vescdmur, You do not suffer ms fo ea^ * 



LATIN IDIOMS. 37 

85. When several verbs in the same mood and tense, 
have the same nominative, and are connected in the same 
construction, the auxiliary and " ^o," the sign of the infini- 
tive, in the translation is used with the first only, and under- 
stood to the rest ; as, 

1. Et vidisset et audivisset, He might have both seen and 

heard. 

2. Et visus et audltus esset, He might have been both seen and 

heard. 

3. Cupimus et videre et audire, We vrish both to see and hear. 

The Infinitive Mood. 

86. When the infinitive is without a subject, it is to be 
considered as a verbal noun, (§ 144,) and translated as in 
the paradigm of the verb ; as, 

1. Volo s crib er e , I wish to write. 

2. Dicitur didiciss e , He is said to have learned. 

3. Dicitur iturus esse, He is said to be about to go. 

4. Dicitur iturusfuisse, He is said to have been about to go. 

87. When the verbs possum, volo, nolo, malo, in the indi- 
cative or subjunctive, are translated by the English auxilia- 
ries, C(2W, will, ivill not, will rather, and sometimes, in the 
past tense, by could, would, &c., the infinitive following is 
translated without to before it ; as, 

1 . Potest fieri , It can be done. 

2. Volo ire, I will go. 

3. Nolo facer e, I will not c?o it. 

4. Malo facere, I will rather do it. 

5. CT se volucrem fa cere vellet, That he would make her a bird. 

6. AHhil jam defendi potuit, Nothing could now be defended. 

7. Hoc facere nan potuit, He could not do this. 

8. Nollte timere, Do not /ear. 

88. The present is generally translated as the perfect 
without " to," after the imperfect, perfect and pluperfect 
tenses of possum, volo, nolo, malo, when translated cmcld, 
would, would not, would rather; and with " to" after the 
same tenses of debeo, and oportet, translated ought; as, 

1. Melius fieri non potuit, It could not have been done better. 

2. Volui di c er e , I would have said. 

3. Sumere arma noluit, He would not have taken arms. 

4. Maluit auger e , He would rather have encreased. 

5. Quampotuisset edere, Than he could have caused. 

6. Debuisti mihi ignose ere , You ought to have pardoned me. 

7. Dividi oportuit, It ought to have been divided. 

4 



38 INTRODUCTION* 

Note. A strictly literal translation of most of the above 
sentences would not express the precise idea intended ; thus, 
in the third sentence, " He would not have taken arms," 
and "He was not willing to take arms," manifestly do not 
mean the same thing. 

89. After verbs denoting to see, hear, feel, and the like, 
the present infinitive is often translated by the English pre- 
sent participle ; as, 

1. Audlvi eum d i c S r e . I heard him saying. 

2. Sur g er e videt lunam, He sees the moon rising. 

3. Terrain tremere sensit, He felt the earth trembling. 
Obs. So also when the infinitive alone, or as part of a 

clause, is the subject of another verb ; as, 

4. Mo rari periculosum est, Delaying is dangerous. 

5. Mordri 'periculosum (esse) They think that delaying is dan- 
arbitrantur, gerous. 

The Infinitive with a subject. 

90. The infinitive with its subject in the accusative, 
though but seldom, is sometimes translated in the same 
form in English ; as, 

1. Cupio te venire, I wish you to come. 

2. Quo s discorddre nove- Whom he had known to differ 

rat, 

3. Ho c optimum esse judicavit, He decided this to be the best. 

4. E um V o c ari jussit, He ordered him to be called. 

91. The infinitive with a subject, usually is, and always 
may be, translated by the English indicative or potential, 
according to the sense intended. When so rendered, its 
subject must always be translated in the nominative; and 
this, if not a relative, is usually preceded by the conjunction 
that, (^ 145,) ; as, 

1 . Cupio te V enir e , I wish that you would come. 

2. Dicit mescribere, He says that I write. 

3. Eos ivisse putdbat, He thought that they had gone 

4. Quern nunquamri sis seferunt, Who they sa.j nev ex laughed 

5. Rogdvit quid faciendum He asked what he thought 

(esse) putdret, ought to be done. 

92. Both the Latin and the English infinitive, by the-t 
tenses, represent an act, &c., as present, past or future, at 
the time of the governing verb. Hence, when the one is 
translated by the other ; that is, the Ltitin infinitive by ihe 
English infinitive, (Nos. 86 and 90,) any tense of the one 



LATIN IDIO».S. 39 

will l)e correctly translated by the same tense in the other, 
(except as in No. 88,) no matter what be the tense of the 
governing verbj as, 

1. Pres. Dicitur, j) Pres. Past. Future. 

2. Past, Dicebdtur, > habere ; habuisse ; habiturus esse. 

3. Fut. Dic&tur, ) 

1. Pres. He is said i 

2. Past, He was said > to have; to have had; to be about to have. 

3. Fut. He vi^ill be said ) 

93. But when the Latin infinitive, with its subject, is 
translated by the English indicative or potential, the tense 
used in these moods, must be that which will correctly ex- 
press the time of the act expressed by the Latin infinitive 
as estimated, not from the time of the governing verb, as in 
Latin, but as estimated from the present. That is, events 
present at the same time, or past at the same time, will be 
expressed in English by the same tense ; an event repre- 
sented in Latin as prior to the present time, (perfect infiiri- 
tive after the present tense,) will be expressed by the Eng- 
lish imperfect or perfect indefinite ; and an event represent- 
ed in Latin as prior to a past event, (perfect infinitive after 
a past tense,) will be expressed by the English pluperfect ; 
thus: 

1. Pres. Dicunt eum venire, They say that he is coming, or 

co7nes. 

2. Past, Dixerunt eum venire , They said that he came. 

3. Pres. Dicunt eum venisse, They sa.j that he came. 

4. Past, DixHrunt eum venisse , They said that he had come. 

5. Past, CcRperunt suspicdriillam They began to suspect that she 

venire, came. 

Note. The infinitive after the future does not follow this 
analogy, but is always translated in its own tense j as, 
Pres. Perf. Future. 

6. Dicent eum venire, venisse, v ent u r um esse. 
They will say that he comes, has come, will come. 

94. L Present, past, and future time, are variously ex- 
pressed as follows : 

1st. Present time is expressed by the present lense, and 
sometimes by the perfect definite. 

2d, Past time is expressed by the imperfect, perfect defi- 
nite and pluperfect. — by the perfect participle, — the 
present infinitive after a past tense, — the present tefise 
used to express a past event, § 44, I, 3, — and by the pre- 



40 INTRODUCTION. 

sent participle, agreeing with the subject of the govern- 
ing verb in any of these lenses, § 49, 5, 
8d. Future time is expressed by the future, and future 
perfect. 

2. The infinitive of deponent verbs, is translated in the 
same manner as the infinitive active in the follow^ing ex- 
amples in Nos. 95 to 100. 

3. After verbs denoting to promise, request, advise, com- 
mand, and the like, implying a reference to something fu- 
ture, the present infinitive, with its subject, is usually trans- 
lated as the future, by should, or would, (See No. 100, 1,2, 
3, 7, 8, 9,); as, Jussit, eos per castra duci. He ordered 
that they should be led through the camp. 

4. The Latin words for " he said,'''' " saying," or the like, 
introducing an oblique narration, are often omitted, and the 
infinitive takes the form of translation corresponding to the 
time expressed by the word to be supplied. 

From these principles are deduced the following direc- 
tions for translating the infinitive with a subject. 

Present Infnitive after Present or Future time. 

95. Direct. I. When the preceding verb is in the present, 
the perfect used definitely, ox future te?ise, the present infin- 
itive is translated as the present ; as. 

Active Voice. 

1. JDico eum I auddr e , I say that he praises. 

2. Dixi eum I audar e , I have said that he praises 

3. Die am eum I audar e , I will say that he praises. 

Passive Voice. 

4. Dico eum I auddr i , I say that he is praised. 

5. Dixi eum I audar i , I have said that he is praised. 

6. Dicam eum I auddr i , I will say that he is praised 

Present Infinitive after Past time. 

96. Direct. II. When the preceding verb is in the im- 
perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present in- 
finitive after a past tense, the present infinitive is translated 
as the imperfect, or perfect indefinite ; as. 






LATIN IDICMS, 41 

Present Infinitive Active. 

1. Diciham eum I audar e , I said that he praised. 

2. Dixi eum I audar e , I said that he praised. 

3. Dixcram eum I auddr e , I had said that he praised. 

4. Ccepi dicere eum I auddr e , I began to say that he praised. 

Present liifinitive Passive. 

5. Diceham eum I audar i , I said that he was praised. 

6. Dixi eum I audar i , I said that he was praised. 

7. JDixeram eum I auddr i , I had said that he was praised. 

8. CcBpi dicere eum I auddr i , I began to say that he was praised. 

Exc. I. When the present infinitive expresses that which 
is always true, it must be translated in the p?-esent, after any 
tense, § 44, I. 1 ; as 

9. Doctus erat deum guber- He had been taught that God gov- 

ndre mundum, erws the world. 

Exc. II. When the present infinitive expresses an act 
subsequent to the time of the governing verb, it is transla- 
ted after any tense, by the potential with should; would; as, 

10. Jubet jl He orders 'i 

11. Jussit \te ire, He ordered > that you sAowZd go. 

12. Jusserat ) He had ordered ) 

Perfect Infinitive after Present or Fiiture time. 

97. Direct. III. When the preceding verb is in the pre- 
sent, perfect definite, or future tense, the perfect infinitive is 
translated as the imperfect or perfect indefinite ; as. 

Active Voice. 

1 . Dico eum I audavisse , I say that he praised. 

2. Dixi eum I audavi ss e , I have said that he praised. 

3. Dicam eum laudaviss e , I will say that he praised. 

Passive Voice. 

4. Dico eum laudatum esse, I say that he was praised. 

5. Dixi eum. I auddtum esse , I have said that he was praised, 

6. Dicam eum laudatum esse, I will say that he was praised. 

7. Dico eum laudatum fu- 1 say that he has been praised. 

is s e , 

8. Dixi eum laudatum fu- I have said thathe has been praised 

iss e , 

9. Dicam eum I auddtum fu • I will say that he has been praised 

is &e 



42 INTRODUCTION. 

Perfect Infinitim after Past Temes. 

98. Direct. IV. When the preceding verb is in tlie in.- 
perfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present in- 
finitive after a past te?ise, the perfect infinitive is translated 
as the pluperfect ; as, 

Active Voice. 

1 . Dicebam eum I aud avis se , I said that he had praised. 

2. Dixi eum laudavisse, I said that he had praised. 

3. Dixeram eum I audaviss e , I had said that he had praised. 

4. Ccepi dictre eum lauda- I began to say that he Aarfjt/razsetZ. 

vis se , 

Passive Voice. 

5. Dicebam eum laudatum I said that he had been praised. 

esse, 

6. Dixi eum laudatum esse , I said that he had been praised. 

7. Dixeram eum I aud at um I ha.d.s^idth.a.t he had beenpraised. 

esse, 

8. Ccepi dicp-re eum laudatum I began to say that he had been 

esse, praised. 

9. Dicebam eum I au da turn I sa.id ihsit he had been praised, 
fu is s e, 

10. Dixi eum laudatum fu- I said that he had been praised. 

is se , 

1 1 . Dixeram eum I auddtum I had said that he had been praised. 

fuiss e , 

12. Ccepidicere eum laudatuml began to say that he had been 
fuisse, praised. 

Future Infinitive after the Present Tense. 

99. When the preceding verb is in the present, or perfect 
definite, or future tense, the future infinitive vv^ith esse, is 
translated as the future indicative ; ?indi with, fuissehy would 
have, or should have, in the pluperfect potential in a future 
sense, and /ore, iox futurum esse, by will be. 

Active Voice. 

1 . Dico eum I aud aturum I say that he will praise. 

esse, 

2. Dixi eum I audaturum I have said that he will praise. 

esse, 

3. Dicam eum laudaturum I will say that he will praise. 

esse, 

4. Dico eum laudaturum fu- I say that he would have praised. 

isse , 

5. Dixi eum I aud at H rum fu- I have said that he would have 

isse, praised. 

6. Dicam eum I audaturum I will say that he would have 

fu isse , praised 



LATIN IDIOMS. 43 

Passive Voice. 
T, Dico eum lauddtu in iri, I say that he will be praised. 

8. Bixieum laud at urn iri, I have said \.)iz.X he will be praised 

9. Dicam eum I auddt urn iri, I will say that he will be praised. 

Future Infmitive after Past Tenses. 
100. Direct. VI. When the preceding verb is of the im- 
•perfect, 'perfect indefinite., or pluperfect, the future of the 
infinitive with esse, is rendered by loould or should; and 
VfUhfuisse, hj would have, and should have; and fore for 
futurum esse after any past tense, by would be; as, 

Active Voice. 

1. DicSbam eum I aud aturum I said that he would praise. 

esse, 

2. Dixi eum laudaturum, Sfc. I said that he would praise. 

3. Dixeram eum laudaturum I had said that he would praise. 

4. Dicebam eum laudaturum I said that he would have praised, 

fu is s e , 

5. Dixi eum I aud aturum, 4rc. I said that he womW have praised. 

6. Dixeram eum laudaturuml had said that he would have 

fuisse, praised. 

Passive Voice. 

7. Dicebam eum I auddt um I said that he would be praised. 

iri , 

8. Dixi eum I auddt um iri , I said that he would be praised. 

9. Dixeram eum I auddtum I had said that he would be praised. 

iri, 

10. DicSbam (dixi) eum forel said that he would be safe. 

tutum, 

Usage of Fore. 
Obs. Fore is used [ov futurum esse, and, with a subject 
after present tenses means " will be,'''' after past tenses 
" would be.'''' Both of them when followed by a subjunctive 
with ut (^ 145, Obs. 6,) after a present tense, may be trans- 
lated by the future indicative of that verb; and after a past 
tense, by the imperfect potential ; as, 

11. Credo eumfo r e tutum, I believe that he will be safe. 

12. Credebam, or credldi, (credi- I believed, (had believed) that he 

deram) eum fore tutum, would he safe. 

13. Credo fore {ox futurum esse) I believe that you will learn. 

ut discas, 

14. Credibam or credidi (credide- I believed, (had believed) that you 

ram) fore {ox futurum es- would learn, 
se) ut disceres, 



44 INTRODUCTION. 

Participles. 

101. Participles are usually translated after their nouns, 
as in the paradigms of the verb ; thus, 

1. Present active, Homo c are ns fraude, A msmw anting gnile. 

2. Future active, Homo scripturus, A man about to write. 

3. Perfect passive, Vita bene a c t a . A life well sjaen^ 

4. , Coesar coactus, Caesar being {ot hav- 

ing been.) compelled. 

5. (Deponent,) Ctesar r egres sus , C^zsai having returned 

6. Future passive. Mala vit anda , Evils to be avoided, 

i. e., which ought to 
be avoided. 

Exc. But when a participle is used as an adjective, (^ 49, 
3,) it is translated, like the adjective, before its substantive; 
as, 

7. T igrin ostendit mansue- He exhibited a tamed tiger. 

fact am , 

8. Inferventibus arenis Standing on the burning sands. 

insistens, 

Future Participle Active. 

102. When the Future participle active is used to ex- 
press a purpose, end, or design of another action, (§ 146, 
Obs. 3,) it is rendered by " to," or the phrase " in order to," 
instead of " about to ;" as, 

1. Per git consulturus era- He goes to consult (or, in order to 

cula, consult^ the oracle. 

Obs. The present participle is also sometimes used in 
this sense; as, 

2. Venerunt p ostul ant es ci- They came to (or, in order to) ask 

bum, food. 

Perfect Participle Passive. 

103. As the Latin verb has no perfect participle in the 
active sense, (except in deponent verbs,) its place is usually 
supplied by the perfect participle passive in the case abso- 
lute, {') 146, Obs. 8,) ; thus, " Caesar having consulted his 
friends," rendered into Latin, vi^ill be, Ccesar amzcis 
consultis, literally, " Caesar, his friends being consulted. 
Hence, 

104. When the action expressed passively by the perfect 
participle in the case absolute, or agreeing with the object 
of a verb, is something done by the subject of the leading 



LATIN IDIOMS. 4.5 

verb in the sentence, the participle is rendered more in ac- 
cordance with English idiom, by the compound perfect ac- 
tive participle in English, agreeing with the subject of the 
verb, and followed by its noun in the objective case, (^ 49, 
8, and ^ 146, Obs. 8,) ; thus, 

1. Ccesar, his dictis, profectus est, translated in the 
Latin idiom, Caesar, these things being said, departed. 
English idiom, Caesar, having said these things, departed. 

2. Opereperacto, ludemus, 

Latin idiom, Our work being finished, we will play. 
English idiom, Having finished our work, we will play. 

3. Pythiam ad se vo c atum pecunia instruxit, 

Latin idiom, He supplied with money Pythias being called to him. 
English idiom, Having called Pythias to him, he supplied him with 
money. 

105. The perfect participle of deponent verbs having an 
active signification, accords with the English idiom, and is 
best translated literally ; as, 

1. N a ctti s naviculum, Having found a. hoa.t. 

2. Cohortdtus exercitum, Having exhorted the army. 

106. When the perfect participle of deponent or common 
verbs, expresses an act nearly or entirely contemporaneous 
with the leading verb, it may be translated by the English 
present participle in ing, {^ 48, 5, Note,) ; as, 

1. Rex hoc f acinus miratus The king, admiring this act, dis- 

juvenem dimlsit, missed the youth. 

2. Columba delap s a refert sa- The iove falling brings back the 

gittam, arrow. 

The Future Participle Passive. 

107. After verbs signifying ^o give, to deliver, to agree or 
bargain for, to have, to receive, to undertake, and the like, 
the participle in dus generally denotes design or purpose, 
and is rendered simply as in the paradigm, or with the 
phrase " in order to," prefixed, {^ 146, Obs. 4,) ; as, 

1. Testamentum tibi tradit Z e - He delivers his will to you to (or 

g end urn , in order to) be read. 

2. Mtribuit nos true id ando s He has given us over to Cethegus 

Cethego, (in order) to be slain. 

108. The participle in dus, especially when agreeing with 
the subject of a sentence or clause, generally denotes pro- 
priety, necessity, or obligation, and is rendered variously, as 



46 INTRODUCTION. 

the tense of the accompanying verb and the connection re- 
quire, {^ 146, Obs. 5,); the following are examples: 

1. Legdtus mittendus est, An ambassador Tnwsi (or should) 

be sent. 

2. Legdtus mitt endus erat or An ambassador had to be sent. 

fu i t , 

3. Legdtus mitt endus erit. Anamhassador will have to be sent. 

4. Legdtum mitt endum esse, That an ambassador should be sent. 

5. mitt endum fu ought to or 

is s e , should have been sent. 

6. D is simu I anda loquitur. He speaks things that ought to be 

concealed. 

7. Dis simul anda loquebd- He spake things which ought to 

tur, have been concealed. 

8. Quce dissimul and a Which will have to be concealed. 

erunt, 

9. Die, quid statuendum Say, what is to be (or must be) 

sit , thought. 

Ablative Absolute. 

109. When a participle stands with a substantive in the 
ablative absolute, R. LX., the substantive is translated with- 
out a sign, No. 9, and after it the participle, as in the para- 
digm of the verb ; as, 

1. Romulo r e gnant e , B-omulns reigning. 

2. Hac oratione habit d , This oration being delivered. 

3. Ceesare V entur . Caesar (being) about to come. 

4. PrcBceptis tr aderidis , Rules being to be delivered. 

5. Bello or to , War having arisen. 

Note. The future participles, Ex. 3, 4, are seldom used in 
the case absolute. 

110. When two nouns, — a pronoun and a noun, — a noun 
or a pronoun and an adjective, are used in the ablative 
without a participle, (§ 146, Obs. 10,) they are translated in 
the nominative without a sign, and the English participle 
" being,'''' inserted between them; as, 

1. Adolescentulo duce, A young man fteing leader, 

2. Mario consule, Marius being consul. 

3. Me suasore, I being the adviser. 

4. Annibdli vivo, Hannibal being alive. 

5. Se invito. He 6etng unwilling. 

Gerunds and Gerundives. 

111. The gerund, being a verbal noun, is translated in 



LATIN IDIOMS, 47 

the same manner as other nouns of the same case, and at 
the same time may govern the case of its own verb, § 147 ; 
as, 

1. N. Petendum pacem, Seeking peace. 

2. G. Petendi pacem, Of seeking peace. 

3. D. Utendo libris, To (or /or) using books. 

4. Ac. Obliviscenduminjuridrum, Forgetting in.)\ivies. 

5. Abl. Parendo magistratui, By obeying the magistrate. 

6. Ahl. Pet endo pacem, With, from, in, ^y seeking peace. 

112. Of verbs that govern the accusative, instead of the 
gerund in the oblique cases, the Latins commonly used the 
participle in dus, in the sense of the gerund, and agreeing 
with its object in gender, number and case; the case being 
governed by the same word that would have governed the 
gerund. When thus used it is called a gerundive. (^ 147, 
R. LXII.) 

Gerunds. Gerundives. 

1. Ars librum I eg end i, 5. Ars libri legendi, 

The art of reading a book. 

2. Utile vulnera curando. 6. Utile vulneribus curandis, 

Useful /or healing wounds. 

3. Ad literas s cr ib endum ,1. Ad liter a s s crib endas , 

For writing a letter. 

4. De captlvos c ommut an - 8. De c aptlvi s commut an- 

do, dis , 

Respecting exchanging captives. 

113. When the gerund is the subject of the verb est, and 
governs the dative, it implies necessity, and is variously 
translated into the English idiom, as the tense of the verb 
requires, (^ 147,) ; as, 

Latin Idiom. English Idiom. 

1. Legendum e.tt mihi, I must read; I ought to readj 

Reading is to me; i. e., I should read. 

2. Legendum erat (fuit) mihi. I had to read; I ought to have 

Reading was to me; read; I should have read. 

3. Legendum fuc rat mihi, I had been obliged to read. 

Reading had been to me; 

4. Legendum erit mihi, I will have to read; It vs^ill be 

Reading will be to me; necessary for me to read. 

6. Dicit legendum esse mihi. He says that I must read — 

He says that reading is to me; ought to read — should read. 

6. Dicit legendum fuisse mihi, He says that I had to read — 

He says that reading was tome; ought to — or should — have 

read. 

Obs. The dative is frequently omitted, and generally 

when it denotes persons or things, in a general or indefinite 



48 INTRODUCTION. 

sense. In such cases, liomvni^ hominllMs, nobis, or the like, 
must be supplied ; as, 

7. Vivendum est lecte (soil homint- Living honestly is, viz : to men ; 

bus,) i. e., men ought to live hon- 

estly. 

8. Dicit vivendum esse rede, (scil. Re says that living honestly is, 

homini,) viz: to a man; i. e., a man 

ought to live honestly. 

Supines. 
114 The Supines are rendered without variation, as in 
the paradigm, and under the rules, [^ 148,) ; as, 

1. Ahiit deambuldtum, He has gone to walk. 

2. Facile dictu , Easy to tell, or to be told. 

Passive Voice. 

115. The passive voice, in the indicative mood, is trans- 
lated as in the paradigms. The subjunctive mood is sub- 
ject to all the variety of construction and translation used in 
the active voice, Nos. 74^84, acting on the verb to be, which 
as an auxiliary with the perfect participle, makes up the 
passive form of the verb in English. 

In the compound tenses, {^ 53, 3,) when two or more 
verbs in a sentence are in the same tense, and have the 
same nominative, or are in the same construction, the verb 
sum is commonly expressed with the last and understood to 
the rest, as in the following Ex. 1. But when the nomina- 
tive is changed, the verb " to be" should be repeated as in 
Ex.2. 

1. Nisus a Minoe victus et occisui Nisus was conquered and killed 

est, by Minos. 

2. Tres naves captce, decern de- Three ships w>ere taken, ten sunk; 

mersce, duo millia hostium two thousand of the enemy were 
capta, trede cim millia occisa taken, thirteen thousand killed. 
sunt. 

Passive Voice in a Middle Sense. 

116. The Latin passive voice is often used to represent 
its subject, not as acted upon by another, but as acting on 
itself, or for itself, or intransitively, by its own impulse ; and 
so corresponds in sense to the middle voice in Greek. Thus 
used, it is best translated by the active voice followed by 
the reflexive pronoun as an object, or by an intransitive 



LATIN IDIOMS. 49 

verb expressing the idea intended, {^ 41, Obs. 3.) The fol- 
lowing are examples. 

1. Pahidibus abditi sunt, They concealed themselves in the 

marshes. 

2. Cum omnes in omni genere see- Since all give themselves up to 

lerum volute ntur, every kind of wickedness. 

3. F^ertur in hostes, Rushes against the enemy. 

4. Volutati super poma, Rolling themselves over the a^-plea. 

5. Cingitur armis, Girds himself with his armor. 

6. Sternuntur tumulo. Throw themselves on the grave. 

7. Gallus victus o c cult atur , The cock, when conquered, hides 

himself. 

117. The verb siun governing the genitive by E. XII., § 
108, may generally be translated by the phrase " belongs 
to," "is the part," "is the property," &c. See explanation 
under Rule ; as, 

1. E st regis, It belongs to the king. 

2. Pecus est Melibcei, The flock belongs to Meliboeus. 

3. Prudentia est senectutis, Prudence is the characteristic of 

old age. 

118. The verb sum, (also desum,) in the third person, 
governing the dative by ^ 112, Rule II., may generally be 
translated by the corresponding tenses of the verb " to have," 
with the Latin dative for its subject, and the Latin subject 
for its object; as, 

Latin Idiom. English Idiom. 

1. Liber est mihi, A book is to me, I have a book. 

2. Liber erat mihi, A book was to me, I had a book. 

3. Liber fuit mihi, A book was (or has I had, or have had a 

been) to me, book. 

4. Liber fuerat mihi, A book had been to I had had a book. 

me, 

5. Liber erit mihi, A book will be to me, I will have a book 

6. Liber sunt mihi. Books are to me, • I have books. 

7. Est mihi, It is to me, I have it. 

8. Liber deest mihi, A book is not to me, I have not a book. 

119. When a compound verb, rendered by the simple 
verb and a preposition, is followed by two cases, the simple 
verb with the immediate object (always in the accusative,) 
is usually translated first, and then the preposition with the 
remote object. 

1. Flumen copias transduxit , He led his forces across the river. 

2. C ir cumdar e mania op- To build walls around the city. 

pido, 

3. Caput dejecit saxo, He threw the head down fvom the 

rock. 
5 



<50 INTRODUCTION. 

120. An adverb, adverbial phrase, or clause expressing 
some circumstance in translating, may often be arranged in 
different situations in a sentence, due regard being paid to 
the sense and harmony of the w^hole ; thus, Magna debemus 
suscipere dum vires suppetunt, may be arranged variously 
for translating, as follows : 

1. Debemus suscipere magna, dum vires suppetunt ; or, 

2. Dum vires suppetunt, debemus suscipere magna; or 

3. Debemus, dum vires suppetunt, suscipere magna. 

121. The negative conjunction ne, is variously rendered 
lest, lest that, that-not, not; and after verbs signifiying to 
fear, forbid, and the like, it is translated that, while ut in 
the same situation, means that not. 

1. Ne quis eat, Lest (ov that not) any one maj go. 

2. Orat ne se perdat, She entreats that he would not 

destroy her. 

3. Egi ne interessem, I managed that I should not be 

present. 

4. Bum n e veniat. Provided he do not come. 

5. Respondit n e cogitdta quidem He replied that not even the 

latent. thoughts are concealed. 

6. Vereor n e cadas, I am afraid that you may fall. 

7. Timui ut veniret, I feared that he would not come. 

Note 1. But when the fear expressed, refers to such things 
as we wish, ne means that-not ; as. Paves n e ducas illam, 
You are afraid that you do not get her to wife, 

Ne, after a command implying a negative, or prohibition, 
is often omitted ; as, cave titHbes, take care that you do 7wt 
stumble. 

Note 2. JVe quidem, (always separate,) is an emphatic ne- 
gative, and has th^ emphatic word between; as, ne hoe 
quidem, not even this; ne turn quidem, not even then. 

122. When a verb is translated into English by the aid 
of an auxiliary, an adverb, or clause modifying it, will often 
have to be placed between the auxiliary and the verb, (Eng. 
Gr. ^74,); as, 

1. Dixit ne oh hoc alios con- He said that we should not on this 
temndmus, account despise others. 

123. Some prepositions are variously translated according 
U) the meai\ing of the words, or the case with which they 
are connected; thus, 



LATIN IDIOMS. 



51 



1. In followed by an accusative, means to. into, towards, for. against, 

&c., (§ 136, R. L.) 

2. In, followed by the ablative, means in, upon, among, in, in the 

case of, (§ 136, R. LI.) 

3. Inter, referring to two, means between; to more than two, among 

4. Sub means under, at the foot of, close up to. 

5. PrcB means before, in comparison of; — sometimes, more than. 

124. When the following conjunctions, adjectives, and 
adverbial particles, are placed, one before each of two suc- 
cessive words or clauses, the first is commonly translated 
differently from the second, and usually in the following 
manner, (^149, Obs. 5.) 



1. Et - 

2. Que - 

3. jlut, vel, > _ 

sive, ^ 

4. Nee — 

5. Neque — 

6. Sive, sen — 

7. Turn — 

8. Cum or quum 

9. Jam — 

10. Nunc — 

11. Simul — 



12. Modo, alias- 



-et, 

- que, 
aut, vel, 

sive, 
• nee, } 

■ neque, ) 

■ sive, seu, 

■ turn, 

— turn, 

■ jf^^y } 

■ nunc, ^ 

■ simul, 



Both 
Both 

Either 

Neither 
Whether 



and. 
and. 



ut. 



13. Ne an, 

14. Utrum an, 

15. It a, sic, tarn, adeo 

16. Talis, tantus ut. 

17. Js, ejusmodi ut, 

18. Simul ac, OT atque, 

19. Tamdiu quamdiu 

20. Ut sic, 

Ne is frequently omitted with the first word or clause, and must 
be supplied when an stands with the second; as, 

21. Recte an perpiram, (Whether) right or vrrong. 



Not only 


- but also. 


Both 


- and 


Not only 


- but also. 


Both 


-and 


Now 


- then. 


At one time 


- at another. 


Not only 


- but also. 




than. 


As soon as 


instantly. 


At one time 


at another. 


Sometimes 


sometimes. 


onjunctive Terms. 


Whether or 




Whether or 




So that; so as. 


Such, \o great 


that 


Such, of such a 


kind that 






As long as. 




As so. 





05i INTRODUCTION 

Preliminary Suggestions and Explanations. 

1. There can be no pleasure either to the teacher or pupil in re 
citing, unless the lesson is thoroughly prepared. Pupils who are 
anxious to go over a great space in a short time should remember 
that a short lesson well prepared, is vastly more profitable than a 
long one ill prepared. Nothing is more injurious than superficial 
learning. Festina lente. Hence, 

2. No lesson should be assigned longer than can be thoroughly got 
by aU the class. And no lesson should be allowed to pass, unless it 
is thoroughly prepared. 

3. Every word, at first, should be looked out in the vocabulary or 
dictionary, and its primary meaning, at least, fixed in the memory. 
And if more meanings than one are given, the pupil should try 
which will answer best in the sentence he is reading. Nor should 
he pass to another till he know all about this one — its class, gender, 
declension, &c., as directed Gr. § 153. And if he forget, he should 
look it out again, and if necessary, again, till he know it thoroughly. 

4. Frequent and accurate reviews of the portion previously studied, 
are of great importance. This is the best way to fix permanently in 
the memory, the acquisitions made. 

5. Every instance of false quantity, either in reading or parsing, 
should be instantly corrected. Bad habits in this particular are 
easily formed, and, if ever, are corrected with great difficulty. If 
proper attention has been paid to this in going through the grammar, 
there will be less difficulty now. In order to assist in this, the pupil 
should commit to memory and apply the few following 

Gejieral Rules for the Quantity of Syllables. 

1. A vowel before another vowel is short ; as, via, deus. 

2. A vowel before two consonants, or a double consonant 
is long by position; as, arma,fallo, axis. 

3. A vowel before a mute and a liquid, (Z and r,) is com- 
mon ; i. e. either long gr short ; as, volucris, or volUcris. 

4. A diphthong is always long ; as, CcBsar, aurum. 

Note. In this work, when the quantity of the penult is determined 
by any of these rules, it is not marked; otherwise it is marked. 

6. The pupil should never satisfy himself with being able to read 
and translate his lesson, or even'to parse it tolerably, but should try 
to understand the construction of every word, and the connection 
and dependence of every part. And moreover, should hold himself 
ready, if called upon, to answer such questions as the following, viz; 

1. Questions that may be disked concerning every sen- 
tence. 
Has this sentence any connection with the preceding ? If so— 
What is the connecting word ? In arranging or construing this sen 



INTRODUCTION. 53 

tence, which word do you take first? — 'Which next? — which next? 
&c. Why? (See introduction — directions, &c.) In this sentence, 
what is the grammatical subject ? What is the grammatical predi- 
cate ? What is the logical subject ? What is the logical predicate ? 
Which should be taken first? (§ 152.) In what voice, mood, and 
tense, is the verb ? Why? 

2. Questions that may he asked when the words in the 
sentence render them proper. 
Is this sentence simple or compound ? If compound — ^What are 
the simple sentences composing it ? By what words are they con- 
nected? Analyze the whole and each part, (§ 152.) Is this word 
simple or compound. If compound — Of what is it compounded? 
What is the meaning of each part ? What is the meaning of the 
compound ? Form other compounds and tell their meaning. Is this 
word primitive or derivative ? If derivative — From what is it de- 
rived ? What is its primary meaning ? What is its meaning here ? 
(If different) — How came it to have this meaning? What English 
words are derived from it ? Change the verb, if active, into passive, 
and express the same idea — If passive, change it into the active, 
and express the same idea. Change the verb into different tenses, &c. 

Nouns. How do you know this word to be a noun? Proper? or 
common ? Why ? In what case ? Why ? For what purpose is the 
nominative used ? Is it the subject or predicate here ? For what 
purpose is the genitive commonly used ? — the dative ? — the accusa- 
tive ? — the vocative ? — the ablative ? For what purpose is it used, 
and by what is it governed here ? 

Adjectives. How do you know this word to be an adjective 1 What 
noun or pronoun does it qualify or limit here ? Is it compared ? 
Why ? Why not ? (If a numeral) — To what class does it belong ? 

Pronouns. How do you know this to be a pronoun ? To what 
class of pronouns does it belong ? (If used substantively) — Instead 
of what noun does it here stand ? (If adjectively) — With what noun 
does it agree ? (If a relative) — What is its antecedent ? 

Verbs. How do you know this word tq^be a verb ? Of what class ? 
In what mood, tense, number, person? For what purpose is the 
indicative mood used ? — the subjunctive ? — the imperative ? — the in- 
finitive ? For what purpose is it used here ? For what purpose is 
the present tense used? — the imperfect? — the perfect definite? — ■ 
indefinite ? — the pluperfect ? — the future ? — the future-perfect ? 

From what point is the time of the infinitive mood reckoned ? 
(§ 47.) How is the present infinitive translated after a verb denoting 
present time ? — past time ? — future time ? How is the perfect trans- 
lated (the future — the future-perfect) after a verb denoting present 
time ? — past time ? — future time ? (§47.) In what mood is the lead- 
ing verb in oblique narration? (§ 141, R. VI. Exp.) In what mood 
are verbs in dependent clauses in oblique narration? (§ 140, 6.) 
For what purpose is the participle used? How does it become an 
adjective ? How are gerunds used ? — supines ? 



54 INTRODUCTION. 

Adverbs, Prepositions, Interjections, Conjunctions. — What is the 
use of the adverb ? What word does it modify here ? What is the 
use of the preposition ? Between what words does it show the rela- 
tion here ? What is the use of the interjection ? What emotioa 
does it express here ? What is the use of the conjunction ? What 
words or sentences does it join here ? 

7. If the lesson contain names of persons or places, or allusions 
to events or fables, in history or mythology, or to the manners or 
customs of any people, let the pupil inquire into them and be ready 
to tell something respecting them. This however should be only 
a secondary matter with the beginner, as it properly belongs to a 
more advanced stage; but still a little attention to it may serve to 
interest and stimulate him to further research. 

EXPLANATION OF REFERENCES. 

The references at the foot of each page to which a section mark 
( § ) is prefixed, are to the sections and their subdivisions in the 
Grammar, and are intended chiefly to explain the construction. 

In the references which have not a section mark prefixed, the first 
number directs to the corresponding number in the preceding intro 
duction, and the second to the example under that number. Thus 
for example, 42, 1, directs to the example, Dignus qui ametur 
(p. 23,) and shows how the words qui ametur, in that, and all simi 
lar constructions, are to be translated. The words particularly re 
ferred to and intended to be noticed in the reference, are distin 
guished by being printed in a different character. These references 
are intended to explain particular phrases and idioms, and to give 
an example of the mode of translating them. This will be found a 
more valuable aid in translating than notes, as it reduces the idioms 
of the language to a sort of system, with every part of which the 
attentive pupil will soon become familiar. 

In many cases there is a reference both to the Grammar and to 
the Introduction. All of these should be carefully looked out and 
applied. 

In the references to the Rules of Syntax in the Grammar, if there 
is only one Rule in the section, it is indicated simply by the letter 
R.; if there are more than one, the number of the Rule is annexed. 

Exp. refers to the Explanation under the rule. Words to be sup- 
plied are indicated by the syllable " Sup." for " supply," prefixed. 



■■ 



i 

INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 



Substantives^ Adjectives^ and Adjective Pronouns. 

Decline the following adjectives and substantives separately — 
then together — translate them in each case and number. (See Nos. 
3 and 14.) Tell the case and number here, and translate them. 
(Jive the rule for their agreement (§98.) Show ho V7 they agree. 

Bonus vir. Ingenui pueri. Prima hora. Summum 
bonum. In omnibus terris. In toto orbe. Decimo 
anno eetatis (No. 11.) Melioris naturse. Prsesens peri- 
culum. Muliebri habitu. Ad quintum diem. Fugaces 
anni. Breve tempus. Altus mons. Arbor altissima. 

Omnibus viris. Primo anno. Prsesente tempore. 
Meliore habitu. Ad omnem ajtatem. Summi periculi. 
Totum annum. Brevis setatis. Fugaces horse. Omni- 
bus temporibus. Media nocte (No. 17.) Ultima via. 
Ad imam vallem. 

Ule dies. Hoc tempore. Ipsi fontes. Tuum nomen. 
Hie caper. Ista carmina. Lupus ipse. His montibus. 
Re ipsa. Ex tuis libris. Ad hunc ignem. Tua facta. 
Carminibus nostris. Hoc apri set5si caput. Pater nos- 
ter. Eodem tempore. 

The Verb and its JVominative. (§ 94, 7.) 
Translate each noun or pronoun according to its number and case ; 
and each verb according to its voice, mood, tense, number, and per- 
son. Parse each word as directed, § 153, and show how the verb 
agrees with its nominative, according to § 101, Rule IV, 

Indicative Mood. 

Present. A mo.* Amamus. Legimus. Ventus spirat. 

* The nominatives of the first and second person, ego, tu, nos, 
vos, are usually omitted (§ 101, Obs. 1.) 



56 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Domlr^s jubet. Servus paret. Tempus fuglt. Aves 
volant. Bonus homo amatur. Stella videtur. Nos 
monemus. Ignis urit. Lunalucet. Homines dormiunt. 

2. Imperfect. Monebamus. Rex regebat. Vigil voca- 
bat. Canis custodiebat. Sol occidebat, Stella vide- 
bantur. Cameli currebant. Equus liinniebat. Boni 
homines amabantur. 

3. Perfect. Nos amavimus. Illi monuerunt. Domi- 
nus jussit. Servus paruit. Homines docuerunt. Scrip- 
sistis. Arbores creverunt. Venisti. Amavi. 

4. Pluperfect. Sol occiderat. Hostes fugerant. Pueri 
legerant, Vos videratis. Tu scripseras. Hie biberat. 
Araati eramus. Monitus eram. Aves volaverant. HIi 
jusserant. Vos legeratis. Illi docuerant. 

5. Future. Scribemus. Amabitis. Umbra fugiet. 
Viator cantabit. Erimus. Uret ignis. Deus dabit. 
TemDora venient. Illi monebunt. Nos monebiraur. 

6. Future-Perfect. Amavero. Hannibal vicerit. Nos 
venerimus. Moniti erimus. Hora fugerit, Docuero. 
Riseris. Pomum ceciderit. Ambulaverimus. Legero. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

1. Present. Canis latret. Sim. Amemus. Ager are- 
tur. Vos videatis. Tempus fugiat. Luna luceat. Ven- 
tus spiret. Dormiamus. Hie capiatur. Illi equi currant. 

2. Imperfect. Caperem. Moneremus. Pueri lege- 
rent. Sol luceret. Luna occideret. Illi amarent. Phi- 
lomela cantaret. Amor vinceret. Amaremur. 

3. Perfect. Miserim. Duxerimus. Si deus dederit. 
Quum hiems venerit. Nos fuerimus. Miles pugnaverit. 
Domus sedificata fuerit. Sol occiderit. Vos amiseritis. 
Monuerimus. Illi ceperint. 

4. Pluperfect. Fuissemus. Bella finita essent. Ama- 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 57 

vissem. Mevcatores venissent. Poma pependissent. 
Vns vendidissetis. Risissem. Illi mansissent. Pueri 
scripsissent. Fuissem. Literse scriptse essent. 

Imperative Mood. 
Ama. Maneto. Regunto. Avis volato. Canes la- 
tranto. Scribe. Illi scribunto. Time. Currito. Au- 
ditote. Tene. Faciunto. Amate. Amanto, Literse 
leguntor. Diesabito. 

Miscellaneous Exercises. 
Ego eram. Sylva stabat. Musa canebat. Nox erat. 
Dormiebas. Arma sonabant. Ego videbo. Tempus 
erit. Rura manebunt. Troja fuit. Prata biberunt. Non 
juravi. Umbra fugerat. Cicero scripserat, Caesar vicit. 
Surge. Legito. Studete. Disce aut discede. Vox 
auditur. Praemia dentur. Bellum parabitur. Hostes 
capti essent. Portse panduntur. Verba legebantur. Leges 
datse sunt. Pueri ducuntur. Tempora mutantur, et 
nos mutamur. 

Transitive Verbs and their Object. 

Translate and parse as in the preceding. Point out the subject 

of the verb, i. e. the person or thing that acts. Point out the object 

of the verb, i. e. the person or thing acted upon. State what case 

it is in, and give the rule. 

Audivi sonum. Hi pueri legunt Homerum. Caesar 
vicit Galliam. Vidi patrem (11.) Romani bella para- 
bant. Vicerunt hostes. Vulpes viderat leonem. Pavo 
explicat pennas (No. 11.) Canis arcebat boves. Ac- 
cipiter rapuit lusciniam. Boni mortem non timent. Bac- 
chus duxit exercitum in Indiam. Scipio delevit Cartha- 
ginem. Mummius cepit Corinthum. Divitise non semper 
felicitatem praestant. 



jB55 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Verbs modified by Adverbs 

Pugnat bene. Veniebant celeriter. Pugnatum est 
acriter. Res prospere gestae sunt. Corvus forte reperit 
caseum. Libenter bonas artes sequere. Forte erravit, 
fortasse erraverit. Gallina quotidie ovum parit. Sem- 
per esto paratus. Nunquam dice mendacium. Icito, 
statim reverte. Egredior mane. Elephant! maxitne ode- 
runt murem; gregatim ingrediuntur. 

Prepositions and their Cases. 

Sub solem. Infra lunam. In urbem venit. In urbe 
habitat Sedebat in loco aprico. E sylva rediit. Trans 
Tiberim natat. Ex illo die Csesar tendit in Galliam. 
In rus abiit. Niobe locuta est in Apollinem et Dianam. 
"Flumina in mare currunt. In forum descendit. In au- 
reo sseciilo Acres nascebantur sine semine. Hannibal 
helium in Italia gessit. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 59 

SIMPLE SENTENCES. 



General Remarks 

1. A simple sentence consists of two parts; the subject, or thing 
spoken of, and the predicate, or that which is affirmed of the sub- 
ject, § 152. In the natural order the subject is translated first, and 
the predicate last. 

2. Nouns and pronouns, either in the subject or predicate, may be 
limited by nouns in apposition — by nouns in the genitive case, and 
by adjectives and their regimen.* 

3. Verbs belong to the predicate, and are limited by the noun or 
pronoun governed by them as their object, by adverbs and adverbial 
phrases. 

4. Both subject and predicate maybe further modified and limited 
by circumstances of time, place, manner, &c., by a preposition and 
its regimen, or by a dependent clause or phrase connected by a re- 
lative or connective term; — and all these should occupy that place 
in the sentence in which their effect will be best perceived, and the 
meaning of the whole sentence be most clearly exhibited. 

N. B. Before proceeding with the following sentences, the pupil 
should now be made perfectly familiar with § 152 of the Grammar, 
and commit to memory, so thoroughly as to have always ready at 
hand the " directions for beginners," p. 270, and the Rules for con- 
struing, p. 271. This being done, these rules should be applied 
in the analysis of every sentence for some time, till the exercise 
becomes perfectly familiar and easy. This requires some attention 
on the part both of teacher and pupil for a short time at first, and 
the quantity read will necessarily be small; but both will be reward- 
ed tenfold for this labor by the ease, rapidity and certainty with 
which the pupil, even without the aid of his teacher, will soon ana- 
lyze and translate the most intricate sentences. Let the trial be 
properly made, and success is certain. 

* By " regimen," is meant the noun or pronoun governed by any 
word. Thus in the phrases, Amor patrice, avidus glories, ama deum, 
adpatrem, the woris patrice, gloruB, dcum, patrem, are the regimen 
of Amor, avidus, ama, ad, respectively. 



W INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

1. Subject and Predicate. 

The subject or thing spoken of, before a finite verb, is always in 
the nominative case, and has a verb agreeing vi^ith it by R. IV 

The predicate, or the thing affirmed or denied of the subject, is 
usually placed after it, and is expressed two ways, as follows : 

1. The predicate consists of a noun, an adjective, or a. participle, 
in the same case with the subject, and connected with it by an in- 
transitive verb, or passive verb of naming, appointing, &,c., called 
the copula. In all such sentences the predicate word, if a noun, 
comes under R. V ; — if an adjective or participle, it agrees with the 
subject, and comes under R. II. (See § 103, Obs. 2;) or 

2. The predicate consists of a verb, either alone or with its limit- 
ing or modifying words. 

1. The Predicate a JYoun. 
Euiopa est Peninsula.^ Tu eris rex^ Plurimse^ stellse 
sunt soles.^ Boni pueri egregii viri^ fient. Castor et 
Pollux erant ° fratres.^ Ego sum discipulus.^ Cicero 
factus est consul.^ Ego salutor poeta.^ 

2. Predicate an Adjective or Participle. 

Terra est rotunda.^ Vita brevis^ est. Vera amicitia 
est sempiterna.^ Fames et sitis sunt '^ molestcB.^ Nemo 
semper felix"^ est. Non omnes milites sunt fortes.^ 
Mundi ijinumerabiles sunt.*^ Nemo nimium bedtus^ est. 
Avarus^ nunquam est contentus.^ Pater reversurus^ est. 
Virtus I audan da, ^ ehrieidiS vitnnda est. 

3. The Predicate a Verb, ^c. — Active Voice. 

Elephanti semper gregatim ambulant.^ Cornices am- 
bulant,^ passeres et merii!2e saliunt;^ perdices currunt;^ 
plurimse*" etiam nidif leant. 

Democritus explicate cur ante lucem galli canunt.^^ 
Etiam infantes somniant.^ Parvse res crescunt.^ 



»§ 103 


R. 


■» § 103, 


Obs 


2. 


s§ 101 


, R. 


IV. 


b 24, 


and § 25. 


« 19, 


1. 




" 19, 


Sup 


aves. 


«§ 102 


R.I. 


f 108. 


1. 











INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 61 

4. Passive Voice. 
Oves non ubique tondentur.^ 
In India '' gignuntur maxima animalia. 
In Africa ^ nee cervi, nee apri, nee ursi inveniuntur.^ 
In Syria'' nigri leones reperiuntur. 
Apud Romanes mortui "^ plerumque cremabantur. 
Fortes " laudabuntur, ignavi '^ vituperabuntur. 
Litterse a Phoenicibus inventce^ sunt. 
Carthago, Corinthus, Numantia, et multse alias urbes 
a Romanis eversa sunt. 

5. Deponent Verbs. 
Formic2s etiam noctu operantur.^ 
Ursi interdum hvpeAt^^ ingrediuntur. 
Aquilse semper solse ^ prcedantur. 
Apud iEthiopes^ maximi elephanti in s\W\^^ vagantur . 
Sturni et psittaci humanas voces ^ imitantur. 

6. The Accusative after Transitive Verbs, Active Voice, 
and Transitive Deponents. 

Diem^ perdidi. Terra i^zxitflores.^ 

Crocodllus ova"" parit. Elephantus edit mwrem' etJ 
suem,} 

Cameli diu sitim^ tolerant. 

Lanse nigrse nullum color em ' bibunt. 

Senes minime sentiunt morbos ' contagiosos. 

Cervi cornua^ sua quotannis amittunt. 

Ceres frumentum^ invenit; Bacchus ' wriwmj ' Mercu- 
rius ^ litteras} 

» § 101, R. IV. « § 72. « § 116, R. XX. 

» § 136, R. LI. f § 98, Obs. 10. J § 149, R. 

« 19, 1. E § 136, R. XLVIII. k § 15, i. 

<»§ 44, III. Note. Mlie, R. I. •§ 101, Obs. 4. 

6 



63 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Canes soli'' dominos^ suos bene novere, soli nomina 
sua agnoscunt. 

Hystrix aculeos^ longe jaculatur. 

Sturni et ^ psittaci humdnas voces ^ imitantur. 

Miltiades Athenas^ totamqoe Graciam liberavit. 

The Genitive. 

The genitive is used to limit the signification of the word which 
governs it, by connecting with that word the idea of origin, proper- 
ty, or possession, § 105. It is commonly governed, 

1st. By substantives, § 106, Rules VI., VII., and VIII. 

2d. By adjectives, § 107, viz: verbals, partitives, and adjectives 
of plenty or want; Rules IX., X., XI. 

3d. By verbs. § 108. Rules XII.. XIII., XIV.; also, Rules 
XXVII., XXVIII., § 126. R. I., & II., § 113, Exc. I. &II. See 
also § 95, 7, 4th, and 5th. 

7. The Genitive governed by Substantives. 
Crescit amor nummi.^ 
Infinita* est multitudo morborum.^ 
Litterdrum^ usus est antiquissimus.*^ 
Asia et*^ Africa greges'^yerorwm asinorum alit.s 
Magna ^ est lingudrum inter homines ^ varietas. 
Innumerabilia^ sunt mor^w'^ signa.^ salutis^ paucissima.' 
Cyrus ommwrn in exercitu '^ suo militum^ nomindi^ ten- 
ebat. 

Canis vestigia'' ferdrum^ diligentissime scrutatur. 
Nemo non benignus est sui^ judex.® 
Leonum^ animi^ index® cauda est. 

8. Genitive governed by Adjectives. 
SemTpev fragilitdtis^ humanae sis memor.*" 

» 16, 4. § 103, R. V. i § 136, R. XL VIII 

" § 116, R. XX. f § 103, Obs. 2. J § 106, Obs. 3. 

= § 149, R. g § 102, R. I. " § 136, R. LI. 

i § 106, R. VI. ^ § 116, R. I. I § 107, R. IX. 



i 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 63 

ElephantiyH^om^ impatientes '^ sunt. 

Stultissima "^ animalium^ sunt lanata.^ 

VelocissTmum " omnium animalium "* est delphinus. 

Stultorum^ neque quisquam beatus'' est. 

Gallorum^ omnium, fortissimi '^ sunt Belgae. 
9. Genitive governed by Verbs. 

Omnia* erant hostiumS Hoc^ non nostri moris^ est. 

Miserere nostri.^ AmTci*^ est recordari amic5rum.j 

Platonem magni^adstimo, sed Socratem pluris.^ Mon- 
uisti me diei* natalis. Bonorum^ est injuridrum^ obli- 
visci, et beneficii^ recordari. Stulti^ est dicere''"non 
putaram." Est ' magni lahoris^ multum scribere.'' 

The Dative. 
The dative denotes the remote object to which any thing is done 
GT given, or that to which any quality, action, or state tends or refers, 
without directly acting upon it, and is governed chiefly, 

1. By substantives, § 110. 

2. By adjectives, § 111. 

3. By verbs, § 112, 123, and 126,- R. III. and R. XXXIII. 

10. The Dative governed by Substantives and Adjectives, 

Clodius semper virtutibus^ hostis" erat. 

Vir bonus amicis "^ et patriae ° decus " est. 

Nox somno^ opportuna** est. 

Nero primo bonis^ amicus," et studio^ musarum^ de- 
ditus ^ fuit ; sed postea monitoribus ^ asper et iratus fuit, 
generi ^ humdno infestus, omnibus ^ inimicus, diis invisus, 
et multa illi^ adversa fuerunt. 

- § 107, R. IX. g § 108, R. XIII. n, § 110, R. 

b § 103, Obs. 2. h § 122, R. XXVIII. " § 103, R. V. 

c 21, & R.X.Exp, i § 122, R. XXVII. " § 149, R. 

d § 107, R. X. 3 § 108, R. XIV. p § 111, R. 

« 19, 4. k § 144, R. LVI. q § 106, R. VI 

t § 108, R. XII. ' .51, 1 ^ § 19, 1 



64 INTEODPCTOUY EXERCISES. 

^quus cunctis'^ et benignus esto, paucis^ familiarisj 
hostihus^ mitis, et nermni molestus; sic omnibus^ carus 
erisj et invlsus nulUy 

jlslno^ segni nullum onus gratum, et puero^ igndvo 
omnis labor molestus est. 

11. The Dative governed by Verbs. 

Natura animalibus'^ varia tegumenta"^ tribuit, testas,^ 
coria, spinas, villos, setas, pennas, squamas. 

Homini^ 5o/i *" avaritia et^ ambitio data^ est. 

Leoni^ vis summa est-* in pectore. 

^^tiquissimis hominibus^ specus erant'' pro domibus.' 

JYulli animdli^ memoria major est, quam cani.^ 

Gallinacei leonibus ™ terrori ™ sunt. 

Homini '^ plurima ex homine ' fiunt ° mala. 

Homo furiosus ne liberis° quidem suis^ parcit. 

Via mali i omnibus ^ semper vitanda ' est. 

The Accusative. 

The accusative is used for the most part to express the object of 
a transitive active verb, or of some relation, and is governed, 

1. By transitive verbs in the active voice, or by transitive depo- 
nent verbs, No. 6. 2. By prepositions. 

12. The Accusative governed by Prepositions. 
Camelus naturale odium adversus equos^ gerit. 
Pictse vestes jam apud Homerum^ commemorantur. 
Multa animalia congregantur et contra alia^ dimicant. 



» 19, 1. 


i § 112, R. II. 


q § 106, R. VI. 


"§111, R. 


J 118,1. 


' 5, 2, and 19, 1. 


c § 123, R. 


k 118, 2. 


• 108, 1, and 


« § 116, R. XX 


• § 136, R. XLIX. 


§ 103, Obs. 2. 


e § 126, R. IIL 


■»§ 114, R. 


t § 136, R. XLVIIl 


' 16, 4. 


n § 83, Obs. 3. 


" § 19, 4, and 


e § 149, R. 


o§ 112, R. V.&7,2. 


§ 136, R.XLVIII 


» § 44, III. Note. 


p 30, 1. 





INTEODITCTORY EXEKCISES. 65 

Hippopotamus segetos circa JVilum^ depascitur. 
Apud Romdnos'-" mortui plerumque cremabantur. 
Inter omnes bestias^ simia homini^ simillima est. 

The Ablative. 
The ablative generally denotes that from which something is se- 
parated or taken, or by or with which something is done or exists. 
It is governed, 

1. By nouns, § 118, or adjectives, §§ 107, 119, 120. 

2. By verbs, §121, R. XXV., and XXVI. § 125, R. XXXVI., and 
§ 126, R. V. 

3. By prepositions. 

4. It is used to express various circumstances, § 11, 5th&6th. 

13. The Ablative governed by JYou7is and Adjectives. 
(}ratia'^ opus est nobis '^ tua^ tud(\\\.e auctoritdte.^ 
Nunc viribus *= opus est vobis/ nunc prudenti consilio. 
Reperiuntur interdum cervi candido colore.^ 
Cat i Una nohili genere^ natus erat, magna vi^ et ani- 

mi'' et corporis,^ sed ingenio^ malo pravoc^ne. 
I Animus per somnum est sensibus^ et curis^ vacuus. 
Est philosophia j9aMCw conieiii?i judiclbus .^ 
Nihil video in Sulla odio ^ dignum, misericordia ^ dig- 

na multa. Natura parvo^ contenta est. 

14. The Ablative governed by Verbs 
Lesenffi jwftftj carent. Leones facile per triduum cibo^ 
carent. 

Elephanti maxTme amnibus^ gaudent. 

Apes tinnitu ^ seris gaudent. 

Numidee plerumque lacte^ etferind carne^ vescuntur. 

» § 136, R. XL VIII. f § 106, R. VII, & J § 121, R. XXV. 

"§111, R. 6,1. t§121, Obs. 2. 

« § 118, R. and 6, 5, s § 119, R. ' § 121, R. XXVI. 

«« § 112, R. II. •> § 106, R. VI. » § 14, 5, and (1.) 

• § 149, R. and Exp. ' § 107, R. XI. 



66 INTEODUCTORl^ EXERCISES. 

Plurimis bonis ^ fruimur atque utimur.^ 
Hispania viris," equis, ferro, plumboj are, argentOj 
auroqne abundat. 

15. The Ablative governed by Prepositions. 
Quidam homines nati sunt cum dentibus.^ j 

Xerxes cum paucissimis militibus^ ex Grcecid^ aufu- 

git. 

Lucius Metellus primus*^ elephantos ex pi'imo Punico 
bello^ duxit in triumpho. 

Cantabit vacuus coram latrbne * viator. 

Sidera ab ortu ad occasum commeant. 

Britannia a Phcenicibus inventa ^ est. 

Apes sine rege esse non possunt. 

Infans nihil sine aliend ope potest. 

Dulce ^ est^ pro patrid mori.' 

Venenum aliquando pro remedio fuit. 

Litteras a Phcenicibus inventse *" sunt. 

16. The Accusative and Ablative with In and Sub, § 136, 
R. L. and LI. 

Aquilse nidif leant-' in rupibus et arboribus. 

Coccyx semper parit in alienis nidis. 

In senectute hebescunt'' sensus; visus, auditus debili- 
tatur.' 

In India gignuntur maxima animalia. 

Hysense plurimae in Africa gignuntur. 

In Africa, nee'" cervi, nee apri, nee ursi reperiuntur. 

In Syria nigri le5nes reperiuntur. 



» § 121, R. XXVI. 


f § 44, III., Note. 


^ § 88, 2. 


b § 149, R. and Exp. 


e § 98, Obs. 6. 


1 § 102, Obs. 1. 


c § 121, R. XXV. 


h 51, 1. 


» § 149, Obs. 5, and 


d § 136, R. XLIX. 


i § 144, R. LVI. 


124, 4. 


§ 98, Obs. 10. 


J § 44, I., 1. 





INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 67 

Serus in cahnn redeas.''- 

Victi Persse in naves confugerunt. 

Nuina Pompilius annum in duodecim menses distribuit. 

Pontius Thelesinus Romanos sub jugum misit. 

Gallia sub septentrionihus posita est. 

17. Ihe Ablative used to express various circumstances 
without a Preposition. 
The circumstances commonly denoted by the ablative without a 
preposition, are Respect wherein, § 128; Cause, manner , mean f ox in- 
strument, § 129; Place, § 130; Time, § 131; Measure, § 132; Price, 
§ 133. 

Apri in raorbis sibi'' medentur hederaJ^ 
Pyrrhus vex'^ tactu*^ pollicis in dextro pede lienosis* 
medebatur. 

Oleo insecta exanimantur. 
Ferse domantur jTame atque verbenbus. 
j Anacreon poeta*^ acino'^ uvse passes exstinctus est. 

Crocodilus pelle '^ durissimd contra omnes ictus muni- 
tur. 

In Africa elephanti capiunturybt;m.'* 
Elephanli spirant, bibunt, odorantur proboscide.'^ 
Dentes usu atteruntur, sed igne non cremantur. 
Mures Alplni binis pedibus gradiuntur. 
Apes ti7mltu seris convocantur. 
Quibusdam in locis ^ anseres bis anno ^ velluntur. 
Color lusciniarum autumno^ mutatur. 
Hieme ^ ursi in antris dormiunt. 
Nemo mortalium omnibus horis^ sapit. 
Primores dentes septimo mense gignuntur ; septtmo 
iidem decidunt ajino.^ 

^ § 45, I., 1, and c § 129, R. f § 136, R. LI. 

§ 42, Obs. 4 and 5. « § 97, R. g § 131, R. XLL 

»> § 112,R.V. &7, 2. • §112,R.V.&19. 1. " § 131. R. XL. 



68 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Antipater Sidonius, poeta,'' quotannis, die natdli suo^ 
fehre corripiebatur. 

JEstdte dies sunt longi5res quam kieme. 

Isocrates orator unam oratiSnem viginti talentis" ven- 
didit. 

Luscinia Candida, sex sesfertiis'^ Romas venit. 

18. JYouns in Opposition. 

Plurimi Scythse, hellicosissimi homines^ lacte"* vesciin- 
tur. 

Delphinus, animal^ homim^ amicum, cantu ^ gaudet. 

Carthago atque Corinthus, opulentissimce urbeSj^ eo- 
dem anno a Romanis eversse ^ sunt. 

Quam brevi tempore ' populi Romani, omnium gen- 
tium vicforis,^ libertas fracta'* est ! 

Mithridatem, Ponti regem, Tigranes, rex Armenitis, 
excepit. 

Circa Cyllenen, montemm Arcadia, merulse nascuntur. 

19. The Infinitive Mood without a Subject, 

The infinitive without a subject is usually regarded as the subject 
of a verb, § 144, R. LVI., or as the object of another verb, R. 
LVII.; and in this case always expresses an act or state of the sub- 
ject of the verb that governs it. 

In the following, let the pupil state whether the infinitive is the 
subject or the object of the verb with which it is connected. 

Errdre^ est humanum.'^ 

Turpe'' est beneficium repetere) 

Beneficiis ' gratiam non referre etiam turpius est. 

Parentes suos non amdre est impium.^ 

» § 97, R. « § 111, R. i § 131, R. XLI. 

b § 131, R. XL. f § 121, Obs. 2. i § 144, R. LVI. 

§ 133, R. s § 97. Obs. 2. k § 98, Obs. 6. 

* § 121, R. XXVI. h § 44, III., Note. ' § 123, R. 



INTRODUCTOEY EXERCISES, 69 

Te cupio videre.^ Volui dormire.^ 

Aude contemnere ^ opes. Carmina possiimus dondre. 

Poteram contingere ramos. 

Nihil amplius scribere possum. 

Ego cupio ad te venire. Intelligere non possum. 

Cessator ^ esse noli. Cur timet flavum Tiberim tangerel 

Philippus volebat*^ amdri. Alexander metui volebat. 

Tecum ^ vivere amo. Naturam mutare pecunia nescit. 

Bene ferre disce magnam fortunam. 

Angustam pauperiem pati puer discat.® 

Did beatus ^ ante obitum nemo debet. 

iEquam memento ^ rebus in arduis servdre mentem. 

Aurum vestibus^ intexere invenit rex Attains. 

Non omnes homines aequo amore ^ complecti possiimus. 

Illecebras voluptatis vitdre debemus. 

Romse ' elephantes per funes incedere docebantur. 

20. Gerunds. 

Gerunds are construed like substantives, and at the same time 
govern the case of their own verbs, § 147. 

Etiam post malam messem serendum^ est. 

Omnibus J aliquando moriendum^ est. 

Semiper pugnandum-^ est contra cupiditates et lubidi- 
nem. 

Plurimae '' sunt illecebrse peccandi.^ 

Artem scribendi ' Phcenlces, artem diCVLpingendi^ Phry- 
ges invenerunt. 

Cupiditas Vivendi nunquam immensa^esse debet. 

* § 144, R. LVII. § 42, Obs. 5. i § 147, R. LXI.. & 

»> § 103, Obs. 6. f § 84,2. Obs. 1. 

c § 44, II., 1. g§123, R. t§i03, Obs. 2. 

d § 90, 2. b § 129, R. 1 § 147, Obs. 2. 

o § 45, I. 1, and ' § 130, 1, & 4, 1. 



70 INTRODUCTORV EXEKCISES. 

Honestissima est conleniio beneficiis'' beneficia viti' 
cendi. 

Homo natura^ est cupidus nova semper videndi et 
audiendi. 

Libri sunt inutiles ignaro '' legendi. 

Olim calamus adhibebatur scrihendo.'^ 

Aqua marina inutilis est bibendo. 

Culex habet telum et '^ fodiendo et sorbendo idoneum. 

Non omnes sequaliter ad disceiidum,^ proni sumus. 

Simise catulos ssepe complectendo^ necdmt. 

Beneficia exprobrando^ corrumpimus. 

Amicus amicum semper aliqua re * juvabit, aut re, aut, 
consilio aut consolando ^ certe. 

21. Gerundives. 

Gerundives are participles in dus, with the sense of the gerund, 
and agreeing in gender, number, and case, with their nouns, § 49-7, 
and § 147, R. LXII. 

Initum est consilium urbis delendcs,^ civium trucidan- 
dorum,^ nominis Romani exstinguendi.^ 

Puer par est oneri^ ferendo. 

Omnes civitates Grsecise pecuniam ad classem cedifican- 
dam, et exercUum comparandum dederunt. 

Vir bonus, in malis aliorum amovendis^ seipsum sub- 
levat. 

Compound Sentences. 

A compound sentence consists of two or more simple sentences 
connected together by conjunctions, relatives, or adverbs, §§ 149, 99, 
140 and 141. 

» § 129, R. 124, 1, s § 147, R. LXII, & 

" 19, Sup, homlni. ^ § 147, Obs. 4. 112. 

c § 147, Obs. 3. f § 147, Obs. 5. " § 111, R. 
d § 149, Obs. 5. and 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 71 

22. Conjunctions. 

ites umbrantur. 

Vir^ bonus et prudens dici delector ego. 

Immensa est, finemgwe'^ potentia Dei non habet. 

Accipere*^ praestat qudm^ facere injuriam. 

Rapere atque abire semper assuevit lupus. 

Semper honos, nomen^we "^ tuum, laudesgwe manebunt. 

Sapientem neque^ paupertas, neque mors, neque vin- 
cula terrent. 

Juno erat Jovis et^ soror et conjux. 

Nox erat, et fulgebat luna. 

In prselio cita mors venit, aut victoria laeta. 

Marius et Sylla civile bellum gesserunt.^ 

Leti vis rapuit, rapiet^fwe gentes. 

Non formosus erat, sed erat facundus Ulysses. 

Si^ divitise felicitatem praestant, avaritia prima virtus 
est. 

23. Adverbs. 

Quoties literas tuas lego, omnem mihi ' prseteritorum 
temporum memoriam in mentem revoco. 

Magna-i debemus suscipere, dum vires suppetunt. 

Cervi, quamdiu cornibus'' carent, noctu ad pabula 
procedunt. 

Quidam crocodilum,' quamdiu vivat,"^ crescere" exis- 
timant, vivit autem multos annos." 

Gloria virtutem, tanquam umbra ,p sequitur. 

» § 149, R. f 124, 1. 1 § 145, R. LVIII. 

^ § 103, Obs. 6. s § 102, R. I. " § 141, Obs. 8. 

c § 93, Obs. 2. h § 140, Obs. 3. » 95, 1. 

d § 144, R. LVI., & i § 110, Obs. 1, &5, 3 o § 131, R. XLI 

Obs. 1. J 19, 4. p § 97, 

•§ 149 ,R. &Obs. 1. " § 121, R. XXV. 



72 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

24. Comparison. 

Comparison is made in two ways, 1st By a conjunction, quum, ac, 
atque, connecting the words denoting tlie things compared in the same 
case, § 149; — and 2d, By the ablative after the comparative without 
a conjunction, § 120. 

Canes Indici grandiores sunt quam ceteri.'' 

Nullum malum est vehementius'^ et importunius'' quam 
invidia."^ 

Interdum ferarum animos mitiores invenimus quam 
hominum.'^ 

Latro ferse ^ est similior quam homini.*^ 

Major est anirai voluptas quhn corporis.'' 

In montibus aer purior est, et tenuior quam in valli- 
bus. 

Comparison without a Conjunction. 

Nihil est clementid ^ divinius. 

Aurum gravius est argentoS 

Adamas durior est ferro^ ferrum durius ceteris me- 
tallis. 

Luna terrse propior est sole. 

Quid magis est durum saxo^ quid mollius aqua ? 

25. Relative Pronouns. (§ 99.) 

Non omnis ag-er, qui^ seritur, fert fruges. 

Psitidcus, quern India mittit, reddit verba, qua accepit. 

Achilles, cujus res gestas Homeri carmina celebrant, 
ad Hellespontum sepultus est. 

Myrmecides quidam quadrigam fecit ex ebore, quam 
musca alis^ integebat. 

Qui^ bonis non recte utitur, ei^ bona mala fiunt.^ 

^ § 149, R. and 19. « § 111, R. i § 99, Exp. & 43, 1 

b § 103, Obs. 2. f § 120, R. and 6, 3. i § 126, R. III. 

"= § 149, R. 8 § 99, R. k § 83, Obs. 3. 

I § 106, Obs. 3. i> § 129, R. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 73. 



Grues in itineribus ducem^ quern sequantur," eligunt. 
Copias suas Caesar in proximum collem subduxit, equi- 
tatumque, qui sustineref^ hostium impetunij misit. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
The subjunctive mood is used in dependent clauses, connected 
with the leading clause by conjunctive particles, adverbs, or by the 
relative pronoun. When it expresses a fact, real or supposed, but 
not directly asserted or vouched for, it is translated by the English 
indicative. When it expresses a thing as not actual and certain, but 
only as conditional or contingent, as w^hat may, can, might, ov should 
take place, it is translated by the English potential, § 42, II., and 
§ 140, and 141. 

26. The Subjunctive with cum or quum. 

Platea, cilm devoratis se implevit^ conchis/ testas 
e vomit. 

Ceres frumenta invenit, cum antea homines glandibus^ 
vescerentur.^ 

Nave** primus' in Graeciam Danaus advenit, cum an- 
tea ratibus '' navigaretur) 

Alexander, rex"^ Macedonise, ciim Thebas cepissetj 
Pindari vatis ^ familiae "* pepercit. 

27. The Subjunctive after Conjunctive Particles. (§140.) 
Tanta est in India ubertas soli, ut sub una ficu ° tur- 

mse equitum condantur.° 

Ursi per hiemem tarn gravi somno ^ premuntur, ut ne 

vulneribus ^ quidem excitentur.° 

» 37, 1st. 3. s § 121, R. XXVI. > § 140, Obs. 4, and 

b § 107, R. IX. h § 129, R. 74, 8. 

c§141,R. II.&40,5 i § 98, Obs. 10. "^ § 112, R. V. 

d§l41,R.II.&40,4. J § 85, 3, & § 140, " § 136, R. LI. 

e § 140. Obs. 3. Obs 3. » § 140, 1, IsJ, 

*§ 125,R. k § 97^ R. 
7 



74 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 

Delphmi tanta inlerdum vi e mari exsiliunt, ut vela* 
navium transvolenty 

In India serpentes ad tantam magnitudinem adolescunl, 
ut integros hauriant^ cervos taurosque. 

Fac,'' ut homines animum tuura pi u ris /acia^i^,*^ quam 
omnia, quae illis^ tribuere possis/ 

Alexander edixit, ne quis ipsum ^ preeter Apellempm- 
geret.^ 

Pythagoreis' interdictum fuit,J ne^ fabis' vescerentur.^ 

Oculi palpebris"" sunt munitijwe" quid incidat.^ 

Nihil fere tam reconditum est, quin° quaerendo™ inve- 
niii possit. 

Nunquam tam mane egredior, neque tam vesperi do- 
mum P revertor, quin° te in fundo consplcer fodere,*! aut 
arare,"! aut aliquid facere. 

Xerxes non dubitabat, quin° copiis suis Grsecos facile 
superaturus esset.' 

28. The Subjunctive with words expressing an indirect 
question. (§ 140, 5.) 

Quaeritur, unus ne^ sit^ mundus, an plures. 

Disputabant veteres philosophi, casii™ ne^ f actus sit* 
miuidus, an mente™ divina. 

Augustus cum amicis suis consultabat, utrum impe- 
rium servdret^ an deponeret. 

Perperam quseritur, num in amici gratiam jus violari 
possit.* 

» § 136. R, LII. •> § 137, R. and Exp. - 121,1. 

>• § 140, 1, 1st. and § 140, 1,3d. <> § 140, 3, 

c § 79, 4. i § 126, R. III. P § 130, 4. 

* § 140, 1, 3d. J 51, 3. q 89, 1. 

« § 123, R. k 121, 6. r § 45^ 1. 

'§ 141, Obs. 8. I § 121, R. XXVI. • 124, 13. 

5 32,8. »§ 129, R. t § 140,5. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 75 

CiconiEe quonam e loco veniant^ aut in quas se regiones 
conferant^ incompertum est.^ 

Quis numerare potest, quoties per totam vitam lacry- 
mas fuderit 1 

29. Subjunctive after the Relative. (§ 141.) 

Quis est g'Mt nesciat^ quid voluptas sit V' 

Non invenies qui Demosthenem oratorem maximum 
esse negety 

Nemo felix est, qui ea lege vivat^ ut impune necari 
posset.*^ 

Csesar legatos misit, qui iter cognoscerent.^ 

Sunt qui amicitiam molestam reddant.^ 

Hos libros non contemno, quippe qui nunquam lege- 
rimS 

Verba, qua sententias indicent,^ reperta sunt. 

Peccavisse mihi videor,^ qui a te discesserim.^ 

Decemviri creati sunt, qui civitati leges scriberent.^ 

Fabricius dixit se desiisse Romanum esse, ex ilia die 
qua in potestatem Poenorum venisset} 

30. The Infinitive with a subject^ § 145. 
The infinitive with a subject is translated by the Indicative or po- 
tential in English. Its subject, which is always in the accusative, 
is translated in the nominative, and usually has the conjunction thai 
before it. It forms a distinct but dependent proposition which, like 
the infinitive without a subject, forms either the subject or object 
of the verb on which it depends. (See § 145.) 

Aristoteles tradit^ in Latmo, Cariee monte, hospUes a 
scorpionibus non l(Edi, indigenas interimi.^ 

» 51, 3. e § 141, Obs. 2. 4th. i § 141, R. VI. 

«> § 141, R. I. f § 141, Obs. 4. i § 126, R. III. 

c § 140, 5. e 70, 2. ^ 95, 4, & § 145. 

4 § 140, 1, 1st. ^ § 141, R. III. 



76 INTRODUCTORY EXKRCISES. 

M. Varro narrat, z cnmmWs suffossum'' in Hispania 
oppidum,^ a lalpis in Thessalia; ab ranis incolas^ urbis 
in Gallia pulsos,^ ab locustis in Africa; ex Gyaro insula 
incolas^ a muribusyw^a^o^, in Italia Amyclas a serpen- 
tibus deletas esse. 

Observatum est,*^ pestilentiam^ semper a meridianis 
partibus ad occidentem ire.^ 

Horaerus PygmcBos^ popiilum ad oceanum, a gruibus 
infestdri^ prodiditj Aristoteles eosdemm cavernis ■ywere ^ 
narrat. 

Posteri aliquando querentur nostra culpa mores^ ever- 
sos esseS 

Virgilius per testamentum jusserat carmina^ sua ere- 
ffiari^ id^ Augustus^H^ vetuit. 

Sertorius cervam alebat candidam, quam^ Hispanise 
gentes fatidicam^ esse^ credebant. 

Illustre est inter philosophosnomenAnaxagorsejjwem^ 
veteres nunquam in vita rwme^ferunt. 

31. Participles. (§146.) 

Participles are usually translated after their nouns, with which 
they agree in gender, number, and case, in the same manner as the 
adjectives ; and at the same time govern the case of their own 
verb. 

Exempla fortunae variantis ^ sunt innumera.'* 
Galli diem venientem cantu nuntiant. 
Cecropsurbem^ a se condttam^ appellabat Cecropiam.' 

» § 47, 6, & 97, 4. «= 95, 4. i 90, 2. or 91, 4 

" § 145, R. and Exp. f 97, 6. J 91, 4. 

e 51, 2, & 94. 1. e 96, 12, or 90, 4. t loi, 1. 

<• 95, 1. h § 103. Obs. 2. 1 § 116, Obs. 1. 



INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 77 

Augustus primus'' Romse'' tigrin" ostendit mansue- 
factum.^ 

GymnosophistEe in India toto diiQ^ fervenfibus^ arenis' 
insistunt, Solem ^ intuentes. 

Epimenides puer,** sestu^ et itinereJ fessus,'^ septem et 
quinquaginta annos*^ in specu dormivisse dicTtur. 

Julius Csesar simul dictare,' et legenfem^ audire solebat, 

Leo prostratis^ parcit. 

Aves aduncos ungues habentes came" vescuntur, nee 
unquam congregantur. 

Canis venaticus venatorem comitantem loro * ad fera- 
rum lustra trahit. 

Beneficium non in eo p consistit, quod datur, sed in 
ipso dantis ™ animo. 

Struthiocameli Africi altitudinem equitis equo^insi- 
dentis excedunt. 

Interdum delphini conspecti sunt, defunctum^ delphi- 
num portantes, et quasi funus agentes. 

Multa, quse de infantibus ferarum lacte nutrltis ^ pro- 
duntur, fabulosa ^ videntur. 

Homo quidam, lapTde ictus^ oblitus est literas;' alius, 
ex prsealto tecto lapsus^ matris et affinium nomina dicere 
non potuit. 

L. Siccius Dentatus, centies vicies prcelidtuSj quadra- 
ginta quinque cicatrices adverse corpore*" habebat, nul- 
1am in tergo. 



=^ § 98. Obs. 10. 


g§ 116, R.I. 


"§ 112. R.V.& 19,1 


"§ 130, 1,&4, 1. 


" 13, 2. 


° § 121, R. XXVI 


^§ 15, 13. 


i § 129, R. 


P 19, 4. 


d 101,7, and 8. 


J § 149, R. 


<!§ 112, R. IV. 


e § 131, R. XLI. and 


k 101,4. 


' § 103, Obs. 2. 


6,6, 


' § 144, R. LVII. 


• § 108, R. XIV. 


f § 136, Obs. 5, (in) 


■» 19, 1. 





78 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISE3. 

Leones satidti innoxii sunt. 

Elephantes neraini^ nocent, nisi lacessUi. 

Elephantes aranem^ transituri" xaiTamos prEemittunt. 

Pavo laudatus" gemmdtam pandit caudam, 

GalluSj ab adversario victus,'^ occultatur ^ silens, et ser- 
vitium patitur. 

Leo vulnerdtus '^ percussorem intelligit, et in quanta- 
libet multitudine appetit. 

Olores iteryaden^e^*^ colla imponnnt prcecedentlbus;^ 
fessos duces ad terga recipiunt. 

Testudines inmari degentes conchyliis^ vivunt; in ter- 
rain egresscRj^ hevh'isS 

Sarmatae longinqua itinera yac^wW,*^ inedia pridie prse- 
parant equos, potum exiguum impertientes ; atque ita lon- 
gissimam viam continue cursu conficiunt. 

Elephanti, equitatu circumventi, infirmos aut fessos 
vulneratosque in medium agmen recipiunt. 

Multos morientes cura sepulturse angit. 

Danaus, ex ^gypto in Greeciam advectus^ rex'' Argi- 
v5rum factus est. 

Alexander, Bucephalo equo' defuncto, duxit exequias, 
urbemque Bucephalon appelldtam ejus tumiiloJ circum- 
dedit. 

P. Catienus Plotinus patronum adeo dilexit, ut, heres 
omnibus ejus bonis ^ institutus^ in rogum ejus se conji- 
ceret' et concremaretur.°* 

»§112, R. V. f§121, Obs. 2. J § 123, R. &Obs. 3, 

b § 136, R. LII. e 105, 1. & 119, 2. 

c § 146, Obs. 6. " § 103, R. &Exp. t § 110, Obs. 1. 

■» 116, 7. i 9, 1. &. § 146, R. 1 § 140, 1, 1st. 

« § 123, R. & 19. LX. m § 149, R. 



INTRODirCTORY EXERCISES. 79 

Erinacei volutaW super poma, huxox^ jacentia^ ilia 
spinis" affixa in cavas arbores porlant. 

Indicum mare testii dines tante magnitudinis "^ alit, ut 
singulse tugurio tegendo'^ sufficiant/ 

Leones, senes facti^ appetunt homineSj quoniam ad 
persequendas feras vires non suppetunt. 

Struthiocamelis'' nngulie sunt cervlnis' similes, com- 
prehendendis^ lapidibus utiles, quos*' in fuga contra se- 
' jaculantur. 



32. Mlative Ahsolute. (^ 146, R. LX.) 

Senescente Luna ™ ostrea tabescere dicuntur, crescente 
eddem, gliscunt. Cepe contra, Luna dejiciente^ revires- 
oere, adolescentey inarescere dicitur. 

Geryone^ interemto Herciiles in Italiam venit. 

Sahinis"^ debelldtis, Tarquinius triumphans Romam 
rediit. 

Jasone "" Lycio interfecto, canis, quern habebat, cibum 
capere noluit, inediaque confectus est. 

Regis Lysimachi canis, domino "^ accensse pyree "^ impo- 
sito, in flammas se conjecit. 

JYicomede"^ rege interfecto, equus ejus vitam finivit 
inedia. 

Chilo, unus e septem sapientibus,°^/to victore ? Olym- 
pieeji prse gaudio exspiravit. 



» 116, 4. 


s 112, 7. Obs. 9. 


b § 130, Obs. 7. 


h § 112, R. II. » § 146, Obs, 9, and 


c § 126, R. III. 


i 19, § 106, Obs. 4. 104, 1. 


d § 106, R. VII. 


J 112, 6. ° § 107, Obs. 8. 


«§ 147, Obs. 3,&R. 


k § 116, R. I. p § 146, Obs. 10. and 


LXII. & § 112, 


1 19, 1. 110, 4. 


R. IV. &112,6 


m § 146, R. LX, and q § 130, 1, & 4, 1. 


f § 140, 1 1st. 





FABLES FROM ^SOP 



1. Accipiter et Columhce. 

CoLUMB^ milvii metu accipitrem^ rogaverunt,* ut eas** 
defenderet.*" lUe^ annuit. At in*^ columbare receptus, 
uno die^ majorem stragem edidit, quam milvius longo 
tempore^ potuisset edere/ 

Fabula docet, malorum ^ patrocinium vitandum'^ esse.' 

2. Mus et Milvius. 

Milvius laqueis irretitus musculum* exoravit, ut eum, 
corrosis plagisJ liberaret.'^ Quo'' facto, milvius liberatus 
murem arripuit et devoravit. 

Hsec fabula ostendit, quam gratiam mali ^ pro bene- 
ficiis reddere soleant.' 

3. Hcedus et Lupus. 

Hoedus, stans in™ tecto domus, lupo° preetereunti ° 

* The remote object of rogaverunt here is accipltrem; the imme- 
diate, ut eas defenderet. (R. XXX. § 124.) So generally in these 
fables, after inqiiit, dixit, respondit, and the like, the immediate ob- 
ject of the verb is a clause expressing the thing said or replied, 
and is printed in italics. 



63, 3. ' 88, 5. 






k 38, 3. 


27, 6. s 20, 1. 






1 74. 9. 


78, 5. § 140, 1, 3d. h 108, 4 






"» 123, 2. 


123, 2. i 95, 1. 






» § 112, R. III. 7. 3, 


6, 6. i 109, 2, 


104, 


1. 


=> 101 1. 



FABLES FROM MSOP. Bt 

maledixit. Cui ^ lupus, JYon tu^ inquit, sed tectum mihi ' 
maledlcit. 

Seepe locus et tempus homines timidos audaces reddit.* 

4. Chus et Pavo. 

Pavo, coram grue pennas suas^ explicans, Quanta^ est if 
inquit," ybrmosi^as- mea et tua deformitas I At grus evo- 
lans, Et quanta est, inquit, levUas mea et tua tarditas ! 

Monet" hsec fabiila, ne^ ob aliquod bonum, quod no- 
bis natura tribuit,'' alios contemnamus,^ quibus^ natura 
alia ' et fortasse majora* dedit.'' 

5, Pavo. 

Pavo graviter conquerebatur * apud Junonem, domi- 
nam suam,^ quod vocis suavitas sibi™ negata esset," dum 
luscinia, avis tam parum decora," cantu excellat." Cui * 
Juno, Et meritb, inquit; non enim omnia bona" in unum 
conferri oportuit. 

6. Jinseres et Grues. 

In eodem quondam prato pascebantur' anseres et 
grues. Adveniente domino p prati, grues facile avola- 
bant; sed anseres, impediti corporis gravitate, i depre- 
hensi ' et mactati sunt. 

Sic sBepe pauperes,* cum potentioribus in eodem crim- 
ine deprehensi, soli* dant pcenam, dum illi salvi evadunt. 



* 63, 1. & § 123, » 77,3,&§140, 


1.3d 


.p 9, and 109, 1. 


Obs. 2. i 19, 4. 




1 § 129. 


" § 102, Obs. 3. k 72, 1. 




^ 115, 1. 


'§ 112, R. III. & 7, 3 1 §44,11. 1. 




' 20. 


i § 102, Obs. 1. ■» 64, 2. 




t 16, 4. 


• 30, 1. n § 141, Obs. 7. 




" § 116, Obs. 6. 


' 48. 16,5. 




» § 113, Exc. Ill 


K 121, a. 







FABLES FROM jKSOP. 



7. Capra et Lupus. 
Lupus capram in^ alta rupe stantem conspicatus, Cur 
non, inquit, relinquis ^ nuda ilia et sterilia loca, et hue 
descendis in '^ herbldos campos, qui tibi latum pabulum 
offeruntl Cui'' respondit capra: Mihi" non est in anlmo^ 
dulcia ^ tutis ^ prmponere. 

8. Venter et Membra. 

Membra quondam dicebantventri:*^ JVos7ie^ tesemper^ 
ministerio nostra alemus, dum ipse ' summo otio J frueris 1 
JVonfaciemus.* Dum igitur ventri ^ cibura subducunt, 
corpus debilitatur, et membra ' sero invidiee suae pceni- 
tuit."* 

9. Canis et Boves. 

Canis jacebat" in * prsesepi bovesque latrando ° a pab- 
ulo arcebat. Cui'^ unus? boum, Quanta ista ^ inquit, in- 
vidia est, quod non pateris, ut eo cibo^ vescdmur,' quern 
tu ipse ' capere nee velis ^ nee possisl * 

Hsec fabula invidise indolem declarat. 

10. Vulpes et Leo. 

Vulpes, quse nunquam leonem viderat, quum ei* forte 
occurrisset," ita est " perterrita, ut paene moreretur "^ for- 









* Supply hoc. 19, 4. 






123, 2. 




' 32, 2. 


q § 31, Obs. 2. 




56, 2d., 3d. 




J § 121, R. XXVI. 


' 84, 4. 




123, 1 




k 5. 1. 


• § 141, Obs. 8. 




63, 1. 




1 § 113, Exc. 11. 


« 7, 2, & § 112, 




118, 7, and 51. 




■" 66, 9, 


R. IV. 




19, 4. & § 123, 


R. 


» § 44, II. 1 


« 74, 8. 




58,7. 




111,5. 


' 124, 15. 




120. 




p 21, 2. 


w §140,1, 1st. &74,4 



FABLES FROM ^SOP.. 83 

midine.'^ Eundem conspicata ^ itemm, timuit quidem, sed 
nequaquam,'^ ut antea.'^ Tertio illi'* obviam facta, ausa 
est etiam propius accedere, eumque ^ alloqui. 

1 1 . Cancri. 

Cancer dicebat ^ filio S; Mi ^fili^ ne J sic ohllquis semper 
gressihus^ incede, sed recta via^ perge. Cui ille. Mi 
pater, respondit, libenter tuis prteceptis ^ ohsequar, si te 
prills idem facientem videro} 

Docet hsec fabula, adolescentiam "^ nulla re* magis 
quam exemplis" instrui.° 

12. Boves. 

In eodeni prato pascebantur^ tres boves in maxima 
Concordia, et sic ab omni p ferarum incursione tuti erant. 
Sed dissidio i inter illos orto, singuli a feris petiti ' et 
laniati sunt. 

Fabiila docet, quantum boni ^ sit ^ in concordia. 

13. A sinus. 

Asinus, pelle"^ leonis indutus, territabat homines et 
bestias, tanquam leo esset.'*' Sed forte, dum se celerius'' 



" § 129. 


i § 10, Exc. 5. 


q 9, 1, & 109, 5 


b 105, 1. 


J § 142, 2. 


r 115, 1. 


<= Sup. timuit. 


k 7,2. 


»§ 106, R. VIII. 


d § 135, R. XLVII. 


1 § 44, VI. 


' § 140, 5. 


e § 136, R. LII. 


- § 145, R. LVIII. 


« 64,7. 


f § 44, II. & § 123, 


n § 120, Obs. 1. 


V § 140, 2. 


Obs. 2. 


95, 4. 


w 22, 3, and § 120, 


g 11. 


p § 151, R. II. 2d. 


Obs. 5. 


h § 20, Note 1. 







94. FABLES FROM ^SOP. 

movet, aures eminebant; unde agnitus in^ pisliinum ab- 
ductus est, ubi poenas petulantiuj dedit. 

Hsec fabula stolidos^ notat, qui imraeritis honoribus"= 
superbiunt. 

14, Mulier et Galllna. 

Mulier quaedam habebat galllnam, quae ei quotidie 
ovum pariebat aureum. Hinc suspicari ^ ccepit, illam ^ 
auri massam intus celare/ et gallinam occidit. Sed nihil 
in ea reperit, nisi quod ^ in aliis gallinis reperiri solet. 
Itaque dum majonbus divitiis*^ inhiabat, etiam minores' 
perdidit. 

15. Viator es et Asinus. 

Duo^ qui una iter faciebant, asinum oberrantem in 
solitudine conspicati,-' accurrunt Igeti, et uterque eum sibi 
vindicare ccEpit, quod eum prior ^ conspexisset.' Dum 
vero contendunt et rixantur, nee™ a"* verberibus absti- 
nent, asinus aufugit, et neuter eo° potitur. 

16. Corvus et Lupi. 

Corvus partem prsedse petebat a lupis, quod eos totum 
diemP comitatus esset.' Cui illi, J\^on tu nos, inquiunt, 
sed prcedam sectdtus es, idque ^ eo ammo,'^ ut ne nostris 
quidem corporlhus "^ parceres,^ si exanimarentur} 



» 123, 1. 


" § 112, R. IV. 


" 7, 3, & § 121, R. 


b 19, 1. 


• Sup. divitias. 


XXVI. 


c § 129, R. 


i 105, 1. 


p § 131, R. XLI. 


<i § 144, R. LVII. 


k § 98, Obs. 10. 


1 Sup./edsii. 


• § 145, R. LVIII. 


1 § 141, Obs. 7. 


'§ 112,R. V. &7, I. 


t 96, 4. 


»§ 93, 1. 


' § 140, 1. 1st. 


e 37, 2. 


n § 136, Obs. 7. 


» § 140, 2. 



FABLES FROBI jESOP. S5 

Merito in actionibus non spectatur, quid fiat,^ sed quo 
ammo fiat/ 

17. Pastor es et Lupus. 

Pastores csesa ove^'convivium celebrabant. Quod * quum 
lupus cerneret,^ ^go, inquit, si agnum rapuissem^^ quan- 
tus tumultus fieret !^ At isti^ impune ov&m, comedunt I 
Turn unus illorum,'^ J^os enim^ inquit, nostra^ non alie- 
nd ove^ epuldmur. 

18. Carbonarius et Fullo. 

Carbonarius, qui spatiosam habebat domum, invitavit 
full6nem,ut ad se commigraret.-' Ille respondit; Qucenam 
inter nos esse possit ^ societas ? quum tu vestes, quas ego 
nitidas reddidisserrij fuligine et maculis inquinaturus 
esses.^ 

Hsec fabula docet dissimilia" non debere" conjungi.P 

19. TuMcen. 

Tubicen ab hostibus captus, JYe ^ me, inquit, interjicite; 
nam inermis sum, neque^ quidquam habeo prmter hanc 
tuham. At hostes. Propter hoc ipsum, inquiunt, te inter- 
imemusj quod, quum ipse' pugnandi^ sis^ imperitus^ 
alios ad pugnam incitdre soles. 

Fabula docet, non solum malef icos ^ esse puniendos,'' 
sed ^ etiam eos, qui alios ad male faciendum ^ irntent.' 



»§ 140, 5, &74, 1. 


§ 140, 1, 3d. 


« 32, 2. 


b 9, 1, & 109, 2. 


k 77, 4. 


« § 147, Obs. 2, & 


c 38, 4.&§99,Obs.8 


.» § 141, Obs. 8. 


§ 109, R. IX. 


d 74, 3. 


» § 79, 8. 


" § 140, Obs. 3. 


• 74, 7, & § 140, 2. 


» 19, 4, &§ 145,R. 


V 19,1. 


' § 140, 5. 


LVIII, 


" 108,4, & 


s§28, Obs. 3, 3d. 


o 95, 1. 


§ 146, Obs. 5. 


h 21, 2. 


p§ 144, Obs. 2. 


» § 149, R. LXV. 


• § 121, Obs. 2. 


q § 142, 2. 


y§ 147, Obs. 4. 


J 78, 5, & 


'§93,1.^ 


» Sup. Verum est. 



86 FABLES FROM jESOP. 

20. Jlcdpitres et Columbce. 

Accipitres quondam acerrime inter se belligerabant. 
Hos columbae in ^ gratiam reducere conatai ^ effecerunt, 
ut illi pacem inter se *^ facerent/ Qua '^ firmata, accipi- 
tres vim suam *" in ipsas columbas converterunt. 

Haec fabiila docet, potentiorum discordias imbecilliori- 
bus ^ seepe prodesse. 

21. Mulier et Gallina. 

Mulier vidua gallinam habebat, quae ei quotidie unum 
ovum pariebat. Ilia existimabat, si gallinam diligentius 
saginaret,*' fore/ ut ilia bina aut terna ova quotidie par- 
eret. Quum autem cibo superfluo gallina pinguis asset 
facta,-* plane ova parere desiit. 

Hsec fabiila docet, avaritiam ssepe damnosam esse. 

22. Vulpes et Uva. 

Vulpes uvam in vite conspicata^ ad illam subsiliit 
omnium virium suarum ^ contentione,'^ si eam forte attin- 
gere posset.*^ Tandem defatigata inani labore ^ disce- 
dens dixit: At nunc etiam acerbce sunt, nec^ eas in vi& 
repertas ™ tollerem.^ 

Hsec fabiila docet, multos" ea" contemnere, quse se 
assequi posse desperent.i" 



» 123, 1. 


E§ 112, R.I. 


I § 93, 1. 


b 105, 2, 


h § 140, 2. 


°> 101, 4. 


< 31, Note. 


i § 145, Obs. 6. 


» 78, 8. 


d § 140, Obs. 1, 3d. 


i 74, 8. 


19, 1,&4. 


• 38, 3. 


" § 129, R. 


p § 141, Obs. 8 



« 31,3. 



FABLES FROM ^SOP. 87 

23. Vulpes et Leana. 

Vulpes legenaj ^ exprobrabat, quod nonnisi unum catu- 
lum pareret.'' Huic dicitur respondisse, Ununij sed leo- 
nem. 

Hebc fabula, non copiam sed bonitatem rerum aestiman- 
dam '^ esse, docet. 

24. Mures. 

Mures aliquando habuerunt consilium, quomodo sibi a 
fele caverent.'* Multis aliis *^ propositis, omnibus^placuit,s 
ut ei"* tintinnabulum annecteretur;^ sic enim ipsos-i soni- 
tu admonitos earn fugere posse.^" Sed quum jam inter 
mures queereretur,' qui feli "* tintinabulum annecteret," 
nemo repertus est. 

Fabiila docet, in suadendo plurimos esse audaces," sed 
in ipso periciilo timidos.P 

25. Canis Mordax. 

Cani^ mordaci paterfamilias jussit tintinnabulum ex 
sere appendi,i ut omnes eum cavere possent.^ Ille vero 
ajris tinnitu gaudebat, et, quasi virtutis suee prsemium ' 
esset,^ alios canes pi-se se contemnere ccepit. Cui unus 
senior,* ^e" stolidum, inqmi^quiignordrevideris,'" isto 
tinnitu pravitdtem morum tuorum indicdril"' 



» 7,2, &§112,R.V 


i 32, 8. 




q 90, 1. 


" § 140, Obs. 2. 


k § 145, Obs. 7. 


Sup. 


' § 103, R. V. 


* 108, 4. 


existimaverunt. 


s § 140, 2. Sup. id 


§ 140, 5. 


I 65, & 74, 3. 




sc. tintinnabulum. 


• 9,1,&19, 4. 


^ § 123, R. 




t Sup. ceteris 6. 3 


' § 113, R. XVIII 


- 76, 2, & 




« § 117. 


8 65. 


§ 34,Obs. 1. 




V 95,4. 


t § 126, R. III. 


§ 103, Obs. 2. 




w 70,3. 


■ § 140, 1,4th. 


p § 149, R. 







OO FABLES FROM ^SOP. 

Hsec fabula scripta est in'^ eos, qui sibi'* insignibus i 
flagitiorum suorum placent. I 

26. Canis et Lujjus. [ 

Lupus canem videns bene saginatum, Quanta est, in- J 
quit, felidtas tual Tu, utvideris,'' laute vivis, at ego fame '\ 
enecor. Turn canis, Licet, inquit, mecum ^ in urbem veni- ' 
as,^ et eddem felicitate^ f maris. Lupus conditionem ac- 
cepit. Dum una eunt, animadvertit lupus in collo canis 
attritos^ pilos. Quid hoc est? inquit.* JVum^ jugum 
sustinesV^ cervix enim tua tota est glabra. Jfikilesfj 
canis respondit. Sed interdiu me alligant, ut noctu sim 
vigilantior ; atque h(Bc sunt vestigia colldris, quod cer- 
vici^ circumddrisolet. Turn lupus. Vale, inquit, awice."' 
nihil * moror felicitdtem servitttte emptam ! 

Hsec fabula docet, liberis^ nullum commodum tanti™ 
esse, quod ° servitutis calamitatem compensare possit." 

27. Lupus et Grus. 

In faucibus lupi os inhseserat. Mercede igitur con- 
ducit gruem, qui" illud extrahat.i* Hoc^ grus longitu- 
dine colli facile effecit. Quum autem mercedem postu- 
laret, subridens lupus et dentibus infrendens, JYum^ tibi, 
inquit, j^ar-ya merces' videtur,^ quod caput incolume ex 
lupi faucibus extraxisti ? ^ 





* Supply lupus. 






^ 123, 1. 


i 58, 1. 




2, 2d. 


b § 112, R. V. 


J § 126, R. III. 




p §141, R. II. Obs. 2, 


c 70, 6. 


"§ 117. 




4th, 


•3 § 28, Obs. 4. 


> § 122, Obs. 6 




1 19, 4. 


• § 140, Obs. 5. 


•» § 133, Exc. & 


§122, 


r § 103, R. V. 


f § 121, R. XXVI. 


R. XXVIII. 


Exp. 


» § 138. 


s 97,4, &§ 47, 6. 


» 40, 1. 




' § 110, R. XV. 


" 56, 3d. 


"S 141, R. II. 


Obi-.. 


» 51, & 70 



FABLES FROM jESOP. 0» 

28. Jigricola et Anguis. 

Agricola anguem reperit frigore paene extinctum. Mis- 
ericordia motus eum fovit sinu,^ et subter alas^recondidit. 
Mox anguis recreatus vires recepit, et agricBlse ^ pro bene- 
ficio letale vulnus inflixit. 

Hsec fabula docet, qualem ^ mercedem mali pro bene- 
ficiis reddere soleant.*^ 

29. Asinus et Equus. 
Asinus equum beatum prcedicabat, qui^ tarn copiose 
pasceretur,*^ quum sibi post molestissimos labores ne 
palese quidem satis prseberentur/ Forte autem bello^ 
exorto equus in"^ proelium agitur, et eircumventus ab 
hostibus, post incredibiles labores tandem, multis vulneri- 
bus confossus, collabitur. Hgec omnia asinus conspicatus,^ 
me^ stolidum, inquit, qui^ beatitudlnem ex prcesentis 
temp oris for tuna cestimaverim .'* 

30. Agricola et Filii. 

Agricola senex, quum mortem sibi'' appropinquare ' 
sentiret, filios convocavit, quos, ut fieri solet,™ inter- 
dum discordare" noverat, et fascem virgularum afFerri" 
jubet. Quibus" allatis, filios hortatur, ut hunc fascem 
frangerent.P Quod i quum facere non possent, distri- 
buit singulas virgas, iisque celeriter fractis, docuit 



=' § 136, Obs. 5. 


§ 140, Obs. 3. 


1 96, 1. 


b § 136, R. LI. 


g 9,1,& 109,5. 


» 68, 3. 


« § 123, R. XXIX. 


^ 123, 1. 


- 90,2 


d § 140, 5. 


i 105, 1. 


38,3. 


« § 141, R. III. 


J § 117, R. XXI. 


p § 140, 1, 3d. 


' 74, 3, & 


k § 112, R. IV. 


q 38,4 



90 FABLES FROM JESOF. 

illos," quam finna res '^ essef^ concordia, quamque im- 
becillisdiscordia. 



31. Equus et Asinus. 

Asinus onustus sarcinis equum ^ rogavit, ut aliqua 
parte "^ oneris se^ levaret, si se^ vivum videre vellet/ 
Sed ille asini preces lepudiavit. Paulo post igitur asi- 
nus labSre consumptus in via corruit, et efflavit animam. 
Turn agitator omnes sarcinas, quas asinus portaverat, 
atque insuper etiam pellem asino^ detractam in'^ equum 
imposuit. Ibi ille sero pridrem superbiam deplorans, 
me miserum, inquit, qui parvulum onus in ^ me recipere 
noluerim,^ quum, nunc cognr^ tantas sarcinas ferre^ una 
cum pelle comitis mei, cujus preces tarn superbe con- 
tempseram. 

32. Mulier et JincillcR. 

Mulier vidua, quas texendo ^ vitam sustentabat, solebat 
ancillas suas' de nocte excitare ad opus, quum primum 
galli cantum audivisset. At illee diuturno labore fatiga- 
tee statuerunt gallum interficere."' Quo " facto, deteriore 
conditione" quam prius* esse coeperunt. Nam domina, 
de hora noctis incerta^ nunc famulas ssepe jam prima 
nocte ^ excitabat. 





* Supply /weranf. 




a 63, 4, 3. 


s § 126, R. V. 


» § 144, R. LVII. 


»> 57, 6, and Note. 


h 123, 1. 


» 38, 3, & 109, 


c § 140, 5. 


i § 141, R. III. 


» § 136, Obs. 5. 


«• § 125. 


i 74, 1. 


p 16. 


• § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. 


" § 147, Obs, 5. 


<i§ 131, R. XL 


f § 140, 2. 


1 30,1 





1 



FABLES FROM ^SOP. 91 

33. Testudo et Aquila. 

Testudo aqmlam magnopere orabat, ut sese* volare 
doceret. Aquila ei ostendebat quidem, earn'* rem petere" 
nature '^ suae contrariam; sed ilia nihilo^ minus instabat, 
et obsecrabat aquilam, ut se* volucrem facere^ vellet. 
Itaque ungulis arreptam* aquila sustulit in sublime, et de- 
mlsit illam, ut per aerem ferretur. Turn in saxa incidens 
comminuta interiit. 

Hsec fabula docet, multos^ cupiditatibus suis occcEca- 
tos consilia prudentiorum respuere ^ et in exitium mere ^ 
stultitia sua.^ 

34. Luscinia et Accijnter. 

Accipiter esuriens rapuit lusciniam. Quge,* quum in- 
telligeret sibiJ mortem^ impendere, ad preces conversa 
orat accipitrem, ne ^ se perdat sine causa. Se ^ enim 
avidissimum ventrem illius non posse explere, et suadere 
adeo, ut grandidres aliquas volucres venetur} Cui ac- 
cipiter, Insanirem,"' inquit, si partem pradam amittere^ 
et incerta ° pro certis ° sectari vellem.^ 

35. Senex et Mors. 
Senex in silva ligna ceciderat, iisque'^sublatis domum' 





* Supply i/Zam. 




» § 28, Obs. 3, 1st. 


s 91- 2. 


» 78, 8. 


» 27, 2, 6, and 91, 


" 31,3. 


" 87, 5. 


V 145, Obs. 1, & 2. 


' 39, 5. 


o 19,4. 


«= 96, 1. 


J § 112, R. IV. 


P § 140, 2. 


-»§ 111,R. 


k 121, 2. 


1 9, 1, & 109. 


« § 132, R. XLIII. 


» § 141, Obs. 8. 


^ § 130, R. XXXIX 


f 87,5 







»:a FABLES FROM ^SOP. 

redire coepit. Quura aliquanturu'* vise'' progressus esset,' 
et** onere et via defatigatus fascem deposuit, et secum 
setatis et inopise mala contemplatus*^ Mortem clara voce 
invocavit, quae *" ipsum ^ ab omnibus his malis ^ liberaret/ 
Turn Mors senis precibus audltis' subito adstitit,* et, 
quid vellet/ percunclatur.'' At Senex, quem' jam voto- 
rum™ suorum pcEnitebat/ JYihil,-\- inquit, sed requiroj 
qui^ onus paululum allevet^ dum ego rursus subeo."^ 

36. Inimici. 

In eadem navi vehebantur duo," qui inter se p capitalia 
odia exercebant, Unus eorum '^ in prora, alter in puppi 
residebat. Orta tempestate ingenti, quum omnes de 
vita desperarent, interrogat is,"^ qui in puppi sedebat, 
gubernatorem, Utram partem navis prius submersvm, iri' 
existimdret) Cui gubernator, Proram\\ respondit. Turn 
ille, Jam mors mihi non molesta est, quum inimici m&i 
mortem adspecturus sim} 

37, Hinnuleus et Cefvus. 

Hinnuleus quondam patrem suum his verbis interro- 
gasse dicitur: Mi^ pater, quum multo'' sis^ major canibus^ 



* Supply seni, § 112, R. IV. f Supply volo. 


$ Supply id, viz : onus. 


il Supply pr'ius submersum iri. 




=• § 132. 


i 74, 16. 


q 21, 2. 


" § 106, R, VIII. 


k § 137, Obs. 1. 


' 34, and 35. 


<= 74, 8. 


• 66, 9. 


« 100, 7. 


<» 124, 1. 


" § 113, Exc. II. 


t § 45, 1, & § 79, 8. 


• 106, 1. 


» 37, 1, &. 


" § 20, Note 1. 


f 40, 4. 


§ 99, Obs. 1, 4th 


^ § 132, R. XLIII. 


« 32, 8. 


19, 1. 


^ 74, 1. 


h § 125. Obs. 2. 


p 123, 3, & 


' 6,3. 


> 104, 1. 


§ 28, Obs. 5. 





FABLES FROM ^SOP. 93 

et tarn ardua cornua habeas^ quihus a te vim 'pro'pulsare 
possis.^ qui Jit," ut canes tantopere metuas ? Ibi cervus 
ridens, Mi nate, inquit, vera^ memoras; mihi^ tamen^ 
nescio quo pacto, semper accidit,'^ ut audita canum voce, 
infugam statim convertar. 

Hsec fabula docet, natura' formidolosos nullis rationi- 
bus ^ fortes reddi posse. 

38. Hcedus et Lupus. 

Quum hoedus evasisset lupum, et confugisset in caulam 
ovium, Quid tu, stulte, inquit ille, hic te salvuTn futurum ^ 
speras, ubi quotidie pecudes rapi^ et diis^ mactdri^ vid- 
easl^ JVon euro, inquit hcedus; nam si moriendum^ 
sit, quanta^ praclarius^ mihi^ erit, m,eo cruore aspergi 
aras deorum immortalium,, quam irrigdri siccas lupi 
fauces. 

Heec fabula docet, bonos" mortem, quae omnibus^ 
imminet, non timere," si cum honestate et laude conjunc- 
ta sit.P 

39. Corvus et Vulpes. 

Corvus alicunde caseum rapuerat, et cum illo in altam 
arborem subvolarat.^i Vulpecula ilium caseum appetens 
corvum blandis verbis^ adoritur; quumque primum for- 

» § 149. s § 47, Note 1. • § 98, Obs. 6. 

t§141,0bs. 8. " 95,4. "'§111. 

«= 51, 4. i § 126, R. III. " 91, 2. 

i 19, 4. J § 147, R. LXI. and " 95, 1. 

' § 112, R. IV, Obs. 1. p § 140, 2. 

' § 129. I' § 132, R. XLIII. q § 79, 1. 



94 FABLES FROM JESOV. 

mam ejus* pennarumque nitorem laudasset, Pol, inqult, 
te avium regem esse dicer em,^ si cantus 'pulchritudlni'' 
tu(B responderet. Turn ille laudibus vulpis inflalus etiam 
cantu se* valere** demonstrare voluit. Ita vero e rostro 
aperto caseus delapsus est, quern vulpes arreptum devo- 
ravit. 

Hsec fabula docet, vitandas^ esse adulatorum voces, 
qui blanditiis suis nobis ^ insidiantur. 

40. Leo. 

Societatem junxerant leo, juvenca, capra, ovis. Prae- 
da ^ autem, quam ceperant, in quatuor partes aequales 
divlsa, leo, Prima^ ait, mea}^ est; debetur enim hac^ 
jprcRstantice^ mecz. Tolla'tn et secundamj quam meretur 
rohur Tneum. Tertiam? vindUat sibi egregius labor m,eus. 
Quartam qui sibi arrogdre voluerit, is ^ sciat^ se habitu- 
rum^ me inimlcum sibi.^ Quid facerent" imbecilles 
bestise, aut quae* sibi" leonem infestum habere vellet?" 

41. Mus et Rusticus. 

Mus a rustico in caricarum acervo deprehensus tarn p 
acri morsu ejus ^ digitos vulneravit, ut p ille eum dimit- 
teret,i dicens: JYihil,meherciile,tam pusillum est, quod^ 
de salute desperdre debeat, modb se dej'endere et vim de- 
pulsdre velit." 



* Supply bestia, 19. 




» 31, &Obs. •> 19. 


»§ 111. 


b 78, 8. i 64, 2, & § 126. 


" § 42, II, 2d. 


c § 112, Obs, 5, 5th. i 62, & § 123. 


p 124, 15, 


d 96, 2. I' § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. 


1 § 140, 1, 1st. 


• 108, 4. ' 1 § 45, I, 1, 


- 40, 3. 


f§ 112,R.V.also7,7 m § 47, Note 1. 


» § 140, 4. 


s 9, 1, & 109. 





TABLES FROIVI JESOT. 95 

42. Vultur et Avicul(B. 
Vultur aliquando aviculas invitavit ^ ad conviviunij 
quod illis daturus esset ^ die " natali suo. Quae ^ quum 
ad tempus adessent, eas carpere et occidere, epulasque 
sibi de invitatis instruere ccepit. 

43. Ranee. 

Range leetabantur, quum nuntiatum esset * Solem uxo- 
rem duxisse.*" Sed una ceteris ^ prudentior, vos stolt- 
dos, inquit; nonne meministis ^ quantopere nos scepe unius 
Soils cBstus excruciefV Quid igtturjiet, quum liberos 
etiam procreaveri t ? J 

44. RancB et Jupiter. 

Range aliquando regem sibi a Jove ^ petivisse dicuntur. 
Quarum ille precibus exoratus trabem ingentem in la- 
cum dejecit. Ranse sonitu perterritse primum refugere,^ 
deinde vero trabem in aqua natantem conspicatse magno 
cum contemptu ™ in ea consederunt, aliumque sibi novis 
clamoribus regem expetiverunt. Tum Jupiter earum 
stultitiam puniturus^hydrum illis misit, a quo" quum plu- 
rimae captse perirent, sero eas p stolidarum precum poeni- 
tuit. 

45. Lupi et Pastor es. 

Quum Philippus, rex Macedonise, cum Atheniensibus 
fcedus initurus esset ea conditione,"* ut oratores suos 



» 73. 


s 6,3. 


I § 144, Obs. 6. 


"§ 141,0bs. 7. 


" § 84, 2, & 58, 1. 


"> § 129, Obs. 2. 


c§ 131, R. XL. 


i § 44, I. 1, and 


» 102, 1. 


i 39, 6. 


§ 140, 5. 


° § 126, Obs. 2. 


« 51,2. 


i § 44, VI. 


p 66, 8, &§ 113,11 


' 98,3. 


k § 124, Obs. 2. 


q § 129. R. 



ap FABLES FROM ^SOP. 

ipsi" traderent, Demosthenes populo narravit fabulara, 
quails'" callidum regis consilium ante ociilos poneiet.'' 
Dixit enim lupos quondam cum pastoiibus pactos esse,** 
se nunquam in posterum^ greges esse impugnaturos/ si 
canes ipsis^ dederentur. Placuisse stultis pastonbus'' 
conditionem; sed quum lupi caulas excubiis' nudatas 
vidissent, eosJ impetu facto omnem gregem dilaniasse. 

46. Puer mendax. 

Puer oves pascens crebro per lusum magnis clamori- 
bus opem rusticorum imploraverat, lupos gregem suum 
aggressos esse ^ fingens. Sgepe autem frustratus eos, qui 
auxilium laturi ' advenerant, tandem lupo revera irruente, 
multiscum lacrymis vicinos orare ccR^^ii ^ ut sihi^ eigregi"^ 
subvenirent. At illi eum pariter ut antea ludere" existi- 
mantes preces ejus et lacrymas neglexerunt, ita ut lupus 
libere in oves grassaretur," plurimasque earum ^ dilani- 
aret. 

47. Corvus. 

Corvus, qui caseum forte repererat, gaudium alta voce '^ 
significavit. Quo'^sonoi allecti plures corvi famelici 
advolaverunt/ irapetuque in ilium facto, opimam ei* da- 
pem eripuerunt. 



^ § 123. 


6§126, R. III. ■'94,l,2d,&96, 2 


b 5, 3, and 


" 7, 2. o § 140, 1, 1st. 


§ 110, Obs. 1, 2. 


! 64, 8. p § 107, R. X. 


c§ 141, R. II. 


J § 149. q § 129. 


d 98, 2, & 94, 3. 


t 94,l,2d,2,&98,2 ' 38. 


«§89, Obs.l,&19,5 


1 102, 1. • Supply ad. eum. 



f 100,3. ■» 7, 2,&§112,R.V t 5,1. 



FABLE'i FROM iESOP 97 



48. Comix et Columba. 



Cornix columbae ^ gratulabatur fcecunditatem,*' quod 
singulis mensibus pullos excluderet.*" At ilia, JVe mei, 
inquit, doloris causam comimeniores.^ JYam quos pullos ^ 
educo, eos^ dominus raptos aut ipse comedit, aut aliis 
comedendos ^ vendit. Ita mihi mea fo&cundltas novum 
semper luctum parit. 

49. Leo, Jlslnus, et Vulpes. 

Valpes, asiuus, et leo venatum'* iverant.' Ampla 
prseda facta, leo asinum illam partiri jubet.J Qui*^ quum 
singiilis singulas' partes poneret ssquales, leo eum cor- 
reptum dilaniavit, et vulpeculEe partiendi™ negotium 
tribuit. Ilia astutior leoni partem maximam apposuit, 
sibi vix minimam reservans particiilam. Turn leo subri- 
dens ejus prudentiam laudare, et unde hoc didicerit" in- 
terrogare, coepit. Et vulpes, Hujus° me, inquit, calami- 
tas docuit, quid minor es^ potentioribus deheant° 

50. Muscce. 

Efiusa mellis copia est: Muscse advolant:^ 

Pascuntur. At mox impeditis cruribus 

Revolare nequeunt. Heu miseram, inquiunt, vicem /' 



» 7, 2, & § 112. R.V. s 107, 2. 


n § 140, 5. 


b§ 128, Obs. l,Exc. •> 114,1. 


o Viz: asini. 


and Note. i § 102, R. I. 


p 19, 1. 


»§ 141, Obs. 7 J §44. 1.3. 


1 Sup. ad id (scil. 


<i§45, I. 1. k 39. 1. 


mel.) 


• 37, 2d, Note, & 6. ' 26,4. 


' § 117. 


' Supply pullos. >» § 147, Obs. 2, 





98 FABLES FROM JESOP. 

Cihus iste " hlandus, qui i^ellexit suavUer, 
JVu7iC fraudulentus quant crudelUer necat I 
Perfida voluptas fabula hac depingitur. 

51. Cancer. 
Mare cancer olim deseruit, in litore 
Pascendi^ cupidus. Vulpes hunc simul ' adspicit 
Jejuna, simul accurrit,'^ et prsdam capit. 
JVVe, dixit ille, j/wre plector, qui, salo* 
Quum fuerim natus, voluerim^ solo ingredi ! 

Suus unicuique ^ praifinitus est locus, 
Quern prseterire sine periclo non licet. 

52. Culex et Taurus. 
In cornu tauri parvulus quondam culex 
Consedit; seque^ dixit, mole si sua^ 
Eum ^ gravaret, avolaturum '' illico. 
At ille:^ JYec te considenfem senseram. 



* There is a play upon the words salo and solo, which cannot be 
preserved in the translation; — a loss of but little importance. 
» § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. « § 141, R. III. ^ § 100, 2, and 

» § 147, Obs. 2. t § 126. § 47, Note 1. 

<= 124, 11. s 31. i § 101, Obs. 4. 

4 Sup. ad eum. 



MYTHOLOGY. 



1.' Cadmus, Agenoris filius,^ quod draconenij Martis 
filium, fontis cujusdam in Bceotia custodem,* occiderat, 
omnem suam prolem interemptam vidit, et ipse cum 
Harmoniaj'' uxore '^ sua, in Illyriam fugit, ubi ambo " in 
dracones conversi sunt. 

2. Amyous, Neptuni filius,* rex Bebryciee, omnes, qui 
in ejus regna venissent,*^ cogebat cgestibus secum conten- 
dere, et victos occidebat. Hie quum Argonautas ad cer- 
tamen provocasset,*^ Pollux cum eo contendit, et eum 
interfecit. 

3. Otos et Ephialtes, Aloei filii^ mira magnitudine ^ 
fuisse dicuntur. Nam singulis'' mensibus' novem digitisJ 
crescebant, Itaque quum essent annorum novem ,s in 
coelum ascendere sunt conati. Hue sibi aditum sic faci- 
ebant,'' ut montem Ossam super Pelion ponerent, alios- 
que prseterea montes exstruerent. Sed Apollinis sagit- 
tis interempti sunt. 

4. Daedalus, Euphemi filius, artifex peritissimus, ob 



'^ 12, 1. 


" 74, 8. 


h 26, 5. 


b § 102, Obs. 2. 


f § 97, Obs. 2. 


■' § 131, R. XLI. 


c§98, Obs. 1, &2. 


e 6, 1, and 


J § 132, R. XT.TI. 


" § 141, R. I. 


§ 106, R. VII. 


k § 44, II. 2. 



100 MYTHOLOGY. 

caedem Athenis'' coramissam in Crelam ^ abiit arl regern 
Min5ein. Ibi labyrinthum exstiuxit. A Minoe *= ali- 
quando in custodiam conjectus, sibi et Icaro filio alas 
ceia*^ aptavit, et cum eo avolavit. Dum Icarus altius*-" 
evolabat, cera solis calore calefacta, in mare decTdit, 
quod ex eo Icarium pelagus *" est appellatum. Dsedahis 
autem in Siciliam ^ pervenit. 

5. i^^^sculapius, Apollinis filius, medicus praestantissi- 
mus, Hippolyto, Thesei filio, vitam reddidisse dicitur. 
Ob id facinus Jupiter eum fulmine percussit. Turn 
Apollo quod filii mortem in Jove ^ ulcisci non poterat, 
Cyclopes, qui fulmina fecerant, interemit. Ob hoc fac- 
tum, Apollinem Jupiter Admeto,'' regi Thessalise, in ser- 
vitutem dedit. 

6. Alcestira,' PeliaB filiam, quum multi in matrimonium 
peterent, Pelias promisit, se filiam ei esse daturum,J qui 
feras currui junxisset.'' Admetus, qui eam perdite ama- 
bat, Apollinem rogavit, ut se in hoc negotio adjuvaret. 
Is quum ab Admeto, dum ei* serviebat, liberaliter esset 
tractatus, aprum ei et leonem currui junxit,"" quibus" ille 
Alcestim avexit. Idem gravi morbo implicitus, munus 
ab Apolline accepit, ut prsesens periculum efFugeret, si 
quis sponte pro eo moreretur." Jam quum neque pater, 
neque mater Admeti pro eo mori voluissent p uxor se 
Alcestis morti obtillit, quam Hercules forte adveniens 
Orci manibus i eripuit et Admeto reddidit. 

7. Cassiope filia3 suae Androraedss formam Nereidum 



^ 6,2. 


s 123,2, and 


'"§ 114. R. XIX, and 


" 123, 1, and 


§ 136, Obs. 3, 4. 


Obs. 3. 


§ 130, Obs. 10. 


" § 123. 


» § 99, Obs. 6. 


§ 126, Obs. 2. 


i § 15. 2. 


§ 42, II. 2d, and 


1 6,4. 


J 100 2. 


§ 140, 2. 


" 22, 3. 


fe 80, 2. 


p § 102, Obs. 1. 


f § 103. 


1 7.2&§112,R. V 


q 5, 1, 



MYTHOLOGY. 101 

formm ^ anteposuit. Ob hoc crimen illse a Neptune ^ 
postulaverunt, ut Andromeda ceto*^ immani, qui eras 
populabatur, objiceretur. Quae ^ quum ad saxum alli- 
gata esset, Perseus ex Libya, ubi Medusam occiderat, 
advolavit, et, bellua devicta^ et interempta/ Androme- 
dam libeiavit. 

8. Quam quum abducere vellet victor, Agenor, cui 
antea desponsata fuerat, Perseo insidias struxit, ut eum 
interficeret, sponsamque eriperet/ llle, re cognita,* ca- 
put Medusae insidiantibus ostendit, quo ^ viso, omnes in 
saxa mutati sunt. Perseus autem cum Andromeda in 
patriam rediit. 

9. Ceyx, Hesperi filius, quum in naufragio periisset, 
Alcyone, conjijgis morte audita,^ se in mare prsecipitavit. 
Turn deorum misericordia ambo in aves sunt mutati, quae 
Alcyones appellantur. Hae aves pariunt hiberno tem- 
pore.'* Per illos dies mare tranquillum esse dicitur; 
unde nautae tranquillos et serenos dies Alcyoneos appel- 
lare solent. 

10. Tantalus, Jovis filius, tam carus fuit diis,^ ut Ju- 
piter ei consilia sua concrederet, eumque ad epulas de5- 
rum admitteret.*" At ille, quae-* apud Jovem audiverat, 
cum mortalibus communicabat. Ob id crimen dicitur'^ 
apud inferos in aqua collocatus esse, semperque sitire. 
Nam, quoties haustum aquae sump turns ^ est, aqua rece- 
dit. Tum etiam poma ei™ super caput pendent; sed, quo- 
ties ea decerpere conatur, rami vento moti recedunt. Alii 



» § 123, R. IV. 


f 85. 


J 37, 2. 


b § 124, Obs. 2. 


s 38, 5. 


k § 145, Obs. 4 


« § 126, R. III. 


" § 131, R. XL. 


» § 79, 8. 


d 39, 2. 


i § 111. 


>n5,3,&§110,Obs. 1 


• 104, 1. 







102 MYTHOLOGY. 

saxum ejus capiti" impendere dicunt,cujus ruinam timens 
perpetuo metu crucialur. 

11. In nuptiis^ Pelei et Thetidis omncs dii invitatl 
erant praeter Discordiam. Hsec ira commdta malum misit 
in medium, cui*^ inscripla erant verba: Pulcherrlma me 
haheto. Turn Juno, Venus et Minerva illud simul ap- 
petebant J "^ raagnaque inter eas discordia exorta, Jupiter 
Mercurio imperat, ut deas ad Paridem, Priami filium, 
duceret,*" qui in monte Ida greges pascebat;* hunc earum 
litem dirempturum esse.^ Huic Juno, si se pulcherriimam 
judicassetjS omnium terrarum regnum est pollicita ; Mi- 
nerva ei splendidam inter homines famam promisit ; 
Venus autem Helenam, Ledee et Jovis filiam, se ei in 
conjugium dare'' spopondit. Paris, hoc dono prioribus*^ 
anteposito ' Venerem pulcherrimam esse-" judicavit. Pos- 
tea Veneris hortatu Lacedeemonem ^ profectus, Helenam 
conjugi ' suo *" Menelao eripuit. Hinc bellum Trojanum 
originem cepit, ad quod tota fere Greeoia, duce ° Aga- 
memnone, Menelai fratre, profecta est. 

12 Thetis, Pelei conjux, quum sciret Achillem filium 
suum cito periturum esse,^ si GraecSrum exercitum ad 
Trojam sequeretur,^ eum misit in insulam Scyron," regi- 
que Lycomedi commendavit. Ille eum muliebri habitu,? 
inter filias suas servabat. Grfeci autem quum audi vis- 
sent eum ibi occultari,i unus eorum"^ Ulysses, rex Itha- 
cse, in regio ^ vestibule munera feminea ^ in calathiscis 



* Supply 


dicens, agreeing with Jupiter, 94. 4. 


»§ 112, R. IV. 


h 94, 3, & 100, 2. "110,1. 


f § 136, Obs. 3. 


i 104,1. o§ 10. Greek nouns. 


c § 126, R. III. 


i 90, 3. P § 129. 


d § 102, R. I. 


k § 130, 2. q 96, 7. 


« § 140, 1, 3d. 


1 5, 1. ' 21, 2. 


' 94,l,2d.&100, 


1. "• 30, 4, & • § 106, Obs. 4. 


g § 140, 2. 


§28, Obs.3, Exc. 



MYTHOLOGY. 103 

posuit, simulque clypeum et hastam; mulieresque advo- 
cari'' jussit. Quse '' dutii omnia contemplabantur, subito 
tubicen cecinit- quo sono aadito, Achilles arma arripuit. 
Unde eum virum. "^ esse '' intellectum est. 

13. Quum totus Grsecdrum exercitus Aulide^ conve- 
nisset, adversa tempestas eos ob iram Dianee retinebat. 
Agamemnon enim, dux illius expeditionis, cervam deaj ^ 
sacram^ vulneraverat, superbiusque*' in Dianam locutus 
erat. Is quum haruspices convocasset, responderunt, 
iram dea3 expiari^ non posse,*^ nisi filiam suam Iphige- 
niam ei immolasset.J Hanc ob causam Ulysses Argos*^ 
profectus mentltur^ Agamemnonem filiam Achilli in 
raatrimonium promisisse.™ Sic eam Aulidem ^ abduxit. 
Ubi quum pater eam immolare ° vellet, Diana virginem 
miserata" cervam ei^ supposuit. Iphigeniam ipsam per 
nubes in terram Tauricam detulit, ibique templi sui sa- 
cerdotem fecit. 

14. Troja eversa, quum Grseci domum i redire vellent, 
ex Achillis tumiilo vox dicitur fuisse audita, quae Grsecos 
monebat, ne fortissTmum virum sine hondre relinquerent.' 
Quare Grffici Polyxenam, Priami filiam, qu£e virgo fuit 
formosissima, ad sepulcrum ejus immolaverunt. 

15. Prometheus, lapeti fiiius, primus' homines ex 
luto finxit, iisque p ignem e coelo in ferula attulit, mon- 
stravitque quomodo cinere obrutum servarent.^ Ob hanc 
rem Vulcanus eum in monte Caucaso Jovis jussu clavis 



^ 90, 4. 


h 22, 3. 106, 1. 


b 38, 6. 


i 87, 1. p § 123, R. XXIX. 


= § 103, R. V. 


J § 141, Obs. 8. &80, and Exp. 


96, 2. 


fc § 130, 2. q § 130, 4. 


« 6,2. 


1 § 44, 3. r § 140, 1, 3d. 


f § 111. 


>" 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2. » § 98, Obs. 10. 


' 16, 1. 


■> 88, 2. < § 140, 5. 



]04 MYTHOLOGY. 

ferreis ulligavii ad saxura, et aquilam ei apposuit, qua;'' 
cor exederet. Quantum ^ veio interdlu exederat, tantum^ 
nocte crescebat. Hanc aquTlam insequenti tempore Her- 
cules transfixit sagittis, Prometheumque liberavit. 

16. Pluto, inferorum deus, a Jove fratre petebat, ut 
sibi Proserpinam, Jovis et Cereris filiam, in matrimonium 
daret.'' Jupiter negavit quidem Cererem passuram esse,** 
ut filia in tenebris Tartar! morareturj^'sed fratri permisit, 
ut earn, si posset, raperet.*^ Quare Proserpinam, in ne- 
more Ennee in Sicilia flores legentem, Pluto quadrigis ex 
terrse hiatu proveniens rapuit. 

17. Ceres quum nesciret ubi filia esset,^ earn per totum 
orbem terrarum queesivit. In quo itinere ad Celeum ve- 
nit, regem Eleusiniorum, cujus uxor Metanira puerum 
Triptolemum pepererat, rogavitque ut se tanquam nutri- 
cem in domum reciperent.*^ Quo facto, quum Ceres 
alumnum suum ^ immortalem reddere vellet,^ eum inter- 
diu lacte divino alebat, noctu clam igne obruebat. Ita- 
que mirum in modum crescebat. Quod ' quum miraren- 
tur parentes, earn J observaverunt. Qui ^ quum viderent 
Cererem puerum in ignem mittere,' pater exclamavit. 
Tum dea Celeum exanimavit; Triptolemo autem currum 
draconibus™ junctum tribuit, frugesque mandavit, quas 
per orbem terrarum vectus disseminaret." 

18. Althsea, Thestii filia, ex (Eneo peperit Meleagrum. 
Ei ParcEe ardentem titionem dederunt, prsefantes" Mele- 
agrum tam diu victurum '^ quam diu^ is titio foret ^ in- 



» 40, 1, & 


5 30, 4. 


"> 64, 6. 


§ 141, Obs. 2,4th. 


b 74,3. 


» 40, 5, & 


t 44, 3, & 47. 


i 38,4. 


§ 141, R. II 


e§ 140, 1,3d. 


J 27, 6. 


• 94, 1, 2d. 


d 100, 2. 


k 39, 1. 


p 124,19. 


§ 145, Obs. 5, 5th. 


» 96, 1. 


q § 140, 6. 


f § 141, Obs. 8. 







BIYTHOLOGY. 105 

columis. Hunc ^ itaque Althsea diligenter in area clau- 
sum servavit. Interim Diana (Eneo^irata quia ei sacra 
annua non fecerat, aprum mira magnitudine '^ misit, qui 
agrum Calydonium vastaret,*^ Quem ^ Meleager cum 
juvenibus ex omni Grsecia delectis interfecit, pellemque 
ejus Atalantae donavit. Cui*" quum Althsege fratres earn 
eripere vellent, ilia Meleagri auxilium imploravit, qui 
avunculos occTdit. Turn Althsea, gravi ira ^ in filium 
commota, titionem ilium fatalem in ignem conjecit. Sic 
Meleager periit. At sorores ejus, dum fratrem insola- 
biliter lugent, in aves mutatse sunt, 

19. Europam, Agenoris filiam, Sidoniam, Jupiter in 
taurum mutatus Siddne'^ Cretam^ transvexit, et ex ea 
procreavit Minoem, Sarpedonem, et Rhadamanthum. 
Hanc ut reducerent Agenor suos filios misit, conditione 
addita, ut nee ipsi-" redirent, nisi sororem invenissent."^ 
Horum unus, Cadmus nomine,^ quum erraret, Delphos^ 
venit, ibique responsum accepit, bovem prsecedentem se- 
queretur; " ubi ille decubuisset,'' ibi urbem conderet.* 
Quod quum faceret," in Bceotiam venit. Ibi aquam quas- 
rens ad fontem Castalium draconem in venit, Martis 
filium, qui aquam custodiebat." Hunc Cadmus interfecit, 
dentesque ejus sparsit et aravit. Unde Sparti enati sunt. 
Pugna inter illos exorta, quinque superfuerunt, ex qui- 
bus quinque nobiles Thebanorum stirpes originem dux- 
erunt. 



* Conderet is in the same construction with sequeretur. 

» Sup. titionem f 39 "from her," " § 141^ obs. 8. 

" § 111. and 5, 1. 1 § 128, R. XXXIV. 

c 6. 1, and s § 129, R. XXXV. "> § 140, Obs. 5. 

§ 106, R. VII. !• § 130, 3. ■> 38, 4. 

-» 40, 4. i § 130, 2. § 44, II. 2. 

' 39, 7. i 32, 3. 



106 MYTHOLOGY. 

20. Quum Bacchus, Jovis ex Semele iilius, cxercTtura 
in Jndiam duceret, Silenus ab agmine aberravit. Quem'* 
MidaSj rex Mygdoniee, hospitio'' liberaliter accepitelque 
ducem dedit, qui "^ eum ad Bacchum reduceret. Ob hoc 
beneficium Bacchus Midee optionem dedit, ut quicquid 
vellet '' a se peteret."' Ille petiit, ut quidquid ^ tetigisset ^ 
aurum fieret.*^ Quod ^ quum impetrasset, ^ quidquid ^ te- 
tigerat aurum fiebat. Primo gavlsus est hac virtute ^ sua* 
mox intellexit nihil ipsi-" hocmunere'' perniciosius esse. 
Nam etiam cibus et potio in aurum niutabatur.' Quum 
jam fame cruciaretur, petit a Baccho, ut donum suum 
revocaret.*^ Quern ^ Bacchus jussit in flumine Pactolo se 
abluere, quumque aquam tetigisset, facta est colore"' 
aureo. 

21. Schoeneus Atalantam filiam formosissimam dicitur 
habuisse, quae cursu viros superabat." Hsec quum a 
pluribus ° in conjugium peteretur, pater ejus conditionem 
proposuit, ut, qui eam ducere vellet,*^ prius cursu cum ea 
contenderet;*^ si victus esset,* occideretur.^ Multos quum 
superasset et interfecisset, tandem ab Hippomene victa 
est. Hie enim a Venere tria mala aurea acceperat. Dum 
currebant, horum unum post alterum projecit, iisque '' 
Atalantse cursum tardavit. Nam dum mala colligit, Hip- 
pomenes ad metam pervenit. Huic itaque Schceneus 
filiam uxorem dedit. Quam p quum in patriam duceret, 
oblltus Veneris beneficio ^ se vicisse,*! grates ei "^ non egit. 



» 39, 7. 


s 38, 7. 


»'6, 1,&§106,R.VI1 


b § 129, R. XXXV. 


h 74, 8, and 


■> § 44, II. 1. 


<= 40, 4, and 


§ 140, Obs. 4. 


19, 1. 


§ 141, R. II. 


i § 136, Obs. 5. 


p 39, 8. 


<! § 141, Obs. 8. 


J § 111. 


q 94, 1, 2d,& 98, 2. 


« § 140, 1, 3d. 


k 6,3. 


' 27, 2d, 6, and 


' 37,8 


' § 102, Obs. 1. 


§ 123. 



MYTHOLOGY. 107 

Hanc ob causam Hippomenes mutatus est in leonem, At- 
alanta in lesenam. 

22. Nisus, rex Megarensium, in capite crinera purpu- 
reum habuisse dicitur,'* eique preedictum '^ fuit, tarn diu 
eum regnaturum,' quamdiu*^ eum crinem custodisset.^ 
Hunc Minos, rex Cretensium, belle '"aggressus est. Quis 
quum urbem Megaram oppugnaret, Scylla, Nisi filia, 
amore^ ejus correpta est, et, ut ei victoriam pararet,'' 
patri^ dormienti falalem crinem prfficidit. Ita Nisus a 
Minoe victus-i et occisus est. Quum autem Minos in 
Cretam redlret,'^ Scylla eum rogavit, ut earn secum ave- 
heret. Sed ille negavit Cretam tantum scelus esse recep- 
turam.*^ Tum ilia se in mare prsecipitat, navemque per- 
sequitur. Nisus in aquilam marinam conversus est, 
Scylla m. piscem, quern Cirim vocant. Hodieque, si- 
quando ilia avis hunc piscem conspexerit,' mittit se in 
aquam, raptumque unguibus *" dilaniat. 

23. Amphlon, Jo\'is et Antiopes filius, qui Thebas 
muris cinxit, Nioben, Tanlali filiam, in matrimonium 
duxit. Ex qua procreavit filios septem totidemque filias. 
Quem partum Niobe Latonse liberis anteposuit, super- 
biusque"^ locuta est in Apollinem et Dianam. Ob id 
Apollo filios ejus venantes sagittis interfecit, Diana au- 
tem filias. Niobe liberis " orbata in saxum mutata esse 
dicitur,^ ejusque lacrymas hodieque manare narrantur.* 
Amphion autem, quum templum Apollinis expugnare 
vellet," ab Apollme sagittis est interfectus. 



^ § 145, Obs. 4. 


f § 129, R. 


k § 44, II. 


b 51,2, & 


e 39, 1. 


I § 45, III. 1, 2. 


§ 101, Obs. 5. 


h § 140, 1, 2d. 


m 22, 2. 


c 100, 2. 


i 5. 1. 


n 64, 8, & 5-1. 


i 124, 19. 


i 115, 1. 


» § 140, Obs. 4. 


«§ 141, Obs. 8 







108 MYTHOLOGY. 

24, Phineus, Agenoris filius, ab Apolline futurarura 
rerum scientiam acceperat. Quum vero hominibus'^ deo- 
rum consilia enuntiaret,^ Jupiter eum excfficavit, et im- 
misit ei'^ Harpyias, quae Jovis canes'^ esse dicuntur, ut 
cibum ab ore* ei*^ auferrent.'^ Ad quern*" quum Argo- 
nautai venissent, ut eum iter ^ rogarent,'* dixit se illis iter 
demonstraturum esse,' si eum poenaJ liberarent. Turn 
Zetes et Calais, Aquilonis filii,'' qui pennas in capite et 
in pedibus habuisse dicuntur, Harpyias fugaverunt in in- 
sulas Strophadas, et Phineum poena J liberarunt. 

* Ab ore is emphatic '' from him, from his very mouth." 
» § 123, « § 140, 1, 2d. i 100, 2. 

" § 140, Obs. 4. ' 39, 9. i § 125. 

« § 103, g § 124. k § 97^ Obs. 2. 

^ 5, 1. k § 141, Obs. 8. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 



1. Thales interrogatus an facta hommum decs'" late- 
lent,'' respondit, ne*^ cogitata quidem. 

2. Solon, qui AtheniensTbus leges scripsit, dicebat 
neminem, dum viveret,** beatum haberi posse, quod om- 
nes ad ultimum usque diem ancipiti fortunse* obnoxii 
essent/ 

3. Pythagorse philosophi tanta fuit apud discipulos 
suos auctoritas, ut, quee ab eo audivissent,'' ea in dubi- 
tationem adducere non auderent.^ Rogati autem ut cau- 
sam redderent"* edrum, quee dixissent,^ respondebant, 
Ipsum dixisse} Ipse autem erat Pythagoras. 

4. Bias unus ex septem Sapientibus,-* quum patriam 
Prienen ab hostibus expugnatam et eversam fugeret,'^ 
interrogatus, cur nihil ex bonis-J suis secum ferret,^ Ego 
verb, respondit,^ bona mecum porto omnia. 

5. Democritus, cui pater ingentes divitias reliquerat, 
omne fere patrimonium suum civibus donavit, ne do- 

«§116, Obs. 3. f§J41,0bs. 7. J § 107, Obs. 8, and 

" 74, 12. s § 140, 1. 1st. 19, 1, & 4, 

« 121,5. t 78,5. k 74,3. 

-1 § 141, Obs. 8. i 98, 1. » § 116, Obs. 6. 



•§ 111. 



10 



110 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

mesticarum lerum cura a philosophiaB studio avocare- 

6. Etiam Crates Thebanus bona sua inter Thebanos 
divisit, nihil sibi servans preeter peram et baculum. Hgec 
enim Cynicorum instrumenta erant. A quo ^ consilio 
quum amici et propinqui eum avocare studerent,*^ eos 
correpto baciilo "^ fugavit, nihil pulchrius esse arbitratus, 
quam ab omnibus curis*^ vacuum*" uni philosophia3 ope- 
ram dare.^ 

7. Anaxagoras, quum a longinqua peregrinatione sci- 
entiae augendse"^ causa suscepta in patriam rediisset, 
agrosque suos neglectos et desertos videret, JYon essem^ 
inquit, salvus, nisi ista^ periisseiit.^ 

8. Carneades usque ad extremam senectam nunquara 
cessavit a philosophiae studio. Saepe ei accidit/ ut, quum 
cibi** capiendi causa accubuisset, cogitationibus™ inhee- 
rens manum ad cibos appositos porrigere oblivisceretur." 

9. Idem adversus Zendnem Stoicum scripturus caput 
hellebore purgabat, ne corrupti humores sollertiam et 
acumen mentis impedirent.'^ 

10. Anaxagoras philosophus, morte ^ filii audita, vultu 
nihil ° immutato dixit. i' Scieham me mortdlem genuisse.^ 

11. Archytas Tarentinus, quum ab itinere reversus 
agros suos villici socordia neglectos videret, Ch-avUer te 
castigdrem,'^ inquit, nisi irdtus essem.^ 

12. Plato quoque, quum in servum vehementius '" ex- 

^§140,1. 2d. g§ 149,R.andObs.l » § 112, R. IV. 

" 38, 8. K 112, 1, & 5. " § 140, 1, 4th. 

» 74, 3, and ' 78, 8. » § 128. 

§ 140, Obs. 4. J § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. p § 116, Obs. 6. 

a 9, 1, and 104, 2. ^ § 140, Obs. 2. i 98, 1. 
e § 107, R.XI. Obs. 10.1 51^ 2, " happened." ' 22, 1 
f Sup. se. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. Ill 

arsisset, veritus ne ^ vindictge modum excederet, Speu- 
sippo ^ adstanti inandavit, ut de illius poena statueret.*^ 

13. Idem discendi ^ cupiditate ductus ^Egyptum pera- 
gravit, et a sacerdotibus illius regionis geometriam et 
astronomiam didicit. Idem in Italiam trajecit, ut ibi Py- 
thagorse philosophiam et instituta disceret.^ 

14. Athenienses Socratem damnaverunt, quod novos 
decs introducere videbatur. Protagoram quoque philoso- 
phum, qui ausus^ fuerat scribere, se ignorare an dii es- 
sentjS Athenienses ex urbe pepulerunt. 

15. Xanthippe, Socratis uxor, morosa admodum fuisse 
fertur. Quam ^ ejus indolem quum perspexisset Alcibi- 
ades, Socratem interrogavit, quid esset,^ quod mulierera 
tarn acerbam et jurgiosam non exigeret' domo.J Turn 
ille, Quoniam, inquit, duTn illam domi^ perpetioTj insu- 
esco, ttt ceterorum quoque foris petulajitiam et injurias 
facilius feram.^ 

16. Xenocrates philosophus, quum maledicorura quo- 
j rundam sermoni '^ interesset, neque quidquam ipse loque- 

retur,' interrogatus, cur solus taceret,^ respondit: Quia 
dixisse^ me aliquando pceiiituit^ tacuisse^ nunquam. 

17. Hegesias philosophus in disputationibus suis** 
mala et cruciatus vitse tam vividis coloribus reprsesenta- 
bat, ut multi, qui eum audiverant, sponte se occiderent." 
Quare a Ptolemseo rege ulterius his de rebus disserere 
est prohibitus. 



5.4. 



» 121, 6, and 


f § 78. 


■^5 112, R.I, & 


§ 140, Obs. 6. 


g 74. 11, and 


' § 149. 


b § 123. 


§ 140, 5. 


™ 66, 10, and 


<= § 140, 1, 3d. 


t 38, 6. 


§ 113, Obs. 7. 


d § 147, Obs. 2. 


i § 141, Obs. 8. 


" 30, 1. 


e § 140, 1, 2d. 


i § 130, 4. 


§ 140; 1, 1st. 



112 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS, 

18. Gorgiee Leontlno,'' qui eloquentia'^ ct eruditione 
omnes suae setatis homines superare existimabatur, u'ni- 
versa Grsecia in templo ApoUinis Delphici statuam aure- 
am collocavit. 

19. Idem, quum annum centesimum septimum ageret, 
interrogatus, quapropter tam diu vellef^invitaremanere, 
respondit: Quia nihil habeo, quod^ senectutem meam 
accusem.^ 

20. lllustrissimi ssepe viri humili loco ^ nati fuerunt.^ 
Socrates, quem oraculum Apollinis sapientissimum omni- 
um hominum** judicavit,' obstetricis filius fuit. Euri- 
pides, poeta tragicus, matrem habuit,' quee olera vendi- 
tabatjj et Demosthenis, oratdris eloquentissimi, patrem 
cultellos vendidisse'^ narrant. 

21. Homerus, princeps poetarum Grsecorum, dolore 
absumptus esse creditur, quod qusestionem a piscatoribus 
ipsi' propositam solvere non posset.™ 

22. Simonides, poeta prcestantissimus, gloriatur in 
quodam poemate, se " octoginta annos" natum in certa- 
men musicum descendisse ^ et victoriam inde retulisse. 
Idem aliquandiu vixit apud Hipparchum, Pisistrati filium, 
Athenarum tyrannum. Inde Syracusas^ se contiilit ad 
Hieronem regem, cum quo familiariter vixisse dicitur. 
Primus 1 carmina statuto pretio"^ scripsit; quare eumMu- 
sam venalem reddidisse dicunt. 

23. Quum iEschylus Atheniensis, qui parens^ tragce- 
dise dicitur, in Sicilia versaretur,* ibique in loco aprico 



» § 123. 


s 72. 


» § 145, R. LVIII. 


b § 128, R. XXXIV. 


h § 107, R. X. 


§ 131, R. XLI. 


c 74, 16. 


■' 73. 


P § 130, 2. 


§ 122, Obs. 2. 


J § 44, II. 1. 


1 § 98, Obs. 10. 


e§ 141, R. I. 


k 97, 1. 


' § 133, R. XLIV. 


f 6, 5, & 


1 32, 9, § 126, R.III 


» § 103. 


§ 119, R. XXIIl. 


» § 141 Obs. 7. 


. 74,3. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 113 

sederetj aquila testudmem glabro ejus capitrtmmisit quod 
pro saxo habuit. Quo ^ ictu ille extinctus est. 

24. Euripides, qui et ipse magnum inter poetas tragi- 
cos nomen habet, a coena domum rediens a canibus lace- 
ratus est. 

25. Athenienses quondam ab Euripide postulabant, 
ut ex tragoedia sententiam quandam tolleret.*^ Ille au- 
tem in scenam progressus dixit, se fabulas componere 
solere,'' ut populum doceret,'^ non ut a populo disceret. 

26. Philippides, comoediarum scriptor, quum in poe- 
tarum certamine prffiter spem vicisset^ et ilia victoria 
impense gauderet, eo ipso gaudio repente exstinctus est. 

27. Pindarus, poeta Thebanus, Apollini" gratissimus 
fuisse dicitur. Quare ssepe a sacerdotibus in templum 
Delphicum ad coenam vocabatur, parsque ei"^ tribuebatur 
donorum, quae sacrificantes * deo obtulerant. Ferunt 
etiam PanaJ Pindari hymnis ^ tantopere fuisse Isetatum, 
ut eos in montibus et silvis caneret.* Quum Alexander, 
rex Macedoniee, Thebas diriperet, unius Pindari domo™ 
et familiaj pepercit. 

28. Diogenes Cynicus Myndum profectus, quum vide- 
ret magnificas portas et urbem exiguam, Myndios mon- 
uit, ut portas clauderent,'^ ne urbs egrederetur.^ 

29. Demosthenes Atheniensis incredibili studio et la- 
bdre eo " pervenit, ut, quum ° multi eum ingenio ^ parum 
valere existiraarent, omnes eetatis suee oratores superaret 
eloquentiaP. Nunquamtamen extempore dicebat, neque 
in concione volebat assurgere, nisi rem, de qua ageretur,^ 



» § 123. 


s§ 111. 


■>'§ 112, R. V.&7, 2. 


" 38, 9. 


h§ 126, R. III. 


» 28, Obs. 


<=§ 140, 1, 3d. 


i 19, 1. 


§ 140, Obs. 4. 


1 96, 2. 


J § 15, 4. 


p§ 128. 


•§ 140,6, or l,2d. 


^ § 121, Obs. 2. 


n § 141, Obs. 8 


f 74. 8. 


' § 140, 1, 1st. 





]14 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

accurate antea meditatus esset.* Unde plerlque earn tim- 
idum esse existimabant. Sed in hac re Periclis consae- 
tudinem imitabatur, qui non facile de quaque re dicere, 
nee existimationem suam ^ fortume committere solebat. 

30. Pericles in concionem iturus, quum animo perpen- 
deret, quantum periculi*^ inconsiderate dicta'' hominibus 
afFerrent,*^ solebat precari a diis/ ne quod ipsi ^ verbum 
imprudenti excideret, quod reipublicEe officere posset.'' 

31. Minos, Cretensium rex, ssepe se in speluncam 
q-uandam conferebat, ibique se cum Jove coUoqui' leges- 
que ab eo accipere' dicebat. Etiam Lycurgus Lacedse- 
moniis"' persuasit, se leges suas'' ab Apolline didicisse.^ 

32. Quum Lycurgus, Lacedgemoniorum legislator, Del- 
phisUn templum Apollinisintrasset, utadeo^'oraciilumpe- 
teret, Pythia eum his verbis allocuta est: JYescio utrum de- 
us an homo appellandus™ sis ; sed deus potius videris^ esse. 

33. Leonidas, rex LacedgemoniSrum, quum Persce di- 
cerentur sagittarum multitudine solem obscuraturi, re- 
spondisse fertur: Melius itdque in umbra pugnahimus. 

34. Cyrus omnium suorum militum nomina memoria 
tenebat. Mithridates autem, rex Ponti, duarum et vi- 
ginti gentium, quas sub regno ejus erant, linguas ita di- 
dicerat, ut cum omnibus, quibus" impeiabat, sine inter- 
prete loqui posset. 

35. Themistocles interroganti ^ utrum Achilles esse 
mallet,*^ an Homerus,i respondit: Tu verb mallesne te in 
Olymplco certamme victor em renuntidri^ an prceco esse, 
qui victorwm nomina procldmat ? 



^ § 140, Obs. 2, 


s § 112, Obs. 3. n> 74^ 9^ & 108, 1. 


b 30, 3. 


i> § 141, Obs. 8. ■> 70,3. 


c § 106, R. VIII. 


i 96,1. 7,2, &§ 112,R.V 


1 19, 4. 


j§123, 8c7, 2. p 19, &§ 98, Obs. 5 


- 74, 11. 


k 98, 2. q § 103, R. V. 


f § 124, Obs. 2. 


1 § 130, l,Exc. &6.2 r § 144, Obs, 1. 2. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PEKSONS. 115 

36. Epaminondas, Thebanorum imperator, in bello ad- 
versus Lacedsemonios, animos suorum religi5ne excitan- 
dos" ratus, arma in templis affixanocte^ detraxit, persua- 
sitque militibus, quum ilia abesse "^ viderent, deos iter 
suum sequi,*^ ut ipsis'' proeliantibus adessent. 

37. Idem in pugna ad Mantineam graviter vulneratus 
est. Quum animam recepisset, interrogavit circumstantes 
amices, an clypeus salvus esset; '^ deinde, an hostes fusi 
essent.*" Illi utrumque affirmaverunt. Turn demum 
hastam e corpore educi^ jussit. Quo^ facto statim ex- 
spiravit. 

38. Epaminondas tanta fuit abstinentia ^ et integritate, 
ut post plurima bella, quibus Thebanorum potentiam 
incredibiliter auxerat, nihil in supellectili haberet prse- 
ter ahenum et veru. 

39. Lysander, dux LacedEemoniorum, militem quen- 
dam via' egressum castigabat. Cui dicenti, ad nullius 
rei rapinam se ab agmine recessisse,-* respondit: JYe^ spe- 
ciem quidem rapturV prceheas volo. 

40. Iphiciates, dux Atheniensium, quum prsesidio tene- 
ret Corinthum, et sub adventum hostium ipse^ vigilias 
circumiret, vigilem, quera dormientem invenerat, hasta 
transfixit. Quod ^ factum quibusdam° ei ° ut ssevum ex- 
probrantibuSj Qualem^ inveni^ in quit, talem, reliqui. 

41. Quum quidam Thrasybulo, qui civitatem Athe- 
niensium a tyrannorum dominatione liberavit, dixisset: 
Quantas "^ tihi gratias Athence. debent ! ille respondit: Dii 



* 108, 4, & § 79, 9. s 38, 5. 


1 19,&§98,Obs.5. 


b § 131, R. XL. b § 106, R. VII. 


™ 32, 3. 


c 96, 2. i § 136, R. LII. 


n 38. 


<i§112, R. I. J 94, 1, 2d, & 98 2. 


§ 123. 


« 74, 12, & § 140, 5. k 121, 2, and 


P 44, 4, & 47. 


t 90, 4. § 140, 1. 3d. 


q 48,3. 



■.16 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

faciant^ ut quantas ** ipse "^ patricB debeo gratias, tantas 
ei videar "* retulisse. 

42. Philippus, rex Macedonum, monentibus* eum 
quibusdam, ut Pythiam quendam caveret,'' fortem mili- 
tem, sed ipsi*^ alienatum, quod tres filias segre aleret,^ 
nee a rege adjuvaretur, dixisse fertur: Quid 1^ si partem 
corporis haberem^ cRgram^ abs cinder em ^ potiUs, an curd- 
rem 1 Deinde Pythiam ad se vocatum,'' accepta'^ diffi- 
cultate rei domestiCEe, pecunia' instruxit. Quo facto 
nullum rex militem Pythia ™ fideliorera habuit. 

43. Mulier quEedam ab eodem Philippo, quum a con- 
vivio temulentus recederet, damnata, A Philippo^ inquit, 
temulento ad Philippum sobrium provoco. 

44. Philippus, rex Macedonise, prsedicare solebat, se 
oratoribus Atheniensium maxTmam gratiam habere. "* 
JVam conviciis suisj inquit, e-fficiunt.^ ut quotidie melior^ 
evddam, dum eos dictis^ factisque mendacii arguere 
Conor. 

45. Ejusdem regis epistola fertur scripta ad Aristote- 
lem philosophum, qua filium sibi^ natum esse nuntiavit. 
Erat ilia epistola verbis concepta fere his: Filium mihi^ 
genitxim esse scito. Quod' equidem diis habeo gratiam: 
non tarn quod natus est, quam quod ei^ contigit nasci 
temportbus vita tucE. Spero enimfore^ ut a te educatus 
et eruditus dignus evddaf et nobis ^ et rebus, quas ipsi 
relicturi sumus. 

a 77, 9, and ^ § 150, 1. » § i03, Obs. 2. 

§ 42, Obs. 4, 5. ' § 140, 2. p § 129. 

b 44, 3, & 47. i 78, 4, q § 126, R. III. 

c 32, 1. § 139, 2,& 124, 13. ' 38, 10, Note. 

d§ 140, 1, 3d, &70. fe 104, 3, & 2. » § 113. 

e § 122, Obs. 4. I § 125. t § 145^ Obs. 6. 

f 64, 9. ■» 6, 3 " 6, 5, & § 119. 

g§141, Obs. 7. " 94, l,2d,&96, 1. 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 117 

46. Alexander Macedo, Philippi filius, quum puer a 
preeceptSre sue audivisset innumerabiles mundos esse,* 
Heu 'me ^ miserum,., inquit, qui ne uno '^ quidem adhuc po- 
titus sum ! 

47. Quum Alexander quondam Macedonum quorun- 
dam benevolentiam largitionibus sibi conciliare conatus 
esset, Philippus eum his verbis increpuit: Sperasne^ eos 
tihi ^jideles essefuturosfquos pecunid tihi conciliaveris ? ^ 
Scito amorem non auro emi sed virtutlbus. 

48. Alexandre * Macedoni, Asia debellata, Corinthii 
per legates gratulati sunt, regemque civitate ^ sua dona- 
verunt. Quod' officii genus quum Alexander risisset, 
unus ex legatis, JYulli^ unquam, inquit, civitdtem dedi- 
mus alii quam tibi^ et Herculi. Quo' audito, Alexan- 
der honorem sibi delatum lubentissime accepit. 

49. Quum Alexander Grsecise populis ' imperasset, ut 
divinos ipsi honores decernerent,™ Lacedsemonii his ver- 
bis utebantur: Quoniam Alexander deus esse voluit, esto 
deus; Laconica brevitate regis notantes vecordiam. 

50. Lysimachus, rex Thraciae, Theodorum Cyrenasum, 
virum libertatis ° amantissimum et regiae dominationi * in- 
festum, cruci afFigi" jussit. Cui ille, Hujus modi minisy 
inquit, purpurdtos tuos terreas.^ Mea i quidem nihil ' 
interest J humine ^ an sublime putrescam. 

51. Mausolus, rex Carise, Artemisiam habuit conjii- 
gem. HseCj Mausdlo defuncto, ossa cineremque mariti 
contusa et odoribus mixta cum aqua potabat. Extruxit 

" 96,9. s§141, Obs. 8. - § 107. R. IX. 

" § 117, R. h § 125, k Obs. 1. o 90, 4. 

' 7, 5, and ' 38, 7, & 38, 5. p§ 45,1.1. 

§ 121, R. XXVI. J § 123. q § 113, Exc. I. 

i 58, 1, & 56, 3. fc § 149, R. LXV. ^ § 122, Obs. 6. 

^§111. ' 7,2,&§112, R.V »§130, Obs. 7 

f 99. 1. m § 140, 1, 3d. 



118 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS, 

quoque, ad conservandain-'' ejus memoriam, sepulcram 
illudnobilissimum, ab ejus noiuine appellatum, quod inter 
septem orbis terrarum miracula nunieratur. Quod^ 
quum Mausoli manibus'' dicaret, certamen instituit, prse- 
miis amplissimis ei propositis, qui defunctum regem op- 
time laudasset/' 

52 Dionysius, qui a patre Syracusarum et psene totius 
Siciliae tyrannidem acceperat, senex patria^ pulsus Co- 
rinthi ^ pueros litteras docuit.^ 

53. Mithridates, rex Ponti, ssepe venenum hauserat, 
ut sibi a clandestiuis caveret insidiis. Hinc factum est, 
ut, quum a Pompeio superatus mortem sibi consciscere 
vellet, ne velocissima quidem venena ei nocerent.'' 

54. Quum Gyges, rex Lydice ditissimus, oraculum 
Apollinis interrogaret, an quisquam mortalium ' se-* esset^ 
felicior, deus, Aglaiim quendam Psophidium feliciorem, 
praedicavit. Is autem erat Arcadum ' pauperrimus, par- 
viili agelli possessor, cujus termmos quamvis senex nun- 
quam excesserat, fructibus' et voluptatibus angusti ruris 
contentus. 

55. Pyrrhus, rex Epiri, quum in Italia esset, audivit, 
Tarentmos quosdam juvenes in convivio parum hono- 
rif ice de se locutos esse.™ Eos igitur ad se arcessTtos per- 
cunctatus est, an dixissent*^ ea, quee ad aures suas per- 
venissent." Turn unus ex his, JVisi, inquit, vinum nobis" 
defecisset,'^ multo "i etiam jplura "^ et graviora in te locufu- 
ri erdmus.^ Hsec criminis excusatio iram regis in risum 
convertit, 

"^^ 112, 7. h § 140, 1, 4th. ■> § 141, Obs. 8. 

b 38, 4. i § 107, R. X. ° § 112, Obs. 1. 

e § 123, R. J 6. 3. p § 140, Obs. 2. 

a § 141, Obs. 2, 2d. k § 140, 5. i § 132, R. XLIII. 

« § 126, R. V. • § 119, R. XXIII. ' 19, 4. 

f 4, 1, &§ 130, 1. '» 98,2. » §79,8. 
f § 124, R, 



ANECDOTES OF EBIINENT PERSONS. 119 

56. Marsyas, frater Antigoni, regis MacedoniaB, quum 
causam haberet cum private quodam, fratrem rogavit, ut 
de ea^orai cognosceret.^ At ille, In foro potius * inquit. 
JYam si culpa ^ vacas, innocentia tua ibi melius appare- 
hit; sin damnandus es, nostra justitia* 

57. Clara sunt apud Catanenses nomina fratrum Ana- 
pi" et Amphinomi,'^ qui patrem et matrem humeris per 
medics ^ ignes ^tnee portarunt, eosque cum vitae su£e ^ 
periciilo e flammis eripuerunt. 

58. Spartanus quidam quum rideretur, quod claudus 
m pugnam iret/ At mihi,^ inquit, pugndre,^ nonfugere 
est propositum} 

59. Spartanus quidam in magistratus petitione ab 
semiilis victus, maximse sibi Igetitiee esse,J dixit, quod pa- 
tria sua se ^ meliores cives haberet.^ 

60. Quum homo quidam, qui diu in uno pede stare 
didicerat, Lacedsemonio ' cuidam dixisset, se non arbitra- 
ri Lacedgemoniorum 'i quemquam tamdiu idem facere 
posse, ille respondit: Jit anseres* te^ diutius. 

61. Diagoras Rhodius, quum tres ejus filii in ludis 
Olympicis victores renuntiati essent, tanto afFectus est 
gaudio,™ ut in ipso stadio, inspectante popiilo, in iili5rum 
manibus animam redder et." 

62. Scipio Africanus nunquam ad negotia publica ac- 
cedebat, antequam in templo Jovis precatus esset." 

63. Scipio dicere solebat, hosti non solum dandam p 





Supply the proper verb. 




» § 140, 1, 3d. 


s § 126, R. III. 


» § 129. 


b § 121, R. XXV. 


h § 144, R. LVI. 


■" § 140, 1, 1st. 


e§97, & Obs.5. 


i 51, 1. 


§ 140, 4. 


d 17, 1. 


J 8, 1, and § 114. 


p 108, 4. 


e 30,2. 


" 6, 3, & § 120. 


q § 107, R. X. 


'§ 141, Obs. 8. 


1 63, &§123. 





120 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT l-ERSONS. 

esse viam fugieiuli, seJ ctiam muniendara. Similiter 
Pyrrhus, rex Epiri, fugienti hosti^pertinaciter instandum '' 
esse negabat; non solum, ne fortius ex necessitate resis- 
teret,*^ sed ut postea quoque facilius acie ^ cederet, ratus 
victores fugientibus non usque ad perniciem instaturos 
esse. 

64. Metellus Pius, in Hispania bellum gerens interro- 
gatus, quid postero die facturus esset T Tumcam meam, 
inquit, si id eloqui posset,^ comburerem.^ 

65. L. Mummius, qui, Corintho capta, totam Italiam 
tabiilis '' statuisque exornavit, ex tantis manubiis nihil in 
suum usum convertit, ita ut, eo defuncto, non esset' un- 
de ejus filia dotem acciperet.J Quare senatus ei ex pub- 
lico dotera decrevit. 

66. Scipio Africanus major Ennii poetae imaginem in 
sepulcro gentis Cornelias collocari jussit, quod Scipionum 
res gestas carminibus ^ suis illustraverat. 

67. M. Cato, Catonis Censorii filius, in acie cadente 
equo prolapsus, quum se recollegisset,'^ animadvertisset- 
que gladium excidisse ' vagina,™ rediitin hostem: accep- 
tisque aliquot vulneribus," recuperato" demum gladio ad 
suos reversus est. 

68. Q. Metellus Macedonicus in Hispania quinque co- 
hortes, quae hostibus" cesserant, testamentum facere jus- 
sas ad locum ^ recuperandum misitj minatusi eos non- 
nisi post victoriam receptum iri."" 



-§ 112, R. IV. 


§ 42, II. 2d. 


•" § 136, R. LII. 


»> 113,8. 


h § 129. 


-> 104, 1. 


c § 140, 6. 


■' § 140, 1, 1st. 


" § 112, R. V. 


d § 136, Obs. 5. 


J § 141, Obs. 8. 


Obs. 5, 5th. 


<= § 140, 5. 


^ 74, 8, & 


p 112, 7. 


f § 140, 2. 


§ 140, Obs. 4. 


q 106, 1. 


e 78, 8, & 


• 98, 3. 


^ 94, 1, 2d, & 100,8 



ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 121 

69. Publius Decius consul, quum in belle contra Lat- 
inos Romanorum aciem cedentem videret, capite pro rei- 
publicffi salute devoto,* in medium hostium agmen irruit, 
et magna strage edila^ plurimis telis obrutus cecTdit. 
Hsec ejus mors Romanorum aciem restituit, iisque victo- 
riam paravit. 

, 70. L. Junius Brutus, qui Romam a regibus liberavit, 
filios suos, qui Tarquinium regem expulsum restituere 
conati erant, ipse^ capitis'' damnavit, eosque virgis csesos 
securi '^ percilti ^ jussit. 

71. Q. Marcius Rex consul, quum filium unicum, ju- 
venem summae pietatis ^ et magnse spei, morte ^ amisisset, 
dolorem suum ita coercuit, ut a rogo adolescentis protenus 
curiam peteret,'' ibique muneris sui negotia strenue oblret. 

72. In bello Romanorum cum Perseo, ultimo Macedo- 
niae rege, accidit,' ut serena nocteJ subito luna deficeret. 
Hsec res ingentem apud milites terrdrem excitavit, qui 
existimabant hoc omine ^ futuram cladem portendi.'' Timi 
vero Sulpicius Gallus, qui erat in eo exercitu, in concione 
militum causam hujus rei tam diserte exposuit, ut poste- 
ro die J omnes intrepTdo animo ^ pugnam committerent.'' 

73. L. Siccius Dentatus ob insignem fortitudinem ap- 
pellatus est Achilles Romanus. Pugnasse^ is dicitur 
centum et viginti proeliis; " cicatricem aversam nullam, 
adversas quinque et quadraginta tulisse; coronis'' esse 
donatus aureis du ode viginti, obsidionali una, muralibus 
tribus, civicis quatuordecim, torquibus tribus et octogin- 



" 104, 1. 


s § 129. 


^ 96, 5. 


" 32, 4. 


h § 140, 1, 1st. 


1 § 145, Obs. 4. 


<= § 122. 


■' 51, 3. 


"> § 136, Obs. 5. (in.) 


*§ 15, 6, & Note 3. 


J 6, 7, & 


■> § 123, Obs. 3, and 


e 90, 4, or 94, '3. 


§ 131, R. XL. 


§ 126. 


f § 106. R. VII. 







11 



122 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 

ta, armillis plus centum sexaginta, hastis duodevigintl. 
Phaleris idem donatus est quinquies viciesque. Trium- 
phavit cum imperatoribus suis triumphos'^ novem. 

74. Hannibalem in Italiam proficiscentem tria millia'' 
Carpetanorum reliquerunt. Quorum '^ exemplum ne ce- 
teri quoque barbari sequerentur,*^ edixit eos a se esse di- 
missos,^ et insuper in fidem ejus rei alios etiam, quorum 
fides ipsi ^ suspecta erat, domum ^ remlsit. 

75. Hannibal quum elephantos compellere non posset,'* 
ut prsealtum flumen transirent,' neque rates haberet,'' qui- 
bus eos trajiceret/ jussit ferocissTmura elephantbrum sub 
aure vulnerari, et eum, qui vulnerasset,J se in flumen 
conjicere illudque tranare. Tum elephantus exaspera- 
tus ad persequendura doloris sui auctorem tranavit am- 
nem,'' et reliqui quoque eum secuti sunt. 

» § 116, R. II. • 98, 6. h § 140, Obs. 4. 

«> § 24, 5. f 5, 2, & i § 141, Obs. 8. 

« 38. § 126 R. XXXIII. i § 141, R. VI. 

i § 140, 1. 2d. s^ 130, 4. k § 136, R. LII. 



FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO 
THE EMPERORS. 



LIBER PRIMUS. 

1. Antiquissimis temporibus Saturnus in Italiam ve- 
nisse dicitur. Ibi baud procul a Janiculo arcem condidk, 
eamque Saturniam^ appellavit. Hie Italos primus^ agri- 
culturam docuit.'^ 

2. Postea Latinus in illis regionibus imperavit. Sub 
hoc rege Troja in Asia eversa est. Hinc -^neas, Anchi- 
sse filius, cum multis Trojanis, quibus ^ ferrum GrEecorum 
pepercerat, aufugit, et in Italiam pervenit. Ibi Latinus 
rex ei benigne recepto* filiam Laviniam in matrimonium 
dedit. ^neas urbera condidit, quam in honorem conju- 
gis Lavinium''* appellavit. 

3. Post iEneae mortem Ascanius, ^neae filius, reg- 
num accepit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum transtu- 
lit, urbemque condidit in monte Albano, eamque Albam* 
Longam nuncupavit. Eum secutus est Silvius, qui 
post ^nese mortem a Lavinia genitus erat. Ejus 



• § 116, Obs. 1. « § 124. § 112, R. V. 

h § 98, Obs. 10. d 7, 2, and • 104, 3. 



124 ROMAN HISTORY. 

poster! omnes usque ad Romam conditam "" Albce ^ regna- 
verunt. 

4. Unus horum regum, Romulus Silvius, se Jove" ma- 
jorem esse dicebat,*^ et, quum tonaret, militibus impera- 
vit, ut clypeos hastis percuterent,'^ dicebatque hunc so- 
num multo clariorem esse quam tonitru. Fulmine ictus/ 
et in Albanum lacum praecipitatus est. 

5. Silvius Procas, rex Albanorum, duos filios rellquit 
Numitorem ^ et Amulium. Horum minor ^ natu," Amu- 
lius, fratri optionem dedit, utrum regnum habere vellet,-" 
an bona, quse pater reliquisset.'' Numitor paterna bona 
praetiilitj Amulius regnum obtinuit. 

6. Amulius, ut regnum firmissime possideret,' Numi- 
toris filium per insidias interemit, et filiam fratris Rheam 
Silviam Vestalem virginem "' fecit. Nam his Vestae sa- 
cerdotibus non licet viro " nubere. Sed hsec a Marte 
geminos filios Romiilum et Remum peperit. Hoc quum 
Amulius comperisset," matrem in vinciila conjecit, pue- 
ros autem in Tiberim abjici jussit. 

7. Forte Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se efFuderat, et, 
quum pueri in vado essent positi," aqua refluens eos in 
sicco rellquit. Ad eorum vagitum lupa accurrit, eosque 
uberibus suis aluit. Quod^ videns Faustiilus quidam, 
pastor illius regionis, pueros sustulit, et uxori Accee Lau- 
rentiae nutriendos^'dedit. 

8. Sic Romulus et Remus pueritiam inter pastores 
transegerunt. Quum adolevissent, et forte comperissent, 



a § 146, Obs. 2. 


g § 97, Obs. 5. 


^ § 116, Obs. 1. 


»> 4, 1. 


i> § 107, Obs. 6. 


" § 112, R. V 


« 6,3. 


i § 128, R. 


74, 8, & 


d § 44, II. 1. 


J § 140, 5. 


§ 140, Obs. 4. 


§ 140, 1, 3d. 


k § 141, Obs. 8 


p 38, & § 99, Exp 


f 115, 1. 


1 § 140, 1, 2d. 


1 107. 2 



LIBER I. 125' 

quis ipsoriim avus, quse mater fuisset,* Amulium interfe- 
cerunt, et Numitori avo regnum restituerunt. ^^te 
Turn urbem condiderunt in monte Aventino, Christum 
quam Romulus a suo nomine Romam ^ vocavit. '^^* 
Hepc quum moenibus circumdaretur, Remus occisus est, 
dum fratrem irndens moenia '^ transiliebat. 

9. Romulus, ut civium numerum augeret, asylum pa- 
tefecit, ad quod multi ex civitatibus suis pulsi accurre- 
runt. Sed novae urbis civibus ^ conjuges deerant. Fes- 
tum itaque Neptuni et ludos instituit. Ad hos quum 
multi ex finitimis popiilis cum mulieribus et liberis venis- 
sent,^ Romani inter ipsos ludos spectantes virgines rapu- 
erunt. 

10. Populi illi, quorum virgines raptEe erant, bellum 
adversus raptores susceperunt. Quum Romse^ appropin- 
quarent/ forte in Tarpeiam virginem inciderunt, quae in 
arce sacra procurabat. Hanc rogabant, ut viam in arcem 
monstraret,^ elque permiserunt, ut munus sibi poseeret.s 
Ilia petiit, ut sibi darent, quod in sinistris manibus gere- 
rent,** anniilos aureos et armillas significans. At hostes 
in arcem ab ea perducti scutis Tarpeiam obruerunt; nam 
et ea in sinistris manibus gerebant. 

11. Tum Romiilus cum hoste, qui montem Tarpeium 
tenebat, pugnam conseruit in eo loco, ubi nunc forum 
Romanum est. In media' caede raptae-J processerunt, et 
hinc patres hinc conjiiges et soceros complectebantur, 
et rogabant, ut cssdis finem facerent.^ Utrique his preci- 
bus commoti sunt. Romulus fcedus icit, et Sabinos in 
urbem recepit. 

» 74, 8, & § 140, 5. § 112, Obs. 1. s § 140, 1, 3d. 

"§ 116, Obs. 1. «§112, R. IV. "§ 141, Obs. 8. 

« § 136, R. LII. f 74,3 , and i 17, 1. 

"J 118, 8, and 140, Obs. 4, i Su]?. muliSres. 



126 ROMAN HISTORY. 

12. Postea civitatem descripsit. Centum senatores 
legit, eosque cura^ ob ffitatem,tum ob reverentiara iis** 
d^bitam patres appellavit. Plebem in triginta curias dis- 

tribuit, easque raptarum '^ nominibus nuncupavit. 
"gy" ' Anno regni tricesTmo septimo, quum exercitum 

lustraret, inter tempestatem ortam^ repente oc- 
iilis^ hominum subductus est. Hinc alii eum a senatoribus 
interfectum/ alii ad deos sublatum esse^existimaverunt. 

13. Post Romiili mortem unius anni interregnum fuit. 
Quo ^ elapso, Numa Pompilius Curibus,'' urbe in agro Sa- 
binorum natus,rex creatus est. Hie vir bellum quidem 
nullum gessit; nee minus tamen civitati profuit. Nam 
et leges dedit, et sacra plurima instituit, ut populi barbari 
et bellic5si mores molliret.' Omnia autem, quse faciebatj-J 
se nymphse Egerige, conjugis sues, jussu facere "^ dicebat.J 
Morbo decessit, quadragesimo tertio imperii anno. 

14. Numas^ successit Tullus Hostilius, cujus 
gj ' avusseinbelloadversiisSabinosforteraetstrenu- 

um virum ™ prsestiterat. Rex creatus bellum Al- 
banis indixit, id que trigeminorum Horatiorum et Curia- 
tiorum certamme finivit. Albam propter perfidiam Metii 
SufFetii diruit. Quum triginta duobus annis° regnasset, 
fulmine ictus cum domo sua arsit. 

15. Post hunc Ancus Marcius, Numae ex iilia 
224 " nepos, suscepit imperium. Hie vir sequitate ° et 

religidne avo ^ similis, Latinos bello domuit, ur- 



» 124, 8. f 97, 5. 1 § 112, R. IV. 

" § 126, R. III. & s 3S,5. ">§ 116, Obs. 1. 

64,6. "§ 130,l.Exc.&6.2 « § 131, R. XLI. 

c § 98, Obs. 5. i § 140, 1, 2d. and Exp. 

« § 146, Obs. 6. i § 44, II. 1. ° § 128, R. 

• 5,1&§126,R.III I' 96,1. p 7, 6, &§111. 



LIBER I. 127 

bem ampliavit, et nova ei^ moenia circumdedit. Carce- 
rem primus aidificavit. Ad Tiberis ostia urbem condidit, 
Ostiamque vocavit. Vicesimo quarto anno imperii mor- 
bo obiit. 

16. Deinde regnum Lucius Tarquinius Pris- 
ons accepit, Demarati filius, qui tyrannos patriae jg'y 
Corinthi fugiens in Etruriam venerat. Ipse^ 
Tarquinius, qui nomen ab urbe Tarquiniis accepit, ali- 
quando Romam'' profectus erat. Advenienti'* aquila pi- 
leum abstiilit, et, postquam alte evolaverat, reposuit. 
Hinc Tanaqnil conjux, mulier auguriorum ^ perita, reg- 
num ei portendi intellexit. 

17. Quum Romae commoraretur, Anci regis familiari- 
tatem consecutus est, qui eum filiorum suorum tutorem*" 
reliquit. Sed is pupillis ** regnum intercepit. Senatoribus, 
quos Romulus creaverat, centum alios addidit, qui mino- 
rum gentium ^ sunt appellati. Plura bella feliclter ges- 
sit, nee paucos agros hostibus '^ ademptos urbis territorio 
adjunxit. Primus triumphans urbem intravit. Cloacas 
fecit; Capitolium inchoavit. Tricesimo octavo imperii 
anno per Anci filios, quibus '^ regnum eripuerat, occisus est. 

18. Post hunc Servius Tullius suscepit impe- 
rium, genitus ex nobili femma, captiva tamen et j'^g * 
famiila. Quum in domo Tarquinii Prisci educa- • 
retur,' flamma in ejus capite visa est. Hoc prodigio Ta- 
naquil ei summam dignitatem portendi -i intellexit, et con- 
jugi ^ persuasit, ut eum sicuti liberos suos educaret.' Quum 
adolevisset, rex ei filiam in matrimonium dedit. 

» § 123, R. &Obs. 3. ' § 107, R. IX. i § 140, Obs. 4, and 

" 32, 4. f § 116, Obs. 1. § 44, II. 

<! § 130, 2. s Sup. Senator es, i 96, 6. 

d (Sup. et) § 106, R. k § 112, R. V. 

§123, & 5,1. »§ 126,R.III.&5. 1 i § 140, 1, 3d. 



128 ROMAN HISTORY. 

19. Quum Priscus Tarquinius occisus esset, Tanaquil 
de superiore parte domus populum * allocuta est, dicens; 
regem grave quidem sed non letdle vulnus accepisse;^ 
eum peter e^'^ ut populus, dum convaluisset,^ Servio Tullio 
obediret. Sic Servius regnare coepit, sed bene imperium 
administravit. Montes tres urbi adjunxit. Primus om- 
nium censura ordinayit. Sub eo Roma habuit capTtum 
octoginta tria millia civium Roman5rum,cum his qui in 
agris erant. 

20. Hie rex interfectus est scelere filise Tullies 

220. et Tarquinii Superbi, filii ejus regis, cui^ Servius 
successerat. Nam ab ipso Tarquinio de gradibus 
curiae dejectus, quum domum^ fugeret, interfectus est. 
Tullia in forum properavit, et prima conjUgem regem ^ 
salutavit. Quum domum rediret, aurigam super patris 
corpus in via jacens carpentum agere jussit. 

21. Tarquinius Superbus cognomen moribus meruit. 
Bellotamen strenuuspluresfinitimorum populorum** vicit. 
Templum Jovis in Capitolio sedificavit. Postea, dum 
Ardeam " oppugnabat, urbem Latii, imperium perdidit. 
Nam quum filius ejus Lucretise,' nobilissimee feminee, 
conjugi Tarquinii Collatini, vim fecisset, hsec se ipsam-J 
occiditin conspectu mariti, patris, et amic6rum,postquam 
eos obtestata fuerat, ut banc injuriam ulciscerentur.'^ 

22. Hanc ob causam L. Erutus, Collatlnus, 

^3_ ' aliique nonnulli in exitium ' regis conjurarunt, 

populoque ' persuaserunt, ut ei portas urbis clau- 

deret.'^ Exercitus quoque, qui civitatem Ardeam cum 

Fege oppugnabat, eum reliquit. Fugit itaque cum uxore 

» § 136, R. LII. « § 112, R. IV. i § 123, R. 

t 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2. f § 130,4. J 32. 

« 96,2. g§116, Obs. 1. k§140, 1, 3d. 

a 80, 3, &§ 140, 4. h§107, R. X. ' 123,1 &§ 136,R.L 



LIBER I. J'30 

et liberis suis. Ita RomEe* regnatum^ est per septem 
reges annos "^ ducentos quadraginta tres. 

23. Hiiic consules coepere pro uno rege duo creari, ut, 
si unus malus esset,"^ alter eum coerceret.^ Annuum iis 
imperium tributum est, ne per diuturnitatem potestatis 
insolentiores redderentur.*' Fuerunt igitur anno primo, 
expulsis regibus/ consules L, Junius Brutus, acerrimus 
libertatis vindex, et Tarquinius Collatinus, maritus Lucre- 
tias. Sed Collatino^ paulo post dignitas sublata est. 
Placuerat enim, ne quis ex Tarquiniorum familia Romse* 
maneret.'' Ergo cum omni patrimonio suo ex urbe migra- 
vit, et in ejus locum Valerius Publicola consul factus est. 

24. Comm5vit bellum urbi rex Tarquinius. In prima 
pugna Brutus consul, et Aruns, Tarquinii filius, sese invi- 
cem** occiderunt. Romani tamen ex ea pugna victores 
recesserunt. Brutum RoraanaB matronge quasi communem 
patrem per annum luxerunt. Valerius Publicola Sp. Lu- 
cretium, Lucretiae patrem, collegam sibi fecitj qui quum 
morbo exstinctus esset,^ Horatium Pulvillum sibi colle- 
gam J sumpsit. Ita primus annus quinque consules habuit. 

25. Secundo quoque anno iterum Tarquinius 
bellum Romanis intiilit, Porsena,^ rege Etrus- 245. 
c5rum, auxilium ei ferente. In illo bello Hora- 

tius Codes solus pontem ligneum defendit, et hostes co- 
hibuit, donee pons a tergo ruptus esset.*^ Tum se cum 
armis in Tiberim conjecit, et ad suos transnavit, 

26. Dum Porsena urbera obsidebat, Q,u. Mucius Scse- 
vola, juvenis fortis animi,' in castra hostis se contulit eo 

» 4, 1. « § 140, 1, 2d. ■' § 140, Obs. 4. 

" § 85, 3. f 9, 1. J § 116, Obs. 1. 

«§131, R. XLI. e§ 126, R. III.&5.1 " § 140, 4. 

'•§140,2. h§ 28, Obs. 5. • § 106, R. VII. 



130 KOMAN HISTORY. 

consilio, ut regem occideret. At ibi scribam regis pro 
ipso rege interfecit. Tumaregiis'^ satellitibus compre- 
hensus et ad regem deductus, quum Porsena eum ignibus 
allatis terreret,** dextram aree '^ accensse iinposuit, donee 
flammis consumpta esset.** Hoc facmus rex miratus'' ju- 
venem dimisit incolumem. Turn hie quasi beneficium 
referens ait/ trecentos alios juvenes in eum conjurasse.^ 
Hac re territus Porsena pacem cum Romanis fecit, Tar- 
quinius autem Tusciilum se contiilit, ibique privatus cum 
uxore consenuit. 

27. Sexto decimo anno post reges exactos, ^ 
259 popiilus Romas seditionem fecit, questus quod 

tributis et militia a senatu exhauriretur.' Magna 
pars plebis urbem reliquit, et in montem trans Anienem 
amnem secessit. Turn patres turbati Menenium Agrip- 
pam miserunt ad plebem, qui-" eam senatui conciliaret. 
Hie iis inter alia fabiilam narravit de ventre et membris 
humani corporis; qua populus commotus est, ut in urbem 
rediret. Tum primCim tribuni plebis creati sunt, qui-J 
plebem adversum nobilitatis superbiam defenderent. 

28. Octavo decimo anno post exactos reges,'^ 
261. Q^- Marcius, Coriolanus ^ dictus ab urbe Volsco- 

rum Coriolisj' quam"" bello ceperat, plebi" invl- 
sus fieri coepit. Quare urbe° expulsus ad Volscos, acer- 
rimos Romanorum hostes, contendit, et ab iis dux^ exer- 
citus factus Romanos seepe vicit. Jam usque ad quintmn 
milliarium urbis accesserat, nee ullis civium suorum le- 

a § 106, Obs. 4. f § 44, I. 3. t § i03, R. and 

•> § 44, II. 2, and s 98, 2, &c 94, 1, 2d § 116, Obs. 1. 

§ 42, Obs. 2 ^ § 146, Obs. 2. ' § 97, R. I. 

c § 123, R. i § 141, Obs. 7. "■ § 99, Obs. 3. 

d§ 140,4. J 40, 4, and " § 111, R. 

« 106, l,aild § 141, Obs. 2, 4th. » § 135, R. LII. 

§ 146, Obs. 6 



LIBER I. 131 

gationibus flecti poterat, ut patrige parceret.^ Denique 
Veturia mater et Volumnia uxor ex urbe ad eum vene- 
runtj quarutn fletu et precibus commotus est, ut exerci- 
tum removeret.^ Quo ** facto a Volscis ut proditor '^ oc- 
cisus esse dicitur. 

29. Romani quum adversum Veientes bellum gererent 
familia Fabiorum sola hoc bellum suscepit. Profecti 
sunt trecenti sex nobilissimi homines, duce ^ Fa- 
bio consule. Quum sa^pe hostes vicissent, apud 274. 
Cremeram fluvium castra posuerunt. Ibi Vei- 
entes dolo ^ usi eos in insidias pellexerunt. In proelio ibi 
exorto^omnes perierunt. Unus superfuit ex tanta fa- 
milia, qui propter eetatem puerilem duci non potuerat ad 
pugnam. Hie genus propagavit ad Qu. Fabium Maximum 
illum,^ qui Hannibalem prudenti cunctati5ne debilitavit. 

30. Anno trecentesimo et altero ^ ab urbe con- 
dita' decemviri creati sunt, qui-' civitati leges 302 
scriberent. Hi primo anno bene egeruntj se- 

cundo autem dorninationem exercere cceperunt. Sed 
quum unus eorum '^ Appius Claudius virginem ingenuam, 
Virginiam, Virginii centurionis filiam, corrumpere vellet, 
pater eam occidlt. Tum ad milites profugit, eosque ad 
seditionera commovit. Sublata est decemviris ' potestas, 
ipsique omnes aut'" raorte aut exilio puniti sunt. 

31. In bello contra VeientanosFuriusCamil- 

lus urbem Falerios obsidebat. In qua" obsidi- 353' 

one quum ludi literarii magister principum filios 

ex urbe in castra hostium duxisset," Camillus hoc donum 

=• § 140. 1, 2d. f § U6, Obs. 6. ^ § 107, R. X. 

b 38,5. s 27, kt. ' § ]26,R.III. &5.1 

<= § 149, Obs. 1. >'§24, 7. , >» 124,3. 

d 110, 1. i § 146, Obs. 2. » 38, 8. 

e § 121, R. XXVI. J § 141, R. II. Obs. o§140, Obs. 4, 
and 7, 4, 2, 4th. 



IjJSf ROM^N HISTORY. 

non accepit, sed scelestum hommem, manibus post ter- 
gura vinctis, pueris raleiios''re(luccndum "^ tradidit; vir- 
gasque iis dedit, quibus proditdrem in urbem agerent." 

32. Hactantaanimi nobilitatecoramotiFalisci urbem Ro-- 
manis tradiderunt. Camillo'^ autem apud Romanos crimi- 
ni datum'' est, quod albis equis triumphasset/ etpraedam 

inlque divisisset; damnatusque^obeam causam, 
354 " et civitate expulsus est. Paulo post Galli Se- 

nones ad urbem venerunt, Romanos apud flu- 
men Alliam vicerunt, et urbem etiam occuparunt.^ Jam 
nihil prseter Capitobum defendi ** potuit. Et jam prassidi- 
um fame laborabat, et in eo ' erant,J ut pacem a Gallis 
auro emerent,'^ quum Camillus cum manu militum super- 
veniens hostes magno proelio superaret. 



LIBER SECUNDUS. 

1. Anno trecentesimo nonagesimo quarto 

394. Po^^ urbem conditam Galli iterum ad urbem ac- 

cesserant, et quarto milliario ' trans Anienem 

fluvium consederant. Contra eos missus est T. Quinctius. 

Ibi Gallus quidam eximia corporis magnitudine''^ fortis- 

simum Romanorum ad certamen singulare provocavit. 

T. Manlius, nobilissimus juvenis, provocationem accepit, 

Galium occidit, eumque torque" aureo spoliavit, quo" 

ornatus erat. Hinc et ipse et posteri ejus Torquati appel- 

lati sunt. Galli fugam capessiverunt. 



"^ § 130, 2. 


f 115. 1. 


^ § 140, 1, 1st. 


" 107, 1. 


s § 79, 1, 1st. 


1 § 132, R. 


c 83, 3, and 


" 87, 6. 


^ 6, 1, and 


§ 141, Obs. 2, & 3. 


i 19, 6, & 


§ 106, R. VII. 


«»§ 114, R. 


§ 31, Obs. 2. 


" § 125, R. & 6, 8. 


«§ 141, Obs, 7. 


J § 102. R. II. 


« § 129, R. 



LIBER 11. 133 

2. Novo bello cum Gallis exorto, anno urbis 
quadringentesimo sexto, iterum Gallus processit 406. 
robore^atque armis insignis, et provocavit unum 

ex Romanis, ut secum armis decerneret.'' Turn se M. Va- 
lerius, tribunus militum, obtialit; et, quum processisset ar- 
matus, corvus ei ^ supra dextrum brachium sedit. Mox, 
commissa pugna, hie corvus alis** et unguibus Galli ocu- 
los verberaAdt. Ita factum est, ut Gallus nullo negotio 
a Valerio interticeretur,'' qui hinc Corvini nomen accepit. 

3. Postea Romani bellum gesserunt cum Sam- 
nitibus, ad quod L. Papirius Cursor cum honore ^^o 
dictatoris profectus est. Qui ^ quum negotii cu- 
jusdam causa Romam ivisset, prsecepit Q. Fabio ^ Rul- 
liano, magistro equitum, quern apud exercitum reliquit, 
ne pugnam cum hoste commifteret.^ Sed ille occasionem 
nactus felicissime dimicavit, et Samnites delevit. Ob 
banc rem a dictatore capitis'* damnatus est. At ille in 
urbem confugit, et ingenti favore militum et popiili libe- 
ratus est; in Papirium autem tanta exorta est seditio, ut 
psene ipse' interficeretur." 

4. Duobus annis post J T. Veturius et Spurius Postu- 
mius consiiles bellum adversum Samnites gerebant. Hi 
a Pontio Thelesino, duce hostium, in insidias inducti sunt. 
Nam ad Furculas CaudinasRomanos pellexit in 
angustias, unde sese expedire non poterant. Ibi 4*33' 
Pontius patrem suura Herennium rogavit, quid ^ 

I faciendum putaret.' Illerespondit,automnesoccidendos™ 



» § 128, R. 


' 39, 1. 


§ 136, Obs. 6. 


»> § 140, 1, 3d. 


s§ 112, R. V. 


fc 91, 5. 


c§ 110, Obs. 1. 


h § 126, R. I. 


' § 140, 5. 


•J § 129, R. 


■ 32, 3. 


>" 108, 4. 


•§ 140,1,4th. 


i § 90, 4, and 
12 


« § 140, 1, 1st. 



134 ROMAN HISTORY. 

esse, ut Romanorum vires frangerentur,^ aut omnes di- 
mitteiulos, ut benefiicio obligarentur." Pontius utrumque 
consilium imj^robavit, omnesque sub jugum misit. Sam- 
nites denique post bellum undequinquaginta annorum su- 
peiati sunt. 

5. DevictisSamnitibuSjTarentinis^ bellum in- 
472. dictum est, quia legatis Romanorum injuriam fe- 
cissent.*^ Hi Pyrrhum,''Epiri regem, contra Ro- 
manos auxilium '^ poposcerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit, 
tumque primum Romani cum transmarino hoste pugna- 
verunt. Missus est contra eum consul P. Valerius Lse- 
vlnus. Hie, quum exploratores Pyrrhi cepisset, jussit 
eos per castra duci,^ tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent * 
Pyrrho, qugecunque a Romanis agerentur/ 

6. Pugna commissa, Pyrrhus auxilio elephantorum vi- 
cit. Nox proelio finem dedit. Lsevinus tamen per noc- 
tem fugit. Pyrrhus Romanos milled octingentos cepit, 
eosque summo honore tractavit. Quum eos, qui in proe- 
lio interfecti fuerant, omnes adversis vulneribus et truci 
vultu etiam mortuos jacere videret, tulisse ad coelum ma- 
nus dicitur cum hac voce: Ego cum talibus viris brevi 
orbem terrdrum suhigerem,}^ 

7. Postea Pyrrhus Romam perrexit; omnia ferro ig- 
neque vastavit. Campaniam depopulatus est, atque ad 
Praeneste venit, milliario ab urbe octavo decimo. Mox 
terrore exercitus, qui cum consule sequebatur, in Campa- 
niam se recepit. Legati ad Pyrrhum de captivis redi- 
mendis * missi honorif ice ab eo suscepti suntj captivos 
sine pretio reddidit. Unum ex legatis, Fabricium, sic 

^ § 140, 1, 2d. ^ § 124, R. & 62, 5. s § 24, 5, & 7. 

b § 126, R. III. " 94, 3. »> § 42, II. 2d. 

<= § 140, Obs. 2. f § 141, Obs. 8, ' 112. 8 



LIBER II. 135 

adrairatus est, ut ei quartam partem regni sui promitte- 
ret, si ad se transiret,^ sed a Fabricio contemptus est. 

8. Quum jam Pyrrhusingenti Romanorum admiratione 
teneretur, legatum misit Cineam, prajstantissimum virum, 
qui*^ pacem peteret ea conditione,'' ut Pyrrhus earn par- 
tem Italiae, quam armis occupaverat, obtineret. Romani 
responderunt, eum cum Romanis pacem habere non pos- 
se, nisi ex Italia recessisset.*^ Cineas quum rediisset, 
Pyrrho eum ® interroganti, qualis ipsi Roma visa esset,*" 
respondit, se regum patriam vidisse.^ 

9. In altero ^ proelio cum rege Epiri commisso Pyrrhus 
vulneratus est, elephanti interfecti, viginti millia hostium 
cgesa sunt. Pyrrhus Tarentum ^ fugit. Interjecto anno, 
Fabricius contra eum missus est. Ad hunc medicus Pyr- 
rhi nocte venit promittens, se Pyrrhum veneno occisu- 
rum,' si munus sibi daretur. Hunc Fabricius vinctum 
reduci jussit ad dominum. Tunc rex admiratus ilium 
dixisse ferturj Ille^ est Fabricius, qui difficiliusah hones- 
tdte, quam sol a cursu suo averti potest. Paulo post 
Pyrrhus tertio etiam prcslio fusus a Tarento re- 

cessit, et, quum in Grseciam rediisset, apud Ar- ^gj " 
gos, Peloponnesi urbem, interfectus est. 

10. Anno quadringentesTmo nonagesimo post 
urbem conditam ' Romanorum exercitus primum 490^ 
in Siciliam trajecerunt, regemque Syracusarum 
Hieronem, Poenosque, qui multas civitates in ea 
insula occupaverant, superaverunt. Quinto an- 495^ 
no hujus belli, quod contra Pcenos gerebatur, 

» § 140, 2. « 63, 3. i § 130, 2. 

b§ 14I,R. II.&40.4 f § 140, 5. J 100, 2& 94, 1, 2d 

c § 129, R. s 98, 2. k § 103, R. 

i § 140, 6. h § 24, 7, 1 § 146, Obs. 2 



136 ROMAN HISTORY. 

primum Romani, C. Duillio et Cn. Cornelio Asina con- 
sulibus, * in mari dimicaYerunt, Duillius Carthaginienses 
vicit, triginta naves occupavit, quatuordecim mersit, sep- 
tem millia hostium ^ cepit, tria millia occidit. Nulla vic- 
toria Romanis '^ gratior fuit. Duillio concessum est, ut, 
quum a coena redlretj pueri funalia gestantes, et tiblcen 
eum comitarentur.'^ 

11, Paucis annis interjectis, bellum in Afri- 

499_ cam translatum est. Hamilcar, Carthaginien- 
siura dux, pugna navali superaturj nam perditis 
sexaginta quatuor navibus se recepit; Romani viginti duas 
amiserunt. Quum in Africam venissent, Poenos in pluri- 
bus proeliis vicerunt, magnam vim hominum ceperunt, 
septuaginta quatuor civitates in fidem acceperunt. Turn 
victi Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis ^ petierunt. 
Quam *" quum M. Atilius Regulus, Romanorum dux, dare 
nollet nisi durissimis conditionibus, Carthaginienses aux- 
ilium petierunt a Lacedssmoniis.'^ Hi Xanthippum mise- 
runt, qui Romanum exercitum magno proelio vicit. Reg- 
ulus ipse captus et in vinciila conjectus est. 

12. Non tamen ubique fortuna Carthaginiensibus ^ fa- 
vit. Quum aliquot proeliis victi essent, Regulum roga- 
verunt, ut Romam proficisceretur, et pacem captivorum- 
que permutatiSnem a Romanis obtineret. Hie quum 
Romam venisset, inductus in senatum dixit, se desiisse 
Romanum esse ex ilia die, qua •* in potestatem Pcenorum 
venisset.' Turn Romanis J suasit, ne pacem cum Cartha- 
giniensibus facerent:'' illos' enim tot casibus fractos 
spem nullam nisi in pace habere:™ tanti" non esse, ut 

» no, 2. f 39,3. k§ 140, 1,3d. 

«>§ 106, R. VI. s§ 112, R. V. 1 94,4. 

^§111,R. M131,R. XL. m 96, 2, & 94, 1, 2d 

1 § 140, 1, 4th. i § 141, R. VI. »§ 122, R. XXVIII 

' § 124, Obs. 2. J § 123, R. Exp. 



LiBEK III. 137 

totmillia" captivorum propter se unum et paucos, qui 
ex Romanis capti essent, redderentur. Hsec sententia 
obtinuit. Regressus igitur in Africam crudelissimis sup- 
plicils exstinctus est. 

13. Tandem, C. Lutatio Catulo, A. Posturaio 
consulibus, anno belli Punici vicesimo tertio 5J3 
magnum proelium navale commissum est contra 
Lilybseum, promontorium Sicilise. In eo proelio septua- 
ginta tres Carthaginiensium naves captse,'' centum viginti 
quinque demers8e,triginta duo millia hostium capta, tre- 
decim millia occisa sunt. Statim Carthaginienses pacem 
petierunt, eisque pax tributa est. Captivi Roman5rum,'^ 
qui tenebantur a Carthaginiensibus redditi sunt. Pceni 
Sicilia,'' Sardinia, et ceteris insulis, quae inter Italiam Af- 
ricamque jacent, decesserunt, omnemque Hispaniam quae 
citra Iberura est, Romanis permiserunt. 



LIBER TERTIUS. 
1. Anno quingentessimoundetricesimoingen- 
tes Gallorum copiee Alpes transierunt. Sed pro 529 
Romanis tota Italia consensit: traditumque est,* 
octingenta millia " hominum *^ ad id bellum parata fuissef 
Res prospere gesta est apud Clusium: quadraginta millia 
hominum interfecta sunt. Aliquot annis^^ post^ pugna- 
tum est* contra Gallos in agro Insiibrum, finitumque est 
bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Cornelio Scipione 
consulibus. Tum Marcellus regem Gallorum, Viridom- 

» § 24, 5. e § 44, Obs. & III. e § 131, R. XL. 

" 115,2. 5,51,2. "§ 136, Obs. 6. 

•§107, R.X. f 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 9. * § 85, 3. 
'!§ 136, R. LII. 



138 



KOMAN HISTORY. 



arum, manu sua occldit, et triumphans spolia Galli stip- 
iti '^ imposita humeris suis vexit. 

2. Paulo post Punicum bellum renovatum est per Han- 
nibalem, Carthaginiensium ducem, quern pater Hamilcar 
novem annos ^ natum aris admoverat, ut odium perenne 
in Romanes juraret."^ Hie annum agens vicesTmum eeta- 

tis Saguntum5HispaniaB civitatem, Romanis am- 
536.' icam, oppugnare'^ aggressus est. Huic Romani 
per legatos denuntiaverunt, ut bello abstineret.* 
Qui^quum legatos admittere nollet, Romani Carthagmem 
miserunt, ut mandaretur^ Hannibali,^ ne bellum contra 
socios populi Romani gereret.^ Dura responsa a Cartha- 
giniensibus reddita. Saguntlnis interea fame victis, Ro- 
mani Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt. 

3. Hannibal, fratre Hasdrubale in Hispania relicto, 
Pyreneeum et Alpes transiit. Traditurf in Italiam octo- 
ginta millia peditum,et viginti millia equitum, septem et 
triginta elephantos abduxisse. Interea multi Ligiires et 
Galli Hannibali se conjunxerunt. Primus ei occurrit P. 
Cornelius Scipio, qui, prcelio ad Ticinum commisso,^ su- 
peratus est, et, vulnere accepto,'^ in castra rediit. Turn 
Sempronius Graccbus conflixit ad Trebiam amnem. Is 
quoque vincitur. Multi populi se Hannibali dediderunt, 
Inde in Tusciam progressus Flaminium consulem ad 
Trasimenum lacum superat. Ipse Flaminius interemp- 
tus,' Romanorum viginti quinque millia ceesa sunt. 

4. Quingentesimo et quadragesimo anno post 

540.' urbem conditam L. iEmilius Paullus et P. Te- 

rentius Varro contra Hannibalem mittuntur. 

t Supply is with traditur, or eum with abduxisse, § 145, Obs. 4. 
■^ § 126, R. III. d§ 144^ Obs. 2. b 51 & § 144. Obs. 1 

b § 131, R. XLI. - § 140, 1. 3d. h 104, 2. 

<= § 140, 1. 2d. f 39, 1. i 115, 2. 



\ 



139 



Quamquam intellectum erat," Hannibalem non aliter vin- 
ci posse quam mora, Varro tamen morae ^ impatiens apud 
vicum, qui Cannsfc"=appellatur, in Apulia pugnavit; ambo 
consules victi, PauUus interemptus est. In ea pugna con- 
sulares aut prsstorii viginti, senat5res triginta capti aut 
occisi; militum quadraginta millia; equitum tria millia 
et quingenti perierunt. In his tantis malis nemo tamen 
pacis mentionem facere dignatus est. Servi, quod ^ nun- 
quam ante factum, manumissi et milites facti sunt. 

5. Post earn pugnam multae Italise civitates, quae Ro- 
manis*^ paruerant, se ad Hannibalem transtulerunt. Han- 
nibal Romanis obtulit/ ut captivos redimerent; respon- 
sumque est'' a senatu, eos cives non esse necessaries, qui 
armati capi potuissent.^ Hos omnes ille postea variis 
suppliciis interfecit, et tres modios aureorum annulorum 
Carthaginem misit, quos manibus'' equitum Romanorum, 
senatornm, et militum detraxerat. Interea in Hispania 
fiater Hannibalis, Hasdrubal, qui ibi remanserat cum 
magno exercitu, a duobus Scipionibus vincitur, perditque 
in pugna triginta quinque millia hominum. 

6. Anno quarto postquam Hannibal in Italiam venerat, 
M. Claudius Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem 
Campaniae, contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. Illo tem- 
pore Philippus, Demetni filius, rex Macedoniae, ad Han- 
nibalem legatos mittit, eique auxilia contra Romanes pol- 
licetur. Qui legati' quum a Romanis capti essent,-" M. 
Valerius Laevinus cum navibus missus est, qui regem im- 
pediret,"^ quo minus copias in Italiam trajiceret.' Idem 
in Macedoniam penetrans regem Philippum vicit. 



» 51, 2, and 


«§ 112, R. V. 


i § 140, Obs. 4. 


§ 144, Obs. 1. 


f 60, 4. 


k § 141, Obs. 2, 4th, 


b § 107, R. IX. 


e § 140, 6. 


and 83, 2. 


c § 103, Obs. 1. 


h § 123, R. 


' 78, 7. 


d 37, 9. 


1 38, 1. 





140 ROMAN HISTORY. 

7. In Sicilia quoque res prospere gesta est. Marcel- 
lus magnam hujus insula; partem cepit, quam Poeni occu- 
paverant; Sjracusas, nobilissimam urbem, expugnavit, et 
ingentem inde prtedam Romam ^ misit. Laevinus in Ma- 
cedonia cum Philippe et multis Greeciae populis amicitiam 
fecit J et in Siciliam profectus Hannonem, Poendrum du- 
cem, apud Agrigentum cepit; quadraginta civitates in de- 
ditionem accepit, viginti sex expugnavit. Ita omni Si- 
cilia recepta, cum ingenti gloria Romam ^ regressus est. 

8. Interea in Hispaniam, ubi duo Scipionesab Hasdru- 
bale interfecti erant, missus est P. Cornelius Scipio, vir 
Romanorum^ omnium fere primus. Hic,*^ puer* duodevi- 
ginti annorum,^ in pugna ad Ticinum, patrem singular! 
virtute " servavit. Deinde post cladem Cannensem ^ mul- 
tos ^ nobilissimorum juvenum Italiam deserere ^ cupienti- 
um, auctoritate sua ab hoc cons'ilio deterruit. Viginti 
quatuor annorum^ juvenis in Hispaniam missus, die, qnk, 
venit, Carthaginem Novam €epit, in qua omne aurum et 
argentum et belli apparatum Pceni habebant, nobilissimos 
quoque obsides, quos ab Hispanis acceperant. Hos obsi- 
des parentibus suis * reddidit. Quare omnes fere Hispa- 
niam civitates ad eum uno animo transierunt. 

9. Ab eo inde tempore res Romanorum in dies Isetiores 
factse sunt. Hasdriibal a fratre ex Hispania in Italiam 
evocatus, apud Senam, Piceni civitatem,in insidias inci- 
dit, et strenue pugnans occisus est. Plurimee autem civi- 
tates, quae in Brutiis ab Hannibale tenebantur, Romanis 
se tradiderunt. 



- § 130, 2, 
» § 107, R. X. 
c 27,4. 


-J 13, 2. 

<= § 106, R. VII. 

f § 106, Obs. 4. 


s 21, 3. 

i'§ 144, 5, & Obs. 2 

i § 28. Exc. 



1 



LIBER IV. 141 

10. Anno decimo quarto postquam in Italiam 
Hannibal venerat, Scipio consul creatus,* et in 550, " 
AfiTcam missus est. Ibi contra Hannonem, du- 

cem Carthaginiensium, prospere pugnat, totumque ejus 
exercitum delet. Secundo proelio undecim millia homi- 
num occTdit, et castra cepit cum quatuor millibus et quin- 
gentis militlbus. Syphaeem, Numidise regem, qui se cum 
Pcenis conjunxerat, cepit,eumque cum nobilissimis Numi- 
dis et infmitis spoliis Romam misit. Qua^ re audita, omnis 
fere Italia Hannibalem deserit. Ipse'' aCartha- 
giniensibus in Africam redire jubetur. Ita anno 553 
decimo septimo Italia ab Hannibale liberata est. 

11. Post plures pugnas et pacem plus** semel frustra 
tentatam, pugna ad Zamam committitur, in qua peritis- 
slmi duces copias suas ad bellum educebant. Scipio vic- 
tor recedit; Hannibal cum paucis equitibus evadit. Po&t 

■ hoc proelium pax cum CarthaginiensTbus facta est. Scipio, 
quum Romam rediissetjingenti gloria triumphavit, atque 
Africanus appellatus est. Sic finem accepit secundum 
Punicum bellum post* annum undevicesimum quam 
coeperat. 



LIBER QUARTUS. 
1. FinTto Punico bello, secutum est Macedo- 
nicum contra Philippum regem. Superatus est g'gg 
rex a T. Quinctio Flaminio apud Cynoscepha- 
las, paxque ei data est hislegibus: ne Grades civitafihus^ 
quas Romdni contra eum defenderantj bellum inferret ^ 

» 115,1. ' 32,3. « § 131, Obs. 2. 

" 38, 3. 1 § 120, Obs. 3 ' § 140, 1, 2d. 



142 ROMAN IIISTORV. 

ut captivos et transfugas redderet; quinquaginta solum 
naves haberet ; reliquas Romdnis daret; mille talenta 
prcBstdret^ et obsidem^ daret filium Demetrium. T. 
Quinctius etiam Lacedsemoniis intulit bellum, et du- 
cem eorum Nabidem vicit. 

2. Finito bello Macedonico, secutum est bel- 
5g3 lum Sy riacum contra Antiochuni regem, cum quo 
Hannibal se junxerat. Missus est contra eumL. 
Cornelius Scipio consul, cui ^ frater ejus Scipio African us 
legatus est additus. Hannibal navali proelio victus,*^ An- 
tiochus autem ad Magnesiam, Asise civitatem, a Cornelio 
Scipione consule ingenti proelio fusus est. Turn rex An- 
tiochus pacem petit. Data est ei^ hac lege, ut ex Europd 
et Asia recederet, atque intra Taurum se contineret^ de- 
cern millia talentorum et viginti obsides prcBberet, Han- 
nibdlem, concitorem belli, dederet. Scipio Romam re- 
diit, et ingenti gloria triumphavit. Nomen et ipse, 
ad imitationem fratris, Asiatici accepit. 

3. Philippo, rege Macedoniae, mortuo, filius ejus Per- 
seus rebellavit, ingentibus copiis paratis.*^ Dux Roman5- 
rum, P. Licinius consul, contra eum missus, gravi prcelio 
a rege victus est. Rex tamen pacem petebat. Cui Ro- 
mani eam praestare noluerunt, nisi his conditionibus,^ ut 
se et suos Romanis dederet. Mox ^milius Paullus con- 
sul regem ad Pydnam superavit,et viginti millia 
586. peditum ejus occidit. Equitatus cum rege fugit. 
Urbes Macedoniee omnes, quas rex tenuerat, Ro- 
manis se dediderunt. Ipse Perseus ab amlcis desertus in 
Paulli potestatem venit. Hie, multis etiam aliis rebus 
gestis,*^ cum ingenti pompa,^ Romam rediit in nave Persei, 

> 13.1. <= 115,2. ^§129, R. 

b § 126, fi. III. d 104, 1. f § 129, Obs. 2. 



LIBER IV. 143 

inusitatse magnitudlnisj^nam sedecim remorum ordines 
habuisse dicitur. Triumphavit magnificentissime in curru 
aureoj duobus filiis utroque latere^ adstantibus. Ante cur- 
rum inter captivos duo regis filii et ipse Perseus ductisunt. 

4. Tertium deinde bellum contra Carthaginem 
susceptum est sexcentesimo et altero "^ anno ab go2, " 
urbe condita,'^ anno quinquagesimo primo post- 

quam secundum bellum Punicum transactum erat. L. 
Manlius Censorlnus et M. Manlius consules in Africam 
trajecerunt,*^ et oppugnarerunt Carthaginem. Multa ibi 
preeclare gesta sunt per Scipionem, Scipionis Africani 
nepotem, qui tribunus^ in Africa militabat. Hujus apud 
omnes ingens metus et reverentia erat, neque quidquam 
magis Carthaginiensium duces vitabant,quam contra eum 
prcelium committere. 

5. Quum jam magnum esset Scipionis nomen, tertio 

anno postquam Romani in Africam trajecerant,^ consul est 

creatus, et contra Carthaginem missus. Is banc 

- A U. 

urbem a civibus acerrime defensam ^ cepit ac go8. 

diruit. Ingens ibi prseda facta, plurimaque in- 

venta sunt, quse multarum civitatum excidiis Carthago 

collegerat. Heec omnia Scipio civitatibus ^ Italiae, Sici- 

lise, Afiicse reddidit, quae' suaJ recognoscebant. Ita 

Carthago septingentesimo anno, postquam condita erat, 

deleta est. Scipio nomen Africani junioris accepit. 

6. Interim in Macedonia quidam Pseudophilippus arma 
movit, et P. Juvencium, Romanorum ducem, ad interne- 
cionem vicit. Post eum Q. Caecilius Metellus dux a 
Romanis contra Pseudophilippum missus est, et, viginti 

» § 106. R. VII. e § 116, Obs. 5. " 63. 

»>§ 136, Obs. 6, (in) f 13, 1. i 34. 

« § 24, 7. s § 146, Obs. 6. i 31, 5, Note 

d § 146, Obs. 2 



144 ROMAN IIISTOUY. 

quinque millibus ex militibus'' ejus occlsis, Macedonian! 
recepit; ipsum etiam Pseudophilippum in potestatem su- 
am redegit. Corinthiis quoque bellum indicium est, nobi- 
lissTmae Graecis civitati,"^ propter injuriara Romanis lega- 

tis'^ illatam. HancMummius consul cepitac di- 
g08. ruit. Tres igitur Romas simul celeberrimi trium- 

phi fuerunt; Scipionis*^ ex Africa, ante cujus 
currum ductus est Hasdriibal; Metelli*^ ex Macedonia, 
cujus currum prscessit Andriscus, qui et Pseudophilippus 
dicitur; Mummii*^ exCorintho, ante quem signa senea et pic- 
tas tabiilse et alia urbis clarissimse ornamenta preelata sunt. 
7. Anno sexcentesimo decimo post urbem con- 
gio. ditam Viriathus in Lusitania bellum contra Ro- 

manos excitavit. Pastor primo fuit, mox latro- 
num dux; postremo tantos ad bellum populos concitavit, 
ut vindex^ libertatis Hispaniee existimaretur/ Denique a 
suis^ interfectus est. Quum interfectores ejus praemium 
a Csepione consiile peterent, responsum est, nunquam 
Romanis placuisse ^ imperatorem a militibus suis interf ici. 
8. Deinde bellum exortum est cum Numantinis, civi- 
tate'^ Hispaniae. Victus ab his Qu. Pompeius, et post 
eum C. Hostilius Mancinus consul, qui pacem cum iis 
fecit infamem, quam populus et senatus jussit infringi,' 
atque ipsum Mancinum hostibus tradi.' Tum P. Scipio 
Africanus in Hispaniam missus est. Is primum militem 
ignavum et corruptum correxit; tum multas Hispanise 

civitatespartim bello cepit, partim in deditionem 
Q2i accepit. Postremo ipsam Numantiara fame ad 

deditionem coegit, urbemque evertit; reliquam 
provinciam in fidem accepit. 

*§ 107, Obs. 8. 
b § 97, Obs. 1. 
c § 126, R. III. 



Sup. triumphus. 


g 19, 2. 


§ 103, R. & Exp. 


h 51,5. 


§ 140, 1. 1st. 


i 90, 4. 



i.iEKi; V. 145 

9. P. ScipiSne Nasica -"^ et L. Calpurnio Bestia consu- 
libus, Jugurthee, Nuraidarum regi,bellum illatum est, quod 
Adherbalem et Hiempsalem, Micipsse filios, patrueles su- 
os, interemisset.^ Missus adversus eum consul Calpurnius 
Eestia corruptus regis pecunia pacem cum eo flagitiosissi- 
mam fecit, quae a senatu improbata est. Denique Qu. 
Csecilius Metellus consul Jugurtham variis proeliis vicit, 
elephantos ejus occidit vel cepit, multas civitates ipsius in 
deditionem accepit. Ei successit C. Marius, qui bello 
terminum posuit, ipsumque Jugurtham cepit. 
Ante currum triumphantis Marii Jugurtha cum g^g ' 
duobus filiis ductus est vinctus, et mox jussu 
consiilis in carcere stranoulatus. 



LIBER QUINTUS. 
1. DuM bellum in Numidia contra Jugurtham geritur, 
Cimbri et Teutones aliasque Germanorum et Gallorum 
gentes Italise "^ minabantur, aliseque Romanorum exercitus 
fuderunt. Ingens fuit Romse "^ timorjue*^ iterum Galli 
urbem occuparent. Ergo Marius consul ^ creatus, eique 
bellum contra Cimbros et Teutones decretum est; bello- 
que protracto, tertius ei et quartus consulatus delatus est. 
In duobus proeliis cum Cimbris ducenta millia hostium 
cecidit, octoginta millia cepit, eorumque regem Theuto- 
bochum; propter quod meritum absens quinto Consul crea- 
tus est. Interea Cimbri et Teutones, quorum 
copia adhuc infinita erat, in Italiam transierunt, ggg 
Iterum a C. Mario et Qu. Catulo contra eos 



='§ 110,2. 


d 4, 1. 


§ 140, Obs. 6 


!'§ 141,0bs. 7. 


« 121, 6, and 


f § 103, R. 


<=§ 112, R.V. 


13 





146 ROMAN HISTOKY. 

dimicatum est" ad Verdnam. Centum et quadraginta 
millia aut in pugna aut in fuga ceesa sunt^ sexaginta 
millia capta. Tria et triginta Cimbris'' signa sublata sunt. 
2. Sexcenlesimo quinquagesimo nono anno ab 
g59 ' urbe condila in Italia gravissTmum bellum exar- 
sit. Nam Picentes, Marsi, Pelignique, qui mul- 
tos annos populo Romano obedierant, asqua cum illis jura 
sibi^ dari postulabant. Perniciosum admoduni hoc bel- 
lum fuit. P. Rutilius consul in eo occisus estj plures 
exercitus fusi fugatlque. Tandem L. Cornelius Sulla 
cum "^ alia egregie gessit, turn Cluentium, hostium ducem, 
cum magnis copiis, fudit. Per quadriennium cum gravi 
utriusque partis calamitate hoc bellum tractum est. Quin- 
to demum anno L. Cornelius Sulla ei imposuit finem. 
Romani tamen, id*^ quod prius negaverant, jus civitatis, 
hello finito, sociis tribuerunt. 

. ^^ 3, Anno urbis conditse sexcentesimo sexages- 

A. U. , 

QQQ imo sexto primum Romae bellum civile exortum 

est; eodem anno etiam Mithridaticum. Causam 
hello civili C. Marius dedit. Nam quum Sullai bellum 
adversus Mithridatem regem Ponti decretum esset, Ma- 
rius ei ^ hunc hon5rem eripere conatus est. Sed Sulla, 
qui adhuc cum legionibus suis in Italia morabatur, cum 
exercitu Romam venit, et adversarios cum "^ interfecit, 
turn fugavit. Tum rebus Roms utcunque compositis, in 
Asiam profectus est, pluribusque proeliis Mithridatem 
coegit, ut pacem a Romanis peteret,^et Asia, quam inva- 
serat, relicta, regni sui finibus contentus esset. 

4. Sed dum Sulla in G reecia et Asia Mithridatem vin- 
cit, Marius, qui fugatus fuerat, et Cornelius Cinna, unus 

' § 85j 3. c 124, 8. e § 123, R. & 5, 1. 

* § 126, R. III. -J 37, 9 f § 140, 1, 3d. 



LIBER VI. 147 

ex consulfbus, bellum in Italia repararunt, et ingr'essi Ro- 
mam nobilissimos ex senatu et consulares viros interfece- 
runt; multos proscripseruntj ipsius Sullse domo evei-sa^ 
filios et uxorem ad fugam compulerunt. Universus reli- 
quus senatus ex urbe fugiens ad Sullam in Grseciam ve- 
nit, orans ut patrise subveniret.'' Sulla in Italiam traje- 
cit,^ hostium exercitus vicit, mox etiam urbem ingressus 
est, quam csede " et sanguine civium replevit. Quatuor 
millia inermium, qui se dediderant, interfici'' jussit; duo 
millia equitum et senatorum proscripsit. Turn de Mith- 
ridate triumphavit. Duo hsec bella funestissima, Itali- 
cum, quod et sociale dictum est, et civile, consumpserunt 
ultra centum et quinquaginta millia hominum, viros con- 
sulares viginti quatuor, prsetorios septem, sedilitios sexa- 
ginta, senatores fere ducentos. 



A. U. 



LIBER SEXTUS, 
i. Anno urbis conditse sexcentesimo septua- 
gesimo sexto, L. Licinio Lucullo ^ et M. Aurelio "gre' 
Cotta consulTbus, mortmis est Nicomedes, rex Bi- 
thynise, ettestamento popiilum Romanum fecit heredem.° 
Mithridates, pace rupta,*" Asiam rursus voluit invadere. 
Adversus eum ambo consiiles missi variam habuere fortu- 
nam. Cotta apud Chalcedonem victus prcelio, a rege 
etiam intra oppidum obsessus est. Sed quum se inde 
Mithridates Cyzicum ^ transtulisset, ut, hac urbe capta,* 



« § 140, 1, 3d. 
" § 116, Obs. 5. 
« § 125, R. 


i 90,4. 

<>§ 116, Obs. 1. 

' 104, 1. 


e 110, 2, and 

§ 146, Obs. 10, 
•■ § 130, 2. 



148 KOBTAN HISTORY. 

totam Aslam mvaderet, Lucullus ei^ alter consul, occurrit, 
ac dum Mithridates in obsidione Cyzici commoratur, ipse ^ 
eum a tergo obsedit, fameque consumptum multis prceliis 
vicit. Postremo Byzantium '^ fugavit; navali quoque 
prcelio ejus duces oppressit. Ita una hieme^ et sestate a 
Lucullo centum fere millia® militum regis exstincta sunt. 
2. Anno urbis sexcentesimo^ septuagesimo 

gyg/ octavo novum in Italia bellum commotum est. 
Septuaginta enim quatuor gladiatores, ducibus ^ 
Spartaco, Crixo, et CEnomac, e ludo gladiatorio, qui Ca- 
puaj ^ eratj efFugerunt, et per Italiam vagantes psene non 
levius bellum, quam Hannibal,^ moverunt. Nam con- 
traxerunt exercitum fere sexaginta millium'' armatSrum, 
multosque duces et duos Romanes consules vicerunt. 
Ipsi victi sunt in Apulia a M. Licinio Crasso proconsule, 
et, postmultas calamitates Italiffi,J tertio anno huic bello 
finis est impositus. 

3. Interim L. Lucullus bellum Mithridaticum perse- 
cutus regnum Mithridatis invasit, ipsumque regem apud 
Cabira civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno ad- 
duxerat Mithridates, ingenti proelio superatum fugavit, 
et castra ejus diripuit. Armenia quoque Minor, quam 
tenebat, eidem^ erepta est. Susceptus est Mithridates a 
Tigrane, Armenise rege, qui tum ingenti gloria impera- 
bat* sed hujus quoque regnum ^ Lucullus est ingressus. 
Tigranocerta, nobilissimam Armenise civitatem, cepitj 
ipsum regem, cum magno exercitu venientem, ita vicit. 



»§ 112, IV. 


f § 24, 7. 




J § 106, Obs. 1. 


° 32, 3. 


B 110, 2. 




t 5, 1, & 


<= § 130, 2. 


>>§ 130, 1. 




§ 126, R. III. 


i § 131, R. XLI. 


i § 120, Obs. 2, 


1st. 


1 § 136, R. LII. 


" § 24, 5. 









LIBER VI. 149 

ut robur militum Armeniorum deleret.* Sed quum Lucul- 
lus finem bello imponere pararet, successor ei'' missus est. 

4. Per ilia terapora piratee omnia maria infestabant ita, 
ut Romanisj toto orbe '^ terrarum victoribus, sola naviga- 
tio tuta non esset.*' Quare id bellum Cn. Pompeio*^ de- 
cretum est, quod intra paucos menses incredi- 
bili felicitate et celeritate confecit. Mox ei*^ de- ggy ' ' 
latum bellum contra regem Mithridatem et Ti- 
granem. Quo ^ suscepto, Mithridatem in Armenia Mi- 
nore nocturno prcelio vicit, castra diripuit, et quadraginta 
minibus ejus occisis/ viginti tantum de exercitu suo per- 
didit et duos centuriones. Mithridates fugit cum uxore et 
duobus comitibus, neque multo post, Pharnacis filii sui 
seditione coactus, venerium hausit. Hunc vitse finem ha- 
buit Mithridates, vir ingentis industrise ^ atque consilii. 
Regnavit annis"* sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duobus: 
contra Romanos bellum habuit annis quadraginta. 

6. Tigrani deinde Pompeius bellum intiilit. Ille^ seJ 
ei* dedidit, et in castra Pompeii venit, ac diadema suum-" 
in ejus* manibus collocavit, quod eif Pompeius reposuit. 
Parte ^ regni eum multavit et grandi pecunia. Tum alios 
etiam reges et popiilos superavit. Armeniam Minorem 
Deiotaro, Galatige regi, donavit, quia auxilium contra 
Mithridatem tulerat. Seleuciam, vicinam Antiochlse civi- 
tatem, libertate ' donavit, quod regem Tigranem non rece- 
pisset."^ Inde in Judasam transgressus, Hierosolymam, 
caput gentis, tertio mense cepit, duodecim millibus Judeeo- 
rum occisis, ceteris in fidem receptis. His gestis finem 

* i. e. Pompey. t i- e. Tigranes. ' § 28, Obs. 3, 3d. 

» § 140, 1, 1st. ^ 38, 5. J § 28, Obs. 3, 1st, 

" § 110, R. f 104, 1 k § 125, R. 

<= § 136, Obs. 5, (in) e § 106. R. VII. i § 123, Obs. 3. 

d § 126, R. III. t§131,R. XLI. "§141, Obs. 7 



150 



ROMAN lllSTOliy. 



antiquissimo bello imposuit Ante triumphantis''curnim 
ducti sunt filii Mithridatis, filius Tigranis, et Aristobulus, 
rex Judseorum. Praelata ingens pecunia, auri atque ar- 
gent! infinitum.'^ Hoc tempore nullum per orbem terra- 
rum grave bellum erat. 

6. M. Tullio Cicerone oratore et C. Antonio 
ggg consulibus, anno ab urbe condita sexcentesimo 

undenonagesimo L. Sergius Catillna, nobilisimi 
generis" vir, sedingeniipravissimi,addelendam'^ patriam 
conjuravit cum quibusdam claris quidem sed audacibus 
viris. A Cicerone urbe*^ expulsus est, socii ejus depre- 
hensi et in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altero 
consule, Catilina ipse proelio victus est et interfectus. 

7. Anno urbisconditEB sexcentesimo nonagesi- 
593* mo tertio C. 'Julius Csesar cum L. Bibulo consul 

est factus. Quum ei Gallia decreta esset, semper 
vincendo^ usque ad Oceanum Britannicum processit, Do- 
muit autem annis ^ novem fere omnem Galliam, qua; inter 
Alpes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenura et Oceanum est, Bri- 
tannis mox bellum intiilit, quibus ^ ante eum ne nomen 
quidem Romanorum cognitum erat; Germanos quoque 
trans Rlienum aggressus, ingentibus proeliis vicit. 

8. Circa eadem tempora M. Licinius Crassus contra 
Parthos missus est. Et quum circa Carras contra omina 

et auspicia proelium commisisset, a Surena Oro- 
jQQ^ ' dis regis duce, victus et interfectus est cum filio, 

clarissimo et praestantissimo juvene. Reliquiae 
exercitus per C. Cassium qusestorem servatse sunt. 

a Sup. Pompeii. i 112. 7. s § 131, R. XLI. 

b Sup. pondus. ' § 136, R. LII. b § 126, R. XXXIII 

« § 106, R. VII. t § 147, Obs. 5. 



LIBER VI. 151 

9. Hinc jam bellum civile successit, quo Ro- 

mani nominis fortuna mutata est. Ceesar enim j'q^' 
victor e Gallia rediens, absens ccEpit poscere 
alteram '^ consulatum; quem qimm aliqui sine dubitatione 
deferrent,^ contradictum est '^ a Pompeio et aliis, jussus- 
que est, dimissis exercltibus, in urbem redlre. Propter 
banc injuriam ab Arimino, ubi milites congregatos habe- 
bat, infesto exercTtu Romam '^ contendit. Consules cum 
Pompeio, senatusque omnis atque universa nobilitas ex 
urbe fugit, et in Graeciam transiit; et, dum senatus bel- 
lum contra Csesarem parabat, hie vacuam urbem ingres- 
sus dictatorem se fecit. 

10. Inde Hispanias *^ petit, ibique Pompeii legiones su- 
peravit; tum in Grsecia adversum Pompeium ipsum dimi- 
cavit. Primo proeliq victus est et fugatus; evasit tamen, 
quia nocte interveniente Pompeius sequi noluit; dixitque 

' Caesar, nec*^ Pompeium scire vincere, et illo tan tum die se 
potuisse superari. Deinde in Thessalia apud Pharsalum 
ingentibus utrinque copiis commissis dimicaverunt. Nun- 
quamf adhuc Romanee copia3 raaj5res neque melioribus 
ducibus^ convenerant. Pugnatum est'' ingenti contenti- 
one, victusque ad postremum Pompeius, et castra ejus di- 
repta sunt. Ipse fugatus Alexandriam*^ petiit, ut a rege 
^gypti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat, acciperet^ aux- 
ilia. At hie fortunara magis quam amicitiam ^ secutus, 
occidit Pompeium, caput ejus et anniilum Csesari misit. 
Quo' conspecto, Caesar lacrjmas fudisse dicitur, tanti 
viri intuens caput, et generi quondam sui. 

* Neci. e. et non, 124, 1. f Nunquam, i. e. neque unquam, 124,5. 
a § 24. 7. -i § 130, 2. b § 120, Obs. 2, 1st. 

" § 140, Obs. 4, and « § 130, Obs. 10. : 38, 5, & 

§ 44, 2. f § 136, Obs. 5(cum) § 146, Obs. 2 

« 6 85,3. E§ 140. 1, 2d. 



152 ROMAN HISTORY. 

11. Quum ad Alexandiiam venisset Cscsar Ptolemseus 
ci insidias parare voluit, quade causa regibellum illatum 
est. Rex viclus in Nilo periit, inventumque est corpus 
ejus cum lorlca aurea. Cassar, Alexandria'' potitus, reg- 
num Cleopatrffi dedit. Turn inde profectus Pompeiana- 
rum ^ partium reliquias est persecutus, bellisqiie civilibus 
toto terrarum orbe compositis, Rornam rediit. Ubi quum 
insolentius agere coepisset," conjuratum ^ est in eum a 
sexaginta vel amplius senatoribus, equitibusque Romanis. 
Preecipui fuerunt inter conjuratos Bruti duo ex genere 
illius Bruti, qui, regibus expulsis,^ primus Romee consul 

fuerat, C. Cassius et Servilius Casca. Ergo 
709. Csesar, quum in curiam venisset,*^ viginti tribus 
vulneribus confossus est. 

12. Interfecto Csesare, anno urbis septingentesimo no- 
no bella civilia reparata sunt. Senatus favebat Cgesaris 
percussoribus/ Antonius consul a Caesaris partibus sta- 
bat. Ergo turbata republica, Antonius, multis sceleribus 
commissis,*^ a senatu hostis judicatus est. Fusus fugatus- 
que Antonius, araisso exercitu,^ confugit ad Lepidum, qui 
Csesari ^ magister equitum fuerat, et turn grandes copias 
militum habebat: a quo susceptus est. Mox Octavianus 
cum Antonio pacem fecit, et quasi vindicaturus '' patris' 
sui mortem, a quo per testamentum fuerat adoptatus, Ro- 
mam cum exercitu profectus extorsit, ut sibiJ juveni \i- 
ginti annSrum'' consulatus daretur.^ Turn junctus cum 
Antonio et Lepido rempublicam armis tenere coepit, se- 
natumque proscripsit. Per hos etiam Cicero orator oc- 
clsus est, multique alii nobiles. 



" 7, 5, & 


« 104, 1. 


' viz: JuliiCcEsaris 


§ 121, R. XXVI. 


f § 112, R. V. 


J § 126, R. III. 


" § 106 Obs. 4. 


s§ 110, R. & Obs. 1. 


t § 106, R. VII. 


« § 140, Obs, 4. 


h 102, 1. 


I § 140, 1. 3d. 


d § 85, 3. 




1 



I 



LIBER VI. L53 

13. Interea Erutus et Cassius, interfectores Cffisaris, 
ingens bellum moverunt. Profecti contra eos Ceesar Oc- 
tavianus, qui postea Augustus est appellatus, et M. Anto- 
nius, apud Philippos, Macedoniee urbem, contra 

eos pugnaverunt. Primo prcelio victi sunt An- y'jg. 
tonius et Csesar; periit tamen dux nobilitatis 
Cassius; secundo Brutum et infinTtam nobilitatem, qua 
cum illis bellum susceperat, victam ^ interfecerunt. Turn 
victores rempublicam ita inter se diviserunt, ut Octavia- 
nus Caesar Hispanias, Gallias, Italiam teneret; Antonius 
Orientem, Lepidus Africam acciperet. 

14. Paulo post Antonius, repudiata^ sorore Cgssaris 
Octaviani, Cleopatram, reginam iEgypti, uxorem duxit. 
Ab hac incitatus ingens bellum commovit, dum Cleopatra 
cupiditate*^ muliebri optat Romse regnare. Victus est ab 
Augusto navali pugna clara et illustri apud Ac- 

tium, qui ^ locus in Epiro est. Hinc fugit in ^23 ' 
iEgyptum, et, desperatis rebus, quum omnes ad 
Augustum transirent, se ipse ^ interemit. Cleopatra quo- 
que aspidem sibi admisit, et veneno ejus exstincta est; 
Ita bellis toto orbe confectis, Octavianus Augustus Ro- 
mam rediit anno duodecimo ^ quam consul fuerat. Ex eo 
inde tempore rempublicam per quadraginta et quatuor 
annos solus obtinuit. Ante enim* duodeclm annis cum 
Antonio et Lepido tenuerat.j Ita ab initio principatus 
ejus usque ad finem quinquaginta sex anni fuere. 



* " Enim," &c., assigning a reason for 


' Solus." 


t Sup. earn, i. e. rempublicam. 




» 104, 3, and « § 129, R. 


33, 1. 


§ 98, Obs. 4. d 37, 6. 


' § 131, Obs. 2. 


b 104. 1. 





OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE NATIONS 
OF ANTIQUITY. 



1. Unitersus terrarum orbis in tres partes dividitur, 
Eur5pam,^ Asiam, Africam. .Europa ab Africa sejungi- 
tur freto Gaditano, in cujus utraque parte montes sunt 
altissimi, Abyla^ in Africa, in Europa Calpe, qui^ mon- 
tes Herculis columnse'' appellantur. Per idem fretura 
mare internum, quod littoribus Europse, Asiae, et Africee 
includitur, jungitur cum Oceano. 

2. Europa terminos ^ habet ab oriente Tanaim fluvium, 
pontum Euxinum, et paludem Masotida;^ a meridie,^ 
mare internum; ab occidente, mare Atlanticum sive 
Oceanum; a septentrione,^ mare Britannicum. Mare in- 
ternum tres maximos sinus habet. Quorum ^ is, qui 
Asiam a Grsecia sejungit, ^geeum mare vocatur; secun- 
dus, qui est inter Grfficiam et Italiam, Ionium; tertius 
denique, qui occidentales Italise oras alluit, a Romanis 
Tuscum, a Grsecis Tyrrhenum mare appellatur. 

3. In ea Europge parte, quse ad occasum vergit, prima 
terrarum ^ est Hispania, quse a tribus laterfbus mari cir- 
cumdata per Pyrenseos montes cum Gallia cohseret. 



97, Obs. 5. -5 § 116, Obs. 1. f § 90, 6. 

37, 6. Note. « § 15, 4. s§ 107, R. X. & 38, 

103, R. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 155 

Quum universa Hispania dives sit ^ et foecunda, ea tamen 
regio, quae a flumine Baeti'' BBStica vocatur. ceteras fer- 
tilitate *^ antecellit. Ibi Gades sitae, insula cum urbe a 
Tyriis condita, quae freto Gaditano noraen dedit. Tota 
ilia regio viris,"^ equis, ferro, plumbo, aere, argento, auro- 
que abundat, et ubi penuria aquarum minus est fertilis, 
linum tamen aut spartum alit. Marmoris quoque lapi- 
cidinas habet. In Beetica minium repeiitur. 

4. Gallia posita est inter Pyrenaeos montes et Rhenum; 
orientalem oram Tuscum mare alluit, occidentalem Oce- 
anus. Ejus pars ilia, quae Italian ^ est opposita, et Nar- 
bonensis vocatur, omnium ^ est Iffitissima. In ea era sita 
est Massilia, urbs a Phocaeis condita, qui, patria a Persis 
devicta, quum servitutem ferre non possent,^ Asia relic- 
ta,'' novas in Europa sedes quaesiverant. Ibidem est cam- 
pus lapideus, ubi Hercules dicitur contra Neptuni liberos 
dimicasse. Quum tela defecissent,^ Jupiter filium imbre 
lapidumadjuvit. Credas'pluisse;'ade6multi passim jacent. 

5. Rhodanus fluvius, baud longe a Rheni fontibus or- 
tus, lacu Lemano excipitur, servatque impetum, ita ut 
per medium lacum integer fluat,*^ tantusque, quantus' ve- 
nit, egrediatur. Inde ad occasuin versus, Gallias aliquan- 
diu dirimit; donee, cursu in meridiem flexo, aliorum am- 
nium aocessu auctus in mare efFunditur. 

6. Ea pars Gallic, quae ad Rhenum porrigitur, frumen- 
ti pabulique"*feracissiraa est, coelum salubre; noxia ani- 
malium genera pauca alit. Incolae superbi et supersti- 
tiosi, ita ut deos humanis victimis^'gaudere existiment."^ 

»§140, Obs. 3. f 19,&§107,R.X. i 94, 1, 2d, & 98, 2 

''§15,5. s§140, Obs. 4. i' § 140, 1, 1st 

c§128, R. !> 104,1. 1 44,3. 

i § 121, R. i § 45, I. 3, last Ex. «■ § 107, R. XI, 

•'§126, R. m. §140, 1,1st. "^ § 121, Obs. 2. 



156 OF THE GEOGR.vriiV AND THE 

Magistri religionura et sapientice sunt Druitke, qui, quBe*"^ 
se scire profitentur, in antris abditisque silvis decent. 
Animas seternas esse ^ credunt, vitamque alteram post 
mortem incipere.''. Hanc ob causam cum defunctis '^ ar- 
ma cremant aut defodiunt, eamque doctrinam homines 
ad bellum "^ alacriSres facere existimant. 

7. Universa Gallia divisa est inter tres magnos popii- 
los, qui fluviis terminantur. A Pyreneeo monte usque ad 
Garumnam Aquitani habitant; inde ad Sequanam Celtsej 
Belgse denique usque ad Rhenum pertinent. 

8. Garumna amnis, ex Pyrenseo monte delapsus, diu 
vadosus est et vix navigabilis. Quanto ^ magis procedit, 
tanto fit latior; ad postremum magni freti ^ similis, non 
solum majora navigia tolerat, verum etiam more maris 
exsurgit, navigantesque ° atrociter jactat. 

9. Sequana ex Alpibus ortus in septentrionem pergit. 
Postquam se baud procul Lutetia^ cum Matrona con- 
junxit, Oceano'^ infunditur. Heec flumina opportunissi- 
ma sunt mercibus' permutandis-i et ex mari interno in 
Oceanum transvehendis.J 

10. Rhenus itidem ex Alpibus ortus baud procul ab 
origine lacum eff icit Venetum, qui etiam Brigantinus ap- 
pellatur. Deinde longo spatio*^ per fines Helvetiorum, 
Mediomatricorum, et Trevirorum continuo alveo fertur, 
aut modicasinsulas' circumfluens; in agro Batavo autem, 
ubi Oceano appropinquavit, in plures amnes dividitur; 
nee jam amnis, sed ripis longe recedentibus, ingens lacus, 

a 37, 2. Obs. 5. ' § 111, R. ^ 

" 95, 1. f § ill, Obs. 2. J § 112,6. 

c 19, 1. s § 136, Obs. 5, (a) ^ § 132, R. 

d § 107, Obs, 3, 2d. »> § 126, R. III. i § 136, R. LII. 
« § 132, R. XLIII. & 



Nations of antiquity. 157 

Flevo appellatur, ejusdemquenominis insulam amplexus, 
fit iterum arctior et fluvius'^ iterum in mare emittitur. 

1 1 . Trans Rhenum German! habitant usque ad Vistu- 
1am, qua? finis est Germanise ad orientem. Ad meridiem 
terminatur Alpibus, ad septentrionem mari Britannico et 
Baltico. Incolse corporum proceritate ^ excel lunt. Ani- 
mos bellando,'^ corpora laboribus exercent. Hanc ob 
causam crebro bella gerunt cum finitimis, non tam finium 
prolatandorum '^ causa, aut imperii cupiditate, sed ob bel- 
li amorem. Mites ^ tam en sunt erga supplices,^ et boni 
hospitibus. Urbes moenibus cinctas aut fossis aggeribus- 
que munitas non habent, Ipsas domos ad breve tempus 
struunt non lapidibus aut lateribus coctis sed lignis, quee 
frondibus tegunt. Nam diu eodem in loco morari ^ peri- 
culosum^ arbitrantur libertati. 

12. AgricuUuree *' Germani non admodum student, nee 
quisquara agri modum certum aut fines proprios habet. 
Lacte vescuntur et caseo et carne. Ubi fons, campus, 
nemusve iis^ placuerit,' ibi domos figunt, mox alio tran- 
situri cum conjugibus et liberis. Interdum etiam hiemem 
in subterraneis specubus dicuntur transigere. 

13. Germania altis montibus, silvis, paludibusque in- 
via redditur. Inter silvasJ maxima est Hercynia, cujus 
latitudinem^ Csesar novem dierum iter^ patere narrat. 
Insequenti tempore magna pars ejus excisa est. Flumina 
sunt in Germania multa et magna. Inter hsec clarissi- 
mum nomen Rheni, de quo supra diximus, et Danubii. 
Clari quoque amnes, Moenus, Visurgis, Albis. Danubius, 



a 13, l,&§97,Exp « 19,1. 


i § 140, 5. 


»> § 128, R. f 89, 5. 


i § 107, Obs. 8. 


« § 147, Obs. 5, and s§98, Obs. 6. 


i § 145, R. 


111,6. "§112, R.V. 


J § 132, R. 


■» 112, 5. 





14 



158 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

omnium Europse fluminum^ maximus, apud Rhsetos ori- 
tur, flexoque ad ortum solis cursu, receptisque sexaginta 
amnibus, in Pontum Euxinum sex vastis ostiis effunditur. 

14. Britanniara insiilam Phoenicibus innotuisse, eosque 
stannum inde et plumbum pellesque petivisse, probabile 
est. Romanis earn Julius Cgesar primus aperuit; neque 
tamen prius cognita esse ccepit quam Claudio'' imperante. 
Hadrian us eam, muro ab oceano Germanico ad Hiberni- 
cum mare ducto, in duas partes divisit, ut inferiorem in- 
sulee partem, quae Romanis parebat, a barbarorum popu- 
lorum, qui in Scotia habitabaat, incursionibus tueretur."^ 

15. Maxima insiilee pars campestris, collibus passim 
silvisque distincta. Incolse Gallos proceritate ^ corporum 
vincunt,ceterum ingenio'' Gallis similes, simpliciores ta- 
men illis ^ magisque barbari. Nemora habitant pro urbibus. 
Ibi tuguria exstruunt et stabula pecori, sed plerumque ad 
breve tempus. Humanitate ^ ceteris prsestant ii, qui Can- 
tium incolunt. Tota hsec regio est maritima. Qui in- 
teriorem insulse partem habitant, frumenta non serunt; 
lacte ^ et carne vivunt. Pro vestibus induti sunt pellibus.^ 

16. Italia ab Alpibus usque ad fretum Siculum porrigi- 
tur inter mare Tuscum et Adriaticum. Multo '^ longior 
est quam latior.' In medio se attollit Appenninus mons, 
qui, postquam continenti jugo progressus est usque ad 
Apuliam, in duos quasi ramos dividitur. Nobilissima re- 
gio ob fertilitatem soli coelique salubritatem. Quum longe 
in mare procurrat,J plurimos habet portus populorum inter 
se ^ patentes commercio.' Neque ulla facile "' est regio, 

» § 107, R. X. f § 121, Obs. 2. 74, 1. 

b § 146, Obs. 9, E § 126, R. V. " § 28, Obs. 5. 

« §140,1. 2d. t § 132, R. XLIII. i § 112, R. XVII. 

i § 128, R. i § 120, Obs. 6. ■» § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. 

» 6, 3, & § 120, R. J § 140, Obs. 3, and 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 159 

qus lot tamque pulchras urbes habeat,'' inter quas Roma 
et magnitudine ^ et norainis fama eminet. 

17. Heec urbs, orbis terrarum caput, septem montes 
complectitur. Initio quatuor portas habebat; Augusti 
sevo triginta septem. Urbis magnificentiam augebant 
fora, templa, porticus, aqueeductus, theatra, arcus trium- 
phales, horti denique, et id genus '^ alia, ad quae vel lecta '' 
animus stupet. Quare recte de ea prsedicare videntur, 
qui nullius urbis in toto orbe terrarum magnificentiam 
ei*^ comparari posse dixerunt. 

18. Felicissima in Italia regie est Campania. Multi 
ibi vitiferi colles, ubi nobilissima vina gignuntur, Setl- 
num, Cseciibum, Falernum, Massicum. Calidi ibidem 
fontes *" saluberrimi. Nusquam generosior olea. Con- 
chylio ^ quoque et pisce nobili maria vicina scatent. 

19. Clarissimi amnes Italise sunt Padus et Tiberis. 
Et Padus quidem in superiore parte, quee Gallia Cisalpi- 
na vocatur, ab imis radicibus Vesiili mentis exoritur; 
primum exilis, deinde aliis amnibus ita alitur, ut se per 
septem ostia in mare efFundat.'* Tiberis, qui antiquissimis 
temporibus Albulai nemen habebat, ex Appennino oritur; 
deinde duobus et quadraginta fluminibus auctus fit nayi- 
gabilis. Plurimas in utraque ripa villas adspicit, prceci- 
pue autem urbis Romanse magnificentiam. Placidissi- 
mus amnium rare ripas' egreditur. 

20. In inferiore parte Italise clara quondam urbs Taren- 
tum, quffi maris sinui, cui adjacet, noraen dedit. Soli 
fertilltas coellque jucunda temperies in causa fuisse vide- 
tur, ut incolee luxuria et deliciis enervarentur. Quumque 



» § 141, R. I. § 146, Obs. 6. >> § 140, 1, 1st. 

b § 128, R. « § 126, R, III. i § 136, Obs. 5, 

c § 136, Obs. 5, (ad) f § 101, Obs. 4. (ultra.) 

i 101,4, aud e§ 121, R. 



160 OF THE GEOGRAPHY ANT) THE 

aliquandiu potential florerent,'' copiasque haud contem- 
nendas alerent, peregrinis tamen plerumque ducibus in 
bellis utebantur, ut Pyrrho,^' rege Epiri, quo superato, 
urbs in Romanorum potestatem venit. 

21. Proxima Italise est Sicilia, insiila omnium'' maris 
interni maxima. Antiquissimis temporibus earn cum Italia 
cohcesisse,'' marisque impetu, autterrse motu inde divulsam 
esse,*^ verisimile est. Forma triangularis, ita ut litterse, 
quam Grffici Delta vocant, imaginem referat. A tribus 
promontoriis vocatur Trinacria. Nobilissimus ibi mons 
^tnse ^ qui urbi Catanse imminet, turn ^ ob altitudinem, 
tum etiam ob ignes, quos effundit; quare Cyclopum in illo 
monte officinam esse poelsedicunt. Cineres e crateribus 
egesti agrum circumjacentem foecundum et feracem red- 
dere existimantur. Sunt ibi Piorum campi, qui nomen 
habent a duobus juvenibus Catanensibus, qui, flammis 
quondam repente ingruentibus, parentes senectute con 
fectos, humeris sublatos, flammse'' eripuisse feruntur. 
Nomina fratrum Amphinomus et Anapus fuerunt. 

22. Inter urbes Sicilise nulla est illustrior Syracusis, 
Corinthiorum colonia, ex quinque urbibus conflata. Abj 
Atheniensibus bello petlta, maximas h ostium copias dele- 
vit: Carthaginienses etiam magnis interdum cladibus af-1 
fecit. Secundo bello Punico per triennium oppugnata, 
Archimedis potissimum ingenio et arte defensa, a M. 
Marcello capta est. Yicinus huic urbi fons Arethusse] 
Nymphse^ sacer, ad quam Alpheus amnis ex Peloponnesoj 
per mare Ionium lapsus* commissarif dicitur. Nam sij 
quid ad Olympiam in ilium amnem jactum fuerit, id in] 

* Sup. esse, § 47, 6. f Commissdri, '' in order to enjoy a ban- 
quet," § 144, Obs. 2. 

i § 128, R. ^ 19, & § 107, R. X s 124, 7. 

" § 140, Obs. 3. « 97, 1, & 4. " § 123, R. 

c § 149, R. (wf, as,) f § 97, Exc. 1. * § 111, R 



KATIOKS OF A-NTIQUITY. 161 

Arethusae fonte reddi/ De ilia fabula quid statuendunx 
sit,'' sponte apparet. 

23. In mari Lii^usiico insula est Corsica, quam Grseci 
Cyt-num vocant. Terra aspera multisque locis "^ invia, 
coeluni grave, mare circa'' importunum. Incolce,latroci- 
niis deditijferi sunt et horridi. Mella quoque illius in- 
.siilce amara esse dicuatur corporibusque" nocere. Proxi- 
ma ei est Sardinia, quse a Grsecis mercatoribus Ichnusa 
vocatur, quia fonnam humani vestigii habet. Solum *^ 
quam coelum melius. lUud ^ fertile, hoc"^ grave ac nox- 
ium. Noxia quoque animalia herbasque venenatas gig- 
nit. Multum inde frumenti ^ Romam mittitur; unde htec 
insula et Sicilia nutrices urbis vocantur. 

24. Greecia nominis celebritate omnes fere alias orbis 
terrarum regiones superavit. Nulla enim magnorum in- 
geniorura '' fuit feracior; neque ulla belli pacisque artes 
majore studio' excoluit. Plurimas eadem colonias in 
omnes terrae partes deduxit. Multum itaque terra mari- 
que valuit, et gravissima bella magna cum gloria gessit. 

25. Greecia inter Ionium et ^gaeum mare porrigitur. 
In plurimas regiones divisa est, quarumJ amplissimse sunt 
Macedonia et Epirus — quamquam hse a nonnullis a Grse- 
cia sejunguntur — tum Thessalia. Macedoniam Philippi 
et Alexandri regnum illustravit; quorum ille '" Graciam 
subegit, hic'"^ Asiam latissime domuit, ereptumque Persis' 
imperium in Macedones transtulit. Centum ejus regiSnis 
et quinquaginta urbes numerantur; quarum J septuaginta 



» Sup. dicitur. « § H2, R. V. ' § 129, R. 

b § 140. 5, & 108, 9. f § 101, Obs. 4. J § 107, R. X. 

c § 136, Obs. 5, (m) e § 106, R. VIII. ^ § 28, Obs, 3, 3d. 

1 § 90, 4. h § 107, Obs. 1. 1st. ' 5, 1, § 126, R.III 



162 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

duas, Perseo, ultimo Macedoniae rege, superato, Paullus 
ifEmilius dhipuit. 

26. Epirus, quae ab Acrocerauniis incipit montibus, 
desinit in Achel5o flumine. Plures earn populi incolunt. 
Illustris ibi Dodona'' in Molossorum finibus, vetustissimo 
Jovis oraculo inclyta. Columbee ibi ex arboribus oracula 
dedJsse narrantur; quercusque ipsas et lebetes seneos 
inde suspenses deorum voluntatem tinnitu significasse ^ 
fama est. 

27. Acheloi fluvii ostiis "^ insulee aliquot objacent, qua- 
rum maxima est Cephallenia. Multae prseterea insula 
littori "^ Epiri adjacent, interque eas Corcyra, quam Ho- 
merus Scheriam appellasse existimatur.*^ In hac Phaea- 
cas posuit ille et hortos Alcinoi. Coloniam hue dedux- 
erunt Corintbii, quo ^ tempore Numa Pompilius Romae 
regnavit. Vicina ei Ithaca, Ulyssis patria, aspera mon- 
tibus, sed Homeri carminibus adeo nobilitata, ut ne fer- 
tilissimis quidem regionibus cedat.^ 

28. Thessalia late patet inter Macedoniam et Epirum, 
fcecunda regio, generosis praecipue equis excellens, unde 
Thessalorum equitatus celeberrimus. Montes ibi memo- 
rabiles Olympus, in quo deorum sedes esse existimatur,* 
Pelion et Ossa, per quos gigantes coelum petivisse dicun- 
tur;*^ ffita denique, in cujus vertice Hercules, rogo con- 
scenso ° se ipsum cremavit. Inter "^ Ossam et Olympum 
Peneus, limpidissimus amnis, delabitur, vallem amoenis- 
simam, Tempe vocatam, irrigans. 

29. Inter ^ reliquas Graeciae regiones nominis claritate^ 
eminet Attica, quae etiam Atthis vocatur. Ibi Athenae, 



»§ 101, 


Obs. 


4. 


d 6 145, 


, Obs. 4. 


g 104. 


1. 


b 97, 


1. 




e 37,; 


2d, & Note. 


b 123, 


3. 


' § 112, 


IV. 




f § 140. 


, 1, 1st. 


* § 128, 


R. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 163 

de qua urbe decs inter se certasse fama est. Certius est,*^ 
millam unquam urbem tot poetas tulisse, tot oratores, tot 
philosophos, totque in omni virtutis genere claros viros. 
Res autem bello eas '' gessit,ut huic soli "^ glorige ** studere 
videretur; pacisque artes ita excoluit, ut hac laude magis 
etiam quam belli gloria splenderet. Arx ibi sive Acro- 
polis ^ urbi imminens, unde latus in mare prospectus pa- 
tet. Per propylsea ad earn adscenditur/ splendidum Peri- 
clis opus. Cum ipsa urbe per longos muros conjectus 
est portus Piraseus, post bellum Persicum secundum a 
Themistocle munltus. Tutissima ibi statio '^ navium. 

30. Atticam attingitBoeotia, fertilissTma regio. Incolse 
magis corporibus^valent quam ingeniis. Urbs celeber- 
rTma Tnetse,® quas AmptiTon musTces^ ope moenibus 
cinxisse dicTtur. Illustravit eam Pindari poetse ingeniura, 
Epaminondse virtus. Mons '^ ibi Helicon, Musarum sedes, 
et Cit! Beron plurimis poetarum fabulis celebratus. 

31. Boeotiee Phocis finitima,*^ ubi Delphi urbs clarissi- 
ma. In qua urbe oraculum Apolllnis quantam ' apud om- 
nes gentes auctoritatem habuerit, quot ' quamque prae- 
clara munera ex oranifere terrarum orbe DelphosJ missa 
fuerint, nemo ignorat. Imminet urbi Parnassus mons, 
in cujus verticibus Musas habitare dicuntur,'' unde aqua 
fontis Castalii poetarum ingenia inflammare existimatur.^ 

32. Cum ea parte Grsecise, quam hactenus descripsi- 
mus, cohseret ingens peninsula, quae Peloponnesus voca- 
tur, platani folio' simillTma. Angustus ille trames inter 



» 51, 2. 


f Sn]^. ahominibus, 


i § 140, 5. 


b 28, 1. 


67,2. 


J § 130, 2. 


» 16, 4. 


g§ 128, R. 


k § 145, Obs. 4. 


« § 112, R. V. 


•> § 9, Greek nouns. 


• § 111, R. 


e § 101, Obs. 4. 







164 OF THE GEOGRAPIiy AND THE 

vEgEeum mare et Ionium, per quern cum Megarlde cohse- 
ret, Isthmus appellatur. In eo templum Neptuni est, ad 
quod ludi celebrantur Isthmici. Ibidem in ipso Pelopon- 
nesi aditu, Corinthus sita est, urbs antiquissuna, ex cujus 
summa^ arce, (Acrocorinthon\ppellant,) utrumque mare 
conspicTtur. Quum opibus floreret,"^ maritimisque valeret 
copiis, gravia bella gessit. In bello Achaico, quod Roma- 
ni cum Greecis gesserunt, pulcherrima urbs, quam Cicero 
Greeciae lumen appellat, a L. Mummio expugnata'^ fun- 
ditusque deleta est. Restituit earn Julius Ceesar, colo- 
nosque ^ eo milTtes veteranos misit. 

33. Nobilis est in Peloponneso urbs Olympia, temple 
Jovis Oly mpii ac statua illustris. Statua ^ ex ebore facta, 
PhidicE summi artif icis opus preestantissimum. Prope e 
illud templum ad Alphei fluminis ripas ludi celebrantur 
Olympici, ad quos videndos ^ ex tota Grsecia concurri- 
tur.^ Ab his ludis Grseca gens res gestas suas numeral. 

34. Nee Sparta praetereundaJ est, urbs nobilissima, 
quam Lycurgi leges, civiumque virtus et patientia illus- 
travit.^ Nulla fere gens bellica laude ' magis floruit, 
pluresque viros fortes constantesque genuit. Urbi immi- 
net mons Taygetus, qui "" usque ad Arcadiara procurrit. 
Proxime urbem s Eurotas fluvius delabitur, ad cujus ripas 
Spartani se exercere solebant. In Sinum Laconicum 
effunditur. Hand procul inde abest promontorium Tse- 
narum, ubi altissimi specus, per quos Orpheum ad infe- 
ros descendisse" narrant. 

35. Mare ^gseum, inter" Grseciam Asiamque patens, 



» 17, 2. 


e § 136, Obs. 5. ad. 


k § 102, Obs. 1 


•> § 10, Greek nouns. 


h 112, 7. 


1 § 128, R. 


c § 140, Obs. 4. 


i Sup. ab hominl- 


•» 35, 1. 


<! 115, 1. 


bus, 67, 2. 


n 97, 1. 


<=§ 116, Obs. 1. 


J 108, 1. 


123,3. 


! § 101, Obs. 4. 







NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 165 

plurimis insulis distinguitur. Illustres inter eas sunt Cy- 
clades, sic appellatse, quia in orbem jacent. Media earum ^ 
est Delus, quae repente e mari enata esse dicitur. In ea 
insula Latona Apollinem et Dianain peperit, quae numina 
ibi una cum matre summa religione coluntur. Urbi im- 
minet Cynthus, mens excelsus et arduus. Tnopus amnis 
pariter cum Nilo decrescere et augeri dicitur. Mercatus 
in Delo celeberrimus, quod ob portus commoditatem tem- 
plique religionem mercatores ex toto orbe terrarum eo 
confluebant. Eandem ob causam civitates Greecise, post 
secundum Persicum bellum, tributa ad belli usum in earn 
insiilam, tanquam in commune totius Grsecise serarium, 
conferebant; quam pecuniam insequenti tempore Atheni- 
enses in suam urbem transtulerunt. 

36. Euboea insula littori ^ Bceotiee et Atticse preetendi- 
tur, angusto freto a continenti distans. Terrse motu a 
Bseotia avulsa esse creditur; ssepius eam concussam esse "^ 
constat. Fretum, quo a Graecia sejungitur, vocatur Eu- 
rlpus, ssevum et aestuosum mare, quod continuo motu agi- 
tatur. Nonnulli dicunt septies quovis die statis tempori- 
bus fluctus alterno motu agitari; alii hoc negant, dicen- 
tes, mare temere in venti modum hue illuc moveri. Sunt, 
qui narrent,*^ Aristotelem philosophum, quia hujus mira- 
culi causas investigare non posset,^ segritudine confectum 
esse. 

37. Jam ad Boreales regiones pergamus.*" Supra Ma- 
cedoniam Thracia porrigitur a Ponto Euxino usque ad 
Illyriam. Regio frigida et in iis tantum partibus foecun- 
dior, quse propiores sunt mari. Pomiferse arbores rarae; 
frequentiores vites; sed uvse non maturescunt, nisi frigus 

» § 107, R. X <= 97, 1. « § 141, Obs. 8. 

" § 126, R. III. "'§141, R.I. f 77, 7, &§45, I. 1 



Ifie OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

studiose arcetur. Sola Thasus, insula littori Thracise ad- 
jacensj vino excellit. Amnes sunt celeberrimi Hebrus, 
ad quern Orpheus a Maenadibus discerptus esse dicTtur, 
Nestus et Strymon. Montes altissimi, Hasmus, ex cujus 
vertice Pontus et Adria conspicTtur; Rhodope et Orbelus. 

38. Plures Thraciam gentes incolunt nominibus diver- 
see et moribus. Inter has Getae omnium sunt ferocissimi 
et ad mortem paratissimi.^ Animas enim post mortem 
redituras existimant. Recens nati apud eos deflentur; 
funera autem cantu lusuque celebrantur. Plures singuli** 
uxores habent. Hae omnes, viro defuncto, mactari simul- 
que cum eo sepeliri cupiunt, magnoque id certamine a 
judicibus "^ contendunt. Virgines non a parentibus tra- 
duntur viris, sed aut publice ducendse ^ locantur, aut ve- 
neunt. Formosee in pretio sunt; ceteree maritos mercede 
data inveniunt. 

39. Inter urbes Thraciee memorabile est Byzantium, ad 
BosporumThracium, urbs natura munita etarte, qu3S,cum^ 
ob soli fertilitatem,tum ob vicinitatem maris, omnium re- 
rum, quas vita requirit, copia abundat. Nee Sestos prse- 
tereunda est silentio, urbs ad Hellespontum posita, quam 
amor Herus et Leandri memorabilem reddidit; nee Cynos- 
sema, tumiilus Hecubse, ubi ilia, post Trojam diriitam,^ in 
canem mutata et sepulta €sse dicitur. Nomen etiam habet 
in iisdem regionibus urbs Mnos, ab Mnea e patria pro- 
fugo condita; Zone, ubi nemora Orpheum canentem 
secuta esse narrantur; Abdera denique, ubi Diomedes 
rex advenas equis suis devorandos ^ objiciebat, donee ipse 
ab Hercule iisdem objectus est. Quae « urbs quum rana- 
rum muriumque multitudine infestaretur, incolae, relicto ^ 



»§ 111, Obs. 3. 

" 26, 6. 

« § 124, Obs. 2. 


i 107, 1. 
e 124, 8. 
f § 146, Obs. 2 


g 38, 1. 
h 104, 1. 



ttATlONS OF ANTIQUITY. 167 

patrife solo, novas secies quEesiverunt. Hos Cassander, 
rex Macedonise, in societatem accepisse, agrosque in ex- 
trema'^ Macedonia assignasse dicitur. 

40. Jam de Scythis pauca dicenda sunt. Terminatur 
Scythia ab uno latere Ponto Euxino, ab altero montlbus 
Rhipseis, a tergo Asia et Phaside flumme, Vasta regio 
nullis fere intus finibus dividitur. Scythee enim nee 
agrum exercent, nee certas sedes habent, sed armenta et 
pecora pascentes per incultas solitudines errare solent. 
Uxores liberosque secum in plaustris vehunt. Lacte et 
melle vescuntur; aurum et argentum, cujus nullus apud 
eos usus est, aspernantur. Corpora pellibus ^ vestiunt. 

41. Diversee sunt Scytbarum gentes, diversique mores. 
Sunt, qui funera parentum festis sacrificiis celebrent," 
eorumque capitibus** affabre expolitis auroque vinctis pro 
poculis utantur. Agathyrsi ora et corpora pingunt, id- 
que'^ tanto* magis, quanto quis illustrioribus gaudet ma- 
joribus. li, qui Tauricam Chersonesum incolunt, anti- 
quissTmis temporibus advenas Dianse mactabant. Inte- 
rius habitantes ceteris*" rudiores sunt. Bella amant, et 
quo ^ quispluveshostes interemerit, eo ^ majore existima- 
tione apud suos^ habetur. Ne foedera quidem incruenta 
sunt. Sauciant se qui paciscuntur, sanguinemque permis- 
tum degustant. Id fidei pignus certissimum esseputant. 

42. Maxima fluminum Scythic5rum sunt Ister, qui et 
Danubius vocatur, et Borysthenes. De Istro supra dic- 
tum est.' Borysthenes, ex ignotis fontibus ortus, liqui- 

* Tanto magis quanto quis; literally, '•' more by so much as any 
one," (§ 132, Obs. 5,) i. e. " in proportion as," &c. 
"■ 17,1. 7.4. s 22, 4, & 44, 7. 

b§125, R. •'Suji. faciunt. ^ 19,3. 

'=§141, R.I. f 6.3. i§85,3. 

§ 121, R. XXVI. & 



16S 



OF THE GEOGRArilY AND THE 



dissimas aquas trahit et potatu '^ jucundas. Placulus idem 
Isetissima pabula alit. Magno spatio navigabilis juxta 
urbem Borysthenida^ in Pontum effunditur. 

43. Ultra Rhipseos montes et Aquilonem gens habitare 
existimatur felicissima, Hyperboreos '^ appellant. Regio 
aprica, felix coeli temperies omnlque afflatu'^ noxio carens. 
Semel in anno sol iis oritur solstitio,^ bruma semel occi- 
dit. Incolai in nemoribus et lucis habitant; sine orani 
discordia et segritudine vivunt. Quum vitee^ eos tsedet, 
epulis sumptis ^ ex rupe se in mare preecipTtant, Hoc 
enim sepulturae genus beatissTmum esse existimant. 

44. Asia ceteris terrse partibus'' est amplior. Oceanus 
eam alluit, ut locis ita nominibus differens; Eous ab ori- 
ente, a meridie Indicus, a septentrione Scythicus. Asise 
nomine appellatur etiam peninsiila, quae a mari ^gseo 
usque ad Armeniam patet. In hac parte est Bithynia ad 
Propontidem sita, ubi Granicus in mare effunditur, ad quem j 
amnem Alexander, rex Macedonise, primam victoriam de J 
Persis reportavit. Trans ilium amnem sita est Cyzicus * 
in cervlce peninsiilae, urbs nobilissima, a Cyzico appella- 
ta, qui in illis regionibus ab Argonautis pugna occTsus J 
est. Haud procul ab ilia urbe Rhyndacus in mare effun- ' 
ditur, circa quem angues nascuntur, non solum ob mag- 
nitudinem mirabiles, sed etiam ob id, quod, quum ex 
aqua emergunt et hiant, supervolantes aves absorbent. 

45. Propontis cum Ponto jungitur per Bosporum,' 
quod fretum quinque stadia •> latum Europam ab Asia sep- 
arat. Ipsis'^ 



^ § 148, 2, & 114, 2. 


e§ 131, R. XL. 


i § 129, Obs. 2. 


"§ 15,4. 


f § 113EXC. II,& 


i § 132, R. XLII. 


« Sup. quam 


66,5. 


k 32, 6. 


§ 116, Obs. 1. 


s 104, 1. 


1 Sup. condUa. 


■^ 6 121, R. XXV. 


•> 6,3. 





NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY, 169' 

?.b Argia, Megarensium princTpe, et templum Jovis, ab 
Jasone conditum. Pontus ipse ingens est maris sinus, 
non molli '^ neque aren5so circumdatus litt6re,tempestati- 
bus^ obnoxius, raris stalion'ibus.'^ Olim ob saevitatem pop- 
ulorum, qui circa habitant, Axenus appellatus fuisse dici- 
tur; postea, mollitis illorum moribus, dictus est Euxinus. 

46. In littore Ponti, in Mariandynorum agro, urbs est 
Heraclea, ab Hercule, ut fertur, condita. Juxta earn spe- 
lunca est Acherusia, quam ad Manes perviam esse existl- 
mant/^ Hinc Cerberus ab ITerciile extractus fuisse dicitur. 
Ultra fluvium ThermodontaMossyni habitant. Hi totum 
corpus distinguunt notis. Reges sufFragio eligunt; eosdem 
in turre lignea inclusos arctissime custodiunt, et, si quid 
perperam imperitaverint,^ inedia totius diei afficiunt. 
Extremum Ponti angiilum Colchi tenent ad Phasidem; 
quffi^loca fabiila de vellere aureo et Argonautarum ex- 
peditio illustravit. 

47. Inter provincias Asia3 proprie dictaa illustris est 
Ionia, in duodecim civilates divisa. Inter eas est Miletus, 
belli pacisque artibus inclyta; eique vicinum Panionium, 
sacra regio, quo omnes lonum civitates statis temporibus 
legatos solebant mittere. Nulla facile ^ urbs plures colo- 
nias misit, quam Miletus. Ephesi, quam^ urbem Amazo- 
nes condidisse traduntui, templum est Dianse, quod sep- 
tem mundi miraciilis annumerari solet. Totius templi 
longitudo est quadringentorum viginti quinque pedum," 
latitiido ducentorum viginti; columnae centum viginti sep- 
tem numero, sexaginta pedum altitudine;^ ex iis triginta 
spx cpelatse. Operi ' prsefuit Chersiphron architectus. 



- 16, 6. 


<= 74, 6, and 


s § 134, Obs. 6, 3d. 


"§ 111, R. 


§ 101, Obs. 1. 


h § 128, R. 


-= § 106, R. VII. 


f 37, 4. 


i § 112, R. I 


<! § 101, Obs. 1. 







15 



170 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

48. iEolis olim Mysia appellata,'^ et , ubi Hellespontura 
attingit, Troas. Ibi Ilium fuit situm ad radices montis 
Idse, urbs bello, quod per decern annos cum universal 
Graecia gessit, clarissima. Ab Idseo monte Scamander 
defluit et Simois, amnes fama quam natura majores. Ipsum 
montem certamen dearum Paridisque judicium illustrem 
reddidit. In littore claree sunt urbes Rhoeteum et Dar- 
dania; sed sepulcrum Ajacis, qui ibi post certamen cum 
Ulysse gladio incubuit, utraque ^ clarius. 

49. lonibus "^ Cares sunt finitimi, populus armorum ^ 
bellique adeo amans, ut aliena etiam bella mercede ac- 
cepta gereret.^ Princeps Cariae urbs/* Halicarnassus, Ar- 
givSrum colonia, regum sedes olim. Unus eorum Mau- 
solus fuit. Qui*" quum vita^ defunctus esset, Artemisia 
conjux desiderio mariti flagrans, ossa ejus cineresque con- 
tusa cum aqua miscuit ebibitque, splendidumque praeterea 
sepulcrum exstruxit, quod inter septem orbis terrarum 
miracula censetur. 

50. Cilicia sita est in intimo recessu maris, ubi Asia 
proprie sic dicta cum Syria conjungTtur. Sinus ille ab 
urbe Isso Issici nomen habet. Fluvius ibi Cydnus aqua '' 
limpidissima et frigidissima, in quo Alexander Macedo 
quum lavaret/ parum abfuit, quin frigore enecaretur.J 
Antrum Corycium in iisdem regionibus ob singularem 
natiiram memorabile est. Ingenti illud hiatu patet in 
monte arduo, alteque demissum undique viret lucis pen- 
dentibus. Ubi ad ima'^ perventum est,' rursusaliud antrum 
aperitur. Ibi sonitus cymbalorum ingredientes ^ terrere 



» § 101, Obs. 4. 


« § 140, 1, 1st 


■> § 140, Obs. 4. 


*> Sup. urbe. 


f 39, 1. 


J § 140, 3. 


<= § 111, R. 


g § 121, R. XXVI. 


k 19, 6, & 19, 1. 


<J § 107, R. IX. 


" § 106, R. VII. 


> 67. 5. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 171 

(jicitur. Totus hie specus augustus est et vere sacer, et 
a diis habitari existimatur. 

51. E Cilicia egresses'^ Syria excipit, cujus pars est 
PhcEnlce in littore maris interni posita, Hanc regidnem 
sellers hominum genus edit. Phoenices enim litterarutn 
formas a se inventasaliis popiilis tradiderunt; alias etiam 
artes, quae ad navigationem et mereaturam speetant, studi- 
ose coluerunt. Ceterum fertilis regio ^ crebrisque flumini- 
bus rigata, quorum ope terrae marisque opes facTli negotio 
inter se '^ permutantur. Nobilissimse Phoeniees urbes Si- 
don, antequam a Persis caperetur, maritimarum urbium 
maxima; et Tyrus, aggere cum terra eonjuncta. Purpura^ 
hujus urbis omnium pretiosissima. Conficitur ille color 
ex suceo in conchis, quae etiam purpurae vocantur, latente. 

52. Ex Syria descenditur''in Arabiam, peninsiilam in- 
ter duo maria, Rubrum et Persicum, porrectam. Hujus 
ea pars, quae ab urbe Petra Petreess nomen accepit, plane 
est sterilis; hanc excipit ea, quae ob vastas solitudines 
Deserta vocatur. His partibus adhaeret Arabia Felix, 
regio angusta, sed cinnami,*^ thuris aliorumque odorum, 
feracissima. Multse ibi gentes sunt, quae fixas sedes non 
habeant,^ Nomades a Graecis appellatae. Lacte ^ et car- 
ne ferina veseuntur. Multi etiam Arabum popiili latro- 
ciniiss vivunt. Primus e Romanis ^lius Gallus in hanc 
terram cum exercitu penetravit. 

53. Gamelos inter armenta pascit Oriens. Duo harum 
sunt genera, Bactrianae et Arabiae. Illae ^ bina habent in 
dorso tubera, hae'' singula; unum autem sub pectore, cui 
incumbant. Dentium ordine ' superiore carent. Sitim 



a 19, 1. <= § 107, R. IX. and Obs. 2. 

" § 101, Obs. 4. f § 141, Obs. 3. " § 28, Obs. 3. 3d. 

c § 28, Obs. 5. g § 121, R. XXVI. » § 121, R. XXV. 



67,6. 



172 OF THE GEOGKAPIiy AND THE ' 

quatriduo tolerant; aquam, antequara bibant,^ pedibus 
turbant. Vivunt quinquagenis annis; ^ quffidam etiam 
centenis. 

54. Ex Arabia pervenitur in Babyloniam, cui Babylon 
nomen dedit, Chaldaicarum gentium caput, urbs et mag- 
nitudine et divitiis clara. Semiramis earn condiderat, vel, 
ut multi crediderunt, Belus, cujus regia ostenditur. Mu- 
rus exstructus laterciilo'' coetili, triginta et duos pedes'* 
est latus, ita ut quadriga inter se"' occurentes sine pericu- 
lo commeare dicantur; altitudo ducentorum pedum; tur- 
res autem denis^ pedibus^ quam murus altiores sunt. 
Totius operis ambitus sexaginta millia passuum complec- 
titur. Mediam urbem ^ permeat Euphrates. Arcem ha- 
bet viginti stadiorum** ambitu; * super ea pensiles horti 
eonspiciuntur, tantseque sunt moles tamque firmse, ut 
onera nemorum sine detrimento ferant. 

55. Amplissima Asiai regioJ India primiim patefacta est 
armis Alexandri Magni, regis MacedoniEe, cujus exem- 
plum successores secuti in interiora'^ Indigepenetraverunt. 
In eo tractu,quem Alexander subegit, quinque millia op- 
pidorum fuisse,' gentesque novem, Indiamque tertiam 
partem esse"* terrarum omnium, ejus comites scripserunt. 
Ingente& ibi sunt amnes, Indus et Indo" major Ganges. 
Indus in Paropamiso ortus undeviginti amnes recipit, 
totidera Ganges interque eos plures navigabiles. 

56. Maxima in India gignuntur animalia. Canes ibi 
grandiores ceteris." Arbores tantae proceritatis ^ esse tra- 
duntur, ut sagittis superjaci nequeant. Hoc efficit uber- 



» § 140, 4. 


« § 28, Obs. 5. 


i § 97, R. 


b § 131. R. XLI. 


f § 132, R. XLIII. 


'^ 19,6. 


and § 24, 11. 


s§ 136, R. LII. 


• 98, 2. 


e § 128, Obs. 2. 


h § 106, R. VII. 


•" 96, 2. 


" § 132, R. XLII. 


i § 128, R. 


» 6,3. 



Nations of antiquity. 173 

tas soli, temperies coeli, aquarum abundantia. Immanes 
quoque serpentes alit, qui elephantos morsu et ambitu 
corporis conficiunt. Solum tarn pingue et ferax, ut mel- 
la frondibus'^ defluant,'' sylvee lanas ferant,^ arundmum 
internodia fissa cymbarum usum preebeant, binosque, quss- 
dam etiam ternos ' homines, vehant. 

57. Incolarum habitus moresque diversi. Lino'^ alii ves- 
tiuntur et lanis arborum, aliiferarum aviumque pellibus, 
pars nudi® incedunt.^ Quidam animalia occidere eorumque 
carnibus vesci nefas ^ putant; alii piscibus tantum alun- 
tur. Quidam parentes et propinquos, prius quam annis 
et macie conficiantur,'^ velut hostias casdunt eorumque vis- 
ceribus' epulantur; ubi senectus eos morbusve invadit, 
mortem in solitudine aquo animo exspectant. li, qui sa- 
pientiam profitentur, ab ortu solis ad occasum stare solent, 
solem immobilibus oculis intuentes; ferventibus arenis J to- 
to die ^ alternis pedibus' insistunt. Mortem non exspect- 
antjsed sponte arcessunt in rogos incensos se prsecipitantes. 

58. Maximos India elephantos gignit, adeoque feroces, 
ut Afri elephanti illos paveant, nee contueri audeant.'* 
Hoc animal cetera omnia docilitate superat. Discunt arma 
jacere, gladiatSrum more congredi, saltare et per funes in- 
cedere. Plinius narrat, Romse unum segnioris ingenii™ 
ssepius castigatum esse verberibus, quia tardius" accipie- 
bat, quae tradebantur; eundem repertum esse noctu eadem 
meditantem. Elephanti gregatim semper ingrediuntur. 
Ducit agmen maximus natu," cogit is, qui state ei est 

=^ § 136, R. LII. s Sup. esse, & 51, 5. i § 129, R. 

" § 140, 1, 1st. "§140,4. >»§ 106, R. VII. 

c 26, 1. i § 121, Obs. 2. ° 22, 3. 

d§126, R. V. i § 136, Obs. 5, (m) " § 26, 6, Note & 

e § 98, Exc. 2. k § 131, R. XLI. § 128, R. 

f § 102, R. II. 



174 OP THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

proximus. Amnem transituri minimospraemittunt. Capi- 
untur foveis. In has ubi elephas deciderit,^ ceteri ramos 
congerunt, aggeres construunt, omnique vi conantur extra- 
here. Domantur fame et verberibus. Domiti militant et 
turres ^ armatdrum in hostes ferunt, magnaque ex parte 
Orientis bella conficiunt. Totas aciesprosternunt,arma- 
tos proterunt. Ingens dentibus*^ pretium. In GrEecia ebur 
ad deorum simulacra tanquam pretiosissima materia adhi- 
betur- in extremis'' Africee postium vicem in domiciliis 
prsebet, sepesque in pecorum stabulis elephantorum den- 
tibus^fiunt. Inter omnia animalia^ maxim e oderunts 
murem. Infestus elephanto etiam rhinoceros, qui nomen 
habet a cornu, quod in naso gerit. In pugna maxime 
adversarii alvum petit, quam scit esse molliorem. Lon- 
gitudine elephantum fere exsequat; crura multo breyioraj 
color buxeus. 

59. Etiam Psittacos India mittit. Haec avis humanas 
voces optime reddit. Quum loqui discit, ferreo radio 
verberatur, aliter enim non sen tit ictus. Capiti'* ejus 
eadem est duritia, quae rostro.'* Quum devolat, rostro se 
excipit, eique innititur. 

60. Testudines tantee magnitudinis Indicum mare emit- 
tit, ut singularum testis' casas integant.J Insulas "^ rubri 
prsecipue maris his navigant cymbis. Capiuntur obdor- 
miscentes in summa aqua, id ' quod proditur stertentium 
sonitu. Turn terni adnatant, a duobus in dorsum verti- 
tur, a tertio laqueus injicitur, atque ita a pluribus in lit- 
tore stantibus trahitur. In mari testudines conchyliis vi- 
vunt; tanta enim oris est duritia, ut lapides comminuantjj 

='§ 140, 5, &74, 6. «§ 128, Obs. 2. '' § 125, R. 

" Su-p. plenas, f § 107, Obs. 8. J § 140, 1, 1st. 

§107, R. XI. s§84, Obs. 2. t § 130,2, & Obs. 10. 

«§110,R. i»§112. R. II. 1 37, 9, Notes. 
^ 19, (jparttbus.) 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 175 

in terram egressae, herbis.'* Pariunt ova ovis avium simi- 
lia, ad centena'' numero; eaque extra aquam defossa ter- 
ra cooperiunt. 

61. Margarltse Indici ocean! omnium "^ maxime laudan- 
tur. Inveniuntur in conchis scopulis adhairentibus. Max- 
ima laus est in candore, magnitudine, Isevore, pondere. 
Raro duce inveniuntur, qua? sibi ex omni parte sint simi- 
les. Has auribus*" suspendere,*-' feminarum est gloria. 
Duos maximos uniones Cleopatra, ^gypti regina, habu- 
isse dicitur. Horum unum, ut Antonium magnificentia 
superaret,*" in coena aceto solvit, solutum hausit. 

62. iSgyptus, inter Catabathmum et Arabas posita, a 
plurimis ad Asiam refertur; alii Asiam Arabico sinu termi- 
nari existimant. Heec regio, quanquam experss est imbri- 
um, mire tamen est fertilis. Hoc Nilus efFicit, omnium 
fluviorum, qui in mare internum efFunduntur, maximus. 
Hie in desertis Africa oritur, tum ex iEthiopia descendit 
in -'Egyptum, ubi de altis rupibus praecipitatus usque ad 
Elephantidem urbem fervens adhuc decurrit. Tum demum 
fit placidior. Juxta Cercasorum oppidum in plures am- 
nes dividitur, et tandem per septem ora effunditurin mare. 

63. Nilus, nivibus in ^thiopiee montibus solutis, cres- 
cere incipit Luna nova post solstitium per quinquaginta 
fere dies; totidem diebus minuitur. Justum incrementum 
est cubitorum'' sedecim. Si minores sunt aquae, non omnia 
rigant. Maximum incrementum fuit cubitorum'^ duodevi- 
ginti; minimum quinque. Quum stetere aquae, aggeres 
aperiuntur, et arte aqua in agros immittitur. Quum om- 
nis recesserit,' agri irrigati et limo obducti seruntur. 

* § 121, Obs. 2, (vi- 1 § 123, R. e § 107, R. IX. 

vunt.) " § 144, 1, & R. LVI. " § 106, R. VII. 

b § 24, 11. f § 140, 1, 2d. i 74, 6. 
c § 135, R. XL VII. 



176 OF THE aEOGKAPIIY AND THE 

64. Nilus crocodilum alit, belluam quadrupedem, in 
terra non minus quam in flumine hominibus infestam. 
Unum hoc animal terrestre linguae usu ^ caret; dentium 
plureshabetordines; maxilla inferior est immobilis. Mag- 
nitudine excedit plerumque duodeviginti cubita. Paiit 
5va anserinis ^ non majora. Unguibus etiam armatus est, 
et cute contra omnes ictus invicta. Dies in terra agit, 
noctes in aqua. Quum satur est, et in littore somnum 
capit ore hiante, trochilus, parva avis, dentes ei '^ fauces- 
que purgat. Sed hiantem conspicatus ichneumon, per 
easdem fauces ut telum aliquod immissus, erodit alvum. 
Hebetes ociilos dicitur habere in aqua, extra aquam acer- 
rimos. Tentyritae in insula Nili habitantes, dirse huic 
belluse'^ obviam ire audent, eamque incredibili audacia 
expugnant. 

65. Aliam etiam belluam Nilus alit, hippopotamum; 
ungiilis'^ binis, dorso^ equi et juba et hinnitu; rostro re- 
simo, Cauda et dentibus aprorum. Cutis impenetrabilis, 
prajterquam si humore madeat.^ Primus hippopotamum 
et quinque crocodilos M. Scaurus aedilitatis suee ludis ^ 
Romse ostendit. 

66. Multa in ^gypto mira sunt et artis et naturaj ope- 
ra. Inter ea, quae manibus hominum facta sunt, eminent 
pyramides, quarum maximas sunt et celeberrimse in monte 
sterili inter Memphin oppidum et earn partem ^gypti, 
quae Delta vocatur. Amplissimam earum trecenta sexa- 
ginla sex hominum^ millia annis viginti exstruxisse tra- 
duntur. Heec octo jugera soli occiipat; unumquodque 
latus octingentos octoginta tres pedes ' longum est; alti- 

^^ § 121, R. XXV. d § 135, R. XL VII. s § 131, R. XL. 

» § 106, Obs. 4, Sc e § 106, R. VII. »> § 107, R. X. 

19, (ovis. 6,3) f § 140, l,2d,&74,2. i § 132. R. XLII. 
= § 110, Obs. 1. 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 177 

tudo a cacumine pedum =* quindecim millium. Intus in ea 
est puteus octoginta sex cubitorum.^ Ante has pyramides 
Sphinx est posita mirse magnitudinis.'* Capitis ambitus 
centum duos pedes habet; longitude est pedum centum 
quadraginta trium; altitudo a ventre usque ad summum 
capitis apicem sexaginta duorum. 

67. Inter miraciila iEgypti commemoratur etiam Mce- 
ris lacus, quingenta millia^ passuum in circuitu patens; 
Labyrinthus ter mille domos et regias duodecim uno pa- 
riete amplexus, totus marmore'' exstructus tectusque; 
turris denique in insula Pharo, a PtolemiEo, Lagi filio, 
condita. Usus*^ ejus navibus*^ noctu ignes ostendere ad 
prainuntianda^ vada portusque introitum. 

68. In palustribus jEgypti regionibus papyrum nasci- 
tur. Radicibus incolaj pro ligno utuntur; ex ipso autem 
papyro navigia texunt, e libro vela, tegetes, vestem ac 
funes. Succi causa etiam mandunt modo crudum, modo 
decoctum. Prseparantur ex eo etiam chartae. Chartse ex 
papyro usus post Alexandri demum victorias repertus est. 
Primo enim scriptum ^ in palmarum foliis, deinde in libris 
quarundam arborum; postea publica monimenta plumbeis 
tabiilis'' confici, aut marmoiibus^ mandari coepta sunt. 
Tandem semulatio regum Ptolemeei et Eumenis in biblio- 
thecis condendis occasionem dedit membranas Pergami 
inveniendi. Ab eo inde tempore libri modoJ in charta 
ex papyro facta, modo in membranis scripti sunt. 

69. Mores incolarum ^'gypti ab alidrum populorum 
moribus vehementer discrepant. Mortuos nee cremant, 
nee sepeliunt; verum arte medicatos intra penetralia col- 



» § 106, R. VII. d § 101, Obs. 4. 


h § 136, Obs. 5, (in^ 


b § 132, R. XLII. 8t « § 123, R. 


i § 126, R. III. 


§24,5. f 112,7. 


J 124, 12 


-= § 128, Obs. 2 s Sup. est, 67. 6. 





17S OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

I5cant. Negotia extra demos feminai, viri domos et res 
domesticas curant; onera illee humeris, hi capitibus ge- 
runt. Colunt effigies multorum animalium et ipsa ani- 
malia. Heec interfecisse'' capitale est; morbo exstincta 
lugent et sepeliunt. 

70. Apis omnium ^Egypti populorum numen estj bos 
niger cum Candida in dextro latere maculaj nodus sub lin- 
gua, quem cantharum appellant. Non fas est eum certos 
vitee annos excedere. Ad hunc vitee terminum quum per- 
venerit, mersum in fonte enecant. Necatum lugent, ali- 
umque quserunt, quem ei substituant; '^ nee tamen unquam 
diu queeritur. Delubra ei sunt gemina,quEethalamos vo- 
cant, ubi populus auguria captat. Alterum *^ intrasse * * 
Isetum est; in altero dira portendit. Pro bono etiam ha- 
betur signo, si e manibus consulentium cibum capit. In 
publicum procedentem grex puer5rum comitatur, carmen- 
que in ejus honorem canunt,*^ idque videtur intelligere. 

71. Ultra iEgyptum iEthiopes habitant. Horum pop- 
uli quidam Macrobii vocantur, quia paulo quam nos diu- 
tius vivunt. Plus auri ^ apud eos reperitur, quam eeris; 
banc ob causam ses illis -videtur pretiosius. ^re se exor- 
nant, vincula auro ^ fabricant. Lacus est apud eos, cujus 
aqua tam est liquida atque levis, ut nihil eorum, quge im- 
mittuntur, sustinere queat; quare arborum quoque folia 
non innatant aquae, sed pessum aguntur. 

72. Africa ab oriente terminatur Nilo; a ceteris parti- 
bus mari. Regiones ad mare positse eximie sunt fertiles; 
interiores incultse et arenis sterilibus tectse, et ob nimium 

* {Apim,) intrasse alterum, " for Apis to have entered the one," 
Icetum est. 
a § 144, R. LVI. & <= 19, (thalamum). «§ 106, R. VIII. 

Exp, d § 102, Obs. 4. f § 128, Obs. 2. 

" § 141, Obs. 3 



NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 179 

calorein desertse. Prima pars ab occidente est Maurita- 
nia. Ibi mons prasaltus Abyla, Calpee monti in Hispania 
opposilus. Hi montes columnse Herciilis appellantur. 
Fama est, ante Herculem mare internum terris inclusum 
fuisse, nee exitum habuisse in Oceanum; Herciilem autem 
junctos montes diremisse et mare junxisse cum Oceano. 
Ceterum regio ilia est ignobilis et parvis tantum oppidis 
habitatur. Solum melius quam incolse. 

73. Numidia magis culta et opulentior. Ibi satis longo 
a littore interval lo saxa cernuntur attrita fluctibus, spinse 
piscium, ostreorumque fragmenta, ancorge etiam cautibus 
infixse, et alia ejusmodi signa maris olim usque ad ea loca 
efFusi. Finitima regio, a promontorio Metagonio ad aras 
Philaenorum, proprie vocatur Africa. Urbes in ea celeber- 
rimae Utica et Carthago, ambae a Phcenicibus conditae. 
Carthaginem divitise, mercatura imprimis comparatse,tum 
bella cum Romanis gesta, excidium denique illustravit.* 

74. De aris Philasnorum haec narrantur. Pertinacis- 
sima fuerat contentio inter Carthaginem et Cyrenas de 
finibus. Tandem placuit,^ utrinque e5dem tempore juve- 
nes mitti, et locum, quo convenissent, pro finibus haberi. 
Carthaginiensium legati, Philseni fratres, paulo ante tem- 
pus constitutum egressi esse dicuntur. Quod quum Cyre- 
nensium legati intellexissent, magnaque exorta esset con- 
tentio, tandem Cyrenenses dixerunt, se tum demum hunc 
locum pro finibus habituros esse, si Phileeni se ibi vivos 
obrui passi essent. Illi conditionem acceperunt. Car- 
thaginienses autem animosis juvenibus in illis ipsis locis, 
ubi vivi sepulti sunt, aras consecraverunt, eorumque vir- 
tutem aeternis honoribus prosecuti sunt. 

» § 102, Obs. 1. " 51, 5, Sup. illis. 80, 2. 



180 OF THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 

75. Inde ad Catabathmum CyrenaTca poriigitur, iibi 
Ammonis o/aculum et fons quidam, quem Solis esse^ 
dicunt. Hie fons media nocte fervet,'' turn paulatim tepes- 
citj sole oriente fit frigidus; per meridiem maxime riget. 
Catabathmus vallis est devexa versus iEgyptum. Ibi 
finltur Africa. Proximi his populi urbes non habent, sed 
in tuguriis vivunt, quse mapalia vocantur. Vulgus pecu- 
dum vestitur pellibus.*^ Potus est lac succusque bacca- 
rum; cibus caro. Interiores etiani incuJUus vivunt. Se- 
quuntur greges suos, utque hi pabulo ducuntur, ita illi 
tuguria sua promovent. Leges nullas habent, nee in 
commune consultant. Inter hos Troglodytaj in specubus 
habitant, serpentibusque aluntur. 

76. Ferarum Africa feracissima. Pardos, pantheras, 
leones gignit, quod belluarum genus Eur5pa igndrat. 
Leoni'' prsecipua generositas. Prostratis parcere diciturj 
in infantes nonnisi summa fame saevit. Animi ejus index® 
Cauda, quam, dum placidus est, immotam servat; dum 
irascitur, terram et se ipsum *" ea flagellat. Vis ® summa 
in pectore. Si fugere cogitur, contemptim cedit, quam 
diu spectari potest; in silvis acerrimo cursu fertur.^ Vul- 
neratus percussorem novit,'' et in quantalibet multitudine 
appetit. Hoc tarn sffivum animal gallinacei cantus terret. 
Domatur etiam ab hominibus. Hanno Pcenus primus 
leonem mansuefactum ostendisse dicTtur. Marcus autem 
Antonius triumvir primus, post pugnam in campis Philip- 
picis, Romse leones ad currum junxit. 

77. Struthiocameli Africi altitudinera equitis equo ^ in- 
sidentis exsequant, celeritatem vincunt. Pennse ad hoc 
demum videntur datse, ut currentes adjuvent; nam a terra 



>§ 103, R. Sup./o«- 


■!§ 112, R. II. 


g 116, 3. 


tern. 


« § 101, Obs. 4. 


•> 84, 3. 


>^§ 44, I. 1. 


f 33. 1. 


i § 112, R. IV. 


c § 126, R. V. 







NATIONS OF A.NTIQUITY. 181 

tolli non possunt. Ungulee cervinis'* sunt similes. His in 
fuga, comprehendunt lapides, eosque contra sequentes ja- 
culantur. Omnia concoquunt. Ceterum inagna iis ** sto- 
liditas, ita ut, quum caput et collum frutice occultave- 
rint, se latere existiment.'= Pennse eorum quseruntur ad 
ornatum, 

78. Africa serpentes generat vicenum "^ cubitorum;^ 
nee min5res India. Certe Megasthenes scribit, serpen- 
tes ibi in tantam magnitudinem adolescere, ut solidos 
hauriant cervos taurosque. In prime Punico belle ad 
flumen Bagradam serpens centum viginti pedum ^ a Reg- 
ule, imperatore Remane, ballistis et termentis expugna- 
ta esse fertur. Pellis ejus et maxillee diu Remae in tem- 
ple quedam asservatse sunt. In India serpentes perpetu- 
um bellum cum elephantis gerunt. Ex arberibus se in 
prffitereuntes ^ praecipitant gressusque ligant nedis. Hes 
nodes elephanti manu reselvunt. At dracones in ipsas^ 
elephantorum nares caput cendunt spiritumque praeclu- 
dunt plerumque in ilia dimicatione utrique commeriun- 
tur, dum victus elephas cerruens ^ serpentem pondere 
sue elidit. 



» 18, (ungulis,) & 


<= § 140, 1, 1st. 


f 19, (illos.') 


§ 106, Obs. 4. 


1 26, 1. 


6 32, 6. 


b 6 112, R. II. 


« § 106, R. VII. 
16 


h § 146, Obs. 6. 



DICTIONARY. 





EXPLANATION 


OF ABBREVIATIONS. 


adv. 


adjective, 
adverb. 


fr- 


from. 


obsol. 


obsolete. 


freq. 


frequentative. 


ord. 


ordinal. 


app. 


appendix. 




inceptive. 


part. 


participle. 


c. 


common gender. 


ind. 


indeclinable. 


pass. 


passive. 


conj. 


conjunction. 


imp. 


impersonal. 


pi. 


plural. 


compar. 


comparative. 


int. 


interjection. 


prep. 


preposition. 


d. 


doubtful gender. 


intr. 


intransitive. 


pret. 


preteritive. 


def. 


defective. 


irr. 


irregular. 


pro. 


pronoun. 


dep. 


deponent. 


m. 


masculine. 


rel. 


relative. 


dvm. 


diminutive. 


n. 


neuter. 


subs. 


substantive. 


dis. 


distributive. 


neut. pass, neuter passive. 


sup. 


superlative. 


/. 


feminine. 


num. 


numeral. 


tr. 


transitive. 



comp. compared regularly as directed, § 25. 

id. derived from the same word as the preceding. 

§ Refers to the sections in BuUions's Latin Grammar. 

t Refers to the Introduction, in this work, concerning Latin idioms. 

»*;, Words marked m. f. n. c. d. denoting gender, are nouns, and their declension is 
known by the ending of the genitive, placed next after the word, according to §8. 

Words conjugated, are verbs, and their conjugation is known by the vowel before re, 
in the infinitive, according to § 51, 3. 



A., an abreviation of Aulus. 

A, ab, abs, prep./ro??i, %,(abl.) 
ab oriente, on the east: a 
meridie, on the south. 

Abdera, ae, f. a maritime 
town of Thrace. 

Abditus, a, um, part, & adj. 
removed; hidden; conceal- 
ed; secret; from 

Abdo, abdere, abdidi, abdl- 
tum, tr. (ab & do,) to re- 
move from view; to hide; 
to conceal. 

Abduco, abducere, abduxi, 
abductum, tr. (ab & duco,) 
to lead away. 

Abductus, a, um, part, (ab- 
duco.) 

Abeo, abire, abii, abitum, 



intr. irr. (ab & eo,) to go 

away; to depart. 
Aberro, are, avi, atum, intr. 

(ab & erro,) to stray; to 

wander; to lose the way. 
Abjectus, a, um, part, from 
Abjicio, abjicere, abjeci, ab- 

jectum, tr. (ab & jacio,) 

to cast from ; to cast away ; 

to throw aside. 
Abluo, ere, i, tum, tr. (ab & 

luo,) to wash from, ox away; 

to wash; to purify. 
Abrumpo, abrumpere, abrupi, 

abruptum, tr. (ab & rum- 

po,) to break off; to break. 
Abscindo, abscindere, abscidi, 

abscissum, tr. (ab & scin- 

do,) to cut off. 



184 



ABSENS ACCIPIO, 



A-btjens, tis, part, (absum, ^ 
54. Ohs. 3,) absent. 

Absolve, absolvere, absolvi, 
absolutum, tr. (ab & sol- 
ve,) to loose from; to loose; 
to release. 

Absorbeo, absorbere, absor- 
bui & absorpsi, tr. (ab & 
sorbeo,) to suck in from, 
(viz: an object;) to absorb, 
or suck in; to swalloio. 

Absterreo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 
abs & terreo,) to frighten 
away; to deter. 

Abstinentia, se, f. abstinence; 
disinterestedness ; freedom 
from avarice; from 

Abstineo, abstinere, abstinui, 
tr. (abs. & teneo, ^ 81,) to 
keep from ; to abstain. 

Absum, abesse, abfui", intr., 
irr. (ab & sum,) {to he from, 
viz: a place, i. e.) to be 
absent or distant; to be 
gone ; parum abesse, to 
want but little ; to be near. 

Absumo, absumere, absumpsi, 
absumptum, tr. (ab & su- 
mo,) to take aioay ; to con- 
stcme; to destroy; to waste. 

Absumptus, a, um, part, (ab- 
stimo.) 

Absurdus, a, um, adj. (ab & 
surdus, deaf ; senseless ;) 
harsh ; grating ; hence 
senseless; absurd. 

Abundantia, gB, f. plenty ; 
abundance ; from 

Abundo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(ab & undo, to risein waves, 



to boil, and hence) to over- 
fioio ; to abound. 

Abyla, as, f. Abyla ; a moun- 
tain in Africa, at the en- 
tranceofthe Mediterranean 
sea, opposite to mount Calpe 
in Spain. These moun- 
tains were anciently called 
the Pillars of Hercules. 

Ac, atque, conj. and; as; than. 

Acca, 8e, f. Acca Laurentia, 
the wife of Faustulus, and 
nurse of Romulus and Re- 
mus. 

Accedo, accedere, accessi, ac- 
cessum, intr. (ad & cedo,) 
to TTWve near to; to draw 
near ; to approach ; to ad- 
vance; to engage in; to 
undertake. 

Accendo, accendere accendi, 
accensum, tr. (ad & can- 
deo) to set on fire. 

Accensus, a, um, part, (ac- 
cendo,) set on fire; kin- 
dled ; lighted ; inflamed ; 
burning. 

Acceptus, a, um, part, (ac- 
cipio.) 

Accessus, us, m. (accedo,) ap- 
proach; access; accession. 

Accido, ere, i, intr. (ad & ca- 
do,) to fall down at, or he- 
fore : accidit, imp. it hap- 
pens, or it happened. 

Accipio, accipere, accepi, ac- 
ceptum, tr. (ad & capio,) 
^ 80,) to take; to receive; to 
learn ; to hear ; to under- 
stand ; to accept : accipere. 



ACCIPITER ABRAHAMUS. 



185 



finem, to come to an end ; ' 
to terviinate. 

Accipiter, tris, m, a haiuk. 

Accumbo, acc.umbere, accu- 
bui, intr. (ad & cubo, § 81,) 
to sit ox recline at table. 

Accurate, adv. (ius, issime) 
(accuratus, ad & euro,) ac- 
curately; carefully. 

Accurro, accurrere, accurri or 
accucurri, intr. (ad & curro,) 
to run to. 

Acctiso, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& causor, to allege,) to ac- 
cuse ; to blame ; to find 
fault loith. 

Acer, cris, acre, adj. (acrior ; 

' acerrimus,) shaiy ; sour ; 

eager; vehement; rapid; 

courageous; fierce; violent; 

acute; keen; piercing. 

Acerbus, a, um, adj, comp. 
sour; unripe; vexatimcs; 
harsh ; morose; disagree- 
able; from acer. 

Acerrime, adv. sup. See Acri- 
ter. 

Acervus, i, m, a heap. 

Acetum, i, v. vinegar. 

Achaicus, a, um, adj. Achcean, 
Grecian. 

Achelous, i, m. a river of Epi- 
rus. 

Acherusia, se, f. « lake in 
Campania; also, a cave in 
Bithynia. 

Achilles, is & eos, m, {^ 15, 
13,) the son of Peleus and 
Thetis, and the bravest of 
the Grecian chiefs at the 
of Troy. 



Acid us, a, um, adj, comp. 
smtr; sharp; acid. 

Acies, ei, f. an edge; a line 
of soldiers; an army in 
battle array; a squadron; 
a rank; an army; a battle. 

Acinus, i, m. ffi berry; a grape- 
stone. 

Acriter, acrii!is, acerrime, adv 
(from dicex) shaj-ply ; ardent 
ly; fiercely; courageously, 

Acroceraunia, orum, n. pi 
(§ 18, 19,) lofty mountains 
between Albania and Epi 
rus. 

Acrocorinthos, i, f. (§ 10. Gr.) 
the citadel of Corinth. 

Acropolis is, f. the citadel of 
Athens. 

Actio, onis, f. (from ago,) an 
action; operation; a process. 

Actium, i. n. a promontory of 
Epirus, famous for a naval 
victory of Augustus over 
Antony and. Cleopatra. 

Actus, a, um, part, (ago,) 
driven ; led. 

Aculeus, i. m. (acuo) a sting ; 
a thorn ; a prickle ; a por- 
cupine'' s quill. 

Acumen, mis, n. (from acuo,) 
acuteness ; perspicacity. 

Acus, us, f. (acuo) a needle. 

Ad, prep, to; near; at; to- 
wards; vf'iih. a numeral, 
about. 

Adamas, antis, m. adamant ; 
a diamond. 

Adamo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad. 
S^ 91, 1, 2, & amo,) to love 
greatly, or desperately. 



186 



ADDICO — ADMONITUS. 



Addico, dicere, dixi, dictum, 
tr. (ad. & dico) to adjudge; 
assign; make over. 

Additus, a, um, part, from 

Addo, addere, addidi, addi- 
tum, tr. (ad & do,) to 'p.it a 
thing close to another ; i. e. 
to add ; to annex ; to a-p- 
point ; to give. 

Adduco, adducere, adduxi, ad- 
ductum, tr. (ad & duco,) to 
lead ; to bring : in dubita- 
tionem, to bring into ques- 
tion. 

Ademptus, a, um, part, (adi- 
mo.) 

Adeo, adv. so; therefore; so 
much; to such a degree; 
so very. 

Adeo, adire, adii, aditum, intr. 
in. (ad & eo,) to go to. 
§ 83, 3. 

Adhserens, tis, part, from 

Adhasreo, hcerere, hsesi, has- 
sum, (ad & hsereo,) to stick 
to ; to adhere ; to adjoin ; 
to lie contiguous. 

Adherbal, aiis, m. a king of 
Numidia, put to death by 
his cousiii Jugurtha. 

Adhibeo, adhibere, adhibui, 
adhibitum, tr, (ad & ha- 
beo,) to hold forth ; to ad- 
mit ; to apply ; to use ; to 
employ. 

Adhuc, adv. (ad &;huc) hither- 
to ; yet ; as yet ; still. 

Adimo, adimere, ademi, ad- 
emptum, tr.(ad & emo,) to 
take aioay. 

Adipiscor, adipisci, adeptus 



sum,dep.(ad. & apiscor) to 
reach ; to attain ; to over- 
take ; to get. 

Aditus, us, m. (adeo,) a going 
to ; entrance ; access ; ap- 
proach. 

Adjaceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. 
(ad & jaceo,) to lie near ; 
to adjoin ; to border upon. 

Adjungo, adjungere, adjunxi, 
adjunctum,tr.(ad&jungo,) 
to joiii to ; to unite with. 

Adjutus, a, um, part, from 

Adjiivo, adjuvare, adjuvi, ad- 
jutum, tr. (ad & juvo,) to 
assist ; to help ; to aid. 

Admetus, i, m. a king of 
Thessaly. 

Administer, tri, m. a servant ; 
an assistant. 

Administro, are, avi, atum tr. 
(ad & ministro,) to admin- 
ister ; to manage. 

Admiratio, onis, f. (admiror,) 
admiration. 

Admiratus, a, um, part, from 

Admiror, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. to admire. 

Admissus, a, um, part, from 

Admitto, admittere, admisi,- 
admissum, tr. (ad & mit- 
to,) to admit ; to allow ; to 
receive. 

Admodum, adv. (ad & mo- 
dus,) tJer?/; mjiLch; greatly. 

Admoneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 
(ad & moneo) to put in 
mind; to admonish; to 
loarn. 

Admonitus, a, um, part, (ad- 
moneo.) 



ADMOVEO— AUVERStrS 



187 



Admoveo, admovere, admovi, 
admotum, tr. (ad & mo- 
veo,) to move to; to bring to. 

Adnato, are, avi, atum, intr. 
freq. (ad & nato, from no,) 
to swim to. 

Adolescens, tis, adj. (adoles- 
co,) (compar. ior, ^ 26, 6,) 
young : subs, a young man 
or woman ; a youth. 

Adolescentia, ge, f. {the state 
or tijne of youth,) youth, a 
youth, from 

Adolesco, adolescere, adolevi, 
adultum, intr. inc.CS' 88, 2,) 
to grow, to increase; to 
grow up. 

Adopto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& opto,) to choose to ox for 
xmeh self ; i. e. to adopt ; to 
take for a son ; to assume. 

Adorior, oriri, ortus sum, tr. 
dep. (ad & orior,) to rise 
or go to; (hence,) to attack; 
to accost ; to address, to 
undertake. 

Adria, se, m. the Adriatic sea. 

Adriaticus, a um, adj. Adri- 
atic. : mare Adriaticum, 
the Adriatic sea ; now, the 
gulf of Venice. 

Adscendo, see ascendo. 

Adsequor, see Assequor. 

Adservo, see Asservo. 
i Adsigno, see Assigno. 

Adsisto, or assisto, sistere, 
stiti. intr. (ad & sisto,) to 
stand by ; to assist ; to help. 

Adspecttirus, a, um, part, (as- 
picio.) 

Adspergo, or aspergo, gere. 



si, sum, tr. (ad & sparge,) 
to sprinkle. 

Adspicio, or aspicio, spicere, 
spexi, spectum, tr. (ad & 
specio,) to look at; see; 
regard ; behold. 

Adstans, tis, part, from 

Adsto, or asto, (stare, stiti, 
intr. (ad & sto,) to stand 
by ; to be near. 

Adsum, adesse, adfui, intr. irr. 
(ad & sum,) to be present ; 
to aid ; to assist. 

Adulator, oris, m. (adulor,) a 
flatterer. 

Aduncus, a, um, adj. (ad & 
uncus,) bent ; crooked. 

Advectus, a, um, part, from 

Adveho, advehere, advexi, ad- 
vectum, tr. (ad & veho,) to 
carry ; to convey. 

Advena, ve., c. (advenio,) a 
stranger. 

Adveniens, tis, part, from 

Advenio, advenire, adveni, ad- 
ventum, intr. (ad & venio,) 
to arrive ; to come. 

Adventus, us, m. (from adve- 
nio,) an arrival ; a coming. 

Adversarius, i, m. (adversor, 
to oppose,) an adversary ; 
an enemy. 

Adversus, a, um, adj. (adver- 
to, to turn to ;) turned to- 
wards ; adverse ; opposite ; 
unfavorable ; bad ; front- 
ing : adversa cicatrix, a 
scar in front : adverse cor- 
pore, on the breast. 

Adversiis & adversum, prep. 
(id.) against ; toward. 



188 



ADVOCO jESTUOSUS. 



Advoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& voco,) to call for or to ; 
to call ; to sumrnon. 

Advolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(ad & volo,) tof.y to. 

iEdifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(asdes, a house , & facio,) 
to build. 

jJEdilis, is. m. (sedes) an mdile; 
a viagistrai e who had charge 
of the public buildhigs. 

iEdilitas, atis, f. (csdilis,) the 
office of an edile ; edileship. 

.yEdiiitius, (vir,) i, m. one who 
has been an edile. 

Mgddvcs,^ a, um, adj. Mgcean : 
-ZEgseum mare, the Mgcean 
sea, lying betioeen Greece 
and Asia Minor; noio called 
the Archipelago. 

iEger, ra, rum, adj. (segrior, 
Eegerrimus) sick, weak, in- 
firm; diseased. 

jEgre, adv. (seger,) grievous- 
ly ; with difficulty. 

jEgritudo, mis, f. (seger) sor- 
row ; grief. 

^gyptus, i, f. (^ 7. Obs. 2 ;) 
Mgyyt. 

jElius, i, m. the name of a 
Koman family. 

iEmiJius, i, m. the name of 
several noble Romans of 
the gens iEmilia, or Mmi- 
lian tribe. 

iEmulatio, onis, f. (semiilor,) 
emulation ; rivalry ; com- 
petition. 

jEmiilus, a um, adj. emulous. 

.^mulus, i, m. a rival ; a com- 
petitor. 



^neas, se, m. a Trojan prince, 
the son of Venus and An- 
chises. 

^neus, a, um, adj. (ses,) bra- 
zen. 

Mnos, i, f. (§ 10 Gr. N.) ; a 
town in Thrace, at the 
mouth of the Hebrus, named 
after its foufider, Mneas. 

JEolis, idis, f. a cotintry on the 
western coast of Asia Minor, 
betioeen Troas and Ionia. 

-/Equalis, e, adj. (sequus,) 
equal. 

^qualiter, adv. (sequalis,) 
equally. 

iEquitas, atis, f, equity ; jus- 
tice ; moderation, from 

jEquus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
equal : sequus animus, or 
cequa mens, equanimity. 

Aer, is, m. the air ; the at- 
mosphere. 

^Erarium, i, n. the treasury ; 
from 

jEs, Eeris, n. brass ; money. 

jlEschylus. i. m. a celebrated 
Greek tragic poet. 

_32sculapius, i, m. the son of 

Apollo, and god of medicine. 

JEstas, atis, f. (sestus) summer. 

iEstimandus, a, um, part, to 
be esteemed, prized ; or re- 
garded ; from 

iEstimo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
esteem; to value; to regard; 
to judge of; to estimate. 

jEstuo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(sestus) to be very hot ; to 
boil. 

^stuosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 



-ESTirS— AGGER. 



undulating ; rising in 
surges ; boiling ; stormy ; 
turbulent. 

^stus, us, m. heat. 

^tas, atis, f, (scil. sevitas from 
sevLira,) age. 

iEternus, a, um, adj. (scil. 
^viternus. id.) eternal ; ivi- 
morial. 

iEthiopia, ae, f. Ethiopia, a 
country in Africa, lying 
on both sides of the equator. 

jEthiops, opis, m. an Ethio- 
pian. 

jEtna, £6, f. a volcanic moun- 
tain in Sicily. 

JEvum, i, n. time ; an age. 

Afer, ra, rum, adj. of Africa. 

AfFabre adv. (ad & faber, an 
artist ;) artfully ; inge- 
niously ; curiously ; in a 
workmanlike manner. 

Affectus, a, um, part, a^ 



AfFero, afferre, attuli, alla- 
tum, tr. irr. (ad & fero,) to 
bring ; to carry. 

Afiicio, icere, eci, ectum, tr. 
(ad & facio,) to affect : ine- 
dia, to affect loith hunger ; 
i. e. to deprive of food : 
cladibus, to overthrow : 
pass, to be affected: gaudio, 
to be affected with joy ; to 
rejoice: febri, to be attack- 
ed ivith a fever. 

AfFigo, afFigere, afRxi, affix- 
um, tr. (ad & figo,) to af- 
fix; to fasten: affigere cru- 
ci, to crucify. 

Affinis, e. adj. (ad & finis,) 



neighbori7ig ; contiguous 
hence 

Affinis, is, c. a relation. 

Affirmo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & fir mo,) to affirm ; to 
confirm. 

Affixus, a, um, part, (affigo.) 

Afflatus, us, m. (afflo, to blow 
against:) a blast ; a breeze; 
a gale ; inspiration. 

Africa, ae, f. Africa ; also a 
part of the African conti- 
nent, lying east of Numi- 
dia, and west of Cyrene. 

Africanus, i, m. the agnomen 
of two of the Scipios, de- 
rived from their conquest 
of Africa. (App. I. 4.) 

Africus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Africa; African. Africus 
ventus, the southwest loind. 

Agamemnon, on is, m. a king 
of MycencB, the command- 
er-in-chief of the Grecian 
forces at the siege of Troy. 

Agath}Tsi, orum, m. pi. a bar- 
barous tribe living near the 
palus Mffiotis. 

Agellus, i, m. dim. (ager,) a 
small farm. 

Agenor, oris, m. a king of 
PhcBnicia. 

Agens, tis, part, (ago.) 

Ager, ri, m. afield ; land ; a 
farm ; an estate ; ground ; 
a territory ; the country. 

Agger, eris, m. (aggero, ad 
& gero, to carry to :) a 
heap ; a pile ; a mound ; 
a bulwark ; a bank ; a 
rampart ; a dam. 



190 



AGGREDIOR ALCIN0D3. 



Aggredior, edi, essus sum, tr. 
&c intr. dep. (ad & gradi- 
or,) to go to ; to attack. 

Agressus, a, um, part, having 
attacked. 

Agitator, bxi's,m.. a driver; from 

Agito, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(ago,) '^88. Obs 2. to drive; 
to agitate ; to revolve. 

Aglaus, i, m. a poor Arcadian. 

Agmen, mis, n. (ago,) a train; 
a troop upon the march ; 
a hand ; ari army. 

Agnitus, a, um, part, from 

Agnosco, agnoscere, agnovi, 
agnitum, tr. (ad & nosco,) 
to recognize ; to know. 

Agnus, i, ra. a lamh. 

Ago, agere, egi, actum, tr. 
to set in motion ; to drive ; 
to lead ; to act ; to do ; to 
reside ; to live : funus, to 
perform funeral rites : an- 
num vigesimum, to he 
spending, or, to he, in his 
twentieth year : bene, to 
behave ivell : agere gratias, 
to thank. 

Agor, agi, actus sum, pass, to 
he led : agitur, it is deba- 
ted : res de qua agitur, the 
point in debate : pessum 
agi, to sink. 

Agricola, se, m. (ager & colo,) 
a husbandman ; a farvier. 

Agricultura, se, (id.) f. agri- 
culture. 

Agrigentum, i, n. a tommupon 
the southern coast of Sicily, 
now Girgenti. 



Agrippa, se, m. the name 
of several distinguished 
Romans. 

Ahenum, i, n. {scil. vas aene- 
um,) a brazen vessel; a ket- 
tle; a caldron. 

Aio, ais, ait, def. verb, {^ 84, 5,) 
I say. 

Ajax, acis, m. the name of 
two distinguished. Grecian 
warriors at the siege of 
Troy. 

Ala, 33, f. awing ; an arm-pit; 
an arm. 

Alacer, or acris, acre, adj. 
(comp.) lively; courageous; 
ready ; fierce ; spirited. 

Alba, SB, f. Alba Longa; a city 
of Latium, built by Asca- 
nius. 

Albanus, i, m. an inhabitant 
of Alba ; an Alban. 

Albanus, a, um, adj. Alhan : 
mons Albanus, mount Al- 
banus, at the foot of which 
Alba lionga was built, 16 
miles from Rome. 

A lb is, is, m. a large river of 
Germany, now the Elbe. 

Albula, cB, m. an ancient name 
of the Tiber. 

Albus, a, um, adj. white, {a 
pale tohite ; see candidus.) 

Alcestis, idis, f. the daughter 
of Pelias, and wife of Ad- 
metus. 

Alcibiades, is, m. an eminent 
Athenian, the pupil of So 
crates. 

Alcinoiis, i, m. a king ofPhcea 



ALCYONE ALPES. 



191 



da or Corcyra, ivJwse gar- 
dens were very celebrated. 

Alcyone, es,f. the daughter of 
Mohis, and ivife of Ceyx : 
she and her husband icere 
changed into sea birds, call- 
ed Alcyones, king fishers. 

Alcyon, is, m. kingfisher. 
\ Alcyoneus, a,um, adj.A«Zc?/o?z. 

Alexander, dri, m. Alexander 
surnamed the Great, the 
son of Philip, king of Ma- 
cedon. 

Alexandria, se, f. the capitol of 
Egypt ; founded by Alex- 
ander the Great. 

Algeo, algere, alsi, intr. to be 
cold. 

Alicunde, adv. (aliquis & un- 
de,) from some place. 

Alienatus, a, um, part, aliena- 
ted ; estranged ; from 

Alieno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
alienate; to estrange ; {vom 

Alienus, a, um, adj. of or be- 
longing to another; for- 
eign ; another matHs ; an- 
other'' s ; m. a stranger. 

Alio, adv. to another place; 
elsewhere. 

Aliquandiu, adv. (aliquis & 
diu,) for some time. 

Aliquando, adv. (alius & quan- 
do,) once; formerly; at some 
time; at length; sometimes. 

Aliquantum, n. adj. some- 
thing; somewhat ; a little. 

Aliquis, aliqua, aliquod & ali- 
quid, indef. pron. {^'^7, 2,) 
some; some one; a certain 



AlTquot, ind. adj. some. 

Aliter, adv. (alius,) otherioise : 
aliter — aliter, in one loay — 
ill another. 

Alius, a, ud, adj. § 20. Note 2 ; 
another; other: alii — alii, 
some — others. 

AUatus, a, um, part, (affero,) 
brought. 

AUectus, a, um, part, (allicio.) 

Allevo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& levo,) to raise up ; to al- 
leviate ; to lighten. 

Allia, 36, f. a small river of 
Italy, flowing into the Ti- 
ber. 

Allicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum, 
(ad & lacio, to draw,) tr. to 
allure ; to entice. 

Alligatus, a, um, part, bound; 
confined; from 

Alligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
& ligo,) to bind to ; to fas- 
ten ; to bind or tie. 

AUocutus, a, um, part, speak- 
ing, or having spoken to ; 
from 

AUoquor, -loqui, -locutus sum, 
tr. dep. (ad & loquor,) to 
speak to ; to address ; to 
accost. 

Alluo, -luere, -lui, tr. (ad & 
luo,) to flow near ; to wash; 
to lave. 

Alo, alere, alui, alitum or al- 
tum, tr. to nourish ; to feed; 
to support ; to increase ; to 
maintain ; to strengthen. 

Aloeus, i, m. a giant, son of 
Titan and Terra. 

Alpes, ium, f. pi. the Alps. 



192 



ALPHEUS AMPHION. 



Alplieus, i, m. a river of Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

Alpmus, a, um, adj. of or be- 
longing to the Alps ; Al- 
pine : Alpmi mures, mar- 
mots. 

Alte, (ius, issime,) adv.) on 
high ; highhj ; loudly ; 
deeply ; low. 

Alter, era, erum, adj. ^ 20, 4, 
the one [of two ;) the other ; 
the second. ^ 24, 7. 

Alternus, a, um, adj. (alter) 
alternate ; by turns. 

Althaea, as, f. the loife of CE- 
7t€us, and mother of Me- 
leager. 

Altitudo, mis, f. height ; from 

Altus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) high ; lofty ; deep ; 
land. 

Alumnus, i,m.(alo,)(2 pupil ; a 
foster-son. 

Alveus, i, m. a channel ; from 

Alvus, i, f. the belly. 

Am, insep. prep. '^ 91, 2. 

Amans, tis, part, and adj. (ior, 
issimus,) loving ; fond of 

Amarus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
bitter. 

Amatus, a, um. part, (amo.) 

Amazon, onis; pi. Amazones, 
um, f. Amazons, a nation of 
female warriors, who lived 
near the river Dan, and 
aftenoards passed over into 
Asia Minor. 

Ambitio, onis, f. (ambio,) am- 
bition. 

Ambitus, us, m. (id) a going 
round or about ; compass ; 



extent ; circuit; circumfe- 
rence. 

Ambo, Ee, o, adj. pi. §24. Obs, 
3 ; both ; {taken together; 
see uterque.) 

Ambiilo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(dim f. ambio,) walk. 

Amice, adv. -ciiis, -cissime, 
(amicus,) in a friendly 
manner, kindly. 

Amicitia, se, L friendship; from 

Amicus, a, um, adj. comp. 
{amo,) friendly. 

Amicus, i, m. (amo,) a friend. 

Amissus, a, um, part. from. 

Amitto, amittere, amisi, amis- 
sum, tr. (a &mitto,) to send 
away; to lose; to relinquish. 

Ammon, onis, m. a surname 
of Jupiter, who loas wor- 
shipped under this name, 
in the deserts of Lybia, un- 
der the form of a ram. 

Amnis, is, d. a river. 

Amo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
love ; {viz. cordially, from 
the impulse of natural af- 
fection ; see diligo.) 

Amcenus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) pleasant, agree- 
able; delightful; fr. amo. 

Amor, oris, m. (amo,) love. 

Amoveo, vere, vi, tum, tr. (a 
and moveo,) to maoe away 
or from ; to remove. 

Amphinomus, i. m. a Catanean 
distinguished for his filial 
affection. 

Amphlon, onis, m. a son of 
Jupiter and Antiope, and 
the husband of Niobe. He 



AMPLE ANIO. 



193 



is said to have huilt Thebes 

hy the sound of his lyre. 
Ample, adv. (ids, issime,) cttz- 

ply ; from amplus. 
Amplector, ecti, exus sum, tr. 

dep. (am & plector,) to em- 

brace. 
Amplexus, a um, ^Q.xi, having 

embraced; embracing. 
Amplio, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(amplus,) to enlarge. 
Amplius, adv. (ample,) more. 
Amplus, a, um, adj. comp. 

great ; abundant ; large ; 

spacious. 
Amulius, i, m. the son of Sil- 

vius Procas, and brother of 

Numitor. 
AmyclsB, arum, f, pi. a town on 

the western coast of Italy. 
Amycus, i, m. a son of Nep- 
tune, and king of Bebrycia. 
An, adv, whether; or. 
Anacreon, tis, m. a celebrated 

lyric poet of Teos, in Ionia. 
Anapus, i, m. a Catanean, the 

brother of Amphinomus. 
Anaxagoras, se, m. a, philoso- 
pher of Clazomene, in Ionia. 
Anceps, cipitis, adj. (ancipi- 

tior,) (am and caput,) un- 
certain; doubtful. 
AnchTses, se, m, a Trojan, the 

father of Mneas. 
Anchora, or Ancora, se, f. an 

anchor. 
Ancilla, ae, f. a female servant; 

a maid. 
Ancus, i, m. (Martius,) the 

fourth king of Rome. 
Andriscus, i, m. a perso7i of 



mean birth, called also 
Pseudophilipptis, on at' 
count of his pretending to 
be Philip, the son of Per- 
sis, king of Macedon. 

Andromeda ,!E,f. the daughter 
of Cephus and Cassiope, 
and wife of Perseus. 

Ango, angere, anxi, tr. {t 
press close or tight; to stran- 
gle; hence,) to trouble; to 
disquiet; to torment; to vex. 

Anguis, is, c. (ango,) a snake; 
a serpent. 

Angulus, i, m. a corner. 

Augustiee, arum, f. pi. nar- 
rowness ; a narrow pass ; 
a defile ; from 

Augustus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(ango,) narrow; limited; 
straitened ; pinching. 

Anima, se, f. (animus,) breath; 
life ; the soul. 

Animadverto, vertere, verti, 
versum, tr. (animus ad & 
verto, to turn the mind 
to;) to attend to; to observe; 
to notice ; to punish. 

Animal, alis, n. (anima) an 
animal. 

Animosus, a, um, adj./wZZ of 
wind or breath; spirited; 
courageous ; bold; from 

Animus, i, m. wind ; breath; 
spirit ; the soul or mind; 
disposition ; spirit, or cour- 
age ; a design; uno ani- 
mo, unanimously ; mihi est 
animus, / have a mind ; 1 
intend. See mens. 

Anio, enis, m. a branch oftht 



194 



ANNECTO APOLLO. 



Tiber, which enters it three 
miles above Rome. It is 
now called the Teverone. 

Annecto,-nectere,-nexui,-nex- 
um, tr. (ad & necto,) to an- 
nex ; to tie or fasten to. 

Annona, se. f. (annus,) yearly 
produce ; corn ; provisions. 

Annul us, i, m, (dim, fr. an- 
nus,) a small circle ; a 
ring. 

Annumero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & numero,) to reckon 
among ; to number ; to 
reckon. 

Annuo,-nuere,-nui, intr. (ad & 
nuo, to nod,) to assent ; to 
agree. 

Annus, i, m. a circle ; a year ; 
hence 

Annuus, a, um, adj. annual ; 
yearly ; lasting a year. 

Anser, eris, m. a goose ; hence 

Ansermus, a, um, adj. of or 
to a goose : ova, 
■eggs- 

Ante, adv. before ; sooner. 

Ante, prep, before. 

Antea, adv. (ante & ea ace. 
pi. n. of is,) before ; here- 
tofore. 

AntecellOj-cellere, tr. (ante & 
cello, obsol. to drive,) to 
drive or move before; hence 
to excel ; to surpass ; to ex- 
ceed ; to be superior to. 

Antep6no,-ponere,-posui,-pos- 
itum, tr. (ante & pono,) to 
set before ; to prefer. 

Antepositus, a, um, part, (an- 
tepono.) 



Antequam, adv. before that .• 

before. 
Antigonus, i, m. a king of 

Macedonia. 
Antiochia, as, f. the capital of 

Syria. 
Antiochus, i, m. a king of 

Syria. 
Antiope, es, f. the wife of Ly- 

cus, king of Thebes, and 

the mother of Amphion. 
Antiquus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 

simus,) ancient ; old ; of 

long continuance ; fr. ante. 
Antipater, tris, m. a Sidonian 

poet. 
Antium, i, n. a maritime town 

of Italy. 
Antonius, i, m. Antony, the 

name of a Roinan family. 

Antrum, i, n. a cave. 

Appellee, is, m. a celebrated 

painter of the island of Cos. 

Appeninus, i, m. the Appe- 

nines. 
Aper, apri, m, a boar ; a wild 

boar. 
Aperio,-perire,-perui,-pertum , 

tr. (ad & pario,) to open ; 

to discover ; to disclose ; to 

make known. 
Apertus, a, um, part, (aperio.) 
Apex, icis, m. a point ; the 

top ; the summit. 
Apis, is, f. a bee. 
Apis, is, m. aii ox loorshipped 

as a deity among the Egyp- 

tians. 
Apollo, mis, m. tlie hon of Ju- 
piter and Latona, and the 

god of music and poetry. 



APPARATUS ARCEO. 



195 



Apparatus, us, m. (apparo, to 
prepare ;) a preparation ; 
apparatus; equipment; ha- 
hiliment. 

Appareo, ere, ui, intr. (ad & 
pareo,) to appear ; to be 
manifest or clear. 

Appellandus, a, um, part, from 

Appello, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & pello,) to name or 
call ; to address ; to call 
upon. 

Appendo, - pendere, - pendi, 
pensum, tr. (ad & pendo,) 
to hang upon or to ; to 
weigh out ; to pay. 

Appetens, tis, part, seeking 
after ; from 

Appeto, - petere, - petivi,-peti- 
tum, tr. (ad & peto,) to 
seek to ; hence, to desire ; 
strive for ; to aim at ; to 
attack. 

Appius, i, m. a Roman prseno- 
men belonging to the Clau- 
dian gens or tribe. 

Appono, - ponere, - posui,-posi- 
tum, tr. (ad & pono,) to set 
or place before ; to put to ; 
to join. 

Appositus, a, um, part, (ap- 
pono.) 

Appropinquo, are, avi, atum, 
intr. (ad & propinquo,) to 
to approach ; to draw near. 

Apricus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
sunny ; serene ; warm ; {as 
if a-pericns frofn aperio.) 

Apto, are, avi, atum, tr. toft ; 
to adjust. 



Apud, prep, at ; in ; among ; 
before ; to ; in the house 
of ; in the writings of. 

Apulia, 88, f. a country in the 
eastern part of Italy, near 
the Adriatic. 

Aqua, se, f. luater. 

Aquaeductus, ixs, m. (aqua & 
duco, to lead:) an aque- 
duct ; a conduit. 

Aquila, ae, f. an eagle. 

Aquilo, onis, m. the Twrth 
wind. 

Aquitania, ee, f. a country of 
Gaul. 

Aquitani, orum, m. pi. the in- 
habitards of Aquitania. 

Ara, 86, f an altar. 

Arabia, ee, f. Arabia : hence, 

Arabicus, a, um, adj. Arabi- 
an, of or belonging to Ara- 
bia. Arabicus sinus, the 
Red Sea. 

Arabius, a, um, adj. Arabian. 

Arabs, abis, m. an Arabian. 

Arbitratus, a, um, part, having 
thought; from 

Arbitror, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (arbiter,) to believe; to 
think. 

Arbor, & Arbos, oris, f. a tree. 

Area, se, f. a chest. 

Arcadia, se, f. Arcadia, a coun- 
try in the interior of Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

Areas, adis, m. an Arcadian ; 
also a son of Jupiter and 
Calisto. 

Arceo, ere, ui, tr. to xoard off; 
to keep from; to restrain. 



196 



ARCESSITTJS ARMENTUBI. 



Arcessitus, a, um, part, from 

Arcesso, ere, ivi,Itum, tr. (ar- 
cio, i. e. adcio, ada?z(Z cio,) 
to call; to send for; to in- 
vite; to summon. 

Archimedes, is, m. a famous 
Tnathematician and mecha- 
nician of Syracuse. 

Architectus, i, m, an architect; 
a builder. 

Archytas, se, m. a Pythago- 
rean philosopher of Taren- 
turn. 

Arete, adv.(ius, issime,)s^?-azY- 
ly; closely; from 

Arctus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) narrow; close; fr. 
arceo. 

Arcus, us, m. a how; an arch. 

Ardea, se, f. a city of Latium, 
the capital of the Rutuli. 

Ardens, tis, part. &adj. burn- 
ing; hot; from 

Ardeo, ardere, arsi, arsum, 
intr. to glow; to be on fire; 
to burn; to sparkle; to 
shine; to dazzle. 

Arduus, a, um, adj. high; 
lofty; steep; arduous; dif- 
ficult. 

Arena, as, f. (areo, to be dry,) 
sandy; hence 

Arenosus, a, um, adj. sandy. 

Arethusa, se, f. the name of a 
nymph of Elis, who was 
changed into a fountain in 
Sicily. 

Argentum, i, n. silver. 

Argias, se, m. a chief of the 



ArgTvus, a, um, adj. (Argos,) 
of Argos; Argive. 

Argivi, orum, m. pi. (id,) Ar- 
gives; inhabitants of Argos. 

Argonautas, arum, m, pi. (Argo 
& nautse,) the Argonauts; 
the crew of the ship Argo. 

Argos, i, n. sing., & Argi, 
Drum, m. pi. a city in 
Greece, the capital of Ar- 
golis. 

Arguo, uere, ui, utum, to speak 
in loud or shrill tones; 
hence to argue; to accuse; 
to prove; to shew; to con- 
vict. 

Ariminum, i, n. a city of Italy, 
on the coast of the Adriatic. 

Aristobulus, i, m. a name of 
several of the high priests 
and kings of Judea. 

Aristoteles, is, m. Aristotle, a 
Greek philosopher, born at 
Staglra, a city of Mace- 
donia. 

Arma, orum, n. pi. arms. 

Armatus, a, um, part, of ar- 
mo, armed: pi. armati, 
orum, armed men; soldiers 

Armenia, se, f. (Major,) a 
country of Asia, lying be- 
tween Taurus and the Cau- 
casus. 

Armenia, (Minor,) a small 
country lying betiveen Ca- 
padocia a?id the Euphrates. 

Armenius, a, um, adj. Arme- 
nian. 

Armentum, i, n. {for aramen- 
tum, from aro,) a herd. 



AKMILLA ASTUTUS. 



197 



Armilla, se, f. (dim. fr. armus, 
the arm,) a Iracelet, or ring 
worn on the left arm by 
soldiers loho had been dis- 
tinguished in battle. 

Armo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ar- 
ma,) to arm. 

Aro, -are, -avi, -atum, tr. to 
plough,; to cover with the 
■ploiLgh. 

Arreptus, a, um, part, from 

Arripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- 
tum, tr. (ad & rapio, '5' 80, 
5,) to seize wpon. 

Arrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad. 
&rogo,) to demand for one's 
self; to arrogate; to claim. 

Ars, tis, f. art; contrivance; 
skill; employment; occupa- 
tion; pursuit. 

Arsi. See Ardeo. 

Artemisia, se, f. the wife of 
Mausolus, king of Caria. 

Artifex, icis, c. (ars, & facio,) 
an artist. 

Arundo, mis, f. a reed; a cane. 

Aruns, tis, m. the eldest son 
of Tarquin the Proud. 

Arx, cis, f. (arceo,) a citadel; 
a fortress. 

Ascanius, i. m. the son of 
Mneas and CreUsa. 

Ascendo {or adscendo,) dere, 
di, sum. tr. &; intr. (ad & 
scando, to climb to;) to 
ascend; to rise; ascenditur 
imp. it is ascended or they 
ascend; <^ 85, 6. & 1 67 Note. 

Asia, ae, f. Asia; Asia Minor; 
also, proconsular Asia, or 
the Roman province. 



Asiaticus, i, m. an agnomen 
of L. Cornelius Scipio, on 
accou?it of his victories in 
Asia. App. II. 4. 

Asma, 38, m. a cognomen or 
surname of a part of the 
Coriielian family. 

Asinus, i, m. an ass. 

Aspecturus, a, um, part, (as- 
picio.) 

Asper, era, erum, adj. (erior, 
erimus,) rough; rugged. 

Aspergo. See Adspergo. 

As- or ad- spernor, ari, atus 
sum, tr. dep. to spurn; to 
despise; to reject. 

Aspicio. See Adspicio 

Aspis, idis, f. an asp. 

Assecutus, a, um, part, from 

Assequor, -sequi, -secutus 
sum, tr. dep. (ad & se- 
quor,) to come up to; to 
overtake; to obtain. 

Asservo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & servo,) to take care 
of; to preserve; to keep. 

Assigno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ad & signo,) to mark loith 
a seal; hence, to appoint; 
to allot; to distribute. 

Assisto. See Adsisto. 

Assuesco, -suescere, -suevi, 
-suetum, intr. inc. (ad & 
suesco,) to be accusto^nied; 
to be loont. 

Assurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, 
-surrectum, intr. (ad &sur- 
go,) to rise up; to arise. 

Astronomia, as, f. astronomy. 

Astutus, a um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) {from astu, the city^ 



198 



ASYLUM AUGUSTUS, 



viz : of Athens,) knoiving; 
shrewd; cunmiig; crafty. 

Asylum, i, n. an asylum. 

At, conj. hut. 

Atalanta, 8b, f. the daughter 
of Schceneus, king of Arca- 
dia, celebrated for her swift- 
ness in runyiing. 

AthensB, arum, f. pi. Athens, 
the capital of Attica; hence, 

Atheniensis, is, m. an Athe- 
nian. 

Atilius, i, m. a Roman proper 
name. 

Atlanticus, a, um, adj. Atlan- 
tic; relating to Atlas: mare 
Atlanticum, the Atlantic 
ocean. 

Atque, conj. and; as; than. 

Atrociter, adv. (ius, issim^,) 
{atrox,) fiercely; violently; 
severely. 

Attalus, i. m, a king of Per- 
gdmus. 

Attero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, 
(ad & tero,) tr, to rub close; 
to rub off; to wear. 

Atthis, idis, f. the same as At- 
tica. 

Attica, as, f. Attica, a country 
in the sofwthern part of 
Greece proper. 

Attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac- 
tum, tr. (ad & tango,) to 
touch; to border upori; to 
attain; to reach. 

Attollo, ere, tr. (ad & tollo,) 
to raise up. 

Attritus, a, um, part, (attero,) 
1-ubhed away; zoom off. 

Auctor, oris, c. (augeo,) one 



who increases, or enlarges; 
hence, an author. 

Auctoritas, atis, f. authority; 
influence; reputation; from 
auctor. 

Auctus, a, um, part, (augeo,) 
increased; enlarged; aug- 
mented. 

Audacia, se, f. audacity; bold- 
ness; from 

Audax, acis, adj, (comp.) bold; 
daring; audacious; despe- 
rate; from 

Audeo, audere, ausus sum, 
neut. pass, to dare; to at- 
tempt. ^ 78. 

Audio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to 
hear. 

Auditus, a, um, part. 

Auditus, us, m. the hearing. 

Aufero, auferre, abstiili, abla- 
tum, tr. irr. (ab & fero,) to 
take away; to remove. 

Aufugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
tum, intr. (ab & fugio,) to 
fly aioay; to run off; to es- 
cape; to flee. 

Augendus, a, um, part, from 

Augeo, augere, auxi, auctum, 
tr. to cause to grow; to in- 
crease; to augment; to en- 
large; intr. to grow; to in- 
crease; to rise. 

Augurium, i, n. (avis, a bird, 
and garrio, to chirp,) a 
foretelling of future events 
from the siiiging of birds; 
hence, augury; divination. 

Auguste, adv. (ius, issime,) 
nobly; from 

Augustus, a, um, adj. comp. 



AUGUSTUS — AXENU3. 



199 



august; grand; venerahh; 
(from augeo.) 

Augustus, i, m. an honorary 
appellation bestoioed by the 
senate upon Ccssar Octavi- 
anus; succeeding emperors 
took the same name. 

Aulis, idis, f. a seaport town 
in B(Botia. 

Aulus, i, m. a common preeno- 
men among the Romans. 
App. 11. 

Aurelius, i, m. the name of 
several Romans. ^ 

Aureus, a, um, adj. (aurum,) 
golden. 

Auriga, SB, m. (aurea, Obsol. 
arein., and rego, to govern,) 
a charioteer. 

Auris, is, f. the ear. 

Aurum, i, n. gold. 

Auspiciura, i, n. (avis, a bird, 
and specio, to look :) a spe- 
cies of divination, from the 
flight, SfC, of birds ; an 
auspice ; the guidance, or 
•protection of another. 

Ausus, a, um, part, (audeo,) 
d.aring ; having dared. 

Aut, conj. or; aut — aut, ei- 
ther — or. 

Autem, conj. but ; yet. 

Autumnus, i, m. (augeo,) au- 
tumn. 

Auxi. See Augeo. 

Auxilium, i, n. (augeo,) help ; 
aid ; assistance. 

Avaritia, se, f. avarice ; from 

Avarus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
avaricious ; covetous : (fr. 
aveo, to long for.) • 



Avelio,-A^ehere,-vexi, -vectum, 
tr. (a & veho,) to carry off, 
or away. 

Avello,-vellere,-velli o?--vulsi, 
-Vulsum, tr. (a & vello,) to 
pull off, or away; to pluck; 
to take away ; (forcibly). 

Aventinus, i, m. mount Aven- 
tine, one of the seven hills 
on which Rorae loas built. 

Aversus, a, um, part, tiirned 
aivay : cicatrix a versa, a 
scar in the back : from 

Averto, - vertere, - verti, - ver- 
sum, tr. (a & verto,) to 
turn away ; to avert ; to 
turn. 

Aviciila, se, f. dim. (avis,) a 
small bird. 

Avidus, a, um, adj. (aveo,) 
(ior, issimus.) desirous : 
ravenous ; greedy ; eager. 

Avis, is, f. a bird 

Avoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (a 
& voco,) to call away ; to 
divert ; to witJtdraio. 

Avolaturus, a, um, part, from 

Avolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (a 
& volo ) to fly aioay, or off. 

Avulsus, part, (avello.) 

Avunculus, i, m. (dim. of 
avus,) a mother'' s brother ; 
an uncle. 

Avus, i, m. a grandfather. 

Axenus, i, m. (from a Greek 
word signifying inhospita- 
ble:) the Euxine sea; an- 
ciently so called, on account 
of the cruelty of the 
boring tribes. 



200 



BABYLON— -BENKFICXUM. 



Babylon, on is. f. the metropo- 
lis of Chaldea, lying upon 
the Euphrates. 

Babylonia, se, f. the coimtry 
about Babylon. 

Bacca, «, f, a berry. 

Bacchus, i. m. the son of Ju- 
piter and Seinele, and the 
god of ivine. 

Bactra, orum, n. the capital 
of Bactriana, situated up- 
on the sources of the Oxus. 

Bactriani, orum, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of Bactriana. 

Bactrianus, a, um, adj. Bac- 
trian, pertaining to Bac- 
tra or Bactriana. 

Baculus, i, m. and Baculum, 
i, n. a staff. 

Bcetica, as, f. a country in the 
southern part of Spain, 
watered by the river Bmtis. 

Baetis, is, m. a river in the 
southern part of Spain, 
now the Guadalquiver. 

Bagrada, ge, m. a river of Af- 
rica, between TJtica and 
Carthage. 

Ballista, se, f. an engine for 
throwing stones. 

Balticus, a, um, adj. Baltic : 
mare Balticum, the Baltic 
sea. 

Barbarus, a, um, adj. speaking 
a strange language; {?iot 
Greek or Rovian;) foreign; 
hence, barbarous ; rude ; 
uncivilized; savage: subs. 
barbari, barbarians. 



Ba'avvis, a, um, adj. Batavi- 
an ; belonging to Batacia, 
now Holland. 

Beatiludo, inie, f. blessedness ; 
happiness ; from 

Beatus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) happy ; blessed : (fr. 
beo, to make happy.) 

Bebrycia, cB, f. a country of 
Asia. 

Belgse, arum, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of the north- 
east part of Gaul ; the 
Belgians. 

Belgicus, a, um, adj. of or 
pertaining to the BelgcB. 

Bellerophon, tis, m. the son of 
Glaucus, king of Ephyra. 

Bellicosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issiraus, (bellum,) ofawar- 
like spirit ; given to ivar. 

Bellicus, a, um, adj. (bellum,) 
relating to war ; warlike. 

Belligero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(bellum & ge'ro,) to wage 
war ; to carry on loar. 

Bello, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
roar ; to loage war ; to 
contend ; to fight. 

Bellua, Ee, f. a large beast ; 
a monster. 

Bellum, i. n, (duellum,) war. 

Belus, i. m. the founder of the 
Babyloiiish empire. 

Bene, adv. (melius, optime,) 
well ; finely ; very : bene 
pugnare, to fight success- 
fully ; (fr. benus obsol. for 
bonus.) 

Beneficium, i, n. (bene & fa-, 
cio,) a benefit ; a kindness. 



BENEVOLENTIA — BRtGANTlNtJS. 



201 



Benevolentia, aa, f. (bena & vo- 
lo,) benevolence; good will, 

Benigne, adv. (ius, issime,) 
ki7idly; from 

Benignus, a um, adj. (comp.) 
kind; benign: (benigenus fr. 
benus for bonus, & genus.) 

Bestia, as, f. a beast ; a wild 
beast. 

Bestia, ae, m. the surname of a 
RoTnan consul. 

Bias, antis, m. a 'philosopher 
born at Friene, and one 
of the seven wise men of 
Greece. 

Bibliotheca, ae, f. a library. 

Bibo, bibere, bibi, bibitum, 
tr. to drink, (in order to 
quench thirst :) to imbibe : 
See poto. 

Bibiilus, i, m. a colleague of 
Julius Ccesar in the con- 
sulship. 

Bini, £6, a, num. adj. ^ 24. Ill; 
tiuo by two; two. 

Bipes, edis, adj. (bis & pes,) 
tioo-footed. 

Bis, num. adv. twice. 

Bithynia, ae, f. a country of 
Asia Minor, east of the 
Propontis. 

Blanditia, ae, f. a compliment- 
ing : blanditiae, pi. bland- 
ishments ; caresses ; flat- 
tery : from 

Blandus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) courteous; agreeable; 
flattering; enticing; invi- 
ting; tempting. 

BoBOtia, se, f. a country of 
Greece, north of Attica. 



Bomtas, atis, f. goodness ; ex- 
cellence; from 

Bonus, a, um, adj. (melior, op- 
tlmus,) good; happy; kind. 

Bonum, i, n. a good thing; an 
endowment; an advantage; 
profit : bona, n. pi. an es- 
tate ; goods : (fr. bonus.) 

Borealis, e, adj. northern; from 

Boreas, se, m. the north wind. 

Borysthenes, as, m., a large 
river of Scythia, flowing 
into the Euxine; it is now 
called the Dneiper. 

Borysthenis, idis, f. the 7iame 
of a town at the mouth of 
the Borysthe7ies. 

Bos, bovis, c. an ox ; a cow ; 
^ 15. 12. 

Bosphorus, or Bosporus, i, m. 
the name of two straits be- 
tween Europe and Asia ; 
one the Thracian Bospho- 
rus, now the straits of Con- 
stantinople ; the other the 
Cimmerian Bosphorus, now 
the straits of Caffa. 

Brachium, i, n. the arm ; (viz. 
from the hand to the el- 
bow.) 

Brevi, adv. shortly; briefly; in 
short time; from 

Brevis, e, adj. (comp.) short 
brief ; hence, 

Brevitas, atis, f. shortness ; 
brevity. 

Brigantinus, a, um, adj. be- 
longing to Brigantium, a 
town of the Vindelici: 
Brigantinus lacus, the lake 
of Constance. 



§02 



BRITANIA — CALEFIO. 



Britannia, a^, f. Great Britain. 

Britannicus a,um, adj. belong- 
ing to Britain ; British. 

Britannus, a, um, adj. Brit- 
ish : Britanni, the Britofis. 

Bruma, se, f. the winter sol- 
stice ; the shortest day. 

Bruttium, i, n. a 'proinontory 
of Italy. 

Bruttii, orum, m. pi. a people 
in the southern part of 
Italy. 

Brutus, i, m. the name of an 
illustrious noble family, 

Bucephalus, i, m. the name of 
Alexander'' s war-horse. 

Bucephalos, i, f. a city of In- 
dia,, near the Hydaspes, 
built by Alexander, in me- 
mory of his horse. 

Buxeus, a, um, adj. (buxus, 
the box-tree :) of box; of a 
pale yellow color, like box- 
wood. 

Byzantium, i, n. now Constan- 
tinople, a city of Thrace, 
situated upon the Bospho- 



C, an abbreviation of Caius. 
Cabira, ind. atownof Pontus. 
Cacumen, mis, n. the top; the 

peak; the summit. 
Cadens, tis, part, (cado.) 
Cadmus, i, m, a son of Age- 

Twr, king of Phoenicia. 
Cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, 

intr. to fall. 
CsBcilius, i, m. a 'Roman name. 



Caecubum, i, n. a toion of Cam' 
pania, famortis for its loine. 

Caeciibus, a, um, adj. Ccecu- 
ban; of CcBcubum. 

Ceedes, is, f. slaughter; car- 
nage; homicide; murder, 
from. 

Csedo, csedere, cecidi, caesum, 
tr. to cut; to kill; to slay; 
to beat. 

Caslatus, a, um, part, from 

Cselo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
carve; to engrave; to sculp- 
ture; to emboss. 

C^pe, or Cepe, n. indec. an 
onion. 

CasTpio, bms,Ta. a Romanconsul 
who commanded in Spain. 

Caesar, aris,m. a cognomen or 
surname given to the Julian 
family. 

Caestus, <is, m. (caedo,) a 
gauntlet; a boxing glove. 

Caesus, a, um, part, (casdo,) 
cut; slain; beaten. 

Caius, i, m. a Roman praeno- 
men. 

Calais, is, m. a so?i of Boreas. 

Calamitas, atis, f. {a storm 
which breaks the reeds or 
stalks of corn, hence,) a 
calamity; a misfortune; fr. 

Calamus, i, m. a reed. 

Calathiscus, i, m. (dim. cala- 
thus,) a small basket. 

Calefacio, calafacere, calefeci, 
calefactum , tr. (caleo & fa- 
cio,) to warm; to heat. 

Calef 10, fieri, factus sura, intr. 
irr. § 83, Obs. 3 ; to he 



CALEFACTUS CAPTIVTJS 



203 



Calefactus, a, um, part, (cal- 
ef 10,) viarmed. 

Calidus, a, um, adj. (comp. 
fr. caleo,) warm. 

Callidus, a, um, adj. (calleo 
from callus, hardness, viz : 
of skin occasioned by hard 
labor; hence,) practiced; 
experienced; shreiod ; cun- 
7iing. 

Calor, oris, m. warmth; heat. 

Calpe, es, f. a hill or mountain 
in Spain, opposite to Abyla 
in Africa. 

Calpurnius, i, m. the name of 
a Roman family. 

Calydonius, a, um, adj. of or 
belonging to Calydon, a ci- 
ty of Mtolia; Calydonian. 

Caraelus, i, c. a camel. 

Camillus, i, m. (M. Furius,) a 
Roman geiieral. 

Campania, as, f. a pleasant 
country of Italy, between 
Latittm. and Lucania. 

Campester, tris, tre, adj. even; 
plain; level; champaign; 
flat; from 

Campus, i, m. a plain; afield; 
the Campus Martius. 

Cancer, cri, m. a crab. 

Candidus, a, um, adj. comp. 
ichite; [a bright or shiniiig 
white; see albus.) 

Candor, oris, m. (id.) bright- 
ness; ichiteness; clearness. 

Canens, tis. part, of cano, 
singing. 

Canis, is, c. a dog. 

Cannge, arum, f. pi. a village 
in Apulia, famous for the, 



defeat of the Romans by 
Hannibal. 

Cannensis, e, adj. belonging 
to CanncB. 

Cano, canere. cecini, cantum, 
tr. to sing; to sound or 
play upon an instrument-. 

Cantans, tis, part, (canto.) 

Cantharus, i. m. a beetle; a 
knot under the tongue of 
the god Apis. 

Cantium, i. n. now the county 
of Kent, England. 

Canto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(cano,) to sing; to repeat 
often. 

Cantus, us, m. (id.) singing; 
a song; cantus galli, the 
crowing of the cock. 

Caper, pri, m. a he-goat. 

Capesso, ere, ivi, itum. tr. 
(capio,) h SS, 5. to take; to 
take the management of: 
fugam capessere, tofiee. 

Capiens, tis, part, from 

Capio, capere, cepi, captum, 
tr. (properly, to hold; to con- 
tain; commonly,) to take; 
to capture; to take captive; 
to enjoy; to derive. 

Capitalis, e, adj. (caput,) rela- 
ting to the head or life, 
capital; mortal; deadly; 
pernicious; capitale, {sc, 
crimen,) a capital crime. 

Capitolium, i, n. (id.) the cap- 
itol; the Roman citadel on 
the Capitoline hill. 

Capra, se, f. a she-goat, 

Captivus, a, um, adj. (capio,) 
captive. "^ 



S04 



CAPTO — CASUS. 



Capto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
^S8, 1, (capio,) to catch at; 
to seek for; to hunt for. 

Captus, a, um, part, (capio,) 
taken; taken captive. 

Capua, cB, f. the principal city 
of Campania; 

Caput, itis, n. a head; life; 
the skull; a capital city : 
capitis damnare, to con- 
demn to death. 

Carbonarius, i, m. (carbo, a 
coal; ) a collier; a maker of 
charcoal. 

Career, eris, m. a prison. 

Careo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to be 
without; to be free from; 
to be destitute; not to have; 
to loant. 

Cares, ium, m. pi. Carians; 
the inhabitants of Caria. 

Caria, se, f. e corantry in the 
southeastern part of Asia 
Mi?wr. 

Carica, £e, f. afg; (properly, 
carica ficus.) 

Carmen, inis, n. a song; a 
poem. 

Carneades, is, m. a philoso- 
pher of Cyrene. 

Caro, carnis, {.flesh, 

Carpentuin, i, n. a chariot; a 
wagon. 

Carpetani, orum, m. pi. <z peo- 
ple of Spain, on the bor- 
ders of the Tagus. 

Carpo, carpere, carpsi, carp- 
tum, tr. to pluck; to gather; 
to tear. 

Carrse, arum, f. pi. a city of 



Mesopotamia, near the Eu- 
phrates. 

Cartliaginiensis, e. adj. of or 
belonging to Carthage ; 
Carthaginian: subs, a Car- 
thaginian. 

Carthago, mis, f. Carthage, a 
maritime city in Africa : 
Carthago Nova, Cartha- 
gena, a town of Spain. 

Carus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) d.ear; precious; costly. 

Casa, Ee, f. a cottage; a hut. 

Casca, Ee, m. the surname of 
P. Servilius, one of the con- 
spirators against Ccesar. 

Caseus, i, m. cheese. 

Cassander, dri, m. the name of 
a Macedonian. 

Cassiope, es, f. thexoifeofCe- 
pheus, king of Ethiopia, 
and mother of Andromeda. 

Cassius, i, m, the nameof sev- 
eral Romans. 

Castalius, a, um, adj. Casta- 
lian; of Castalia, a foun- 
tain of Phocis, at the foot 
of mount Parnassus. 

Castigatus, a, um, part, from 

Castigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
chastise; to punish; to cor- 
rect. 

Castor, oris, m. the brother of 
Pollux and Helen. 

Castrum, i, \\. (casa,) a castle: 
castra, orum, pi. a camp: 
castra ponere, to pitch a 
camp; to encamp. 

Casus, us, m. (cado,) a fall; 
accident; chance; an event; 



CATABTHMUS — CELT^. 



205 



a misfortune; a disaster; 
a calamity. 

Catatathmusijin. a declivity; 
a gradual descent; a val- 
ley betioeen Egypt and 
Africa proper. 

Cat an a, se, f. now Catania^ a 
city of Sicily, near mount 
Etna. 

Catanensis, e. adj. belonging 
to Catana; Catanean. 

Catienua, i, m. Catienus Plo- 
tliius, a Roman distin- 
guished for his attachment 
to his patron. 

Cat i Una, 86, m. a conspirator 
against the Roman govern- 
ment, tvhose plot tvas detect- 
ed and defeated by Cicero. 

Cato, onis, m. the name of a 
Roman family. 

Catulus, i, m. the name of a 
Roman family. 

Catulus, i. m. (dim. canis,) a 
little dog; a whelp; the 
young of beasts. 

Caucasus, i. m. a mountain of 
Asia, between the Black 
and Caspian seas. 

Cauda, se, f. a tail. 

Caudmus, a, um, adj. Cau- 
dine; of or belonging to 
Caudium, a town of Italy. 

Caula, 8B, f. a fold; a sheep 
cote. 

Causa, 86, f. a cause; a reason; 
a law suit: in causa est, or 
causa est, is the reason: 
causA, for the sake of. 

Cautes, is, f. a sharp rock ; 
a crag ; a cliff : from 



Caveo, cavere, cavi, cautum, 
intr. & tr. to bevjare ; to 
avoid ; to shun : cavere 
sibi ab, ^0 secure themselves 
from ; to guard against. 

Caverna, se, f. (cavus,) a cave; 
a cavern. 

Cavus, a, um, adj. hollow. 

Cecldi. See Csedo. 

Cecidi. See Cado, 

Cecmi. .See Cano. 

Cecropia, se, f. an ancient 
name of Athens ; ffom 

Cecrops, opis, m. thefirst king 
of Athetis. 

Cedo, cedere, cessi, cessum, 
intr. to yield; to give place; 
to retire ; to retreat ; to 
submit. 

Celeber, bris, bre, adj.(celebri- 
or, celeb err imus,) crowded; 
much visited ; renowned ; 
famous ; distinguished. 

Celebratus, a, um, part, (cele- 
bro.) 

Celebritas, atis, f. (celeber,) 
a great crowd; fame; glo- 
ry; celebrity; renoion. 

Celebro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
visit; to celebrate; to make 
famous; to perform. 

Celeritas, atis, f. (celer, 
swift,) speed; swiftness; 
quickness. 

Celeriter, adv. (ius, rime,) 
swiftly. 

Celeus, i, m. a king ofEleusis. 

Celo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
hide; to conceal. 

Celtse, arum, m. pi. the Celts, 
a people of Gaul. 



IS 



206 



CENSEO CETUS 



Censeo, ere, ui, um, tr. io es- 
timate; to judge; to believe; 
to count; to reckon. 

Censor, is, m. (censeo,) a cen- 
sor; a censurer; a critic. 

Censormus, i, m. (L. Manli- 
us,) a Roman consul in the 
third Punic war. 

Censorias, i, m. (censor,) one 
who has been a ce7isor; a sur- 
name of Cato the elder. 

Census, us, m. (censeo,) a cen- 
sus; an enumeration of the 
people; a registering of the 
people, their ages, SfC. 

Centeni, as, a, num, adj. pi. 
distrib. (centum,) every 
hundred; a himdred. 

Centesimus, a, um, num, adj. 
ord. (id.) the hundredth. 

Centies, num, adv. a hundred 
times; from 

Centum, num, adj. pi. ind. a 
hundred. 

Centurio, onis, m. (centuria,) 
a centurion; a captain of a 
hundred men. 

Cephallenia, se, f. an island 
in the Ionian sea, now Ce- 
phalonia. 

Cepe. See Caspe. 

Cepi. See Capio. 

Cera, «, f. wax. 

Cerberus, i, m. the name of 
the three-headed dog which 
guarded the entrance of 
the infernal regioTis. 

Cercasorum, i, n. a town of 
Egypt. 

Ceres, eris, f. Ceres, the god- 
dess of corn. 



Cerno, cernere, crevi, cretum, 
tr. properly, to sift; to dis- 
tinguish; hence, to see; to 
perceive. 

Certamen, inis, n. (certo,) a 
contest; a battle; zeal; ea- 
gerness; strife; contention; 
debate; a game or exercise; 
Olympic um certamen, the 
Olympic games. 

Certe, adv. iiis, issime, (cer- 
tus,) certainly. 

Certo, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
intr. (certus,) to determine, 
or make sure; to contend; 
to strive; to fight. 

Certus, a, um, adj. (cerno,) 
(ior, issimus,) certain; fix- 
ed: certiorem facere, to 
inform. 

Cerva, as, f. a female deer; a 
hind; hence, 

Cervinus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to a stag or deer. 

Cervix, Icis, f. [the hinder part 
of) the neck; an isthmus. 

Cervus, i, m. a male deer; a 
stag. 

Cessator, is, m. a loiterer; a 
lingerer; an idler; from 

Cesso, are, avi, atum, intr. 
freq. (cedo,) to cease; to 
loiter. 

Ceterus, {and ceter, seldom 
used,) cetera, ceterum, adj. 
other; the other; the rest; 
hence, 

Certeri!im, adv. hit; however; 
as for the rest. 

Cetus, i, m. (& cete, is, n.) a 
whale; any large sea fish. 



CEYX CITH^EON. 



207 



CcyX) ycis, m. the son of Hes- 
perus, and husband of Al- 
cyone. 

Chalcedon, onis, f. a citij of 
Bithynia, opposite Byzan- 
tium. 

Chaldaicus, a, um, adj. (Chal- 
dasa,) Chaldean. 

Charta, a&, f. paper. 

Chersiphron, onis, m. a dis- 
tinguished architect, under 
lohose direction the temple 
of Ephesus was built. 

Chersonesus, i, f. a peninsula. 

Chilo, onis, m. a Lacedcsmo- 
nian philosopher, and one 
of the seven wise men of 
Greece. 

Christus, i, na. Christ. 

Cibus, i, m.food; nourishment. 

Cicatrix, icis, f. a wound; a 
scar; a cicatrice. 

Cicero, onis, m. a celebrated 
Roman orator. 

Ciconia, «, f. a stork. 

Cilicia, as, f. a country in the 
southeast part of Asia Mi- 
nor. 

Cimbri, orum, m. pi. a nation 
formerly inhabiting the 
northern part of Germany. 

Cinctus, a, um, part, (cingo.) 

Cineas, se, m, a Thessalian, 
the favorite minister of 
Pyrrhus. 

Cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinc- 
tura, tr. to surround ; to 
encompass; to encircle; to 
gird. 

Cinis, eris, d. ashes; cinders. 

Cinna, sB; m (L. Cornelius,) 



a co7isul at Rome, in the 
time of the civil war. 

Cinnamum, i, n. cinnamon. 

Circa & Circum, pr. & adv. 
about ; around ; in the 
neighborhood of. 

Curcultus, us, m. (circumeo,) 
a circuit; a circumference. 

Circumdatus, a, um, part, from 

Circumdo, dare, dedi, datum, 
tr. (circum & do,) to put 
around; to surround; to 
environ; to invest. 

Circumeo, ire, ii, itum, intr. 
irr. (circum & eo, ^ 83, 3,) 
to go round; to visit. 

Circumfluo, -fluere, -fluxi, 
-fluxum, -intr. (circum & 
fluo,) to flow round. 

Circumiens, euntis, part, (cir- 
cumeo.) 

Circumjaceo, ere, ui, intr. (cir- 
cum &jaceo,) toliearound; 
to border upon. 

Circumsto, stare, steti, intr. 
(circum & sto,) to stand 



Circumvenio, -venire, -veni, 
-ventum, tr. (circum & ve- 
nio,) to go round; to sur- 
round; to circumvent. 

Circumventus, a, um, part. 

Ciris, is, f. the name of the 
fish into which Scylla toas 
changed. 

Cisalplnus, a, um, adj. (cis & 
Alpes,) Cisalpine; on this 
side of the Alps; that is, 
on the side nearest to 
Rome. 

Cithaeron, onis, m. a mown- 



208 



CITO — CCELUM. 



tainof BcBotia,near Thebes, 
sacred io Bacchus. 

Cit6, adv. (ius, issime,) quick- 
ly; from 

Citus, a, um, adj. (citus, part. 
cieo,){ior, issimus,) quick. 

Citra, pr. & adv, on this side. 

Civicus, a, um, adj. (civis,) 
civic : corona civica, a ci- 
vic crown given to him who 
had saved, the life of a citi- 
zen by killing an enemy. 

Civilis, e, adj. (comp.) of or 
belonging to a citizen; civil; 
courteous; from 

Civis, is, c. (cio, or cieo,) a 
citizen. 

Civitas, atis, f. ^civis,) a city; 
a state; the inhabitants of 
a city; the body of citizens; 
a constitution; citizenship; 
freedom of the city. 

Clades, is, f, loss; damage; 
defeat; disaster; slaughter. 

Clam, pr. without the know- 
ledge of: — adv. privately; 
secretly. 

Clamo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
& tr. to cry out; to call on; 
hence. 

Clamor, oris, m. a clamor; a 
cry. 

Clandestmus, a, ura, adj. 
(clam,) secret; clandestine. 

Claritas, atis, f. celebrity; 
fame; from 

Clarus, a, um. adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) clear; famous; re- 
nowned; celebrated; loud. 

Classis, is f. a class; a fleet. 



Claudius, i, m. the name of 
several Romans, belonging 
to the tribe hence called 
Claudian. 

Claudo, claudere, clausi, clau- 
sum, tr. to close; to shut. 

Claudus, a, um, adj. lame. 

Clausus, a, um, part, (claudo,) 
shut up. 

Clavus, i, m. a nail ; a spike. 

Clemens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) merciful; hence, 

Clementer, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
gently; kindly. 

Clementia, ae, f. (id.) clemency; 
mildness. 

Cleopatra, as, f. an Egyptian 
queen celebrated for beauty. 

Cloaca, 86, f. a drain; a com- 
mon sewer. 

Clodius, i, m. a Roman of il- 
lustrious family, remarka- 
ble for his licentiousness. 

Cluentius, i, m. the name of 
several Romans. 

Clusium, i, n. a city of Etruria. 

Clypeus, i, m. a shield. 

Cneius, i, m. a Roman-pxadnb- 
men; abbreviated Cn. 

Coactus, a, um, part, (cogo,) 
collected; assembled; com- 
pelled. 

Coccyx, ygis, m. a cuckoo. 

Codes, itis, m. a Roman dis- 
tifiguished for his bravery. 

Coctilis, e, adj. (coquo,) baked: 
dried; burnt. 

Coctus, a, um, part, (coquo,) 
baked; burnt; boiled. 

CcElum, i, n. sing. m. pi. § 18, 



CffiNA COLO. 



209 



4, heaven; the climate, the 
sky; the air; the atvios- 
yhere. 

Ccena, 83, f. a supper. 

C'lpi, isse, def. 9 84, Obs. 2, 
I begin, or I began. 

Cceptus, a, nm, part, begun. 

Coiirceo, ere, ui, itiim, tr. (con. 
& arceo,) to surround; to 
restrain; to check; to con- 
trol. 

Cogitatio, onis, f. (cogito,) a 
thought; a reflection. 

Cogitatum, i, n. a thought; 
from 

Cogito, are, avi, atum,, tr. (for 
coagito, con & agito,) to 
revolve hi the mind; to 
think; to consider; to med- 
itate. 

Cognitus, a, um, part, (cog- 
nosco.) 

Cognomen, inis, n. (con & no- 
men,) a surname. App. II. 

Cognosco, -noscere, -novi, -nl- 
tum, tr. (con & nosco,) to 
investigate; hence, toknovj; 
to learn : de causa, to try 
or decide a suit at laio. 

Cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum, 
tr. (coigo, con & ago,) to 
drive together; to drive; to 
compel; to force; to urge; 
to collect; agmen, to bring 
up the rear. 

Cohsereo, -hserere, -hassi, -hse- 
sum, intr. (con & h^reo,) 
to stick together; to adhere; 
to be united; to be joined to. 

Cohibeo, -hibere, -hibui, -hi- 
bitum, tr.) con & habeo,) 



to hold together; to field 

boxk; to restrain. 
Cohors, tis, f. a cohort; the 

tenth part of a legion 
Colchi, Drum, m. the people 

of Colchis. 
Colchis, idis, f. a country of 

Asia, east of the Euxine. 
Collabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, 

intr. dep. (con & labor,) to 

fall together; to fall doion; 

to fall. 
Collare, is, n. (collum,) a col- 
lar; a necklace. 
CoUatinus, i, m. a surname of 

Tarquinius, the husband 

of Lucretia. 
Collectus, a, um, part.(colligo.) 
Collega, as, m. (con & lego, 

-are,) one who has charge 

along with another, i. e. 

a colleague. 
Collegium, i, n. (collega,) a 

college; a company. 
Colligo,-ligere,-legi, -lectum, 

tr. (con & lego,) to collect. 
Collis, is, m. a hill. 
Collocatus, a, um, part, from 
Colloco, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(con & loco,; to place : 

statuam, to erect; to set up. 
Colloquium, i, n. conversation; 

an interview; from 
Colloquor,-l6qui,-locutus sum 

intr. dep. (con & loquor,) to 

speak together; to converse. 
Collum, i, n. the neck. 
Colo, colere, colui, cultum, tr. 

to care for; to cultivate; to 

exercise ; to pursue ; to 
1 practise ; to respect ; to re- 



210 



COLONIA COMMOROR. 



gard ; to venerate ; to wor- 
ship; In inhabit. 

Colonia, as, f. a colony; from 

Colonus, i, m. (colo,) a colo- 
nist. 

Color, & Colos, oris, m. a color. 

Coluniba, as, f. a dove ; a 
pigeon. 

Columbare, is, n. a dovecote. 

Columna, as, f. (columen, a 
prop;) a pillar ; a column. 

Comburo,-urere,-ussi, -ustum, 
tr. (con & uro, 80, 5,) to 
hum up ; to consume. 

Comedendus, a, um, part, from 

Comedo, edere, edi, esum & 
estum, tr. (con & edo,) to 
eat up; to devour. 

Comes, itis, c. (con & eo,) one 
who gives with another ; a 
companion. 

Coraetes, £e, m. a comet ; § 9, 
Gr. N. 

Comissor, or Commissor, ari, 
atus, sum, intr. dep. to 
revel as Bacchanalians ; 
to riot ; to banquet ; to ca- 
rouse. 

Comitans, tis, part, (comitor.) 

Comitatus, a, um, part, from 

Comitor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (comes,) to accompa- 
ny; to attend; to folloio. 

Commemoro, are, avi, atum, 
tr. (con & memoro,) to com- 
memorate; to mention. 

Commendo, arc, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & mando,) to commit 
to one''s care; to commend; 
to recommend. 

Commeo, are, avi, atum, intr. 



(con. & meo,) to go to and 
fro; to go and come; to 
pass. 

Commercium, i, n. (con & 
merx,) commerce; exchange; 
traffic ; intercourse. 

Commigro, are, avi, atuin, 
intr. (con & migro,) to emi- 
grate; to remove. 

Comminiio, -minuere, -minui, 
-minutum, tr. (con & mi- 
tt uo,) to dash or break in 
pieces; to crush; bruise. 

Comminutus, a, um, part, bro- 
ken in pieces; diminished. 

Committo,-mittere,-misi, mis- 
sum, tr. (con & mitto,) to 
hri7ig or p2it together; to 
commit ; to entrust ; to be- 
gin: pugnam, to join bat- 
tle; to commence or to fight 
a battle. 

Commissus, a, um, part, in- 
trusted; perpetrated; com- 
mitted; commenced: prceli- 
um commissum, a battle 
begun or fought; copiis 
commissis, forces being en- 



Commoditas, atis, f. (commo- 
dus,) aptness ; fitness ; a 
convenience ; coniTnodiouS' 
ness. 

Commodum, i, n. (id.) an ad- 
vantage; gain. 

Commorior, -mori & moriri 
-mortuus sum, intr. dep. 
(con & morior,) to die to- 
gether. 

Coramoror, ari, atus, sum, 
intr. dep. (con & moror,) 



COMMOTUS — C ONCIPIO. 



211 



to reside with; to stay at; 
to remain; to contitme. 

Commotus, a, um, part, from 

Commoveo, -raovere, -movi, 
-motum, tr. (con&moveo,; 
to move together or wholly; 
to move ; to excite; to stir 
up; to influence; to induce. 

Communico, are, avi, atum, 
tr. to communicate; to im- 
part; to tell; from 

Communis, e, adj. (comp.) 
common : in commune con- 
sulere, to consult for the 
common good. 

Commute, are, avi, atum, tr. 
con & muto,) to change; to 
alter; to exchange. 

Comoedia, se, f. a comedy. 

Comparo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & paro,) to prepare; 
to get together; to gain; 
to procure; to compare. 

Compello, -pellere, -puli,-pul- 
sum, tr. (con & pello,) to 
drive; to compel ; to force : 
in fugam, to put to flight. 

Compenso, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con&penso,) to loeigh to- 
gether ; to compensate ; to 
make amends for. 

Comperio, -perire, -peri, -per- 
tum, tr. (con & pario,) to 
find out; to learn; to dis- 
cover. 

Complector, - plecti, - plexus 
sum, tr. dep. (con & 
plector,) to embrace; to 
comprise; to comprehend; 

j to reach; to extend : com- 
plecti amore, to love. 



Compono, -ponere,-posui, -po- 
situm, tr. (con & pono ) to 
put together; to compose, 
to arrange; to construct; to 
finish; to compare; hence, 

Compositus, a, um, part, fin- 
ished; composed; quieted. 

Comprehendendus, a, um, fr. 

Comprehendo, -prehendere, 
-prehendi, -prehensum, tr, 
(con & preiiendo,) to grasp 
or hold together; to compre- 
hend; to seize; to apprehend. 

Comprehensus, a, um, part. 

Compulsus, a, um, part, (com- 
pello.) 

Conatus, a, um, part, (conor,) 
having endeavored. 

Concedo,-cedere, - cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr, & tr. (con & ce- 
de,) to step aside; to yield; 
to permit; to grant. 

Conceptus, a, um, part, (con- 
cipio,) conceived; couched; 
expressed. 

Concessus, a, um, part, (con- 
cedo.) 

Concha, se, f. a shell-fish. 

Conchylium, i, n. a shell-fish. 

Concilio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
join together; to conciliate; 
to reconcile; to acquire for 
one^s self ; to gain ; to ob- 
tain; from 

Concilium, i, n. a council. 

Concio, onis, f. (concieo,) an 
assembly ; an assembly of 
the people. 

Concipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tum, tr. (con & capio,) to 
take together; to conceive; 



212 



CONCITO COKGKRO. 



to imaghie; io form; to 
draw zip; to coviprehend. 

Concito, -are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (con & cito,) to set in 
motion; to excite; to raise. 

Concitor, oris, m, one who ex- 
cites; an exciter; a mover; 
a disturber. 

Concoquo, -coquere, -coxi, 
-coctura, tr, (con &coquo,) 
to boil; to digest. 

Concor&ia, as, f. (concors,) con- 
cord; agreement; harmony. 

Concredo, -credere, -credidi, 
-creditum, tr. (con & credo,) 
to consign; to trust; to in- 
trust. 

Concremo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & cremo,) to burn 
ivith; to burn; to co7isume. 

Concurro, -currere, -curri,-cur- 
sum, intr. (con & curro,) to 
rim together: concurritur, 
pass. imp. a crowd assem- 
ble, t 67. Note. 

Concussus, a, um, part, sha- 
ken; moved; from 

Concutio, -cutere, cussi, -cus- 
sum, tr. (con & quatio,) to 
shake; to agitate; to tremble. 

Conditio, -onis, f. (condo,) con- 
dition; situation; a propo- 
sal; terms. 

Conditus, a, um, part, from 

Condo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
(con & do,) to put together; 
to lay up; to found; to 
build; to make; to form; to 
hide; to bury; to conceal. 

Conduce, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (con & duco,) to lead 



to co?idzici; to 
(con- 



together; 
hire. 

Confectus, a, um, part, 
ficio.) 

Confero, conferre, contuli, col- 
latum, tr. irr. (con & fero,) 
to bring together; to heap 
up; to bestow; to give : se 
conferre, to betake one's 
self; to go. 

Conficio,-fic ere, -feci, -fectum, 
(con & facio, to do tho- 
roughly;) to make; to fin- 
ish; to waste; to loear out; 
to terminate; to consume; 
to ruin; to destroy; to kill. 

Confligo, -fligere, -flixi, -flic- 
tum, (con & fligo,) to strike 
or dash together; to con- 
tend; to e?igage; to fight; 
(viz: inclose combat.) See 
dimico. 

Confio, are, avi, atum, tT.(con 
& flo,) to blow together; 
to melt; to unite; to com- 



Confluo,-fluere,-fluxi, -fluxum, | 
intr. (con & fluo,) to flow to- 
gether; to flock; to assemble. 

Confodio,- fodere, -fodi -fos- 
sum, tr. (con & fodio,) to 
dig through and through; 
to pierce; to stab. ' 

Confossus, a, um, part, (con- 
fodio.) 

Confugio, -fugere, fugi, -fugi- 
tum, intr. (con & fugio,) to 
flee to; to flee for refuge, 
to flee. 

Congero, -gerere, -gessi, -ges- 
tum, tr. (con & gero,) to 

C 



CONGUEDIOE, CONSILIUM. 



213 



bring together; to collect; 
to heap up. 

Congredior, -gredi, -gressus 
sum, intr. dep. (con & gra- 
dior,) to meet; to encoun- 
ter; to engage; to fight. 

Congrego, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(coil & grex,) to assemble 
in flocks; to assemble. 

Conjectus, a, um, part, from 

Conjicio,-jicere,-jeci, -jectum, 
tr. (con & jacio,) to cast; 
to throw forcibly; to con- 
jecture. 

Conjugium, i, n. (con & jugo,) 
marriage. 

Conjungo, -jungere, -junxi, 
-junctum, tr. (con & j ungo,) 
to unite; to hind; to join. 

Conjuratus, a, um, part, con- 
spired: conjurati, subs. 
conspirators; from 

Conjtiro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & juro,) to swear to- 
gether; to combine; to con- 
spire : conjuratum est, a 
conspiracy was formed. 

Conjux, ugis, c. (con & jugo,) 
a spoiise; a husband or laife. 

Conor, ari, atus sum. intr. dep. 
to attempt; to venture; to 
endeavor; to strive. 

Conqueror, queri, questus, 
sum, intr. dep. (con & que- 
ror,) to complain; to lament. 

Conscendoj-scendere,- scendi, 
-scensum, tr. (con & scan- 
do,) to climb up; to ascend. 

Conscensus, a, um, part, (con- 
scendo.) 

Conscisco, -sciscere, -scivi, 



-scitum, tr. (con & scisco,) 
to investigate; to vote to- 
gether; to agree; to decree; 
to exeatte: sibi mortem con- 
sciscere, tolay violent hands 
on one's self; to commit 
suicide. 

Consecro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & sacro,) to consecrate; 
to dedicate; to devote. 

Consedi. See Consldo. 

Consenesco, senescere, senui, 
intr. inc. (con & senesco,) 
to groio old. 

Consentio,-sentire,-sensi,-sen- 
sum, intr. (con & sentio,) to 
think together; to agree; 
to consent; to unite. 

Consequor, -sequi, -sectitus 
sum, tr. dep. (con &; se- 
quor,) to follow closely; to 
gain; to obtain. 

Consecutus, a, um, part, hav- 
ing obtained. 

Consero, -serere, -serui, -ser- 
tum, tr. (con & sero,) to 
join; to put together : pug- 
nam, to join battle; to fight. 

Conservandus, a, um, part, 
from 

Conserve, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & servo,) to preserve; 
to maintain; to perpetuate. 

Considens, tis, part, from 

Consido, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- 
sum, intr. (con & sido,) to 
sit doivn: to encamp; to take 
one^s seat; toperch; to light. 

Consilium, i, n. (consiilo,) 
couTisel; design; intention; 
a council; deliberation; ad- 



214 



CONSISTO — CONTEMPLOE. 



vice; a plan; judgvient ; dis- 
cretion; prudence; wisdom. 

Consisto, -sistere, -stiti, intr. 
(con & sisto,) to stand to- 
gether; to stand; to con- 
sist. 

Consolor, ari, atus, sum, tr. 
dep. (con & solor,) to con- 
sole; to comfort. 

Conspectus, a, um, part, (con- 
spicio,) 

Conspectus, us, m. (id.) a see- 
ing; a sight; a view. 

Conspicatus, a, um, part, (con- 
spicor.) 

Conspicio, -spicere, -spexi, 
-spectum, tr.(con & specio,) 
to lehold; to see. 

Conspicor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (id.) to behold; to see. 

Conspicuus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
conspicuous; distinguished. 

Constans, tis, part. & adj. 
(comp.) firm ; constant ; 
steady. 

Constituo,-stituere,-stitui,-sti- 
tutum, tr. (con & statuo,) to 
cause to stand; i. e. to 
place; to establish; to p,p- 
poiiit; to resolve. 

Consto,-stare,-stiti, intr. (con 
& sto,) to stand together; 
to consist of: constat, imp. 
it is certain; it is evident. 

Construe, -stuere, -struxi,- 
structum, tr. (con & struo,) 
to pile together ; to con- 
struct ; to build ; to co7n- 
pose; to form. 

Consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, 
-suetum, intr. (con & sues- 



co,) to be accustomed; 
hence, 

Consuetudo, inis, f. habit; cus- 
tom. 

Consul, ulis, m. a consul ; 
hence, 

Consularis, e, adj. of or per- 
taining to the consul; con- 
sular : vir consularis, one 
who has been a consul ; a 
man of consular dignity. 

Consulatus, us, m. (consul,) 
the consulship. 

Consulo, -sulere, -sului, -sul- 
tum, tr. to advise; to con- 
sult. 

Consulto, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
intr. freq. (consiilo,) to ad- 
vise together; to consult. 

Consumo, -sumere, -sumsi, 
-sumptum, tr. (con & su- 
mo,) to take together, or 
at once; hence, to consume; 
to wear out; to exhaust; to 
u-aste; to destroy; hence 

Consumptus, a, um, part, 

Contagiosus, a, um, adj. 
comp. (contingo,) conta- 
gious. 

Contemnendus, a, um, part, 
from 

Contemno, -temnere, -tempsi, 
-temptum, tr. (con & tern- 
no,) to despise ; to reject 
icith scorn. 

Contemplatus, a, um, part. , 
observing; regarding; con- 
sidering; from 

Contemplor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (con & templum, a , 
quarter in the heave?is,) to 



CONTEMPTIM CONTUSUS. 



215 



look attentively at the 
heavens ; (said originally 
of the augurs ; hence,) to 
contemplate; to regard; to 
consider; to look at; to gaze 
upon. 

Contemptim, adv. with con- 
tempt ; contemptuously ; 
scornfully ; from 

Contemptus, a, um, part, (con- 
temno.) 

Contemptus, us, m. (id.) con- 
tempt. 

Contendo, dere, di, tum, tr. & 
intr. (con & tendo, to 
stretch, or draw or strive 
together, hence,) to dis- 
pute; to fight; to contend.; 
to go to; to direct one's 
course; to request ; hence, 

Contentio, onis, f. contention; 
a debate; a controversy; ex- 
ertion: an effort; a strife. 

Contentus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
content; satisfied: fr. con- 
tineo. 

Contero, -terere, -trivi-tritum, 
tr. (con & tero,) to break; 
to pmmd; to waste. 

Contmens, tis, part. & adj. 
(comp,) holding together ; 
hence, joining; continued; 
uninterrupted ; temperate: 
subs. f. the continent, or 
main land : from 

Contineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
turn, tr. (con & leneo,) to 
hold together, or in; to con- 
tai7i. 

Contingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac- 
tum, tr. (con & tango,) to 



touch ; contigit, imp. it 
happens : mihi, it happens 
to me; I have the fortune. 

Continuo, adv. immediately; 
forthwith ; in succession ; 
from 

Continuus, a, um, adj. (can- 
tineo,) continued; adjoin- 
ing; incessant; uninter- 
rupted; continual; without 
intermission; in close suc- 
cession: continuo alveo, 272 
one entire or undivided 
channel. 

Contra, prep, against; oppo- 
site to : adv. on the other 
hand. 

Contractus, a, um, part, (con- 
traho.) 

Contradlco, -dicere,- dixi, -dic- 
tum, tr. (contra & dico,) to 
speak against; to contra- 
dict; to oppose. 

Contradictus, a, um, part, con- 
tradicted; opposed. 

Contraho,-trahere,-traxi,-trac- 
tum, tr. (con & traho,) to 
draw together; to contract; 
- to assemble; to collect. 

Contrarius, a, um, adj. (con- 
tra,) contrary; opposite. 

Contueor, -tueri, -tuitus sum, 
tr. dep. (con & tueor,) to 
regard; to behold; to view; 
to gaze upon; to survey. 

Contundo, -tundere, -tiidi, -tu- 
sum, tr. (con & tundo,) to 
beat together; to beat; to 
bruise; to crush; to pul- 
verize. 

Contusus, a, um, part. 



216 



CONVALESCO — COROUSUS. 



Convalesco, -valescere,-valui, 
intr. inc. (con & valesco, 
from valeo,) to grow loell; 
to recover^ 

Convenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
tum, intr. (con &venio,) to 
covie together; to meet; to 
assemble. 

Converto, -vertere,-verti, -ver- 
sum,tr.(con,verto.) to tmn; 
to resort to; to appropriate; 
to convert into; to change; 
se in preces, to turn one's 
self to entreating. 

Convicium, i, n. (con & vox,) 
loud noise; scolding; re- 
proach; abuse. 

Convivium, i, n. (con &vivo,) 
a feast; a banquet; an en- 
tertainment. 

Convoco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(con & voco,) to call to- 
gether; to assemble. 

Convolve, -volvere, -volvi,-vo- 
lutum, tr. (con &volvo,) to 
roll together; pass, to be 
rolled together: se, to roll 
ogle's self up. 

Coiiperio, -perire, -perui, -per- 
tum, tr. (con & operio,) to 
cover. 

Copia, ag, f. an abundance; a 
multitude; a swarm: co- 
pise, pi. /or ce.9; troops. 

Copiose, adv. (ius, issime,) co- 
piously; abundantly; from 
copiosus, from copia. 

Coquo, coquere, coxi, coctum, 
tr. to cook; to bake; to boil; 
to roast; hence, 



Coquus, i, m. a cook. 

Cor, cordis, n. the heart. 

Coram, prep, in the presence 
of; before; adv. openly. 

Corey ra, ee, f. an island on the 
coast ofEpirus, now Corfu. 

Corinthius, a, um, adj. Corin- 
thian ; belonging to Co- 
rinth. 

Corinthius, i, m. a Corinthian. 

Corinthus, i, f. Corinth, a city 
of Achaia, in Greece. 

Corioli, orum, m. pi. a town 
of Latium.. 

Coriolanus, i, m.. a distinguish- 
ed Roinan general. 

Corium, i, n. the ski7i; the skin 
or hide of a beast; leather. 

Cornelia, as, f. a noble Roman 
lady. 

Cornelius, i, m. the name of 
an illustrious tribe, or clan, 
at Rome. 

Cornix, icis, f. a crow. 

Cornu, n.ind. in Sing. ^ 16 ; 
a horn. 

Corona, ce, f. a crown. 

Corpus, oris, ii. a body; a corpse. 

Correptus,a,um,part.(corripio.) 

Corrigo,-rigere, -rexi, -rectum, 
tr. (con &rego,) to set right; 
to straighten ; to make bet- 
ter; to correct. 

Corripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- 
tum, tr. (con & lapio,) to 
seize. 

Corrodo, rodere, rosi, -rosum, 
tr. (con & rodo,) to gnaw; 
to corrode. 

Corrosus,a,um, part, (corrodo.) 



COKEITMPO CKUDELIS. 



217 



Corrumpo, -rurapere, -rupi, 
-ruptum, tr. (con&rumpo,) 
to break up. [ox thoroughly;) 
tocorru-pt; to bribe; to hurt; 
to violate; to seduce; to im- 
pair; to destroy; 

Corruo, -ruere, -rui, intr. (con 
& ruo,) to fall down; to de- 
cay. 

Corruptus, a, um, part. & adj. 
(corrumpo,) bribed; vitia- 
ted; fold; corrupt. 

Corsica, 33, f. an island in the 
Mediterranean sea, north 
of Sardinia. 

Corvinus, i, in. a surname gi- 
ven to M. Valerius, from 
an incident in his life; from 

Corvus, i, m. a raven. 

Corycius, a, nm, adj. Cory- 
dan; of Corycus. 

Corycus, i, m. the name of a 
city and moiintain ofCilicia 

Cos., an abbreviation of con- 
sul ; Coss., of consules ; 
Gr. p. 303. 

Cotta, ae, m. a Roman cogno- 
men, belonging to the Au- 
relian tribe. 

Crater, eris,m. a goblet; acra- 
ter; the moiitli of a volcano. 

Crates, etis, m. a Theban phi- 
losopher. 

Crassus, i, m. the name of a 
Roman family of the Lu- 
cinian tribe. 

Creatus, a, um, part, (creo.) 

Creber, crebra, crebrum, adj. 
(crebrior,creberrimus,)/re- 
quent. 



Crebro, adv. (crebrii!is, creber- 
rime,) (creher,) freque?itly. 

Credo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
to believe; to trust. 

Credulus, a, um, adj. (credo,) 
easy of belief; credulous. 

Cremera, se, f. a river ofEtrti- 
ria, near ivhich the Fabian 
family were defeated a7id 
destroyed. 

Cremo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
burn; to consume. 

Creo, arc, avi, atum, tr. to 
make; to choose; to elect. 

Cresco, crescere crevi, cre- 
tum, intr. (creo,) to spring 
up; to iricrease; to grow. 

Creta, as, f. Crete, now Can- 
dia, an island in the Med- 
iterranean sea, south of 
the Cyclddes. 

Cretensis, e, adj. belonging to 
Crete, Cretan. 

Crevi. See Cresco. 

Crimen, inis, n. a crime; a 
fault; an accusation : alicui 
crimini dare, to charge as 
a crime against one. 

Crinis, is, m. the hair. 

Crixus, i,ni. the name of a cele- 
brated gladiator. 

Crocodilus, i, m. a crocodile. 

Cruciatus, a, um, part, (crucio.) 

Oruciatus, fis, m. (id.) torture; 
distress; trouble; affl,ictio7i. 

Crucio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(crux,) to crucify; to tor- 
ment; to torture. 

Crudelis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
jcruel; (fr. crudus,) hence, 



19 



218 



CRUDELITER CYCLADES. 



Crudeliter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
cruelly. 

Crudus, a, um, adj. (cruor,) 
properly, full of blood; 
crude; raw; unripe. 

Cruor, oris, m. blood; gore. 

Crus, cruris, n, the leg; {from 
the linee to the ankle.) 

Crux, crucis, f. a cross. 

Cubitus, i, m., & Cubitum, i, 
n. (cubo, to recline,) the 
arm, from the elbow to the 
wrist; a cubit. 

Cucurri. See Curro. 

Cui, &Cujus, SeeQui,&;Quis. 

Culex, icis, m. a gnat. 

Culpa, 86, f. a fault ; guilt; 
blame; hence, 

Culpo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
blame. 

Cultellus, i, m. (dim, from cul- 
ter,) a little knife; a knife. 

Cultus,a, um, part, (colo,) cul- 
tivated; improved; dressed. 

Cum, prep, with : adv. the 
same as quum, when : 
cum — \.nm,not only — but 
also; as well — as also. 

Cunctatio, onis, f. (cunctor,) 
delaying; a delaying; hesi- 
tation. 

Cunctus, a, um, adj. all; the 
whole. 

Q>umcxi\\is,i,m.arabbit; a cony. 

Cupiditas, atis, f. (cupio,) a 
wish; a desire; cupidity; 
(with moderation.) 

Cupldo, mis, f. desire; (with 
eagerness.) 

Cupidus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(id.) desirous. 



Cupiens, tis, part, from 
Cupio, ere, ivi, Itum. tr. to 

desire; to loish; to long for. 
Cur. adv. (abbreviated for 

quare,) why; wherefore. 
Cura, 03, f. care; anxiety. 
Cures, ium, f. pi. a city of the 

Sabiues. 
Curia, 36, f. a curia or ward; 

one of thirty parts into 

lohich the Romari people 

were divided; the senate 

house. 
Curiatii, orum, m. pi. the 

name of an Albait tribe. 

Three brothers belonging 

to this tribe fo^lght with the 

Horatii. 
Curo, are, avi, atum, tr. (cura,) 

to take care of; to care; to he 

concerned ; to cure or heal. 
Curro, currere, cucurri, cur- 
sum, to run; hence, 
Currus, us, m. a chariot; and 
Cursor, oris, m. (curro,) a r%m- 

ner; also a surname given 

to L. Papirius. 
Cursus, us,m. (id.) a running; 

a course; 
Curvus, a, um, adj. crooked. 
Custodia, se, f. (custos,) a 

watch; a guard; a prison. 
Custodio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. 

(id.) to guard; to watch; 

to preserve; to keep safely. 
Custos, odis, c. a guard; a 

keeper. 
Cutis, is, f. the skin. 
Cyaneus, a, um, adj. dark blue. 
Cyclades, um. f. pi. a cluster 

of islands in the Archipela- 



CYCLOPES — DEEELLO. 



219 



go^ tohich derive their 
7iamefrom lying inc. circle. 
Cyclopes, um. m, pi. the Cy- 
clops, giants of Sicily, liv- 
ing near Mtna. 
Cydnus, i, m. a river of Cilicia. 
Cyllene, es, f, a mountain in 

Arcadia. 
Cymba, se, f. a boat; a skiff; a 

canoe. 
Cymbalum, i, n. a cymbal. 
Cynicus i, m. a Cynic. The 
Cynics were a sect of phi- 
losophers founded by Antis- 
thenes. 
Cynocephalas, arum, f. pi. 
small hills near Scotussa, 
in Thessaly. 
Cynocephali, orum, m. pi. a 
people of India with heads 
like dogs. 
Cynocephalus, i, m. an Egyp- 
tian deity. 
Cynosseraa, atis, n. prommi- 
tory of Thrace, near Sestos, 
where queen Hecuba was 
buried. 
Cynthiis, i, m. a hill near the 

town of Delos. 
Cyrenag, arum, f, pi. Cyrene, a 
city of Africa, the capital 
of Cyrenaica. 
Cyrenaica, ee, f. a country in 
the northern pari of Africa, 
so called from its capital, 
Cyrence. 
Cyrenasus, a, um, adj. Cyre- 
nean; belonging to Cyrencs. 
Cyrenensis, e, adj. Cyrenean; 
of CyrencB. 



Cyrnus, i, f. a Greek name of 
the island of Corsica. 

Cyrus, i, m. Cyrzis, the iiame 
of a Persian king. 

Cyzicus, i, f. the name of an 
island, near Mysia, contain- 
ing a toion of the same 
name. 

D. 

Dsedalus, i, m. an ingenious 
Athenian artist, the son of 
Euphemus. 

Damno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(damnum, loss;) to adjudge 
to loss of any kind; to con- 
demn. 

Damnosus, a, um, adj. injuri- 
ous; hurtful. 

Danaus, i, m. an ancient king 
of Argos, and brother of 
2Egyptus. 

Dandus, a, um, part, (do.) 

Dans, tis, part, (do.) 

Danubius, i, m. the Danube, 
a large river of Germany, 
called also the Ister, af- 
ter its entrance into Uly- 
ricum. 

Daps, dapis, f. a feast; a meal. 

Dardania, se, f. a country and 
city of Asia Mirwr, near 
the Hellespont. 

Daturus, a, um, part, (do.) 

Datus, a, um, part, (do.) 

De, prep, from; of; concern- 
ing; on account of. 

Dea, ae, f. § 9, 4. « goddess. 

Debello, are, avi, atum, tr, (de 



DEBEO DEDUCO. 



& bello,) to p7it down by 
war; hence, to conquer; to 
subdue. 

Debeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (de & 
h.aheo,)to owe; tobeobliged; 
with an infinitive, ought, or 
should. 

Debeor, eri, itus sum, pass, to 
be due. 

Debilito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(debilis,) to weaken; to en- 
feeble. 

Debitus, a, um, part, (debeo,) 
due; deserved; owing. 

Decedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr. (de & cedo,) to 
de'part; to retire; to loith- 
draw; to yield; to die. 

Decern, num. adj. ten. 

Decemviri, orum, m. pi. de- 
cemvirs, ten men appointed 
to prepare a code of laws 
for the Ro?na7is, and by 
whom the laws of the twelve 
tables were formed. 

Decerno, -cernere. -crevi, -cre- 
tum, tr. (de & cerno,) to 
separate one thing from 
another; to judge; to de- 
cide; to fight; to co7itend; 
to discern; to decree : hel- 
ium decretum est, the ma- 
nagement of the war was 
decreed. 

Decerpo, -cerpere, -cerpsi, 
-cerptum,tr. (de&carpo,)^o 
pluck off; to pick; to gather. 

Decido, -cidere, -cidi, intr. (de 
& cado,) to fall, [viz: from, 
or down:) dentes decidunt, 
the teeth fail, or come out. 



Decimus, a, um, num. adj. 
ord. (decern,) the tenth. 

Decius, i, m, the name of sev- 
eral Romans distinguished 
for their patriotism. 

Declare, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(de & claro, to make clear;) 
to declare; to show. 

Decoctus, a, um, part, from 

Decoquo, -coquere, -coxi,-coc- 
tum, tr. (de & coquo,) to 
boil down; to boil. 

Decorus,a,um, adj. (decor,) be- 
coming; handsome: adorn- 
ed; decorous; beautiful. 

Decretus, a, um, part, (de- 
cerno.) 

Decresco,-crescere,-crevi, intr. 
(de &cresco,) to sink down, 
or subside; to decrease; to 
diminish; to fall to decay. 

Decumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, 
intr.(de &cubo,) to lie doivn. 

Deciirro, -currere, -curri, -cur- 
sum, intr. (de & curro,) to 
run down; to flow doion. 

Decus, oris, n. (deceo,) aii or- 
nament. 

Dedi. See Do. 

Dedidi. See Dedo. 

Deditio, onis, f. (dedo,) a giv- 
ing up; a surrender. 

Deditus, a, um, part, (dedo.) 

Dedo, dedere, dedidi, deditura, 
tr. (de & do,) to give up; to 
surreiider; to deliver up; to 
addict or devote one's self. 

Deduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (de & duco,) to lead 
or draio dowmoards; to lead 
forth; to bring; to lead. 



DEFATIGO DELINQUO. 



Defatigo,are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
& fatigo,) to weary out; to 
fatigue^ 

Defendo, -fendere, -fendi, -fen- 
sum, tr.(de&fendo,obsol, to 
hit;) to defend; to protect. 

Defensus, a, um, part, (de- 
fendo.) 

Defero, -ferre, -tiili, -latum, 
tr. irr* (de & fero,) to brmg, 
(viz : dow7i, or along;) to 
convey; to proffer; to con- 
fer; to give. 

Deficiens, tis, part, from, 

Deficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
tr. & intr. (de & facio,) to 
fail; to abando7i; to be 
wanting; to decrease; to be 
eclipsed; to revolt. 

Defleo, ere, evi, etum, (de & 
fleo,) to deplore; to bewail; 
to lament; to weep for. 

Defluo, -fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
intr. (de & fluo,) to flov) 
down. 

Defodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- 
sum, tr. (de & fodio, to dig 
down;) to bury; to inter. 

Deforinitas, atis, f. (deformis,) 
deformity; jigliness. 

Defossus,a, um, part. (defodio.) 

Defunctus, a, um, part. Jiri- 
ished : defunctus or defunc- 
tus vita, dead; from 

Defungor,-fungi, -functus sum, 
intr. dep. (de & fungor,) to 
execute; to perform; to be 
free from; to finish. 

Degens, tis, part, from 

Dego, degere, degi, tr. & 



intr. (de & ago,) to lead; to 

to live; to dwell: degere 

astatem, to live. 
Degusto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 

& gusto,) to taste. 
Deinde, adv.(de & inde,) then; 

further; after that; 7iext. 
Deiotarus, i, m. a man who 

was made king of Galatia, 

by the Roman senate, 

by the favor of Pompey. 
Dejectus, a, um, part, from 
Dejicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 

tr. (de & jacio,) to throw 

or cast down. 
Delabor, -labi, lapsus sum, 

intr. dep. (de & labor,) to 

fall; to glide down; to flow. 
Deiatus, a, um, part. (defero,) 

carried down; conferred. 
Delecto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 

& lacto,) to allure; to de- 
light; to please. 
Delectus, a, um, part, (deligo,) 
Delendus, a, um, part to be de- 

stroyed; from 
Deleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (de 

& leo, to daub;) to extin- 

guish; to destroy. 
Deliciss, arum, f. pi. (delicio,) 

delights; diversions; plea- 
sures. 
Delictum, i, n. (delinquo,) a 

neglect of duty; a fault; 

crime. 
Deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, 

tr. (de & lego,) to select; to 

choose. 
Delinquo,-linquere, -nqui,-lic- 

tum, tr. (de & linquo,) to 



222 



DELPHICUS — DEPULSO. 



fail in duty; to offend; to 
do wrong. 

Delphicus,a,um, adj. Delphic, 
belonging to Delphi. 

Delphi, orum, m, pi. a town of 
Phocis, famous for the tem- 
ple and oracle of Apollo. 

Delphlnus, i, m, a dolphin. 

Delta, £6, f. a part of Egypt, 
so called from its resem- 
blance to the Greek letter 
delta, A. 

Delubrum, i, n. (deluo, to pu- 
rify;) a temple; a shrine. 

Delus or -OS, i, f. an island in 
the jEgean sea; the birth 
place of Apollo and Diana. 

Demaratus, i, m. a Corinthian, 
father of the elder Tarquin. 

Demerge, -mergere, -mersi, 
-mersum, tr. (de & mergo,) 
to plunge; to sink. 

Demersus, a, um, part. 

Demetrius, i, m. a Greek pro- 
per name. 

Demissus, a, um, part, cast 
down; descending; from 

Demitto, -mitlere, -misi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (de & mitto,) to 
send down; to let down; to 
drop. 

Democritus, i, m. a Grecian 
philosopher, born at Abdera. 

Demonstro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(de & monstro,) to point 
out; to shew; to demon- 
strate; to prove. 

Demosthenes, is, m. the most 
celebrated of the Athenian 
orators. 

Demum, adv. at length; not 



till then; at last; only; in 

fine. 
Deni, ce, a, dis. num. adj. pi. 

every ten; ten; by tens. 
Denique, adv.^wffl^Zy; at last. 
Dens, tis, m. a tooth. 
Densus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 

thick. 
Dentatus, i, m. (Siccius,) a 

brave Roman soldier. 
Denuntio or -cio, are, avi, 

atum, tr. (de & nuntio,) 

prop, to make known; to 

foreshow; to proclaim; to 

declare; to denounce. 
Depascor, -pasci, -pastus sum, 

tr. dep. (de & pascor,) to 

feed upon; to eat up; to 

feed. 
Depingo,- pingere,-pinxi,-pic- 

tum, tr. (de & pingo,) to 

paint; to depict ; to de- 
scribe; to exhibit. 
Deploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 

& ploro,) to deplore; to 

weep for; to mourn. 
Depono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 

tum, tr. (de & pono,) to 

lay down or aside. 
Depopulatus, a, um, part, from 
Depopulor, ari, atus sum, 

tr. dep. (de & popiilus,) to 

lay laaste. 
Deporto, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(de & porto,) to carry down. 
Deprehendo,-prehendere,-pre- 

hendi,-prehensum, tr. (de 

and prehendo,) to seize; to 

catch; to detect. 
Deprehensus, a, um, part. 
Depulso, are, avi, atum, tr. 



DESCENDO DEVOLO. 



223 



freq. (de & pulso,) to ■push 
away; to keej) off; to repel. 

Descendo, -scendere, -scendi, 
-scensum, intr. (de & scan- 
do,) to descend : in certa- 
men dscendere, to e?igage 
in a contest : descenditur 
imp. one descends; ice de- 
scend; t76. Note. 

Describe, -scribere, -scripsi, 
scriptum, tr. (de & scribo,) 
prop, to write down; to de- 
scribe; to divide; to order. 

Desero,-serere,-serui,-sertum, 
tr. (de &sero,) to desert; to 
forsake; to abandon : (op- 
posite of sero, ^ 91, 3.) 

Desertum, i, n. a desert : from 

Desertus, a, um, part. & adj. 
(com p.) deserted ; waste; 
desolate; desert. 

Desiderium, i, n. (desidero to 
desire :) a longing for; a. 
desire; love; affection; re- 
gret; grief. 

Desino, sinere, sivi, and sii 
situm, intr. (de & sino,) to 
leave off; to terminate; to 
cease; to end; to rerwunce. 
Note — An ace. after this 
verb is governed by an in- 
finitive understood. 

Desperatus, a, um, part. & 
adj. comp. despaired of; 
past hope; desperate; hope- 
less : from 

Despero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(de & spero,) to despair : 
§ 91, 3. 

Desponsatus,a, um, part, from 

Desponso, are, avi, atum, tr. 



freq. (despondeo,) to pro- 
mise in marriage; to be- 
troth; to affiance. 

Destino, are, avi, atum, tr. 
prop, to fix; to destine; to ap- 
point; to resolve; to aim at. 

Desum, -esse, -fui, intr. irr. 
(de &surn,) to be wanting; 
^ 91, 3. 

Deterior, adj. compar. (sup. 
deterrimus, ^ 26,4,) loorse. 

Deterreo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (de 
& teYxeo^) to frighten from,; 
to deter. 

Detestor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (de & testor,) to call 
to Vjitness; to v:ish {as a 
curse): to deprecate; to de- 
test. 

Detractus, a, um, part, from 

Detraho, -trahere, -traxi,-trac- 
tum, tr. (de & traho,) to 
draw down or aioay; to 
draw off; to take from. 

Detrimentum, i, n. (detero,) 
detriment; damage; harm; 
loss. 

Deus, i, m. God; a god. 

Develio, -vehere, -vexi, -vec- 
tum, tr. (de & veho,) to 
carry down, or away. 

Devexus, a, um, adj. sloping; 
inclining'. 

Devictus, a, um, part, from 

Devinco, -vincere, -vici, -vic- 
tum, tr. (de & vinco,) to 
conquer; to subdue; to over- 
come. 

Devolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(de & volo,) to fly dovm; to 
fly away. 



224 



DEVORO DILIGO. 



Devoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
and voro,) to devonr; to 
eat up. 

Devotus, a, um, part, from 

Devoveo, -vovere, -vovi, -v6- 
tum, tr. (de & voveo,) to 
voiv; to devote; to conse- 
crate. 

Dexter, era, erum, or ra, rum, 
§ 20, 3. adj. right; on the 
right hand. See § 26, 2. 

Dextra, ae, f. the right hand. 

Diadema, atis, n, a diadem ; 
a white fillet loorn upon 
the heads of kings. 

Diagoras, £e, m. a Rhodian 
who died of excessive joy, 
because his three sons were 
victorious at the Olympic 
games. 

Diana, «, f. the daughter of 
Jupiter and Latdna, and 
sister of Apollo. 

Dico, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
consecrate; to dedicate; from 

Dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, tr. 
to say; to name; to call. 

Dictator, oris, m. a dictator; 
a chief magistrate, elected 
on special occasions, and 
vested xoith absolute autho- 
rity; from 

Dicto, are, avi, atum, freq. 
to say often; to dictate. 

Dictum, i, n. (dico,) a word; 
ayi expression. 

Dictus, a, um, part, (dico.) 

Dies, ei, m. or f. in sing., m. 
in pi., a day; in dies, dai- 
ly; every day. 



DifFerens, tis, adj. different; 
dJfferhig; from 

DifTero, differre, distuli, dila- 
lum, tr. & intr. irr. (dis & 
fero,) to carry apart, or in 
different directions; to car- 
ry up and down; to scat- 
ter; to disperse; to spread 
abroad: to publish; to de- 
fer; to be different. 

Difficile, adv. (ius, lime,) diffi- 
cultly; with difficulty; from 

Difficilis, e, adj. comp. (dis 
& facllis,) difficult; ^ 91, 2. 
Obs, 1, hence, 

Diffioultas, atis, f. difficulty; 
trouble; poverty. 

Digitus, i, m. a finger; a fin- 
ger'' s breadth. 

Dignatus, a, um, part, (dig- 
nor,) vouchsafing; thought 
ivorthy. 

Dignitas, atis, f. (dignus,) dig- 
nity; office; honor. 

Dignor, ari, atus sum, tr, dep. 
to think worthy; to vouch- 
safe; to deign; from 

Dignus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) loorthy. 

Dilanio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(dis & lanio,) to tear or 
rend in pieces. 

Diligenter, adv. (iiis, issim^,) 
diligently ; carefully ; fr. 
diiigens. 

Diligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum, tr. 
(dis & lego,) to select care- 
fully; to esteem a thing for 
its value; hence, to love. 
See amo. 



DIMICATIO — DISSERO. 



Dimicatio, onis, f. a fight; a 
contest; a battle; from 

Dimico, are, avi, [or ui,) 
atum, tr. (dis & mico, 
to glitter,) to fight : viz., 
with swords gleaming : 
dimicatum est, a battle was 
_ fought. 

Dimissus, a, um, part, from 

Dimitto, -mittere, misi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (dis & mitto,) to 
send aioay; to dismiss; to 
let go. 

Diogenes, is, m. an eminent 
Cynic philosopher, born at 
Sindpe, a city of Asia Mi- 
nor. 

Diomedes, is, m. a Grecian 
warrior; also, a cruel king 
of Thrace. 

Dionysius, i. m. the name of 
two tyrants of Syracuse. 

Dirempturus, a, um, part, 
dirlrno,) about to decide. 

Direptus, a, um, part, (diripio.) 

Dirimo,- imere,-emi,-emptum, 
tr. (dis & emo,) properly, 
to take one thing from an- 
other : to divide; to part; 
to separate; to decide. 

Diripio, -ripere, -ripui, - reptum, 
tr. (dis & rapio,) to tear 
asunder; to rob; to plunder; 
to pillage; to destroy. 

Diruo,- ruere,- rui,- riitum, tr. 
(dis & ruo,) to pull down; 
to overthrow; to raze; to 
destroy. 

Dirus, a, um, adj. frightful; 
terrible; direful; ominous. 

Diriitus, a, um, part, (diruo.) 



Discedo,-cedere-cessi cessum, 
intr. (dis & cedo,) to go 
aivay; to depart. 

Discerpo, -cerpere, -cerpsi, 
cerptum, tr. (dis & carpo,) 
to tear asunder, or in 
pieces. 

Discerptus, a, um, part, (dis- 
cerpo.) 

Discipiilus, i, m. (disco,) a 
pupil; a scholar. 

Disco, discere, didici, tr. to 
learn. 

Discordia, Be, f. (discors, dis & 
cor,) discord; disagreement; 
the Goddess Discord. 

Discordo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(id.) to differ in feeling; to 
be at variance; to differ. 

Discrepo, are, avi, or ui, itum, 
intr. (dis & crepo,) to dAf 
fer in sound; to differ; to 
disagree. 

Diserte, adv. (ius issime,) 
clearly; eloquently. 

Disputatio, onis, f. a dispute; 
a discourse; a discussion; 
from 

Dispute, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(dis & puto,) to be of oppo' 
site sentiments; hence, to 
dispute; to discuss; to dis- 
course. 

Dissemino, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(dis & semino,) to spread 
abroad; to scatter; to pro- 
mulgate. 

Dissero, -serere, -serui, -ser- 
tum, tr. (dis & sero, to 
plait;) to unplait; § 91, 2. 
to disentangle; hence, to 



^26 



BISSIDIUM — DOMICILIUM. 



explain; to discourse; to 
reason; to debate; to say. 

Dissidium, i, n. (dissideoj a 
disagreement; a dissension. 

Dissimilis, e, adj. (comp. ^ 26, 
1,) imlike; dissimilar; fr. 
dis & similis. 

Distans, tis, part.(disto,)s?GM(f- 
ing asunder; differing; dis- 
tant; being divided. 

Distinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi, 
stinctum, tr. (di (festinguo,) 
to distinguish^ (viz : by 
marks -^ to mark; to adorn; 
to variegate; to spot; to 
sprinkle. 

Disto, stare, intr. (di & sto,) 
intr. to stand apart; to be 
distant; to be divided; to 
differ. 

Distribuo,-tribuere,-tribui,-tri- 
butum, (dis & tnbuo,) to 
distribute; to diviHe. 

Ditis, e, adj ,(ior, isslmus,) rich. 

Diu, adv. (utii!is, utissime,) 
(dies,) long; for a longtime. 

Diurnus, a,um, adj. (id.) daily. 

Diutinus, a, um, adj. (diu,) 
continual; long continued. 

Diuturnitas, atis, f. long con- 
iinuarice; duration; from 

Diuturnus, a, um, adj. (diu,) 
long; lasting; ior, \ 26, 6, 

Divello, -vellere,-velli, or -vul- 
si, -vulsum, tr. (di & vello,) 
to pull asunder; to sepa- 
rate; to disjoin; to tear off. 

Diversus, a, um, adj. part. (fr. 
diverto,) turned different 
ways; different. 



Dives, itis, adj. rich; wealthy ; 
fertile; fruitful. 

Divide, dividere, divisi, divl- 
3um, tr. (di & iduo, obsol. to 
divide;) to divide; to sepa- 
rate; to distribute. 

Divinus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
divine; heavenly; from divus. 

Divlsus, a, um, part, (divide.) 

Divitise, arum, f. pi. (dives,) 
riches; wealth. 

Divulsus, a, um, part, (divello.) 

Do, dare, dedi, datum, tr. to 
give; to grant; to surren- 
der : pffinas, to suffer pun- 
ishment .-crimini, to impute 
as a crime; to accuse : finem, 
to terminate: nomen, to 
give name. 

Doceo, ere,ui, tum, tr. toteach. 

Docilitas, atis, f. (doceo,) do- 
cility; teachableness. 

Doctrma, £e, f. (doceo,) instruc- 
tion; education; doctrine. 

Doctus, a, um, part k, adj. 
comp. (doceo,) taught; 
learned. 

Dodona, -as., f. a town and for- 
est of Eplrus, where were a 
temple and oracle of Jupiter. 

Doleo, ere, ui, intr. to grieve; 
to sorrow; to be in pain. 

Dolor, oris, m. (doleo,) pain; 
sorrow; grief. 

Dolus, i, m. a device; a trick; 
a stratagem; guile; artifice. 

Domesticus, a, um, adj, (do- 
mus;) domestic. 

Domicilium, i, n. (id.) a habi- 
tation; a house; an abode. 



DOMINA ECCE. 



227 



Domma, se, f. (dommus,) a 
mistress. 

Dorainatio, onis, f. govern- 
ment; absolute power; do- 
mmio7i; usur'pation; despo- 
tism; from 

Dommus, i, m. (domus,) mas- 
ter; owner; lord. 

Domitus, a, um, part, from 

Domo, are, ui, itum, tr. to sub- 
due; to tame; to overpoiver; 
to conquer; to vanquish. 

Domus, us, & i, f. ^ 16 ; <z 
house : domi, at home; do- 
mo, from home: domum, 
home. 

Donee, adv. until; as long as. 

Dono, are, avi, atum, tr, (do- 
num,) to give freely; to 
present. 

Donum, i, n. {do.) a free gift; 
an offering; a present. 

Dormio, ire, Ivi, itum, intr. to 
sleep. 

Dorsum, i, n. the bach. 

DoSjdotis, f. aportion; a dowry. 

Draco, onis, m. a dragon; a 
species of serpent. 

Druidffi, arum, m. pi. Druids, 
priests of the ancient Bri- 
tons and Gauls. 

Dubitatio, onis, f, a doubt; 
hesitation; question; from 

Dubjto, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(dubius,) to hesitate; to 
doubt. 

Ducenti, se, a, num. adj. pi. 
two hundred. 

Duco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. to 
lead; to conduct : uxorem, 
to take a loife ; to marry : 



exequias, to perform- fune- 
ral rites : murum, to build 
a wall. 

Ductus, a, um, part. led. 

Duillius, i, m. (Caius,) a Ro- 
man commander, who first 
conquered the Carthagini- 
ans in a naval engagement. 

Dulcis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
sweet; pleasant. 

Dum, adv. & conj. while; 
whilst; as long as; until. 

Duo, £e, 0, num, adj. pi. ^ 24, 
3. two. 

Duodecim, num. adj. ind. pi. 
(duo & decem,) twelve; 
hence, 

Duodecimus, a, um, num. adj. 
ord. the twelfth. 

Duodeviginti, num. adj. ind. 
pi. (duo, de & vigiati,§24, 
1,) eighteen. 

Duritia, ee, & Durities, ei, f. 
hardness; from 

Durus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) hard; severe; harsh; 
unfavorable. 

Dux, cis, c. (duco,) a leader; 
a guide; a commander. 

E. 

E, ex, prep, out of ; from; 

of; among. 
Ea. See Is. 
Ebibo, -bibere, -bibi, -bibitum, 

tr. (e & bibo,) to drink up. 
Ebrietas, atis, f. (ebrius,) 

drunkenness. 
Ebur, oris, n, ivory. 
Ecce, int. See.' lo! behold i 



228 



EDICO ELEUSINII. 



Edico, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, 
tr. (e & dico,) to proclaim; 
to announce; to publish; to 
order. 

Edidi. See Edo. 

Editus. a, um, part, puhlished; 
uttered; produced; from 

Edo,-dere,-didi,-ditum, tr. (e 
& do,) to give out; to pub- 
lish; to cause; to occasion; 
to produce; to make : spec- 
taculum edere, to give an 
exhibition. 

Edo, edere or esse, edi, esum, 
tr. irr. ^ 83, 9, to eat; to 
consume. 

Educatus, a, um, part, from 

Educo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
duco,) to bring up; to edM- 
cate; to instruct. 

Educo, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum,tr. (e & duco,) to lead 
forth, to bring forth; to 
produce; to draw out. 

Efficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
tr. (e & facio,) to effect; to 
make; to form; to cause; to 
accomplish. 

Effigies, iei, f. (effingb,) an 
image; an effigy. 

Efflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
& fio,) to breathe out: ani- 
mam, to die; to expire. 

Effugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
tum, tr. & intr. (e & fugio,) 
to fly from; to escape; to flee. 

Effundo, "fundere, -fudi, -fu- 
sum, tr. (e «fc fundo,) to 
pour out; to spill; to dis- 
charge; to waste; to over- 
flow; to extend or spread. 



Effusus, a, um, part, poured 
out; ivasted. 

Egeria, s, f. a nymph of the 
Aricinian grove, and from 
whom Numa professed to 
receive histructions respect- 
i?ig religious rites. 

Egero,-gerere,-gessi,-gestum, 
tr. (e & gero,) to carry out; 
to cast forth; to throw out. 

Egestus, a, um, part. 

Egi. See Ago. 

Ego, mei, subs. pro. /; ^ 28. 

Egredior,-gredi,-gressus sum, 
intr. dep.(e &gradior,) to go 
out; to overflow; to go beyond 

Egregie, adv. in a distin- 
guished manner; excellent- 
ly; famously; from 

Egregius, a, um, adj. (e & 
grex,) properly, chosenfrnm 
the flock; hence, distin- 
guished; eminent; choice. 

Egressus, a, um, part, (egre- 
dior.) 

Ejusmodi, pro. (genitive of is 
& modus,) such; such like; 
of the same sort. 

Elabor,-labi,-lapsus sum, intr. 
dep. (e & labor,) to glide 
aivay; to escape. 

Elapsus, a, um, part, having 
jjassed. 

Elephantis, idis, f. an island 
and city in the southerr 
part of Egypt. 

Elephantus, i & Elephas an- 
tis, m. an elephant. 

Eleusinii, orum, m. pi. the 
Eleusiiiians; the inhabit- 
ants of Eleusis. 



ELEUSIS— EPISTOLA . 



229 



Eleusis & 'in, Inis, f. a town 
of Attica, sacred to Ceres. 

Elido, -lidere, -lisi, -lisum, tr. 
(e & Isedo,) to strike out; to 
dash in 'pieces; to crush. 

Eligo,-ligere,-legi,-lectijm, tr. 
(e & lego,) to pick out; to 
choose; to select. 

Eloquens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (eloquor,) eloquent. 

Eloquentia, se, f. (id.) elo- 
quence. 
\ Eloquor, -loqui, -locutus sum, 
tr. dep. (e & loquor,) to 
speak out; to say;' to de- 
clare; to tell. 

Eluceo,-lucere,-luxi, intr. (e 
& luceo,) to shine forth. 

Emergo, -mergere, -mersi, 
-mersum, intr. (e & mer- 
ge,) to emerge; to come out; 
to rise up. 

Emineo, ere, ui, intr. (e & 
mineo, obsol. to stand or 
appear above; hence,) to he 
eminent; to rise above; to 
be conspicuous; to be dis- 
tinguished; to appear. 

Emitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (e & mitto,) to 
send forth; to discharge. 

Emo, emere, emi, emptum, 
tr. primarily, to take : com- 
monly, to buy; to purchase. 

Emorior,-mori, or moriri,-mor- 
tuus sum, intr. dep. to die. 

Emptus, a, um, part, (emo.) 

Enascor, -nasci, -natus sum, 
intr. dep. to spring from, 
or up; to be horn; to arise. 



Enatus, a, um, part, horn of. 

Eneco,-necare,-necavi or -ne- 
cui,-necatum, tr. (e & ne- 
co,) to kill {outright.) 

Enervo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
unnerve, or enervate; to en- 
feeble; to weaken. 

Enim, conj. for; but; truly; 
indeed, 

Enna, as, f. a town of Sicily. 

Ennius, i, m. a very ancient 
Roman poet. 

Enuntio, or-cio, are, avi, atum, 
tr. (e k, nuntio, or-cio,) to 
say, or tell out; to pro- 
claim; to disclose; to di- 
vulge. 

Eg, ire, ivi„ itum, intr. irr. 
^ S3, 3, to go. 

E6. adv. (i. e. eo loco,) thither; 
to that degree; to that 
pitch; to that degree of 
eminence. 

Eous, i, m. the morning star. 

Eous, a, um, adj. eastern; the 
eastern. 

Epaminondas, cB, m. a distin- 
guished Theban general. 

Ephesus, i, m. a city on the 
western coast of Ionia, near 
the river Cayster. 

Ephialtes, is. a giant, the son 
of Neptune, or of Aldeus, 
and brother of Otos. 

Epimenides, is, m. a poet of 
Gnossus, in Crete. 

Epirus, i, f. a country in the 
western part of Greece. 

Epistola, ae, f. an epistle; a 
letter. 



20 



230 



EPULOR — EUROPA. 



Epiilor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. to feast; to feast wpon; 
to eat; from 

Epiilum, i, n. sing., & Epulse, 
arum, f. pi. a solemn feast ; 
a banquet; a feast. ^ 18, 6. 

Eques, itis, m. (equus,) a 
knight; a horseman : equi- 
tes, pi. knights; horsemen; 
cavalry. 

Equidem, conj. (ego & qui- 
dem,) indeed; I for my 
'part; (joined mostly with 
verbs of the first person.) 

Equitatus, us, m. (equito,) cav- 
alry. 

Equus, i, m. a horse. 

Erara, Ero, &c. See Sum, ^ 54. 

Ereptus, a, um, part, (eripio.) 

Erga, prep, toivards. 

Ergo, conj. therefore 

Erinaceus, i, m. a ' 

Eripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, 
tr. (e ferapio,) to tear from; 
to take from; to rescue; to 
take away; to deliver. 

Erro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
wander; to err; to stray; 
to roam. 

Erodo, -rodere, -rosi, -rosum, 
tr. (e &; rodo,) to gnav} 
away; to co7isume; to eat 
into. 

Erudio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (e & 
rudis,) to free from a rude 
state; hence, to instruct; to 
form; hence, 

Eruditio, onis, f. instruction; 
Iear7iing. 

Erudltus, a, um, part, (erudio.) 

Esse, Essem, &c. See Sum. 



Esuriens, tis, part, hungry; be- 
ing hungry; from 

Esurio, ire, ivi, itum, intr. to 
be hungry. 

Et, conj. and; also; even: et 
— et, both — and. 

Etiam, conj. (et & jam,) also; 
especially; with an adjec- 
tive or adverb in the com- 
parative degree, even. 

Etruria, se, f. a country of It- 
aly, 7iorth and west of the 
Tiber; Tuscany. 

Etrusci, orum, m. pi. the peo- 
ple of Etruria; the Tuscans 
or Etrurians. 

Etruscus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Etruria; Tuscan or 
Etrurian. 

Euboea, se, f. a large island in 
the Mgean sea, near Bceotia. 

Eumenes, is, m. a general in 
Alexander's army; also, the 
name of several kings of 
Pergamus. 

Euns, for iens, part, of eo. 

Euphemus, v^ m. the father of 
DcBdalus. 

Euphrates, is, m, a large river 
lohich forms the western 
boundary of Mesopotamia. 

Euripides, is, m. a celebrated 
Athenian tragic poet. 

Euripus, i, m. anarrow strait 
between Bceotia and Euboea. 

Europa, 33, f. Europe, one of the 
quarters of the earth, sup- 
posed to have been named 
from Europa, the daughter 
of Agenor, king of Phm- 
nicia 



EUROTAS — EXCOLO. 



231 



Eurotas, se, m. a river of La- 
co7iia, near Sparta. 

Euxinus, i, m. from. Ev^tivog. 
(hospitable,) (pontus,) the 
Euxine, now Ike Black Sea. 

Evado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, 
tr. & intr. (e fevado,) to go 
out; to escape; to become. 

Everto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
sum, tr. (e & verto,) to 
overturn; to destroy. 

Eversus, a, lam, part, over- 
turned; destroyed. 

Evoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
voco,) to call out; to sum- 
mon; to implore. 

Evolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (e 
& volo,) tojly out or away. 

Ev6mo,-vomere,-vomui,-vom- 
itum, tr. (e & vomo,) to 
vomit forth; to discharge. 

Ex,prep. (before a vowel) SeeE 

Exactus, a, um, part, (exigo,) 
banished; driven away. 

Exasquo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
& asquo,) to make equal; to 
equal. 

Exanimo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & anima,) to deprive 
of life; to kill; to render 
lifeless. 

Exardesco, -ardescere, -arsi, 
intr. inc. to burn; to become 
inflamed; to kindle; to be- 
come excited; to be enraged : 
bellum exarsit, a war broke 
orut. 

Exaspero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex and aspero, to make 
rough; fr. asper,) to exas- 
ferate; to incense. 



ExcsBco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex&csecus,) tomakeblind; 
to blind. 

Excedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr. (ex & cedo,) to 
go forth, or out; to depart; 
to exceed; to surpass; to go 
beyond. 

Excello, -cellere, -cellui, -eel- 
sum, intr. (ex & cello, ob- 
sol. to move;) to be high; to 
excel; to be eminent. 

Excelsus, a, um, adj. (comp. 
excelsior,) high; lofty. 

Excidium, i, n. destruction; 
ruin; from 

Excido,-cidere,-cidi, intr. (ex 
& cado,) to fall out ox from; 
to fall; to drop; to perish. 

Excido, -cidere, -cidi, cisum, 
tr. (ex & c8edo,) to cut out; 
to cut down; to hew out. 

Exclsus, a, um, part. 

Excipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tum, tr. (ex & capio,) to 
take out; to except; to re- 
ceive; to support; to follow; 
to succeed; to sustain. 

Excitandus, a, um, part, from 

Excito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (excieo,) to excite ; 
to aioaken; to arouse; to 
stir up. 

Exclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & clamo,) to cry out; 
to exclaim. 

Exclude, -cludere, -clusi, -clu- 
sum, tr. (ex & claudo,) to 
shut out; to exclude; to 
hatch. 

Exc61o,-colere, -colui,-cultum, 



232 



EXCRirCIO — EXPEDIO. 



tr. (ex & colo,) to cultivate; 
to exercise. 

Excrucio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & crucio,) to torture; 
to torvient; to trouble; 
^91,4. 

Excubiae, arum, f- pi. (excu- 
bo, ) ffl guard; a loatch; a sen- 
tinel; [generally by night.) 
See vigilia & statio. 

Excusatio, onis, f. (excuse,) 
an excusing; an excuse; an 
apology. 
, Exedo, -edere & esse, -edi, 
-esum, tr. irr. (ex & edo, 
§ 83, 9) to eat; to eat up; 
to devour. 

Exemplum, i, n. an example; 
an instance. 

Exequias. See Exsequiae. 

Exerceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (ex 
& arceo,) to exercise; to 
train; to discipline; to 
practice : agrum, to culti- 
vate the earth. 

Exercitus, us, m. an army; [a 
body of disciplined troops.) 

Exhaurio, -haurire,- hausi, 
-haustum, tr.(ex & haurio,) 
to draw out; to exhaust; to 
drain; to wear out ; to im- 
pai^erish. 

Exigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. 
(ex & ago,) to drive away; 
to banish. 

Exiguus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
little; small; scanty; see 
parvus. 

Exllis, e, adj.(exilior, § 26, 1,) 
slender; small; thi?i. 

Exilium, and exsilium, i, n. 



(ex & solum,) exile; banish' 
ment. 

Eximie, adv. remarkably; re* 
ry; from 

Eximius, a, um, adj. (eximo,) 
extraordinary; remarkable. 

Existimatio, onis, f. opinion; 
reputation; respect; from 

Existimo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & sestimo,) to judge, or 
think; to imagine; to sup- 
pose, 

Exitium, i, n. (exeo,) properly 
issue; end: usually destruc' 
tion; ruin. 

Exitus, us, m. (id.) an exit; 
the event; the issue; an 
outlet. 

Exoratus, a, um, part, (exoro,) 
entreated; ir^uenced; in- 
duced. 

Exorior,-oriri,-ortus sum, intr. 
dep. (ex & orior,) to rise 
up, or out of; to arise; to 
appear. 

Exorno, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
& orno,) to adorn; to 
deck. 

Exoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
& oro,) to entreat or he- 
seech earnestly. ^ 91, 4, 

Exortus, a, um, part, (exorior,) 
risen; having arisen. 

Expecto, or -specto, are, avi, 
atum, tr. (ex & specto,) to 
look for; to wait for. 

Expedio, ire, Ivi, itum, tr. (ex 
& pes,) properly to take the 
foot out of confinement; 
hence, to free; to extricate; 
to expedite : expedit, imp. 



;XP£D1TI0 EXTORqUEO 



233 



it is fiL; it is expedient; 
hence, 

Expeditio,onis,f. an expedition 

Expello, -pellere, -piili, -pul- 
sum, tr. (ex & pello,) to 
drive aict; to erpd; to ban- 
ish. 

Expers, i\f, adj. (ex & pars,) 
having no part in; hence, 
without; devoid; void of; 
destitute of; 

Expeto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. (ex 
& peto,) to ask; to dema?id; 
to strive after; to seek ear- 
nestly. 

Expio, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
& pio,) to free from the pol- 
lution of some crime or of- 
fence; to expiate; to ap- 
pease. 

Expleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (ex 
& pleo,) to fill up, to fill 
full. 

Explico, are, avi, & ui, atum 
& itum. tr. (ex & plico,) to 
unfold; to spread; to ex- 
plain. 

Explorator, oris, m. (explore,) 
a spy; a scant. 

Expolio, lre,Ivi,itum,tr. (ex & 
polio,) to polish; to adorn; 
to improve; to finish. § 91,4. 

Expono, ponere, -posui, -posi- 
tum, tr. (ex & pono,) to set 
forth; to expose; to explain. 

Exprohro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex&probrum,) to upbraid; 
to blame; to reproach; to 
cast in one's teeth. 

Expugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ex & pugno,) to take by 



assault; to conquer; to van- 
quish; to subdue; to take 
by storm. § 91, 4. 

Expu]sus,a,um, part. (expello.) 

Exsequias, arum, f. pi. (exse- 
quor,) funeral rites. 

Exsilio, or Exilio, ire, ii &ui, 
intr. (ex & salio,) to spring 
up or out; to leap forth. 

Exspiro, or Expiro, are, avi, 
atum, tr. (ex & spiro,) to 
breathe forth; to expire; to 
die. 

Exstinctus, or Extinctus, a, 
um, part, dead; from 

Exstinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi, 
-stinctum, tr. (ex & stin- 
guo,) to extinguish; to kill; 
to put to death; to destroy. 

Exstructus, or Extructus, a, 
um, part, from 

Exstruo, or Extruo, -struere, 
struxi, -structum, tr. (ex & 
struo,) to build., or pile up; 
to construct. 

Exsurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, 
-surrectum, intr. (ex & sur- 
ge,) to rise up; to arise; to 
swell; to siirge. 

Exter, or Exterus, a, um, adj. 
(exterior, extimus or ex- 
tremus, ^ 26, 2.) foreign; 
strange; outioard. 

Exto, extare, extiti, intr. (ex & 
sto,) to stand out ox forth; 
usually to be; to remain; 
to he extant. 

Extorqueo, -torquere, -torsi, 
-tortum, tr. (ex & torqueo,) 
to extort; to wrest from; to 
obtain by force. 



234 



EXTRA FAMILIARITAS. 



Extra, prep, (for extera, scil. 
parte,) heyond; loithout; ex- 
cept. 

Extractus, a, um, part, from 

Extraho, -trahere, truxi, -trac- 
tum, tr. (ex & traho,) to 
draw out; to extract; to 
extricate; to free; to res- 
cue; to liberate. 

Extremus, a, um, adj. (sup of 
exterus,) extreme; the last; 
the farthest. 



Faba, ee, f. a bean. 

Fabius, i, m. the navie of an 

- illustrious Roman family. 

Fabricius, i, m. a Roman^ dis- 
tinguished for his integrity. 

Fabrico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(faber,) to make; to forge; 
to vianifacture. 

Fabiila, ge, f. (fari,) a story; 
a fable; a tradition ; a 
play. 

Fabulosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(fabiila,) fabuloi.LS. 

Faciendus, a, um, part, (fa- 
cio.) 

Faciens, tis, part, (facio.) 

Facies, iei, f. (facio,) a face; 
appearance. 

Facile, adv. (ius, lime,) easily; 
willingly ; clearly ; un- 
doubtedly; from 

Facilis, e, adj. (facio,) (comp. 
^ 26, 1,) easy. 

Facinus, oris, n. any action; a 
hold deed; a crime; an ex- 
ploit; from 



Facio, facere, feci, factum, 
tr. to do; to make; to va- 
lue : {spoken of individual 
things :) facere iter, to 
travel: male facere, to in- 
jure; to hurt : sacra face- 
re, to offer sacrifice: face- 
re pluris, to value higher: 
certiorem, to inform: fac, 
take care; cause; hence, 

Factum, i, n. an actio?t; a 
deed. 

Facturus, a, um, part, (facio.) 

Factus, a, um, part, (facio,) 
made; done: facta obvi- 
am, meeting: preeda facta, 
booty _ having been taken. 

Facundus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) eloquent ; from 
fari. 

Falerii, orum, m. pi. a toion 
of Etruria. 

Falernus, i, m. ammintainof 
Campania famous for its 
wine. 

Falermis,a, um, adj. beloiigins 
to Falernus; Falernian. 

Falisci, orum, m. pi. the in- 
inhabitants of Falerii. 

Fama, as, f. fame; reputation; 
report. 

Famelicus, a, um, adj. hun- 
gry ; fa mished; fro m 

Fames, is, f. hungers famine. 

Familia, se, f. (famulus,) a 
family; servants; hence, 

Familiaris, e, adj. (comp.) of 
the same family; familiar, 
hence, 

Familiaritas, atis, f. friend- 
ship; intimacy; confidence. 



FAMILIARITER FEROX. 



235 



Familiariter, adv. (ius, is- 
sime,) (lA.) familiarly; on 
terms of intimacy. 

Famula, ag, f. (famulus, a serv- 
ant ;) a maid; a female 
servant or slave. 

Fas, n. ind. (for,) right; (by 
the laAvs of religion or of 
God :) a laioful thing. 

Fascis, is, m. a hmdle; a fa- 
got : fasces, pi. bundles of 
birchen rods, carried before 
the Roman magistrates, 
with an axe bound up in 
the middle of them. 

Fatalis, e, adj. (fatum,) /a^cZ; 
ordained by fate. 

Fateor, fateri, fassus sum, tr. 
dep. to confess. 

Fatidicus, a, um, adj. (fatum 
& dico,) prophetic. 

Fatig-atus, a, um, part, from 

Fatigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
weary. 

Fatum, i, n. (for ; i. e. a thing 
declared or determined;) 
fate; destiny : fata, pi. the 
fates. 

Fauce, f. (in the abl. only, in 
the sing. § 18, 10,) the 
throat: pi. fauces, the 
throat; the jaws; the straits. 

Faustulus, i, m. the shepherd 
by lohom Romulus and Re- 
mus were brought up. 

Faveo, favere, favi, fautum, 
intr. to favor; hence. 

Favor, oris, m. favor; good, 
will; partiality; applause. 

Febris, is, f. (for ferbis, fr. 
ferveo,) a fever. 



Feci. See Facio. 

Felicitas, atis, f. (felix,) feli- 
city; good fortune; happi- 
ness. 

FelicUer, adv. (itis, issime,) 
fortunately; successfully; 
happily. 

Felis, is, f. a cat. 

Felix, icis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
happy ; fortunate; fruitful; 
fertile; opulent; auspicious; 
favorable. 

Femina, 33, f. a female; a wo- 
man. 

Femineus, a, um, adj. (femi- 
na,) female; feminine; per- 
taining to females. 

Fera, ee, f. a loild beast. 

Ferax, acis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
{kxo,) fruitful; productive; 
fertile; abounding in. 

Fere, adv. almost; nearly; 
about : fere nullus, scarcely 
any one. 

Ferens, tis, part, (fero.) 

Ferinus, a, um, adj. (fera,) of 
wild beasts. 

Ferio, ire, tr. to strike, or 
beat. 

Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. 
to bear; to carry; to relate; 
to bring; to produce : ferre 
manum, to stretch forth; to 
extend : ferunt, they say. 

Feror, ferri, latus sum, pass. 
to be carried; to floio; to 
move rapidly; to fly: fer- 
tur, imp. it is said : hence, 

Ferox, ocis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) wild; fierce; savage; 
ferocious. 



i>36 



fERREUS FLAGRO. 



Ferreus, a, um, adj. iron; ob- 
durate; from 
Ferrum, i. n. iron; a sword; 

a knife. 
Fertilis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

(fero,) fertile ; fruitful ; 

hence, 
Fertilitas, atis, f. fertility ; 

richness; fruit fulness. 
Ferula, as, f. (ferio,) a staff; a 

reed. 
Ferus, a, um, adj. wild; rude; 

uncultivated ; uncivilized; 

savage. 
Ferveo, fervere, ferbui, intr. 

to hail; io seethe; to foam; 

to be hot; to glow. 
Fessus, a, um, adj. (fatiscor,) 

loeary; tired; fatigued. 
Festum, i, n. a feast; from 
Festus, a, um, adj. festive; 

joyful; merry. 
Ficus, i & us, f. a fig-tree; a 

Fidelis, e, adj. {y^oxa^.) faith- 
ful; from 

Fides, ei, f. fidelity; faith : 
in fid em, in confirmation : 
in fidem accipere, to re- 
ceive U7ider one^s protec- 
tion. 

Figo, figere, fixi, fixum, tr. to 
fix; to fasten. 

Fiiia, as, f, 'i' 9, 4 ; a daughter. 

Filius, i, m. § 10, Exc. 5 ; a 
son. 

Filum, i, n. a thread. 

Findo, findere, fidi, fissum, tr. 
to split; to cleave. 

Fingens, tis, part, feigning; 
pretending; from 



Fingo, fingere, finxi, fictum, 
tr, to form: to make; to de- 
vise; to pretend; to feign. 

Finio, ire, Ivi, itum, tr. to 
end; tofi7iish; to terminate; 
from 

Finis, is, d. the end; a boun- 
dary; a limit : fines, m. pi. 
the limits of a country, &c. 

Finitus, a, um, part, (finio.) 

Finitimus, a, um, adj. (finis,) 
neighboring. 

Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. pass. 
^ 83, 8; (facio,) to he 
made; to become; to hap- 
pen : fit, it happens : fac- 
tum est, it happened; it 
came to pass. 

Firmatus, a, um, part, (firmo.) 

Firmiter, adv. (iiis, issim^,) 
{6.rmns,) firmly; securely. 

Firmo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
make firm; to confirm; to 
establish; from 

Firmus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
firm: strong; secure. 

Fissus, a, um, part, (findo.) 

Fixus, a, um, part, (figo,) 
fixed; permanent. 

Flagello, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
whip; to scourge; to lash. 

Flagitiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) shameful; infa- 
mous; outrageous; from 

Flagitium, i, n. a shameful ac- 
tion; an outrage; a crime; 
a dishorwr; villany. 

FlagTo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
to burn; to be on fire; to 
suffer; to be oppressed; to 
be violent. 



PLAMINIUS FOSSA. 



237 



Flaminius, i, m. a Roman. 

Flavus, a, um, adj. yellow. 

Flamma, Be, f. aflame. 

Flecto, flectere, flexi, flexum, 
tr. to bend; to bow; to turn; 
to move; to yrecail wpon. 

Fleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. & 
intr. to weep; to lament. 

Fletus, us, m, weeping; tears. 

Flevo, onis, m. a lake near 
the mouth of the Rhine, 
now the Zuyder-Zee. * 

Flexus, a, um, part, (flecto,) 
bent; changed; turned. 

Floreo, ere, ui, intr. (flos,) to 
bloom; to blossom-; to flou- 
rish; to be distingiiished. 

Flos, floris, m. a flower; a 
blossom. 

Fluctus, us, m. (fluo,) a wave. 

Fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxura, 
intr. toflow; hence, 

Fluvius, i, ra. properly, a 
river. 

Flumen, mis, n. (fluo,) an 
abundant flowing ; viz., of 
waters, or of any thing 
else ; as, flumen verbo- 
rum, orationis. Cic. Usu- 
ally, a river. 

Fodio, fodere, fodi, fossum, 
tr. to dig; to pierce; to 
bore. 

Foecunditas, atis, f. fruitful- 
ness; from 

Fcecundus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issixxxMS,) fruitful; fertile. 

Foedus, eris, n. a league; a 
treaty. 

Folium, i, n. a leaf. 



Fons, tis, m. a fountain; a 
source; a spring. 

Forem, def. verb, ^ 84, 5 ; 
would or should be : fore, 
to he about to be; it would 
or will come to pass. 

Foris, adv. abroad. 

Forma, as, f. a form; shape, 
flgure; beauty. 

Formica, eb, f. an ant. 

Formldo, inis, f. fear; dread; 
terror; hence 

Formidolosus, a, um, adj. 
(comp.) fearful; timorous. 

Formositas, atis, f. beauty; 
elegance; from 

Formosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) beautiful; hand- 
some; from forma. 

Fors, tis, f. (fero,) chance; for- 
tune. 

Fortasse, adv. (fors,) perhaps; 
(applied to what may hap- 
pen.) 

Fort^, adv. (abl. fr. fors.) acci- 
de7itally; by chance; (ap- 
plied to what did happen.) 

Fortis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
bold; brave; courageous. 

Fortiter, adv. (ii!is, issime,) 
bravely; from fortis. 

Fortitudo, inis, f. (fortis,) JoW- 
ness; bravery. 

Fortuna, se, f. (fors,) fortune; 
chance. 

Forum, i, n. the market place; 
the forum; the court of jus- 
tice. 

Fossa, SB, f. (fodio,) a ditch; a 
trench; a moat. 



23S 



FOVEA FITNESTTTS. 



Fovea, ae, f. a pit. 

Foveo, fovere, fovi, fotum, tr. 

to keep war?n; to cherish. 
Fractus, a, um, part, (frango.) 
Fragilis, e, adj.(frango,)/r(Z27; 

perishable. 
Fragiljtas, atis, f. (fragilis,) 

frailty; weakness. 
Fragmentura, i, n. (frango,) a 

fragvient; a piece. 
Frango, frangere, fregi, frac- 

tum, tr. to break; to break 

in pieces; to weaken; to de- 
stroy. 
Frater, tris, m. a brother. 
Fraudulentus, a, um, adj. 

comp. (fraus ) fraudulent; 

deceitful; treacherous. 
Frequens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 

rans,) frequent; numerous. 
Fretum, i, n. a strait; a sea. 
Frico, fricare, fricui, frictum 

& fricatum, tr. to rub. 
Frigidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 

mus cold; from 
Frigus, oris, n. cold. 
Frons, frondis, f. a leaf of a 

tree; a branch v:ith leaves. 
Fructus, us, m. (fruor,) use; 

enjoyment; hence, fruit; 

produce; advantage. 
Frugis, gen. f. (frux, nom. 

scarcely used,) properly, 

all that the earth produces 

for our subsistence; corn; 

fruges, um, pi. fruits; the 

various kinds of corn. 
Frumentum, i, n. (fruor,) cor?z; 

wheat. 
FriiQ'i', frui, fruitus & fructus, 

intr. dep. to enjoy. 



Frustra, adv. (frudo, id, ac 
fraudo,) in vain; to no pur- 
pose. 

Frustratus, a, um, part, from 

Frustror, ari, atus sum, dep. 
(frustra,) to frustrate; to 
deceive. 

Frutex, icis, xn. a shrub; a bush. 

Fuga, 86, f. a flight. 

Fugax, acis, adj.(acior, acissi- 
mus,) sivift; fleeting; from 

w fugio. 

Fugiens, tis, part, from 

Fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum, 
intr. & tr. to fly; to escape; 
to avoid; to flee; to flee 
from. 

Fugo, are, avi, atum, tr. to put 
to flight; to drive off; to 
chase. 

Fui, Fueram, &c. See Sum. 

Fulgeo, fulgere, fulsi, intr. to 
shine. 

Fuligo, mis, f. (fumus,) soot. 

FuUo, onis, m. a fuller. 

Fulmen, inis, n. (i. e. fulgi- 
men, fr. fulgeo,) thunder;] 
a thunderbolt; lightning 

Funale, is, n. (funis,) a torch. 

Funditus, adv. (fundus,) /ro7«] 
the foundation; utterly. 

Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum, 
tr. to pour out: lacrymas, 
to shed tears : hostes, to\ 
scatter; to rout; to discomfit. ' 

Fundus, i, m. the bottom of 
any thing : also a farm; al 
field : imus fundus, the\ 
very bottom. 

Funestus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) (funus,) polluted byi 



PUNGOR GENITUS. 



239 



a dead hody; fatal; de- 
structive. 

Fungor, fungi, functus sum, 
intr. dep. to 'perform or dis- 
charge an ojjice; to do; to 
execute : fato, to die. 

Funis, is, d. a rope; a cahle. 

Funus, eris, n. a funeral; fu- 
neral obsequies. 

Fur, furis, c. a thief. 

Furcula, ee, f. dim. (furoa,) a 
little fork: Furculce Cau- 
dinse, the name of a narroio 
defile in the country of the 
Hirptni, in Italy, where 
the Romans were defeated 
hy the Samnites. 

Furiosus, a um, adj. (comp.) 
furious; mad; from furo. 

Furius, i, m. the name of sev- 
ral Romans. 

Fusus, a, um, part, (fundo.) 

Futurus, a, um, part, (sum,)' 
aboiU to be; future. 



Gades, ium, f. pi. the name of 
an island and town in 
Spain, near the strai's of 
Gibraltar, now Cadiz. 

Gaditanus, a, nm, adj. of 
Gades or Cadiz : fretum 
Gaditanum, the straits of 
Gibraltar. 

Galatia, £e, f. a country in the 
interior of Asia Mifior. 

Gallia, ^,f. Gaul, now France. 

GallisB, pi. the divisions of 
Gaul. 



Gallicus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Gaul; Gallic. 

Galllna, ae, f. « hen. 

Gallinaceus, i, m. a cock. 

Gallus,'i, m. a cock. 

Gallus, i, m. an inhabitant of 
Gallia; a Gaul; also a cog- 
nomen of several Romatis. 

Ganges, is, m. the name of a 
large river in India. 

Garumna, se, f. the Garonne, 
a river of Aquitania. 

Gaudeo,gaudere,gavisus sum, 
n. pass. ^IQ ; to rejoice; to 
d.elight; to be pleased with. 

Gaudium , i, n.joy; gladness. 

Gavisus, a, um, part, (gau- 
deo,) rejoicing; having re- 
joiced. 

Geminus, a, um, adj. double: 
gemini filii, tioin sons. 

Gemitus, iis, m, (gemo,) a 
groan; a sigh. 

Gemmatus, a, um, part, adorn- 
ed with gems; gemmed; 
glittering; from 

Gemmo, are, avi, atum, tr, 
(gemma,) to ad.orn with 
gems. 

Gener, eri, m. a son-in-law. 

Genero, are, avi, atum, tr.(ge- 
niis,) to heget; to produce. 

Generositas, atis, nobleness of 
mind; magnanimity; from 

Generosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) (genus,) noble; 
spirited; brave; generous; 
fruitful; fertile. 

Genitus, a, um, part, (gigno,) 
horn; produced. 



240 



GENS GKASSOR. 



Gens, tis, f. a nation; a tribe; 
a family; a dan. 

Genai. See Gigno. 

Genus, eri?, n. a race; ^a fam- 
ily; a sort or kind. 

Geometria, as, f. geometry. 

Gerens, tis, part, (gero,) beai-- 
ing; conducting. 

Germanus, i, m. a German; 
an inhabitant of Germany. 

Germania, se, f. Germany. 

Germanicus, a, um, adj. Ger- 
inan; of Germany. 

Gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, 
tr. to bear; to carry; (viz: 
a load or burden;) to do; to 
conduct or manage; (spo- 
ken of one who has the 
charge ; see ago and facie ;) 
res eas gessit, 'performed 
such exploits : odium, to 
hate : onus, to bear a bur- 
den: helium, to wage or 
carry on loar. 

Geryon, m. a giant loho was 
slain by Hercules, and whose 
oxe7iwere d.riven into Greece. 

Gestans, tis. part, from 

Gesto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(gero,) to bear; to carry 
about. 

Gestus, a, um,part. borne; per- 
formed : res gest^, see Res. 

Getas, arum, m. pi. a savage 
people of Dacia, north of 
the Banube. 

Gigas, antis, m a giant.. 

Gigno, gignere, genui, geni- 
tum, to beget; to bring 
forth; to bear; to produce. 

Glaber, bra, brum. adj. (bri- 



er, berrimus,) hald; bare; 
smooth. 

Glacialis, e, adj. icy; freezing; 
from 

Glacies, ei, f. ice. 

Gladiator, oris, m. (gladius,) a 
gladiator. 

Gladiatorius, a, um, adj. he- 
longing to a gladiator ; 
gladiatorial; from 

Gladius, i, m. a sword. 

Glans, dis, f. mast; an acorn. 

Glisco, ere, intr. to increase. 

Gloria, «, f. glory; fame. 

Glorior, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. to boast. 

Gnavus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
active; industrious. 

Goi'gias, ffi, m, a celebrated 
sophist a,nd orator. 

Gracilis, e, adj. (ior, limus, 
^ 26, 1,) slender; lean; del- 
icate. 

Gracchus, i, m. the name of an 
illustrious Roman family . J 

Gradio]^, gradi, gressus sum, I 
intr. dep. to go; to walk; fr. ^ 

Gradus, {is, m. a step; a stair. 

Grsecia, ^, f. Greece. 

Greecus, a, um, adj. Grecian; 
Greek : — subs, a Greek. 

Grandis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
large; great; ( hi a higher 
sense than magnus.) ,, 

Granicus, i, m. ariver of My- | 
sia, emptying into the Pro i 
pontis. 

Grassor, ari, atus sum, intr | 
dep. freq, (gradior,) to ad- 
advance; to march; to pro 
ceed; to make an attack. 



GEATES — HANNIBAL. 



241 



Grates, def. f. pi. (grains,) 
thanks : agere grates, to 
thank. ^ IS, 12. 

Gratia, sb, f. (gratus,) grace; 
favor; thanks; return; re- 
quital; gratitude : habere, 
to feel indebted or obliged; 
to be grateful-: in gratiam, 
in favor of: gratia, for the 
sake. 

Gratulatus, a, um, part, hav- 
ing congratulated; from 

Gratiilor, ari, at us sum, intr. 
dep. to congratulate; from 

Gratus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) acceptable; pleasing; 
grateful. 

Gravis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
heavy; severe; great; grave; 
important; violent; noxious; 
unwholesome : gravis som- 
nus, sound sleep; hence, 

Gravitas, atis, f. heaviness; 
gravity; weight. 

Graviter, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
hardly; heavily; grievous- 
ly; severely; from gravis. 

Grave, are, avi, atum, tr. (gra- 
vis,) to load; to oppress; to 
burden. 

Gregatitn, adv. (grex,) in 
herds. 

Gressus, us, m. (gradior,) a 
step; a pace; a gait. 

Grex, gis, c. a flock; a herd; a 
company. 

Grus, gruis, c. a crane. 

Gubernator, oris, ra. (guberno, 
to govern;) a pilot; a ruler. 

Gyarus, i, f. one of the Cy- 
clades. 



Gyges, is, m. a rich king of 

Lydia. 
Gymnosophista?, arum, m. 

Gymnosophists; a sect oj 

Indian philosophers. 

H. 

] 

Habens, tis, part. from. 

Habeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to 
have; to possess; to hold; 
to esteem; to suppose; to 
take; habere consilium, to 
deliberate. 

Habito, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
intr. to inhabit; to dwell. 

Habiturus, a, um, part, (ha- 
beo.) 

Habitus, a, um, part, (habeo.) 

Habitus, us, m. (habeo,) hab- 
it ; form ; dress ; attire; 
manner. 

Hactenus, adv. (hie & tenus,} 
hitherto; thus far. 

Hadrianus, i, m. Adrian, the 
fifteenth emperor of Rome. 

Hcemus, i, m. c mountain of 
Thrace, from whose top, 
both the Euxi?ie and Adri- 
atic seas can be see7i. 

Halcyon, or Alcyon, onis, f. 
the halcyon or kingfisher. 
See Alcyone. 

Halicarnassus, i, f. a maritime 
city of Caria, the birth- 
place of Herodotus. 

Harailcar, aris, m. a Cartha- 
ginian general. 

Hannibal, alis, m. a brave 
Carthaginian general, the 
son of Hamilcar. 



21 



242 



HANNO HE SPERUS, 



Hanno, onis, m. a Carthagi- 
nian general. 

Harmonia, £e, f. the wife of 
Cadmus.^ «^<^ daughter of 
Mars a7id Venus. 

Harpyise, arum, f. pi. the 
Harpies; winged monsters, 
having the faces of ivomen, 
and the bodies of vultures. 

Haruspex, ic-is, m. (ara & 
specio,) a soothsayer; a di- 
viner; one who pretended 
to a knowledge of future 
events from i?ispecting the 
entrails of victims. 

Hasdrubal, alis, m. a Cartha- 
ginia?i general, the brother 
of Hannibal. 

Hasta, Ee, f. ffi spear; a lance. 

Haud, adv. not. 

Haurio, liaurire, hausi, haus- 
tum, tr. to drazo out; to 
drhik; to swalhno. 

Haustus,us, m. (id.) a draught. 

Hebes, etis, adj.(comp.) blunt; 
obtuse; dim. 

Hebesco,ere, intr. inc. (hebes,) 
to grow blunt, dim, or 
dull. 

Hebrus, i, m. c large river of 
Thrace. 

Hecuba, se, f. the wife of Pri- 
am, king of Troy. 

Hedera, se, f. ivy. 

Hcgesias, as, m. an eloquent 
philosopher of Cyrene. 

Helena, se, f. Helen, the daugh- 
ter of Jupiter and Leda, 
and wife of Meneldus. 

Helicon, onis, m. a mountain 
ofBcsotia, near ParTiassus, 



and sacred to Apollo and 
the Muses. 

Helvetia, se, f. a country in 
the eastern part of Gaul, 
now Switzerland. 

Helvetii, orum, m. pi. Helveti- 
ans; the inhabitants of Hel- 
vetia. 

Helleborum, i, n. or Hellebo- 
rus, i, m. the herb helle- 
bore. 

Hellespontus, i, m, a strait 
between Thrace and Asia 
Minor, now called the Dar- 
danelles. 

Heraclea, ae, f. the name of 
several cities in Magna 
Grcecia, in Pontus, in Sy- 
ria, &c. 

Herba, se, f. an herb; grass; 
hence, 

Herbidus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
grassy; full of herbs or 
grass. 

Herciiles, is, m. a celebrated 
hero, son of Jupiter and 
Alcml7ia. 

Hercynius, a, um, adj. Hercy- 
nian : Hercynia silva, a 
large forest in Germany, 
now the Blade Forest. 

Heres, or Hasres, edis, c, an 
heir. 

Herennias, i, m. a general of 
the Samnites. 

Hero, us, (15^ 13,) f. a priest- 
ess of Venus, who resided 
at Sestos, and who was be- 
loved by Leander, a youth 
of Abydos. 

Hesperus, i, m. a son of Tape 



IIEU HOERIBXTS. 



243 



tus, who settled in Italy, 

and from whorn that coitn- 

try loas called Hespcria; 

also the evening star. 
Heu I int. alas ! ah ! 
Hians, tis, part, (hio.) 
Hiatus, us, m. (hio,) an open- 

ing; a diasm; an aperture. 
Hibernicus, a, um, adj. Irish: 

(probably from Hiberna, 

the winter quarters of the 

Roman soldiers.) 
Hibernus, a, um, adj. (hiems,) 

of winzer; wintry. 
Hie, adv. hert; in this place. 
Hie, hage, hoc, pro. ^ 31, 

this; he; she, &e. 
Hiempsal, alis, m. a king of 

Numidia. 
Hiems, emis, f. winter. 
Hiero, onis, m. tyrant of Sy- 
racuse. 
Hiersolyma, as, f. & Hiersoly- 

nia, orum, n. pi. Jerusalem, 

the capital of Judea. 
Hinc, adv. hence; from hence; 

from this; from this time. 
Hinnio, ire, ivi, ftum, intr. to 

neigh; henee, 
Hinnitus, us, m. a neighing. 
Hinnuleus, i, m. (hinnus,) a 

fawn. 
Hio, are, avi, atum, intr. gape; 

toy awn; to open the mouth; 

to long for. 
Hipparehus, i, m. the son of 

Pisistrdtus, a tyrant of 

Athens. 
Hippolytus, i, m. the son of 

Theseus. 
Hippomenes, is, m. the son of 



Megareus, and husband of 
Atalanta. 

Hippopotamus, i, m. the hip- 
popotamus or river-horse. 

Hispania, se, f. Spain. 

Hispanus, a,um, adj. Spanish: 
subs. m. a Spaniard. 

Hodie, adv. (i. e. hoc die,) to- 
da,y; at this time; now-a- 
days. 

Hodieque, (for hodie quoque,) 
adv. to this day; to this 
time. 

Hoedus, i, m. a hid; a yorang 
goat, 

Homerus, i, m. Homer, the 
most ancient and illustri- 
ous of the Greek poets. 

Homo, mis, c. (humus,) a man; 
a person; one. 

Honestas, atis, f. honor; vir- 
tue; dignity; from 

Honestus, a, um, adj. honora- • 
ble; noble; from 

Honor & -OS, oris, m. honor; re- 
spect; an honor: an office. 

Honorif ice, adv. (eentivis, een- 
tissime, from honorificus, 
^ 26, 3,) honorably : parum 
honorif lee, slightingly ; 
with little respect. 

Hora, Ee, f. an hour. 

Horatius, i, m., Horace; the 
name of several Romans : 
Horatii, pi. three Roman 
brothers, who fought luith 
the three Curiatii. 

Hortensius, i, m. the name of 
several Romans. 

Horridus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(horreo, to bristle up;) 



244 



HOETATUS IDjETJS. 



rugged,; rude; un- 
polished; harbarous. 

HortatTJs, us, m. an exhorta- 
tion; instigation; advice; fr. 

Hortor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
to exhort. 

Hortus, i, m. a garden. 

Hospes, itis, c. a straiiger; a 
visitor; a guest; a host. 

Hospitium, i, n. (hospes,) hos- 
pitality : hospitio acci- 
pere, to entertain. 

Hostia, as, f. (hostis,) a victim. 

Hostilius, i, m. (Tullus,) the 
third king of Rome : a cog- 
nomen among the Romans. 

Hostis, is, c. an eyiemy. 

Hue, adv. (hoc,) hither : hue 
— illuc, hither — thither; 
noio here — tww there. 

Hujusrriodi, adj. ind. (gen. of 
hie & modus,) of this sort 
or kind. 

Humanitas, atis, f. humanity; 
kindness; gentleness; from 

Humanus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(homo,) human. 

Humerus, i, m. the shoulder. 

Humilis, e, adj. (humi,) (ior, 
limus, ^ 26, 1.) humble : hu- 
mili loco natum esse, to be 
born in a humble station, or 
of obscure parents. 

Humor, oris,m.(humeo,) mois- 
ture; pi. liquids; humors. 

Humus, i, f. the ground : hu- 
mi, on the ground. ^ 130, 
Obs. 7. 

Hyeena, se, f. the hyena. 

Hydrus, i, m. a water snake. 



Hymnus, i, m. a hymn; a song 
of praise. 

Hyperboreus, a, um, adj. (u*sp 
€opsac:,) properly, living be- 
yond the source of the rwrth 
wind; northern : Hyper- 
borei, orum, m. pi. people 
inhabiting the northern re- 
gions; beyond Scythia. 

Hystrix, icis, f. a porcupine. 



lapetus, the son of Caslus and 
Terra. 

Iberus, i, m. a river of Spain, 
now the Ebro. 

Ibi, adv. there; here; then. 

Ibidem, adv. i7i the same place. 

Ibis, idis, f. the ibis, the Egyp- 
tian stork. 

Icarus, i, m. thesonof Dcedalus. 

Icarius, a, um, adj. of Icarus; 
Icarian. 

Ichneumon, onis, m. the ich- 
neumon or Egyptian rat. 

lehntisa, as, f. ayi ancient Greek 
name of Sardinia. 

Ico, icere, ici, ictum, tr. to 
strike : fosdus, to make, 
ratify or conclude a league 
or treaty. 

Ictus, a, um, part. 

Ictus, us, m. (ico,) a blow; a 
stroke. 

Ida, 38, f. a viountainofTroas, 
near Troy. 

Idaeus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Ida : mens Idaeus, mount 
Ida. 



IDEM IMBIOLO, 



245 



Idem, eadem, idem, pro. §31, 
the same. 

Idon eus,a,um, ad j ._;??; 5z«7c5Ze. 

Igitur, conj. therefore; then. 

Ig-narus, a, um, adj. (in & gna- 
rus,) ignorant. 

Ignavus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(in & gnavus,) inactive; idle; 
cowardly. 

Ignis, is, m.fire; flame. 

Ignobilis, e, adj . (in & nobilis,) 
unknown; ignoble; mean. 

Ignoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ig- 
narus,) to be ignorant; not 
to hnow. 

Ignotus, a, um, part & adj. 
(in & notus,) unknown. 

Ilium, i, n. Ilium or Troy, 
the princi-pal city of Troas. 

Hiatus, a, um, part, (from in- 
fero,) brought in; inferred. 

Hie, a, ud, pro. ^ 31 ; that; he; 
she; it; the former; pi. 
they, those. 

Illecebra, se, f. (illicio,) an al- 
lurement; an enticement. 

Illico, adv. (in & loco,) in that 
'place ; immediately ; in- 
stantly. 

lUuc, adv. (illoc,) thither : hue 
— illuc, now here — now 
there. 

Illustris, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
illustrious; famous; cele- 
brated; from 

Illustro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& lustre,) to enlighten; to 
illustrale; to render fa- 
mous; to celebrate; to make 
renowned. 

Illyria, as, f. a country opposite 



to Italy, and 
the Adriatic. 

Imago, inis, f. an image; a 
picture; a figure; a resem- 
blance. 

Imbecillis, e, adj. (in & bac- 
ulus, as if leaning on a 
5^«/;) (lior, llmus, §26,1,) 
V)eak; feeble. 

Imber,bris, m. a shower; a rain. 

Imitatio, onis, f. imitation : ad 
imitationem, in imitation; 
from 

Imitor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
to imitate; to copy. 

Immanis, e, adj. comp, (in & 
magnus,)t;er?/ great; huge; 
monstrous; cruel; dreadful, 

Immensus, a, um, adj. (in & 
mensus,) immeasurable ; 
boundless ; immoderate. 

Immeritus, a, um, part, (in & 
meritus,) not deserving ; 
undeserved. 

Imminens, tis, part, hanging 
over; threatening; from 

Immineo, ere, ui, intr. (in & 
mineo,) to hang over; to 
impend; to threaten; to be 
near. 

Immissus, a, um, part, admit- 
ted; sent in; darted in; from 

Immitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (in & mitto,) to let 
in; to send to, into, against, 
or wpon; to throw at. 

Immobiiis, e, adj. comp, (in 
& mobilis,) immovable ; 
steadfast. 

Immolo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(in & mola,) properly, to 



S46 



IMM0RTALI3 — IMPONO. 



S'prinhle with the mola or 
salted cake; hence, to sa- 
crifice; to immolate. 

Immortalis, e, adj. (in & mor- 
talis,) immortal. 

Immotus, a, um, part, (in & 
motus,) unmoved ; still ; 
motionless. 

Immutatus, a, um, part, alter- 
ed; changed; (sometimes, 
exchanged;) from 

Immtito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(in & muto,) to change; to 
alter. 

Impatiens, tis, adj. (in and pa- 
tiens,) impatient; not able 
to endure. 

Impeditus, a, um, part, im- 
peded; hindered; encum- 
bered; entangled; from 

Impedio, Ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in 
& pes,) properly, to fetter; 
hence, to impede; to ob- 
struct; to check; to delay; 
to prevent; to disturb. 

Impendeo, -pendere, -pendi, 
-pensum, intr. (in & pen- 
deo,) to hang over; to im- 
pend; to threaten. 

Impenetrabilis, e, adj. (in & 
penetrabilis,) impenetrable. 

Impense, adv. (ius, issime,) 
exceedingly; greatly; from 
impensus. 

Imperator, oris, m. (impero,) 
a commander; a general. 

Tmperito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (impero,) to command; 
to rule; to govern. 

Imperitus, a, um, adj. (ior 
issunus, (in & perltus,) in- 



experienced; unacquainted 
with. 

Imperium, i, n. a command; 
government ; reign ; SU' 
preme authority; power; 
(imperium, military com- 
mand; — potestas, civil au- 
thority;) from 

Impero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
commayid; to order; to di- 
rect; to govern; to rule over. 

Impertiens, tis, part, from 

Impertio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in 
& partio,) to impart; to 
sharci to give. 

Impetro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(in & patro,) to obtain; to 
finish. 

Impetus, us, m. (in & peto,) 
an attack; onset; force; vio- 
lence; impetitosity . 

Impius, a, um, adj. (in & pi- 
us,) impious; undutiful. 

Impleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (in 
and pleo;) to fill; to ao- 
complish; to perform. 

Imp licit us, a, um, part, en- 
tangled; attacked; from 

Implico, are, avi, or ui, atum 
or Itum, tr. (in & plico,) to 
infold; to entangle; to im- 
plicate. 

Implicor, ari, atus or itus 
sum, pass, to be entangled : 
morbo, to be attacked luith 
sickness. 

Imploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& ploro,) to implore; to be- 
seech; to beg. 

Impono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
tum, tr. (in & pono,) to lay 



IMPOE.TUNUS INCOLO. 



247 



or place upon; to impose; 
10 put. 

importunus, a, um, adj. comp. 
dangei-Qus; perilous; trou- 
blesome; cruel; outrageous; 
restless; ungonernable. 

Impositus, a, um, part, (ira- 
pono.) 

Imprimis, adv. (in & prim is, 
from primus,) among the 
first; especially; emiiiently. 

Improbatus, a, um, part, (im- 
probo,) disallovjed; disap- 
proved. 

Improbo, are, avi, atum, tr 
(in & probo,) to disap- 
prove; to reject. 

Improbus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(in & probus,) not good; 
wicked; had. 

Imprudens, tis, adj. comp. (in 
& prudens,) imprudent; 
inconsiderate. 

Impugnaturus, a, um, part. fr. 

Impugno, are, avi, atum, tr.fo 
fight against; to attack. 

Imptine, adv. (in k, poena,) 
with impunity ; loithout 
hurt; without punishment. 

Imus, a, um, adj. (sup. of in- 
ferus, ^ 26, 2,) the lowest: 
the deepest. 

In, prep, with the accusative, 
signifies, into ; towards ; 
upon; until; for; against : 
with the ablative, in; up- 
on; amo7ig; at : in dies, 
from day to day : in eo 
esse, to be on the point of: 
in sublime, aloft. 



Inanis, e, adj. (comp.) empty; 

vain; bieffectual; foolish. 
Inaresco,-arescere, -arui, intr. 

inc. ^ 88, 2, to grow dry. 
Incedo,-cedere,-cessi,-cessum, 

intr. (in & cedo,) to go on; 

to go; to walk; to come. 
Incendo, dere, di, sum, tr. (in 

& candeo,) to light; to 

kindle; to set fire to; to 

inflame. 
Incensus, a, um, part, lighted; 

kindled; burning; inflamed. 
Incertus, a, um, adj. (ior issi- 

mus,) (in & certus,) un- 
certain. 
Inchoo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 



Incidens, tis, part, from 

Incido,-cidere,-cidi, intr. (in 
& cado,) to fall into or 
upon; to chance to meet 
loith. 

Incipio,-cipere,-cepi, -ceptum, 
tr. (in & capio,) to com- 
mence; to begin. 

Incito, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& cito,) to stir up; to in- 
stigate; to encourage; to 
animate. 

Includo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in 
& claudo,) to shut in; to 
include; to inclose; to en- 
circle; to encompass. 

Inclusus, a, um, part. (includo.) 

Inclytus, a, um, adj . (issimuo, 
§ 26, 5,) famous; celebra- 
ted; renowned. 

Incola, as, c. an inhabitant; fr. 

Incolo, colere, colui, cultum, 



24S 



INCOLUMIS INERTIA. 



tr. (in & colo,) to dwell in 
a place; to inhabit. 
Incolumis, e, adj. conip. (in & 
coliirais,) unhurt; safe; un- 



Incompertus, a, um, adj. (in 
& compertus,) not found 
out; unknown; uncertain. 

Inconsiderate, adv. (ius, issi- 
ms,) inconsiderately ; rash- 

ly- 

Incredibilis, e, adj. comp. (in 
& credibilis,) incredible; 
wo7iderful; hence 

Incredibiliter, adv. (ius, issi- 
me,) incredibly. 

Incrementum, i, n. (incresco,) 
an increase. 

Increpo, are, ui, itum, tr. (in 
& crepo,) to mahe a loud 
noise; to- reprove; to chide; 
to blame. 

Incruentus, a, um, adj. (in & 
cruor,) bloodless. 

Incult^, adv. (iiis, issime,) 
rudely; plainly; from 

Incultus, a, um, part. & adj. 
comp. (in & colo,) unculti- 
vated; uninhabited; desert. 

Incumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, 
-cubitum, intr. (in & cubo,) 
to lean; to lie; to rest or 
recline upon; to apply to : 
gladio, to fall upon one's 
sword. 

Incursio, onis, f. (incurro,) a 
runiiing against; an attach; 
an inairsion; an inroad. 

Inde, adv. thence; from thence. 

Index, icis, d. (indico,) an in- 
dex; a marJc; a sign. 



India, ee, f. a country of Asia, 
named from theriver Indus. 

Indico, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& dico, are,) to shew; to 
discover. 

Indico, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in 
& dico,) to indicate; to an- 
nounce; to d.eclare; to pro- 
claim; to appoint; hence, 

Indictus, a, um, part. 

Indicus. a, um. adj. of India; 
Indian. 

Indigena, g3, c. (in & geno,) 
one born in a certain place; 
a native. 

Indoles, is, f. (in & oleo, to 
grow,) the natural disposi- 
tion; nature; inherent qual- 
ity. See ingenium. 

Indtico, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in 
& duco,) to lead in; to in- 
duce; to persuade; hence, 

Inductus, a, um, part. 

Induo, -duere, -dui,-dutum, tr. 
to put on; to dress; to clothe. 

Indus, i, m. a large river in 
the western part of India. 

Industria, se, f. (industrius,) 
industry; diligence. 

Indutus, a, um, part, (fnduo.) 

Inedia, as, f. (in & edo,) want 
of food; fasting; hunger. 

Ineo, ire, ii, itum, tr. & intr. 
irr. (in & eo,) to go or enter 
into; to enter upon; to 
make; to form. 

Inermis, e, adj. (in & arma,) 
unarmed; defenceless. 

Inertia, ee, f. (iners,) wa7it of 
art; laziness; sloth; idle- 
ness. 



INF AMIS — INGUUO. 



249 



Infamis, e, adj. (in & fama,) 
ill spoken of; infamous; 
disgracefid. 

Infans, tis, c. (in «Sc fans,) one 
who cannot speak; an in- 
fant; a child. 

Inferi, orum, m. pi. the infer- 
nal regions; Hades; Orcus; 
the infernal gods. 

Inferior, us, adj. Seelnferus. 

Infero, inferre, intuli, illatum, 
tr. irr. (in & fero,) to bring 
in or against; to bring up- 
on; to iriflict upon : bellum, 
to make war upon. 

Infenis, a, mn, adj. (inferior, 
infim'js, or imus, ^ 26, 2,) 
low; humble. 

Infesto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
infest; to disturb; to mo- 
lest; to vex; to plague; to 
trouble; to amwy; from 

Infestus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (in & festus,) ivot 
pleasant; hostile; inimical. 

Infigo, gere, xi, xum, tr. (in 
& figo,) to fix; to fasten; 
to derive in. 

Infinitus, a, um, adj. (in & 
finio,) infinite; unbounded; 
vast; iynmense : infinitum 
argenti, an immense quan- 
tity of silver : infinita no- 
bilitas, a vast number &c. 

Tnfirmus, a, um, adj. ior, issi- 
mu3, (in & firmus,) loeak; 
infirm. 

Infixus, part, (inf jgo.) 

Inflammo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
to set on fire; to inflame; 
to excite; to animate. 



Inflatus, a, um, part, (infio,) 
blown upon; puffed up, 

Infligo, gere, xi, ctum, tr. (in 
& fligo,) properly, to strike 
one thing against another; 
hence, to inflict. 

Inflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & 
flo,) to bloio upon. 

Infra, prep, beneath; bdouu 

Infrendeo, ere, ui, intr. (in & 
frendeo,) to gnash with the 
teeth. 

Infringo,-fringere,-fregi,-frac- 
tum, tr. (in & frango,) to 
break or rend in pieces; to 
disannul; to make void. 

Infundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fti- 
sum, tr. (in & fundo,) to 
pour in : infunditur, it 
empties; (said of rivers.) 

Ingenium, i, n.- (in & geno,) 
judgment; sagacity; pene- 
tration; natural dAsposi- 
tion; genhis; talents; cha- 
racter. 

Ingens, tis, adj. (ior, '5' 26, 6,) 
great; very great; huge; 
(in a much higher sense 
than magnus.) 

Ingenuus, a,um, adj. (ingeno,) 
natural ; free-born ; free ; 
9ioble; ingenumis. 

Ingredior,-gredi,-gressus sum, 
tr. & intr. dep. (in & gra- 
dior,) to go in; to enter; to 
come in; to walk; to walk 
upon; toga. 

Ingressus, a, um, part. 

Ingruo, -gruere, -grui, tr. to 
invade; to assail; to pour 
down; tofallupon suddenly. 



mo 



INHERED INSIDEO. 



Inhsereo, -hasrere, -hassi, -hse- 
siim intr. (in & haereo,) to 
cleave or stick to or in : co- 
gitationibus, to be fixed or 
lost in thought. 

Inhio, are, avi, atum, -tr. & 
intr. (in & hio,) to gape 
for; to desire. 

Inimicus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(in & amicus,) inimical; 



Inimicus, i, m. subs, an enemy. 

Inique, adv. ius, issime, (ini- 
quus, in & sequus, not 
equal;) unequally ; unjustly. 

Initium, i, n. (ineo,) a com- 
mencement; a beginning. 

Initurus, a, um, part, (ineo,) 
about to enter uponox begin. 

Injicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
tr. (in & jacio,) to throw 
in or wpon. 

Injuria, se, f. (injurius, in & 
jus,) an injury; an insult. 

Innato, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(in & nato,) to sivim or 
jfLoat upon. 

Innltor, -niti, -nisus or nixus 
sum, intr. dep. (in &nitor,) 
to lean or depend upon; to 
rest upon. 

Innocentia, se, f. (in & no- 
cens,) harmlessness ; inno- 
cence. 

Innotesco, -notescere, -notui, 
intr. inc. (in & notesco,) 
to become knoion; to be 
Jcnoion. 

Innoxius, a, um, adj. comp. 
(in & noxius,) harmless. 



Innumerabllis, e, adj. (in k, 
numerabilis,) innumerable. 

Innumerus, a, um, adj. (in & 
numerus,) without number. 

Inopia, as, f. (inops,) want; 
scarcity. 

Inopus, i, m. a fountain or 
river of Delos, near which 
Apollo and Diana were 
said to have been born. 

Inprimis, and in prim is, adv. 
same as imprimis. 

Inquam, or Inquio, def. I say; 
^ 84, 2. 

[nquino, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
pollute; to stain; to soil. 

Inquire, -quirere,-quisivi, -qui- 
situm, tr. (in & quasro,) to 
seek for; to i7iquire; to in- 
vestigate. 

Insania, as, f. (insanus,) mad- 
?iess. 

Insanio, ire, ivi,itum, intr. (in- 
sanus,) to be mad. 

Inscribe, -scribere, -scripsi, 
-scriptum, tr. (in & scribo,) 
to tor it e upon; to inscribe. 

Inscriptus, a, um, part. 

Insectum, i, n. (inseco,) an 
i?isect. 

Insequens, tis, part, succeed- 
ing; subsequent; following; 
from 

Insequor,-sequi,-secutus sum, 
tr. dep. (in & sequor,) to 
follow after; to follow. 

Insidens, tis, part, from 

Insideo, -sidere,-sedi,-sessum, 
intr. (in & sedeo,) to sit 
upon. 



INSIDI^ INTERCIPIO. 



251 



Insidise, arum, f. pi. (insideo,) 
a7i ambush ; ambuscade ; 
treachery; deceit : per insi- 
dias, treacherously. 

Insidians, tis, part, from 

Insidior, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
(insidice,) to lie in loait; to 
lie in ambush; to deceive. 

Insigne, is, n. a mark; a to- 
ken; an e?isign; from 

Insignis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
signum,) distinguished [by 
some mark;) emineJit. 

Insisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, 
intr. (in & sisto,) to stand 
zcpon; to insist. 

Insolabiliter, adv. (in & solor,) 
inconsolably. 

Insolens, tis, adj. (in & so- 
iens,) (ior, issimus,) not 
usual; insolent; haughty; 

Insolenter, adv. (insolens,) 
(ius, issime,) haughtily; 
insolently. 

Inspectans, tis, part, from 

Inspecto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (in & specto,) to look 
upon; to inspect. 

Instaturus,a, um, part, (insto,) 

Instituo,-stituere,-stitui,-stitu- 
tum, tr. (in & statuo,) to 
set, or put into; to appoint; 
to resolve; to make; to or- 
der. 

Institutum, i, n. an institution; 
a doctrine; from 

Institutus, a, um, part, (in- 
stituo.) 

Tnsto,-stare, stiti, intr. (in & 
sto,) to stand near to; to 
urge; to persist; to ha- 



rass; to pursue closely; to 
beg earnestly. 
Instrumentuiii, i, n. (instruo,) 
an instrument; utensil; im- 
plement. 
Instruo, -struere,-struxi,-struc- 
tum, tr. (in & struo,) to 
put together, or in order; 
to arrange; to prepare; to 
supply with; to furnish. 
Insiibres, um, m. pi. a people 
living north of the Po, in 
Cisalpine Gaul. 
Insuesco,-sucere,-suevi,- sue- 
tum, intr. inc. (in & sues- 
co,) to groio accustomed. 
Insula, 33, f. an island. 
Insiiper, adv. (in & super,) 

moreover. 
Integer, gra, grum, adj. {inSc 
tago, whence tango,) (ri- 
or, errimus,) not touched; 
IV hole; entire; unhurt; just; 
uticorrupted. 
Intego, -tegere, -texi, -tectum, 

tr. (in & tego,) to cover. 
Integritas, atis, f. (integer,) 
integrity; probity; honesty. 
Intellectus, a, um, part, from 
Intelligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum, 
tr. (inter & lego,) to choose 
between; hence, to under- 
stand; to perceive; to dis- 
cerri; to know; to learn. 
Inter, prep, between ; among : 
inter se, mutually : occur- 
rentes inter se, meeting 
each other. 
Intercipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tum, tr. (inter & capio,) to 
seize by surprise; to inter- 



252 



INTERDICO INTREPID US. 



cept; to usurp; to tal-ce 

away fraudulently. 
Interdlco, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- 
tum, tr. (inter & dico,) to 

interpose a command; to 

forlid; to prohibit; 
Interdictus, a, um, part. 
Interdiu, adv. (inter & diu,) 

by day; in the day-time. 
Interdum, adv. (inter & dum,) 

sometimes. 
Interea, adv. (inter & ea,) in 

the mean time. 
Interemptus, a, um, part, (in- 

terimo.) 
Intereo, ire, ii, itum, intr. irr. 

(inter &eo,^ 83,3,) to perish. 
Interest, imp. (intersum,) it 

concerns: mea, it concerns 

me. 
Interfector, oris, m. a murder- 
er; a slayer; a destroyer. 
Interfectus, a, um, part, hilled. 
Interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fec- 

tum, tr. (inter & facio,) to 

destroy; to kill; to slay. 
Interim, adv. (inter &im, the 

old ace. of is,) in the mean 

time. 
Interimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- 

tum, tr. (inter & emo,) to 

take from the midst; to kill; 

to put to death; to slay. 
Interior, us, adj. (sup. intimus, 

§ 26, 2,) inner; the interior. 
Interiiis, adv. [mixo^ farther 

in the interior. 
Interjectus, a, um, part, cast 

between: anno interjecto, 

a year having intervened; 

a year after; from 



Interjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec- 
tum, fr. (inter &; jacio,) to 
throw between. 

Internecio, onis, f. (interneco,) 
ruin; destruction: ad in- 
ternecionem, loith a gene- 
ral massacre. 

Internodium, i,n. (inter & no- 
dus,) the space between two 
knots; a joint. 

Internus, a, um, ^di]. internal; 
mare internum, the Medi- 
terranean sea. 

Interpres,etis,c.a?z27zterpre?e?-. 

Interregnum, i, n. (inter &reg- 
nnm,) an interregnum; a 
vacancy of the throne. 

luterrogo, are, avi, atum, tr, 
(inter & rogo,) to ask. 

Intersum, esse, fui, intr. irr. 
(inter & sum,) to be pre- 
sent at^ between, with, or 
among. 

Intervallum, i, n. (inter & val- 
lus,) an interval; a space; 
a distamce. 

Interveniens, tis, part, from 

Intervenio, venire, veni, ven- 
tum, intr. (inter & venio,) 
to come between; to inter- 
vene. 

Intexo, ere, ui, turn, tr. (in & 
texo,) to interweave. 

Intimus, a, um, adj. sup. (in- 
terus, interior, ^ 26, 2,) in- 
nermost; inmost; intimate; 
familiar; much beloved. 

Intra, prep, within : — adv. in- 
ward. 

Intrepidus, a, um, adj. (in & 
trepidus,)yearZe5s; intrepid. 



INTRO — lUE. 



253 



Intro, are, avi, atum, tr. (intro, 
& eo,) to enter. 

IntroducOj-ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr, (intro & duco,) to 
lead in; to introduce. 

Introitus, us, ra. (introeo,) an 
entrance. 

Intuens, tis, part, from 

Intueor, eri, itus sum, tr. dep. 
(in & tueor,) to look wpon; 
to co?isider; to behold; to 
gaze at. 

Intus, adv. within. 

Inusitatus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(in & usitatus,) unaccus- 
tomed; unusual; extraor- 
dinary. 

Inutilis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
utilis,) useless. 

Invado, -vadere, -vasi, vasum, 
tr. (in & vado,) to invade; 
to attack; to assail, 

Invenio, -venire, veni,-ventum, 
tr. (in & venio,) to come to, 
or upon; to find; to get; to 
procure; to obtain; to in- 
vent; to discover. 

Inyentus, a, um, part. 

Investigo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(in & vestigo,) to trace or 
jfind out; to investigate; to 
discover. 

Invicem, adv. (in & vicis,) mu- 
tually; in turn: se invi- 
cem occiderunt, they slew 
07ie another. 

[nvictus, a, um, part, (in & 
victus,) unconquerable; im- 
penetrable; invulnerable. 

Invidia, se, f. (invidus,) envy; 
hatred. 



Invisus, a, um, adj. (invideo,) 
envied; hated; hateful; ob- 
noxious : plebi, unpopular. 

Invitatus, a, um, part, invited, 
entertained: — '&\y}a^.aguest. 

Invito, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
invite. 

Invius, a, um, adj. (in & via,) 
impassible; inaccessible; im- 
penetrable. 

Invoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
& voco,) to call upon; to 
invoke. 

lones, um, m. pi. lonians; the 
inhabitants of Ionia. 

Ionia, £6, f. Ionia; a country on 
the western coast of Asia 
Minor. 

lonius, a, um, adj. of Ionia; 
Ionian : mare, that part 
of the Mediterranean which 
lies between Greece and the 
south of Italy. 

Iphicrates, is, m. an Athenian 
general. 

Iphigenia, £e, f. the daughter 
of Agamemnon and Cly- 
temnestra, and priestess of 
Diana. 

Ipse, a, um, pro. § 32, he him- 
self; she herself; itself; or 
simply he; she; it : el ipse, 
he also; before a verb of 
the first or second person, 
I; thmi : ego ipse, I myself : 
tu ipse, thou thyself, &c. 

Ira, se, f. anger; rage. 

Irascor, irasci, intr. dep. to b$ 
angry. 

Iratus, a, um, adj. angry» 

Ire. See Eo. 



22 



264 



IRREPAEABILIS lACULOR. 



Irreparabilis, e, adj. comp. (in 
& reparabilis,) irreparable; 
irrecoverable. 

Irretio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in & 
rete,) to enclose in a net; to 
entangle; to ensnare. 

Irridens, tis, part, from 

Irrideo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in & 
rideo,) to laugh at; to de- 
ride. 

Irrigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & 
rigo,) to water; to bedew; 
to moisten. 

Irrito, are, avi, atum, tr. (hirrio, 
to snarl like a dog;)to irri- 
tate; to provoke; to incite. 

Irruens, tis, part, from 

Irruo, uere, ui, (in & ruo,) intr. 
to rush in, into, or upon; 
to rush; to attack. 

Is, ea, id. pro. ^ 31, this; he; 
she; it : in eo esse, i. e. in 
eo statu, to he in that state; 
to be upon the point. 

Issus, i, f. a maritime city of 
Cilicia. 

Issicus, a, um, adj. of or he- 
longing to Issus. 

Isocrates, is, m. a celebrated 
Athenian orator. 

Iste, a, ud, pro. § 31, that; 
that person or thing; he; 
she, it. {The demonstra- 
tive of the second person, 
and used to indicate a thing 
near, relating to, or spoken 
of, by the person addressed. 
§ 28. Obs. 3, 3d.) 

Ister, tri, m. the name of the 
Danube, after it enters E- 
lyricum. 



Isthmicus, a, um, adj. Isth- 
mian; belonging to the 
Isthmus of Corinth : iudi, 
games celebrated at that 
place. 

Isthmus, i, m. art isthmus. 

Ita, adv. (is,) so; in such a 
manner; even so; thus. 

Italia, SB, f. Italy. 

Italus, a, um, adj. Italian. 

Itali, subs, the Italians. 

Italicus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Italy; Italian. 

Itaque, adv. (ita & que,) and 
so; therefore. 

Iter, itineris, n. (eo,) a jour- 
ney; a road; a march. 

Iterum, adv. (iter,) again; once 
more; a second time. 

Ithaca, as, f. a rocky island in 
the Ionian sea, with a city 
of the same name. 

Itidem, adv. (ita & idem,) in 
like manner; likewise; also. 

Iturus, a, um, part, (eo.) 

Ivi. See Eo. 



Jacens, tis, part, from 
Jaceo, ere, ui, intr. to lie; to 

be situated. 
Jacio, jacere, jeci, jactum, tr. 

to throw; to cast; to fling; 

to hurl. 
Jacto, are, avi, atum, freq. 

(jacio,) to throw often; to 

toss; to agitate. 
Jactus, a, um, part, (jacio,) 

cast; thrown. 
Jaciilor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 



255 



(jaciilum, from jacio,) to 
hurl, to dart; to shoot. 

Jam, adv. (a stronger term 
than nunc,) ?zow; already; 
presently; even: jam nunc, 
even now : jam turn, even 
then : jam inde, eve?' since : 
jam primum, in the first 
place. 

Jamdudum, adv. (jam & du- 
dum, lately;) long ago. 

Janiculum, i, n. one of the se- 
ven hills of Rome. 

Jason, onis, m. the son of 
Mson, king of Thessaly, 
and leader of the Argo- 
nauts; also, an inhabitant 
of Lycia. 

Jejunus, a, um, adj. comp. 
fasting; hungry. 

Jovis. See Jupiter. 

Juba, ae, f. the mane. 

Jubeo, jubere, jussi, jussum, 
tr. to command; to hid; to 
order; to direct. 

Jucundus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(jocus,) agreeable; delight- 
ful; pleasant; sweet. 

Judaea, se, f. Judea. 

Judseus, a, um, adj. belo^.iging 
to Judea : — subs, a Jew. 

Judex, icis, c. (judico,) a 
judge. 

Judicium, i, n. (judex,) a 
judgment ; decision. 

Judico, are, avi, atum, tr. (jus 
«fe dico,) to judge; to deem; 
to determine; to decide. 

Jugerum, i, n. § 18, 7, {the 
quantity ploughed by a 



yoke of oxen in one day;) 
an acre of land. 

Jugum, i, n. (jungo,) a yoke ; 
a ridge or chain of moun- 
tains; in war, an instru- 
ment consisting of two 
spears placed erect, and a 
third laid transversely up- 
on them. 

Jugurtha, ae, m. a king of 
Numidia. 

Julius, i, m. a riame of CeBsar, 
who belonged to the gens 
Julia. 

Junctus, a, um, part, (jungo.) 

Junior, adj. (comparative from 
juvenis,) younger; §26, 6. 

Junius, i, m. the name of a 
Roman tribe which includ- 
ed the family of Brutus. 

Jungo, jungere, junxi, junc- 
tum, tr. to unite; to con- 
nect; to join: currui, to 
put in; to harness to. 

Juno, onis, f. the daughter of 
Saturn and wife of Jupi- 
ter. 

Jupiter, Jovis, m. § 15, 12, the 
son of Saturn and king of 
the gods. 

Jurgiosus. a, um, adj. (jurgi- 
um,) quarrelsome ; brawl- 
ing. 

Juro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
swear; from 

Jus, juris, n. right; justice; 
natural laio : jus civitatis, 
the freedom of the city; citi- 
zenship : jure, with 
rightly; deservedly. 



5^56 



JUSSI— LANATUS. 



Jussi. See Jubeo. 
Jussus, a, um, part, (jubeo.) 
Jussu, abl. m. (jubeo,) a com- 
mand. 
Justitia, 86, f. justice; from 
Justus, a, um, adj. comp. (jus,) 

just; right; full; regular; 

ordinary; exact. 
Juvenca, ae, f. (f. of juvencus, 

i. e. juveni'cus, fr. juvenis,) 

a cow; a heifer. 
Juvencius, i, m. a Roman 

general, conquered by An- 

driscus. 
Juvenis, adj. junior, ^ 26, 6,) 

(fr. juvo,) young; youth- 
ful. 
Juvenis, is, c. a young man 

ox woman; a youth; hence, 
Juventus, litis, f. youth. 
Juvo, juvare, juvi, jutum, tr. 

to help; to assist. 
Juxta, prep, (jungo,) near; 

hard by : — adv. alike ; 

even; equally. 



L., an abbreviation of Lucius. 

Labor, & Labos, oris, m. la- 
bor; toil. 

Labor, labi, lapsus, intr. dep. 
to fall; to glide; to glide 
away; to flow on. 

Laboriosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(labor,) laborious. 

Lab5ro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
to work or labor; to suffer 
with; to be distressed. 

Labyrinthus, i, m. a labyrinth. 

Lac, lactis, n. milk. 



Lacedsemon, onis, f. LacedcB" 
man, or Sparta, the capitol 
of Laconia. 

Lacedcemonius, a, um, adj. 
belonging to Ijacedcemon; 
Laced(smonian; Spa? tan. 

Laceratus, a, um, part, from 

Lacero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(lacer, mangled;) to tear 
in pieces. 

Lacessitus, a, um, part, from 

Lacesso, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. 
(lacio,) to frovoke; to stir 
up; to disturb; to trouble. 

Lacryma, aB, f. a tear. 

Lacus, us, m. a lake. 

Laconicus, a, um, adj. Lacon- 
ic; Spartan; Lacedcemonian. 

Lasdo, Isedere, laesi, Isesum, 
tr. to injure; to hurt. 

L^tatus, a, um, part. Isetor.) 

Lsetitia, se, f. (Isetus,) joy. 

Laetor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. to rejoice; to be glad; 
to be delighted loith. 

LsBtus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mu3,) glad; joyful; full of 
joy; fortunate; prosperous; 
fruitful; abundant. 

Lsevlnus, i, m. the name of a 
Roman family; (P. Vale- 
rius,) a Roman consul. 

Lgevor, oris, m. (Isevis or le- 
vis,) smoothness. 

Lagus, i, m. a Macedonian, 
who adopted as his son that 
Ptolemy ivho afterwards 
became king of Egypt. 

Lana, as, f. wool. 

Lanatus, a, um, adj. bearing 
ivool; woolly. 



LAWIATUS — LEGATIO. 



257 



Laniatus, a, urn, part, from 
Lanio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

tear in pieces. 
Lapicidina, as, f. (lapis & cag- 

do,) a quarry. 
Lapideus, a, um, adj. stony; 

from 
Lapis, idis, m. a stone. 
Lapsus, a, um, part, (labor.) 
Laqueus, i, m. a 7ioose; a 

snare. 
Largitio, onis, f. (largior, from 

largus,) a present. 
Late, adv. (ii^s, issime,) loide- 

ly; extensively ; from latus. 
Latebra, as, f. (lateo,) a lurh- 

ing-place; a hiding-place; 

a retreat. 
Latens, tis, part, from 
Lateo, ere, ui, intr. to be hid- 
den; to le concealed; to he 

unhnown. 
Later, eris, m. a hrick. 
Laterciilus, i, m. dim. (later,) 

a little hrick; a hrick. 
Latinus, i, m. an ancient king 

of the Laurentes, a people 

of Italy. 
Latinus, a, um, adj. Latin; of 

Latium : Latlni, subs, the 

Latins. 
Latitudo,inis, f, latus, breadth. 
Latium, i, n. Latium. 
Latmus, i, m. a mountain in 

Caria, near the borders of 

Ionia. 
Latona, se, f. the daughter of 

the giant Ccsus, and mo- 
ther of Apollo a7id Diana. 
Latro are, avi, atum, intr & 

tr. to bark; to hark at. 



Latro, onis, m. properly, a 
mercenary soldier ; com- 
monly, a robber. 

Latrocinium, i, n. (latrocin- 
or,) robbery; piracy. 

Laturus, a, um, part, (fero.) 

Latus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) broad; v)ide. 

Latus, eris, n. a side. 

Laudatus, a, um, part, from 

Laudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
praise; to extol; to commend. 

Laurentia, as, f. See Acca. 

Laus, dis, f. praise; glory; hon- 
or; fame; repute; estima- 
tion; value. 

Laute, adv. iiis, issime, (lau- 
tus, fr. lavo,) sumptuously; 
magnificently. 

Lavinia, ae, f. the daughter of 
Latmus, and the second 
wife of Mnlas. 

Lavinium, i, n. a city in Italy ^ 
built by Mneas. 

Lavo, lavare, & lavere, lavi, 
lotum, lautum, & lavatum, 
tr. to wash; to bathe. 

LeEena, ae, f. a lioness. 

Leander, &Leandru3, dri, m, 
a yoiith of Abydos, distin- 
guished for his attachment 
to Hero. 

Lebes, etis, m. a kettle; a cal- 
dron. 

Lectus, a, um, part, (lego,) 
read; chosen. 

Leda, Ee, f. the wife of Tynda- 
rus, king of Sparta, and the 
inother of Helena. 

Legatio, onis, f. (lego, are,) 
an embassy. 



Q5S 



LEGATUS — LIGO. 



Legatus, i, m. (lego, are,) a 
deputy; a lieutenant; an 
ambassador. 

Legio, onis, f. (lego, ere,) «Ze- 
gion; ten cohorts of soldiers. 

Legislator, oris, m.(lex & fero,) 
a legislator; a law giver. 

Lego, legere, legi, lee-turn, tr. 
to gather; to collect; to 
choose; to read. 

Lemanus, i, m. the name of a 
lake in Gaul, bordering up- 
on the country of the Helve- 
tii, now the lake of Geneva. 

Leo, onis, m. a lion. 

Leonid as, ae, m. a hrave king 
of Sparta, who fell in the 
battle of Thermopylce. 

Leontlnus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Leontini, a city and 
a people of the same name, 
on the eastern coast of Sicily. 

Lepidus, i, m. the name of an 
illustrious family of the 
Mmilian clan. 

Lepus, oris, m. a hare. 

Letalis, e, ■a.?i]. fatal; deadly; 
from 

Letum, ancZ lethum, i, n. death. 

Levis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
light; trivial; inconsidera- 
ble; smooth; hence, 

Levitas, atis, f. lightness. 

Levo, are, avi, atum, tr. (le- 
vis,) to make light; to ease; 
to relieve; to lighten; to al- 
leviate. 

Lex, gis, f. (lego,) statute or 
written law; a law; a condi- 
tion. Legem ferre, or ro- 
gare, to propose a law. See j us, 



Libens, tis, part, (libet,) wil- 

Libenter, adv, (ius, issime, fr. 
libens,) willingly. 

Libet, or Lubet, libuit, imp. it 
pleases. 

Liber,libera,liberum.adj./ree; 
(liberior, liberrimus.) 

Liber, libri, m. the inner bark 
of a tree; a writing on 
bark; a leaf; a book. 

Liberaliter, adv. (iiberalis,) 
liberally: kindly. 

Liberatus, a, um, part, (libe- 
ro,) liberated; set at liberty. 

Libere, adv. ius, rime, (li- 
ber,) freely; without re- 
straint. 

Liberi, orum, ra. pi. (liber,) 
persons free born; children. 

Libero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
free; to liberate; to deliver. 

Libertas, atis, f.(liber,) liberty. 

Libya, £e, f. properly Libya, a 
kingdom of Africa, lying 
west of Egypt; sometimes 
it comprehends the whole, 
of Africa. 

Licinius, i, m. a name common 
among the Romans. 

Licet, uit, itum est, imp. ^ 85, 4. 
it is lauful; it is permitted: 
tibi, ijou may: one may. 

Licet, conj. although. 

Lienosus, a, um, adj. (lien, 
the spleen,) splenetic. 

Ligneus, a, um, adj . wooden.^. 

Lignum, i, n. wood; a log of 
wood ; timber : ligna, pie- 
ces of wood; sticks. 

Ligo, are, avi, atum, tr. to bindi 



LIGURIA — -LUCULLUS 



259 



Liguria, se, f. Liguria, a coun- 
try in the west of Italy. 

Ligus, uris, m. a higv/rian. 

Ligusticus, a, um, adj. Ligu- 
rian : mare, the gulf of 
Genoa. 

Lilybseum, i, n. a promontory 
on the western coast of Sic- 

. ^\- 
Limpidus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 

simus,) (lympha or limpa,) 

transparent; limpid; clear. 

Limus, i, m. mxid; clay. 

Lingua, se, f. (lingo,) the 
tongue; a language. 

Linum. i, n.flax; linen. 

Liquidus, a, um, adj. (liqueo, 
to melt;) (ior, issimus,) li- 
q^dd; clear; pure; limpid. 

Lis, litis, f. a strife; a conten- 
tion; a controversy. 

Littera, or Litera, se, f. (lino,) 
a letter of the alphabet : 
(pi.) letters; literature; 
learning; a letter; an epis- 
tle; hence, 

Litterarius, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to letters; literary. 

Littus, or Litus, oris, n. the 
shore. 

Loco, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
place, set, dispose, or ar- 
range; to give or dispose 
of in marriage; from 

Locus, i, m. in sing. ; loci & 
loca, m. & n. in pi. a 
place. 

Locusta, £8, f. a locust. ♦ 

Long3, adv. (ifis, issim^,) (lon- 
gus,) far; far off. 

Longinquus.a, um, adj. (comp. 



ior,) far; distant; long; 
foreign. 

Longitudo,inis,f. length; from 

Longus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) long; applied both 
to time and space ; last- 
ing. 

Locutus, a, um, part, (loquor,) 
having spoken. 

Locuturus, a, um, part, about 
to speak; from 

Loquor, loqui, locutus sum, 
intr. dep. to speak; to con- 
verse. 

Lorica, se, f. a coat of mail; 
corselet; breast-plate; cui- 
rass; (anciently made of 
thongs ;) from 

Lorum, i, n. a thong. 

Lubens, tis, part, (lubet.) 

Lubenter, adv. (iiis, issime.) 
See Libenter. 

Lubet. See Libet. 

Lubido, or Libido, inis, f, lust; 
desire. 

Lubricus, a, um, adj. (labor,) 
to slip; slippery. 

Luceo, lucere, luxi, intr. to 
shine. 

Lucius, i, m. a Roman prse- 
nomen. 

Lucretia, se, f. a Roman mat- 
ron, the wife of Collatlnus. 

Lucretius, i, m. the father of 
Lucretia. 

Luctus, us, m. (lugeo,) mourn- 
ing; sorrow. 

LucuUus, i, m. a Roman cele- 
brated for his luxury, his 
patronage of learned meii, 
and his military talents. 



LUCUS — MACROBIJ. 



Lucus, i, in. a ivood, consecra- 
ted to some deity; a grove. 

Ludo, ludere, lusi, lusum, tr. 
to play; to be in sport; to 
deceive; from 

Ludus, i, m. a game; a play; 
a place of exercise; a school; 
gladiatorius, a school for 
gladiators. 

Lugeo, lugere, luxi, intr. to 
mourn: to lament. 

Lumen, inis, n. (luceo,) light; 
an eye. 

Luna, ee, f. the moon. 

Lupa, ae, f. a she-wolf 

Lupus, i, m. a ivolf 

Luscinia, ae, f. a nightingale. 

Lusitania, ce, f. a part of His- 
pania, now Portugal. 

Lustro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
purify; to appease; to ex- 
piate: exercitum, to re- 
view; to muster; from 

Lustrum, i, n. (luo or lavo,) 
'purification; a sacrifice of 
purification offered at the 
conclusion of the census eve- 
ry five years; a period of 
five years; a place for bath- 
ing; hence the place where 
swine swallow; a den or 
lair of loild beasts. 

Lusus, tis, m. (ludo,) a game; 
a play: per lusum, in sport; 
sportively. 

Lutatius, i, m. the name of a 
Roman tribe : C. Lutatius 
Catulus, a Roman consul 
in the Punic war. 

Lutetia, 33, f. a city of Gaul, 
now ~ 



Lutum, i, n. (luo,) clay. 

Lux, lucis, f. light. 

Luxuria, 3d, f. (luxus, fr. luo,) 
that which dissolves or loos- 
ens the energies of body and 
mind; hence luxury; excess; 
voluptuousness. 

Lycius, a, um, adj. Lycian; 
ofLycia, a country of Asia 
Minor. 

Lycomedes, is, m. a king of 
Scyros. 

Lycurgus, i, m. the Spartan 
law giver. 

Lydia, ae, f. a country of Asia 
Minor. 

Lysander, dri, m. a celebrated 
Lacedcemonian general. 

Lysimachus, i, m. one of Alex- 
ander^ generals, who was 
afterwards king of a part 
of Thrace. 

M. 

M., a?i abbreviation of Mar CMS. 

Ma.cedo,Qms,m. a Macedo?iian. 

Macedonia, ae, f. a country of 
Europe, lying west of 
Thrace, and north of Thes- 
saly and Eplrus. 

Macedonicus, a, um, adj. of 
Macedonia, Macedonian : 
also, an agnomen, or sur- 
name of Q. Metellus. 

Macies, ei, f. (maceo,) lean- 
ness; decay. 

Macrobii,orum m. pi. {a Greek 
word signifying long- 
lived;) a name given to cer- 
tain tribes of Ethiopians^ 



MACTATUS MALUM. 



261 



lohn were disfAnguished for 
their longevity. 

Mactatus,, a, um, part, from 

Macto, are, avi, atum, tr, (ma- 
gis aucto, from augeo,) to 
increase with honors ; to 
enrich; to honor with sa- 
crifices; hence, to sacrifice; 
to slay. 

Macula, s, f. a spot; a stain. 

Madeo, ere, ui, intr. to be 
moist; to he wet. 

Msenades, um, f. pi. priestesses 
of Bacchus; bacchants; bac- 
chanals. 

Maeotis, idis, adj. Mmotian: 
pains Msedtis, a lake or 
gulf, lying north of the 
Euxine, now called the sea 
of Azoph. 

Magis, adv. (sup. maxime, 
§ 89, III.) more; rather ; 
better. 

Magister, tri, m. (magis,) a 
teacher; a master : magis- 
ter equitum, the command- 
er of the cavalry, and the 
dictator's lieutenant; hence 

Magistratus, us, m. a magis- 
tracy; a civil office; a. ma- 
gistrate. 

Magnesia, se, f. a town of 
Ionia. 

Magnifice, adv. (entius, entis- 
sime,) (magnif icus,) mag- 
nificently; splendidly. 

Magnificentia, se, f, (id.) mag- 
nificence; splendor; gran- 
deur; from 

Magnif icus, a, um, adj. (en- 
tior, entissimus,) (magnus 



and facio,) magnificent ; 
splendid. 

Magnitudo, mis, f. (magnus,) 
greatness; magnitude; size; 
(applied chiefly to material 
objects.) 

Magnopere, adv. sometimes 
magno opere, (magnus & 
opus,) greatly; very; ear- 
nestly. 

Magnus, a um, adj. (major, 
maximus, ^ 26,) {the gene- 
ral term applied to great- 
ness of every kind;) great; 
large. 

Major, comp. (magnus,) great- 
er: the elder; hence, 

Majores, um, m. ^^l. forefath- 
ers; ancestors. 

Male, adv. (pejus, pessime,) 
(malus,) badly; ill; hurl- 
fully. 

Maledico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- 
tum, tr. (male & dico,) to 
revile; to rail at; to abuse; 
to reproach. 

Maledicus, a, um, adj. (en- 
tior, entissimus, ^ 26, 3,) 
reviling; railing; scurri- 
lous; abusive. 

Maleficus, a, um, adj. (en- 
tior, entissimus,) k 26, 3,) 
(male & facio,) wicked; 
hurtful; mischienjous; inju- 
rious : — subs, an evil doer. 

Malo, malle, malui, tr. irr. 
(magis & volo,) ^ 83, 6, to 
prefer; to be more vnllijig; 
to wish. 

Malum, i, n. an apple. 

Malum, i, n. (malus,) evil; 



MALUS MAK3 



misfortune; calamity; suf- 
ferings; evil deeds. 

Malus, a, um, adj. (pejor, pes- 
simus, ^ 26,) had; wicked: 
mali, had men. 

Mancinus, i, m. a Roman con- 
sul who made a disgraceful 
'peace with the Numantians. 

Mando, mandere, mandi, man- 
sum, tr. to chew; to eat. 

Mando, are, avi, atum,tr.(man- 
vl\ & do,) to give into one's 
hand; hence to command; 
to intrust; to commit; to 
hid; to enjoin : mandare 
marmoribus, toengravewp- 
on marhle. 

Mane, ind. n. the morning ; 
adv. early ^V^ the morning. 

Maneo, ere, si, sum, intr. to 
remain; to continue. 

Manes, ium, m. pi. the manes; 
ghosts or shades of the dead. 

Manlius, i, m. a Roman pro- 
per name. 

Mano, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
flow. 

Mansuefacio, -facere, -feci, 
-factum, tr. (mansues & fa- 
cio,) to tame; to make tame. 

Mansuefio, -fieri, factus sum, 
irr. ^ 83. Obs. 3, tohe made 
tame. 

Mansuefactus, a, um, part. 

Mantinea, ae, f. a city of Ar- 
cadia. 

Manubiae, arum, f. pi. (ma- 
nus,) hooty; spoils; plun- 
der. 

Manumissus, a, um, part. fr. 

Manumitto, -mittere, -inisi, 



-missum, tr. (manus &mit- 
to,) to set free; at liberty _ 
to free; to manumit. 

Manus, us, f. a hand; the 
trunk of an elephant; a 
hand or hody of soldiers. 

Mapale, is, n. ahut or cottage 
of the Numidians. 

Marcellus, i, m. the name of 
a Roman fa^nily lohich pro- 
duced many illustrious 
'inert. 

Marcius, i, m. a Roman name, 
and cognomen or surname. 

Marcus, i, m. a Roman prse- 
n5men. 

Mare, is, n. the sea; {a gene- 
ral term : eequor, a level 
surface : pontus, the sea, 
so called from Pontus, an 
ancient god of the sea : pe- 
lagus, the deep sea.) 

Margarita, se, f. a pearl. 

Mariandyni, orum, m. pi. a 
people of Bithynia. 

Marinus, a, um, adj. (mare,) 
marine; pertaining to the 
sea : aqua marina, sea- 
water. 

Maritimus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
maritiine; on the sea- coast : 
copise, naval forces. 

Maritus, i, m. (mas,) a hus- 
hand. 

Marius, i, m. (C.) a distin- 
gtished Roman general, 
who was seven times elect- 
ed consul. 

Marmor, oris, n. marhle. 

Mars, tis, m. the son of Jupiter 
and JuTw, and god of war. 



MARSI BIEGASTHENES. 



263 



Marsi, orum, m. pi. a people 
ofLatiuvi, u-pon the borders 
of lake Timms. 

Mursyas, ae, m. a celebrated 
Phrygian musician.- also, 
a brother of Antigonus, 
the king of Macedonian 

Massa, Ee, f. a mass; a lump. 

Massicus, a, um, adj. Massic, 
of Massicus, a mountain 
in Campania, famous for 
its wine: vinum, Massic 
wine. 

Massilia, se, f. a maritime 
town of Gallia Narbonen- 
sis, now Marseilles. 

Mater, tris, f. a mother; a ma- 
tron; hence, 

Materia, 8e,f. a material; mat- 
ter; stuff; timber. 

Matrimoniura, i, n. (id.) ma- 
trinio7iy; marriage. 

Matrona, as, f. a river of Gaul, 

Matrona, ae, f. a matron, 

Maturesco, maturescere, ma- 
turui, intr. inc. to ripen; to 
groio ripe; from 

Matiirus, a, um, adj. (ior, ri- 
mus or issimus,) ri'pe; ma- 
ture; perfect. 

Mauritania, as, f. a country in 
the xoestern part of Africa, 
extending from Numidia to 
the Atlantic ocean. 

Mausolus, i, m. a king of Ca- 
rta. 

Maxilla, as, f. a jaxo; a jaw- 
bone. 

Maxime, adv. (sup. of magis.) 
most of all; especially; 
greatly. 



Maximus, i, m. a Roman sur- 
narne : Qu. Fabius Maxi- 
mus, a distinguished Ro- 
man general. 

Maximus, a, um, adj. (sup. 
of magnus,) greatest; eld- 
est : maximus natu, oldest. 
See Natu. 

Mecum, (me & cum,) loith me. 

Medeor, eri, intr. dep. to cure; 
to heal. 

Medicina, ae, f. (medicus,) 
medicine. 

Medico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(id.) to heal; to administer 
medicine; to medicate; to 
prepare medically; to em- 
balm. 

Medicus, i, m. a physician. 

Meditatus, a, um, part, de- 
signed; practised; from 

Meditor, ari, atus sum,tr.dep. 
to meditate; to reflect; to 
practise. 

Mediomatrici, orum, m. pi. a 
people of Belgic Gaul. 

Medius, a, um, adj. middle; 
the midst : medium, the 
middle. 

Medusa, se, f. one of the three 
Gorgons. 

Megara, as, f. the capital of 
Megaris. 

Megarenses, ium, m. pi. Me- 
garensians; the inhabitants 
of Megara. 

Megaris, idis, f. a small coun- 
try of Greece. 

Megasthenes, is, m. a Greek 
historian, lohose works have 
been lost. 



264 



MEHERCULE — MERITUM. 



Mehercule, adv. hy Hercules; 
truly; certainly. 

Mel, lis, n. honey. 

Meleagrus & -ager, gri, m. a 
Mng of Calydonia. 

Melior, us, adj. (comp. of bo- 
nus, § 26,) better. 

Melius, adv. (comp. of bene, 
§ 89, III,) better. 

Membrana, ae, f. a thin skin; 
a membrane; 'parchment. 

Membrum, i, n. a limb; a 
member. 

Memini, def. pret. k 84, 2, I 
remember; I relate. 

Memor, oris, adj. mindful. 

Memorabilis, e, adj. comp. 
(memor,) memorable; re- 
marJcable; worthy of being 
mentioned. 

Memoria, se, f. (id.) memory. 

Menioro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
to remember; to call to one's 
memory; to say; to men- 
tion. 

Memphis, is, f. a large city of 
Egypt. 

Mendacium, i, n. a falsehood; 
from 

Mendax, acis, adj. (mentior.) 
false; lying. 

Menelaus, i, m. a Mng of 
Sparta, the son of Atreus, 
and husband of Helen. 

Menenius, i, m. (Agrippa,) a 
Roman, disti?ig7iished for 
his S2iccess in reconciling 
the plebeians to the patri- 
cians. 

Mens, tis, f. the mind; the 
understanding ; {the rea- 



soning faculty as distin- 
guished from anitnus, the 
seat of feelings and pas- 
sio7is.) Animo et mente, 
loith the whole soul. 

Mensis, is, m. a month. 

Mentio, onis, f. (memini,) a 
mention or a speaking of. 

Mentior, iri, Itus sum, tr. dep. 
to lie; to assert falsely; to 
feign; to deceive. 

Mercator, oris, m. (mercor,) a 
merchant; a trader. 

Mercattira, ge, f. (id.) merchan- 
dise; trade. 

Mercatus, us, m. (id.) a mar- 
ket; a mart; a fair; an 
emporium; a sale. 

Merces, edis, f. (raereo,) wa- 
ges; a reward; a price. 

Mercurius, i, m. Mercury, the 
son of Jupiter and Maia. 
He was the messe7iger of 
the gods. 

Mereo, ere, ui, itum, intr. & 
tr. to deserve; to gain; to 
acquire. 

Mereor, eri, itus sum, intr. 
. &ct!:.dep.to deserve; to earn. 

Mergo, mergere, mersi,jner- 
sum, tr. to sink; to dip in, 
or U7ider. 

Meridianus, a, um, adj. south- 
ern; south; at noon-day; 
from 

Meridies, iei, m. (medius & 
dies,) noon; mid-daij; south. 

Merito, adv. loith reason; loith 
good reason; deservedly. 

Meritum, i, n. (mereo,) merit, 
desert. 



MEUSI MINIMUS, 



265 



Mersi. See Mergo. 

Mersus, a, um, part, (merg-o.) 

Merula, ee, f. a blackbird. 

Merx, cis, f. merchandise. 

Messis, is, f. (meto,) the har- 
vest; a reaping. 

Meta, £6, f. (meto, -are,) a pil- 
lar in the form of a cone; 
a goal; a limit. 

Metagonium, i, n. a promon- 
tory in the northern part 
of Africa. 

Metallutn, i, n. metal; a mine. 

Metanira, 33, f. the wife of Cc- 
leus, king of Eleusis. 

Metellus, i, m. the name of 
an illustrious family at 
JRojne. 

Metior, metiri, mensus sum, 
tr. dep. to measure. 

Melius, i, m. (Suffetius,) an 
Alban general., put to d.eath 
by Tullus Hostilius. 

Meto, metere, messui, mes- 
sum, tr. to reap; to mow. 

Metao, meiuere, metui, tr. & 
intr. to fear; from 

Metus, us, v^. fear. 

Meus, a, um, pro. § 30; (ego,) 
iny; mine. 

Micipsa, cB, m. a king of Nu- 
midia. 

Mico, are, ui, intr. to move 
quickly or ivith a quiver- 
i7ig, tremulous motion^ as 
the tongue of a serpent; to 
glance; to shine; to glitter. 
See dimico. 

Blidas, s, m. a king of Phry- 
gia, distinguished for his 
wealth. 



Migro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
remove; to migrate; to wan- 
der. 

Mihi. See Ego. 

Miles, itis, c. (mille, proper- 
ly, one of a thousand;) a 
soldier; the soldiery. 

Miletus, i, f. the capital of 
Ionia, near the borders of 
Caria. 

Militia, 86, f. (miles,) war; 
military service. 

Milito, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(id.) to serve in war. 

Milie, n. ind. (in sing.) a thou- 
sand: millia, um, pi. — mil- 
le, adj. ind. ^ 24, 5. 

Milliarium, i, n. (mille sc. pas- 
suum, App. VI. 5,) a mile- 
stone; a 7nile, or 5000 feet : 
ad quintum milliarium ur- 
bis, to the fifth milestone 
of the city, i. e. loithinfive 
miles of the city. 

Miltiades, is, m. a celebrated 
Athenian general, who con- 
quered the Persians. 

Milvius, i, m. a kite. • 

Minee, arum, f. pi. (mineo, 
to hang over ;) projecting 
points; battlements; com- 
monly, threats. 

Minatus, a, um, part, (minoi^.) 

Minerva, se, f. the daughter 
of Jiipiter, and goddess of 
war and wisdom. 

Minime, adv. (sup. of parum,) 
least; at least; not at all. 

Minimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
parvus, § 26,) the least; the 



23 



?66 



MINISTERITJM MODUS 



Ministerium, i, n. (minister,)' 
service; labor. 

Minium, i, n. red lead; ver- 
milion. 

Minor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
& intr. to project; to reach 
upwards; to threaten; to 
menace. 

Minor, oris, adj. (com p. of 
parvus, 'i' 26,) less; small- 
er; loeaker. 

Minos, ois, a son of Europa, 
and king of Crete. 

Minuo, minuere, minui, minti- 
tum, tr. (minus,) to dimi- 
nish. 

Minus, adv. (minor,) (coinp. 
of parum ,) Ze5S; quo miniis, 
or quominus, that — 7iot. 

Miraculum, i, n. (miror,) a 
miracle; a wonder. 

Mirabilis, e, adj. (id.) wonder- 
ful; astonishing. 

Miratus, a, urn, part, (miror,) 
wondering at. 

Mire, adv. (mirus,) wonder- 
fully; remarkably . 

Miror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
to wonder at; to admire; 
from 

Mirus, a, um, adj. wonderful; 
surprising. 

Misceo, miscere, miscui, mis- 
tum or mjxtum, tr. to min- 
gle; to mix. 

Miser, era, erum, adj. (erior, 
errimus,) miserable; unhap- 
py; wretched; sad. 

Miseratus, a, um, part, (mise- 
ror.) 

Misereor, misereri, miseritus. 



or misertus sum, tr. dep. 
(miser,) to have compassion; 
to pity. 
Miseret, miseruit, miseritum 
est, imp. (misereo, fr. mi- 
ser,) it pitieth : me mise- 
ret, I pity. 
Misericordia, se, f. (misericors 
from misereo & cor,) pity; 
compassion. 

Miseror, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (miser,) to pity. 

Misi. See Mitto. 

Mistus & mixtus, a, urn, part. 
(misceo.) 

Mithridates, is, m. a celebra- 
ted king of Pontus. 

Mithridaticus, a, um, adj. be- 
longing to Mithridates ; 
Mithridatic. 

Mitis, e, adj. ^ 21, II., (ior issi- 
mus,) mild; meek; kind; 
humane. 

Mitto, mittere, misi, missum, 
tr. to send; to throw; to 
bri7ig forth; to produce: to 
afford : mittere se in 
aquam, to plunge into the 
ivater. 

Mixtus. See Mistus. 

Modicus, a, um, adj. (modus,) 
moderate; of 7)ioderate size; 
small, 

Modius, i, m. a measure; a 
half bushel. App. VI. 4. 

Modo, adv. now; only; but : 
modo — modo, sometimes — 
sometimes: conj. {for si 
modo or dummodo,) pro- 
vided that; if only. 

Modus, i, m. a measure ; 



MCENIA — MtJCIUS. 



267 



(App. VI. 4,) a manner; a 
way; degree; limit; mode- 
ration. 

Mcenia, urn, n. pi. (munio,) 
the walls of a city^ fur- 
nished with towers and bat- 
tlements for defence. 

Moenus, i, m. the Maine, a riv- 
er of Germany, and a 
branch of the Rhine. 

Mffirens, tis, part, from 

Moereo, mcerere, intr. to be 
sad; to mourn. 

Mceris, is, m. alakein Egypt. 

Moles, is, f. a mass; a bulk; a 
burden; a weight; a pile. 

Molestus, a, um, adj. (moles,) 
(ior, issimus,) irlcsome; se- 
vere; troublesome; oppres- 
sive; unwelcome. 

Mollio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to 
soften; to moderate; from 

Mollis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
soft; tender. 

Molossi, orum, m. pi. the Mo- 
lossians, a people of Eplrus. 

Momordi. See Mordeo. 

Monens, tis, part, from 

Moneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to 
advise; to remind; to warn; 
to admonish: hence, 

Monimentuin or -umentum, i, 
u. (moneo,) a monument; a 
memorial; a record; and 

MonJtor, oris, m. a monitor. 

Mons, tis, m. a mountain; a 
mount. 

Monstro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(moneo,) to show: point out. 

Mora, ae, f. delay. 

Morbus, i, m. a disease. 



Mordax, acis, adj. (comp.) bi- 
ting; sharp: snappish; from 

Mordeo, mordere, momordi, 
morsum, tr. to bite. 

Mores. See Mos. 

Moriens, tis, part, from 

Morior, mori & moriri, mor- 
tuus sum, intr. dep. § 82 ; 
to die. 

Moror, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
to delay; to tarry; to stay; 
to remain : nihil moror; / 
care 7U)t for; I value not. 

Morosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(mos,) morose ; peevish ; 
fretful. 

Mors, tis, f. death. 

Morsus, us, m. (mordeo,) bite; 
biting. 

Mortalis, e, adj. (mors,) mortal, 

Mortuus, a, um, part, (mori- 
or,) dead. 

Mos, moris, m. a manner; a 
%vay; a custom : more, af- 
ter the manner of; like: 
mores, conduct; deportment; 
manners; customs. 

Mossyni, orum, m. pi. a people 
of Asia Minor, near the 
Euxine. 

Motus, us, m. (moveo,) mo- 
tion: terrae motus, an earth- 
quake. 

Motus, a, um, part, from 

Moveo, movere, movi, motum, 
tr. to move; to stir; to excite. 

Mox, adv. soon; soon after; by 
aiid by. 

I Mucius, i. m. (Scsevola,) a 

I Roman, celebrated for his 

I fortitude. 



268 



MULIEBRIS — NARBONENSIS. 



Muliebns, e, adj. zaomanly; 
female; from 

Mulier, eris, f. a woman. 

Multitudo, inis, f. (multus,) a 
multitude. 

Multo, or -cto, are, avi, atum, 
tr. (multa, or mulcta, fr. 
mulgeo,) to ^punish by de- 
privation; to fine; to im- 
pose a fine; to sentence to 
pay a fine. 

Multo, & Muitum, adv. much: 
multo, hy far. 

Multus, a, um, adj. much; 
many. 

Mummius, i,m. a Roman gen- 
eral. 

Mundus, i, m. (mundus, neat, 
orderly,) the world; the 
universe. 

Muniendus, a, um, part, from 

Munio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to 
build a loall or fortress; to 
fortify : viam, to open or 
prepare' a road. 

Mnnus, eris, n. an office; ser- 
vice; duty; a gift; a pre- 
sent; a favor; a reward for 
service; (distinguished from 
donum, a free gift.) 

Muralis, e, adj. pertaining to 
a wall : corona, the mural 
crown, given to him who 
first mounted the loall of a 
besieged toiim; from 

Murus, i, m. a wall, a loall of 
a town, garden, or other 
enclosed place. 

Mus, muris, m. a mouse. 

Musa, £6, f. a muse; a song. 

Musca, 3B, f. afiy. 



Musculas, i, m. dim, (mus,) a 
little mouse. 

Musice, es, & Musica, £e, f. 
(musa,) music; the art of 
music; hence, 

Music us, a, um, adj. musical. 

Muto, are, avi, atum, tr. (mo- 
veo,) to change; to trans- 
form. 

Mygdonia, se, f. a small coun- 
try of Phrygia. 

Myrmecides, is, m. an ingen- 
ious artist of Miletus. 

Myndius, i, m. a Myndian; an 
inhabitant of Myndus. 

Myndus, i, f. a city in Carta, 
7iear Halicarnassus. 

Mysia, se, f. a country of Asia 
Minor, having the Pro- 
pontis on the north, and the 
Mgean sea on the west. 

N. 

Nabis, idis, m. a tyrant of 
Lacedcemon. 

Nae, adv. verily; truly. 

Nactus, a, um, part, (nancis- 
cor,) having found. 

Nam, con], for; but. 

Nanciscor, nancisci, nactus 
sum, tr. dep. (nancio, not 
used,) to get; to find; to 
meet with. 

Narbonensis, e, adj. Narbo- 
nensis Gallia, one of the 
four divisions of Gaul, in 
the south-eastern part, de- 
riving its name from the 
city of Narbo, now Nar- 



NARIS NEMO 



269 



Naris, is, f. the noUril. 

Narro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
relate; to tell; to say. 

Nascor, nasci, natus sum,' intr. 
dep. to he horn; to grow; to 
he produced. 

Nasica, se, m. a surname of 
Publius Cornelius Scipio. 

Nasus, i, m. a nose. 

Natalis, e, adj. (nascor,) 7ia- 
tal : dies natalis, a hirth- 
day. 

Natans, tis, part, from 

Nato,are, avi, atum, intr. freq. 
(no,) to swim; tojloat. 

Natu, abl. sing. m. by hirth : 
natu minor, the younger: 
minimus, the youngest : 
major, the elder; : maxi- 
mus, the oldest; ^ 26, 6. 

Natura, se, f. (nascor,) na- 
ture ; creation ; -power ; 
hence 

Naturalis, e, adj. natural. 

Natus, a, um, part, (nascor,) 
born : octoginta annos na- 
tus, born eighty years; i. e. 
eighty years old; hence, 

Natus, i, m. a son. 

Naufragiiim, i, n. (navis & 
frango,) a shipwreck. 

Nauta, se, and navita, £e, (na- 
vis,) m. a sailor. 

Navalis, e, adj. (navis,) naval; 
belonging to ships. 

Navigabllis, e, adj. (navigo,) 
navigable. 

Navigatio, onis, f. (id.) navi- 
gaiion. and 

Navigium, i, n. a ship; a ves- 
sel; from 



Navigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (na- 
vis & ago,) to steer, navi- 
gate, or direct a ship; to 
navigate; to sail. : naviga- 
tur, imp. navigation is car- 
ried on; they sail. 

Navis, is, f. a ship. 

Ne, conj. not; lest; lest that; 
that — not : ne quidem, not 
even; ^ 121. 

Ne, conj. enclitic : whether; 
or; (In direct questions the 
translation is commonly 
omitted, t 56, 3d.) 

Nee, conj. (ne & que,) and 
not; but not; neither; nor. 

Necessarius, a, um, adj. (ne- 
cesse,) necessary : — subs. 
a friend. 

Necessitas, atis, f. (id.) neces- 
sity; duty. 

Neco, are, avi, or ui, atum, 
tr. to kill; to destroy; to slay. 

Nefas, n. ind. (ne & fas,) im- 
piety; wrong; wickedness. 

Neglectus, a, um, part, from 

Negligo,-ligere,-lexi, -lectum, 
tr. (nee & lego,) to neglect; 
not to care for; to disre- 
gard. 

Nego, are, avi, atum, tr. {pro- 
bably, ne «fe aio,) ?o deny; to 
refuse : equal to dico ut 
non, to declare that not. 

Negotium, i, n. (nee & oti- 
um,) business; labor; pains; 
difficulty : facili or nullo 
negotio, with little, or no 
trouble; easily. 

Nemo, inis, c. (ne & homo,^ 
Tbo one; rio man. 



270 



NEMUS — NOCEO. 



Nemus, oris, n. a forest; a 

grove; (but not consecrated 

as lucus.) 
Nepos, Otis, m. a grandson. 
Neptunus, i, m. the god of the 

sea, son of Saturn a?id Ops. 
Nequaquam, adv. (ne &c qua- 

quam,) by no means. 
Neque, conj. (ne & que,) and 

— not; neither; nor. 
Nequeo, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. 

irr. (ne & queo, ^ 83, 3,) 

I cannot; I am not able. 
Nequis, -qua, -quod or -quid, 

pro. (ne & quis,) § 35; lest 

any one; that no one or no 

thing. 
Nereis, idis, f. a Nereid; a 

sea-nymph. The Nereids 

ivere the daughters of Ne- 

reus and Doris. 
Nescio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr.(ne.& 

scio,) to be ignorant of; 7wt 

to know; can not. 
Nestus, i. m. a river in the 

western part of Thrace. 
Neuter, tra, trum, adj. (ne & 

uter,) neither of the two; 

neither. 
Nicomedes, is, m. a king of 

Bithynia. 
Nidifico, are, avi, atum, intr. 

(nidus and facio,) to build 

a nest. 
Nidus, i, m. a nest. 
Niger, gra, grum. adj. (nigri- 

or, nigerrimus,) black. 
Nihil, n. ind. or Nihilum, i, n. 
(ne & hilum,) nothing : ni- 
hil habeo quod, I ho.ve no- 



thing on account of lohich, 
i. e. I have no reason why. 

Nihilorainus, adv. (nihilo mi- 
nus, less by nothing;) nev- 
ertheless. 

Nil us, i, m. the Nile; the larg- 
est river of Africa. 

Nimius, a, um, adj. (nimis, 
too much;) too great; ex- 
cesive; immoderate. 

Nimii'im, & Nimio, adv. (id.) 
too much. 

Ninus, i, m. a king of Assyria. 

Niobe, es, f. the wife of Am- 
phlon, king of Thebes. 

Nisi, adv. (ne & si,) unless; 
except; if not. 

Nisus, i, m. a king of Mega- 
ris, and the father of Sylla. 

Nitidus, a, um, adj. comp. (ni- 
teo,) shining; bright; clear. 

Nitor, 5ris, m. (niteo,) splen- 
dor; gloss; brilliancy. 

Nitor, niti, nisus &nixus sum, 
dep. to strive. 

Nix, nivis, f. snow. 

No, nare, navi, natum, intr. 
to sivim. 

Nobilis, e, adj. (ior,issimus,) 
(nosco,) known; noted; no- 
ble; celebrated; famous; of 
high rank; hence, 

Nobilitas, atis, f. nobility; the 
nobility; the nobles; a no- 
ble spirit; nobleness.' 

Nobilito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(id.) to ennoble; to make 
famous. 

Noceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to 
injure; to harm. 



KOCTU — NUMANTIA. 



271 



Noctu, abl. sing, monoptot, 
by night; in the night 
time. 

Nocturnus, a, nm, adj. (noc- 
tu,) nightly; nocturnal. 

Nodus, i, m. a knot; a tumor. 

Nola, £6, f. a city of Camim- 
nia. 

Nolo, nolle, nolui, intr. irr. 
(non & -vole, ^ 83, 5,) to be 
u7iioilling : noli facere, do 
not : noli esse, be not; t 87. 

Nomades, un), m. pi. a name 
given to those tribes tvho 
wander from place to place, 
with their flocks and herds, 
having no fixed residence. 

Nomen, inis, n. a name; fame. 

Non, adv. not. 

Nonagesimus, a, um, adj. ord. 
the ninetieth. 

Nonne, adv. (non and ne, 
a negative i7iterrogative,) 
not ? as, nonne fecit ? has 
he not done it ? 

Nonnihil, n. ind. (non nihil, 
not nothing; i. e.) some- 
thing. 

Nonnisi, adv. (non & nisi,) 
only; not; except. 

Nonnullus, a, um, adj. (non & 
nuUus,) some. 

Nonus, a, um, num. adj. the 
ninth. 

Nos. See Ego. 

Nosco, noscere, novi, notum, 
tr. to know; to understand; 
to learn. 

Noster, tra, trum, pro. our; 
§30. 

Nota, 93, f. (nosco,) a mark. 



Notans, tis, part, from 

Noto, are, avi, atum, tr. (no- 
ta,) to mark; to stigma- 
tize; to observe. 

Notus, a, um, part. (fr. nos- 
co,) known. 

Novem, ind. num. adj. pi. 
7iine. 

Novus, a, um, adj. (sup. issi- 
mus, § 26, 5,) neto; recent; 
fresh. 

Nox, noctis, f. night : de noc- 
ie.,by night. 

Noxius, a, um, adj. (noceo,) 
hurtful; injurious. 

Nubes, is, f. a cloud. 

Nubo, nubere, nupsi & nup- 
ta sum, nuptum, intr. to 
cover with a veil; to mar- 
ry; to be married; (used 
only of the wife.) 

Nudatus, a, um, part, laid 
open; stripped; deprived; 
from 

Nudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
make naked; to lay open; 
from 

Nudus, a,um, ^A]. naked; bare. 

Nullus, a, um, gen. ius, adj. 
(non ullus,) no; no one. 

Num, interrog. adv. in indi- 
rect questions, vjhether ? in 
direct questions, commonly- 
omitted. See Ne, and t 
56, 3d. 

Numa, 36, m. (Pompilius,) the 
second king of Rome, and 
the successor of Romulus. 

Numantia, 33, f. a city of Spain, 
besieged by the Romans for 
twenty years. 



272 



NUMANTINI OBLIGO. 



Numantmi, orum, m. pi. Nic- 

mantines; the people o/Nu- 

mantia. 
Numen, inis, n. (nuo,) a deity; 

a god. 
Numero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

cmmt; to numiber; to reckon; 

from 
Numerus, i, m. a mtviber. 
Numidae, arum, m. pi. the Nu- 

viidians. 
Numidia, se, f. a country of 

Africa. 
Numitor, oris, m. the father 

of Rhea Silvia, and grand- 
father of Romulus and 

Remus. 
Nuramus, i, m. money. 
Nunc, adv. noio ; nunc etiam, 

even now; still. 
Nuncupo, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(nomen & capio,) to name; 

to call. 
Nunquam, (ne & unquam,) 

adv. never. 
Nuntiatus, a, um, part, from 
Nuntio, or -cio, are, avi, atum, 

tr. (nuntius,) to announce; 

to tell. 
Nuptias, arum, f. pi. (nubo,) 

nuptials; marriage; a wed- 
ding. 
Nusquam, adv. (ne & us- 

quam,) no lohere; in no 

place. 
Nutriendus, a, um, part, to he 

nourished. 
Nutrio, Ire, Ivi, itum, tr. to 

nourish. 
Nutrltus, a, um, part. 
Nutrix, icis,f. (nutrio,) a nurse. 



Nympha, se, i. a nymph; a 
goddess presiding over foun- 
tains, groves, or rivers, &c. 

O, 

O ! int. O .' ah ! 

Ob, prep, for; on account of; 
before. 

Obdormisco, -dormiscere, -dor- 
mi vi, intr. inc. (ob & dor- 
misco,) to fall asleep; to 
sleep. 

Obduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (ob & duco,) to 
dravj over; to cover aver. 

Obductus, a, um, part, spread 
over; covered over. 

Obedio, Ire, ivi, Itum, intr. 
(ob & audio,) to give ear 
to; to obey; to comply with; 
to be subject to. 

Obeo, ire, Ivi &; ii, itum, tr. & 
intr. (ob & eo,) to go to; to 
discharge; to execute; to 
die; (i, e. mortem or su- 
premura, diemoblre.) 

Oberro, are, avi, atum, (ob & 
erro,) to wander; to wander 
about. 

Obitus, us, m. (obeo,) death. 

Objaceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. 
(ob & jaceo,) to lie against 
or before; to be opposite. 

Objectus, a, um, part, thrown 
to or in the way; exposed. 

Objicio, -jicere, -jeci,-jectum, 
tr. (ob & jacio,) to throw 
before; to throw to; to give; 
to object; to expose. 

Obligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 



OBLIQUE— OCCIDO. 



273 



& ligo,) to hind to; to 

oblige; to obligate. 
Obliqu3, adv. indirectly; ob' 

liquely; from 
Obllquus, a, um, adj. (ob & 

liquis,) oblique; indirect; 

sidewise. 
Oblitus, a, um, part, forget' 

ting; having forgotten; fr. 
Obliviscor, oblivdsci, oblitus 

sum, tr. dep. (ob &: lino,) 

to forget. 
Obnoxius, a, um, adj. (ob & 

noxius,) obnoxious; subject; 

exposed to; liable. 
Obruo, -ruere, -rui, -rutum, tr. 

(ob & ruo,) to rtish down 

headlong against; to over- 
whelm; to cover; to bury. 
Obrutus, a, um, part, buried; 

covered; overwhelmed. 
Obscuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(obscurus,) to obscure; to 

darken. 
Obsecro, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(ob & sacro,) to beseech; to 

conjure. 
Obsequor, sequi, sectitus sum, 

intr. dep. (ob & sequor,) to 
follow; to serve; to obey; to 

humor. 
Observo, are, avi, atum,tr. (ob 

& servo,) to keep before the 

mind; to observe; to ivatch. 
Obses, idis, c. (obsideo,) a 

hostage. 
Obsessus. a, um, part, besieg- 
ed; from 
Obsideo, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- 

sum, tr. (ob & sedeo,) to 



sit before or opposite ; 
hence, to besiege; to in- 
vest; to blockade, hence. 

Obsidio, onis f. a siege. 

Obsidionalis, e, adj. belonging 
to a siege; obsidional : co- 
rona, a crown given to him 
loho had raised a siege. 

Obstetrix, Icis, f. a midwife. 

Obtestatus, a, um, part, from 

Obtestor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (ob & testor,) to call 
solemnly to witness; to con- 
jure; to beseech; to entreat. 

Obtineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
tum, tr. (ob & teneo,) to 
hold; to retain; to obtain : 
obtinet sententia, the opi- 
nion prevails. 

Obtiilit. See Offero. 

Obviam, adv. (ob & viam,) in 
the way; meeting; to meet : 
fio or eo obviam, I meet; 1 
go to meet. 

Occasio, onis, f. (ob & cado,) 
a7i occasion; a good oppor- 
tunity. 

Occasus, us, m. (id.) the de- 
scent; the setting of the 
heaveiily bodies; evening; 
the west. 

Occidens, tis, m. (id.) the set- 
ting sun; evening; the west. 

Occidentalis, e, adj. (id.) 
toestern; occidental. 

Occido, occidere, occidi, occi- 
sum, tr. (ob & cagdo,) to 
beat; to kill; to slay; to put 
to death. 

Occidoj occidere, occidi, occa- 



274 



OCCISURUS— 0LYMPICU3. 



sum, intr, (ob & cado,) to 
fall; to fall doivn; to set. 

Occisurus, a, um, part, (oc- 
cldo.) 

Occisus, a, um, part, (occido.) 

OcccEcatus, a, um, part, from 

OcccEco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ob & coeco,) to blind; to 
dazzle. 

Occulto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (occulo,) to conceal; 
to hide. 

Occultor, ari, atus sum, pass. 
to be concealed; to hide 
one^s self. 

Occupo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ob & capio,) to occupij; to 
seize upon; to talte posses- 
sion of before another. 

Occurro,-currere,-curri & -cu- 
curri, -cursum, intr. (ob & 
curro,) to meet; to go to 
meet; to run to meet; to 
encounter. 

Oceanus, i, m. the ocean; the 
sea. 

Octavianus, i, m. (Csesar,) the 
nephew and adopted son of 
Julius CcBsar, called, after 
the battle of Actium, Au- 
gustus. 

Octavus, a, um, num. adj. 
(octo,) eighth. 

Octingenti, se, a, num. adj. 
pi. (octo k, centum,) eight 
hundred. 

Octo, ind. num. adj. pi. eight. 

Octoginta, ind. num, adj. pi. 
(octo,) eighty. 

Oculus, i, m. an eye. 



Odi, odisse, def. pret. § 84, 1, 
Obs. 2, to hate; to detest. 

Odium, i, n. hatred. 

Odor, oris, m. a smell: pi 
odores, odors; perfumes. 

Odoror, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. (odor,) to smell. 

CEneus, ei & eos, m. a hing 
of Calydon, and father of 
Meledger and Dejamra. 

CEnomaus, i, m. the name of 
a celebrated gladiator. 

CEta, as m. a mountain in 
Thessaly, on the borders of 
Doris. 

Offero, offerre, obtiili, obla- 
tum, tr. irr. (ob & fero,) 
to bring before; to offer; to 
present. 

Officina, 93, (opificina, from 
opifex,) a work-shop; an 
office. 

Officio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
tr. (ob & facio,) to act in 
opposition; to stand in the 
way of; to injure; to hurt. 

Officium, i, n. (i. e. opificium, 
fr. ops & facio,) a kind- 
ness ; duty; an obligation; 
politeness; civility; atten- 
tion. 

Olea, 8B, f. an olive-tree. 

Oleum, i, n. oil. 

Olim, adv. formerly; sometime. 

Olor, oris, m. a swan. 

Olus, eris, n. herbs; potherbs. 

Olympia, Ee, f. a town and dis- 
trict of the Peloponnesus, 
upon the Alpheus. 

Olympicus, a, um, adj. Olym- 



OLYMPIUS ORANS. 



276 



pzc; 
pia. 



irtaining to Olym- 



OJympius a, um, adj. Olym- 
pia/i; -pertaining to Olym- 
pus or to Olympia. 

Olympus, i, m. a high moun- 
tain between Thessaly and 
Macedon. 

Omen, inis, n. avi omen; a 
sign. 

Omnis, e, adj. all; every; ev- 
ery one : omnes, all : om- 
nia, all things : sine om- 
ni discordia, without any 
discord. 

Onus, eris, n. a burden; a 
load. 

Onustus, a, uin, adj. comp. 
(onus,) laden; full of. 

Opera, Ee, f. (opus,) labor; 
pains: dare operam, to do 
07ie's endeavor; to devote 
one's self to. 

Operor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. (opera,) to labor; to 
loork. 

Opiraus, a, um, adj. (ops, is,) 
(ior, sup. wanting; ^ 26, 6,) 
fat; rich; fruiiful; dainty. 

Oportet, ere, uit, imp. 2^ be- 
hoves; it is meet, fit, or 
proper; it is a duty; ive 
ought. 

Oppidura, i, n. a iralled toton; 
a toion. 

Oppono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
tum, tr. (ob & pono,) to 
place opposite; to oppose; 
to set against. 

Opportunus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) (ob and portus, 



with a harbor near., or op- 
posite, hence,) seasonable; 
commodious ; convenient ; 
favorable. 

Oppositus, a, um, part, op- 
posite; opposed. 

Opprimo, -primere, -pressi, 
-pressum, tr. (ob & pre- 
mo,) to press down, or 
against; to oppress; to over- 
power, to subdue. 

Oppugnatus, a, um, part, from 

Oppugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(ob & pugno,) to fight 
against; to assault; to be- 
siege; . to attempt to take 
by force; to storm. 

(Ops, nom., not in use, § 18, 
12,) opis, gen. f. aid; help; 
means; assistance: opes, pi. 
loealth; riches; resources; 
power. 

Optime, ad. (sup. of bene,) 
very loell; excellently; best. 

Optimus, a, um, adj. (sup of 
bonus,) (opto,) most desi- 
rable; best; most worthy. 

Optio, onis, f. a choice; an op- 
tion; from 

Opto, are, avi, atum, tr. to de- 
sire. 

Opulens, & opulentus, a, um, 
adj. (ior, issimus,) rich; 
opulent; loealthy; fr. ops. 

Opus, eris, n. a loork; a labor; 

Opus, subs. &adj. ind. need. 

Ora, 86, f a coast; a shore. 

Ora, pi. See Os. 

Oraciilum, i, n. (oro,) an ora 
cle; a response. 

Orans, tis, part, (oro.) 



276 



ORATIO PABULUM. 



Oratio, onis, f. (oro,) a dis- 
course; an oration. 

Orator, oris, m. (oro,) an ora- 
tor; an ambassador. 

Orbatus, a, um, part, (orbo,) 
bereaved or deprived of. 

Orbelus, i, m. a mountain of 
Thrace or Macedonia. 

Orbis, is, m. aii orb; a circle: 
in orbem jacere, to lie 
round in a circle: orbis, or 
orbis terrarum, theioorld. 

Orbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (or- 
bus,) to deprive; to be- 
reave of. 

Orcus, i, m. Pluto, the god of 
the lower world; the infer- 
nal regio7is. 

Ordino, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
set in order; to arrange; to 
ordain. 

Ordo,inis, m. order; arrange- 
ment; a row : ordmes re- 
morum, banks of oars. 

Oriens, tis, m. (orior,) sc. sol, 
the 'place of sun-rising; the 
east; the morning. 

Oriens, part, (orior.) 

Orientalis, e, adj. (id.) eastern. 

Origo, inis, f. source; origin : 
originem ducere, to derive 
one's origin; from 

Orior, oriri, ortus sum, intr. 
dep. ^ 82, 8 ; to arise; to 
begiii; to appear. 

Ornamentum, i, n. (orno,) an 
ornament. 

OvnSitus,\\s,m.an ornament; fr. 

Orno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
adorn; to deck; to furnish; 
to equip. 



Oro, are, avi, atum, tr, Cos,) 
to beg; to entreat. 

Orodes, is, m. a ki?ig of Par- 
thia, who took and destroy- 
ed Crassvs. 

Orpheus, ei & eos, m. a cele- 
brated poet and musician 
of Thrace; § 15, 13. 

Ortus, a, um, part, (orior,) 
having arisen; risen; born; 
begun. 

Ortus, us, m, (id.) a rising; 
east. 

Os, oris, n. the mouth; theface. 

Os, ossis, n. a bone. 

Ossa, £6, m. a high mountain 
in Thessaly. 

Ostendo, -tendere, -tendi,-ten- 
sum (Sc -tentum, tr. (ob & 
tendo,) to stretch or hold 
before; to show; to point 
out; to exhibit. 

Ostia, ae, f. a town, hiilt by 
Anciis Marcius, at the 
mouth of the Tiber; from 

Ostium, i, n. a mouth of a 
river. 

Ostrea, as, f. ostrea, orum, pi. 
n. an oyster. 

Otium, i, n. leisure; qtiiet; 
ease; idleness. 

Otos, i, m. a son of Neptune, 
or of Aloeus. 

Ovis, is, f. a sheep. 

Ovum, i, n. a?i egg. 



P. an abbreviation of Fuhlins. 
Pabulum, i, n. (pasco,) food 
for cattle; fodder. 



PACISCOR— PAROPAMISUS. 



277 



Paciscor, pacisci, pact us sura, 
tr, & intr. (pan go, to fix or 
settle; hence,) to make a 
compact; to form a treaty; 
to bargain; to agree. 

Pactolus, i, m. a river of Ly- 
dia, famous for its golden 
sands. 

Pactum, i, n. (paciscor,) an 
agreement ; a contract : 
quo pacto, in what man- 
ner; how. 

Pactus, a, urn, part, (paciscor.) 

Padus, i, m. the largest river 
of Italy, now the Po. 

Psene, (SeePene,) adv. almost. 

Palea, se, f. chaf. 

Palma, se, f. the palm of the 
ha?id ; a palm-tree. 

Palpebra, sb, f. (palpo) the eye- 
lid : pi. the eyelashes. 

Palus, udis, f. a marsh; a 
swannp ; a lake ; hence, 

Paluster, palustris, palustre, 
adj. marshy. 

Pan, Panis, m. (Ace. Pana) 
the god of shepherds. 

Pando, pandere, pandi, pan- 
sum and passLim, tr. to open; 
to expa?id; to spread out. 

Panionium, i, n. a sacred place 
near movM Mycdle in Io- 
nia. 

Panis, is, m. bread. 

Panthera, ee, f. a panther. 

Papirius, i, m. the name of 
several Ro7nans. 

Papyrus, d. and Papyrum, i, n. 
an Egyptian plant or reed, 
of which paper loas made ; 
the papyrus. 



Par, paris, adj, equal; even; 
suitable. 

Paratus, a, um,part. and adj. 
(ior, issiraus,) (paro,) pre- 
pared ; ready. 

Parcse, arum, f. pi. the Fates. 

Parco, parcere, peperci or par- 
si, parsum, or parcitum, 
intr. to spare. 

Pardus, \, m. a male panther. 

Parens, tis,c. (pario,) aparent; 
father ; mother ; creator : 
author ; inventor. 

Pareo, ere, ui, intr. to come 
near; to be at hand.; hence, 
to obey; to be subject to. 

Paries, etis, m. a wall, (of a 
house.) 

Pario, parere, peperi, partum, 
tr. to bear; to bring forth; 
to cause; to produce; to ob- 
tain ; to gain: ovum, to 
lay an egg. 

Paris, idis or idos, m. (^ 15, 13) 
a. son of Priam, king of 
Troy, and brother of Hector. 

Pariter, adv. (par.) in like 
manlier ; equally ; at the 
same time. 

Parnassus, i, m. a mountainof 
Phocis, whose two summits 
were sacred to Apollo and 
Bacchus, and upon which 
the Muses tvere fabled to 
reside. 

Paro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
prepare; to provide; to pro- 
cure ; to obtain ; to equip : 
parare insidias, to lay plots 
agai7ist. 

Paropamisus, i, m. a ridge of 



24 



273 



PARS— PATRIMOiSIUM. 



mountains in the north of 

India. 
Pars, tis, f. a part; a share; a 

portion; a region; a party: 

in utraque parte, on each 

side : magna ex parte, in 

a great measure; for the 

most part. 
Parsimonia, ae, f. (parco,) /r?/- 

gality. 
Parthus, i, m. an inhabitant 

of Parthia; a Parthian. 
Particula, se, f. dim. (pars,) a 

particle ; a small part. 
Partiendus, a, um, part, (par- 

tior.) 
Partim, adv. (pars.) partly; 

in part. 
Partior, iri, Itus sum, tr. dep. 

(pars,) to divide ; to share. 
Partus, a, um, part, (pario.) 
Partus, us, m. (id.) a birth; off- 

sprifig. 
Parum, adv. (minus, minime, 

^ 89, III.,) little; too little. 
Parvulus, a, um, dim. adj. 

small ; vei-y small ; from 
Parvus, a, um, adj. (minor, 

minimus, § 26,) small or 

little ; less ; the least. 
Pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum, 

tr. & intr. to give food to ; 

to feed ; to graze. 
Pascor, pasci,pastussum, tr. & 

intr. dep. to feed; to graze; 

to feed upon. 
Passer, eris, m. a sparroio. 
Passim, adv. (passus fr. pan- 
do,) here and there; every 

where ; in every direction. 
Passurus, a, um, part, (patior.) 



Passus, a, um, part, (patior,) 
having suffered. 

Passus, a, um, part, (pando,) 
stretched out ; hung up ; 
dried : uva passa, a raisin. 

Passus, us, m. (id.) a pace; a 
measure of 5 feet : mille 
passuum, a mile or 5000 
feet. App. VI. 5. 

Pastor, oris, m. (pasco,) a 
shepherd. 

Patefacio, facere, feci, factum, 
tr. (pateo & facio,) to open ; 
to disclose ; to discover ; to 
detect. 

Patefio, fieri, factus sum, pass, 
irr. § 83, Obs. 3, to be laid 
open or discovered. 

Patefactus, a, um, part, open- 
ed ; discovered. 

Patens, tis, part. & adj. lying 
open ; open ; clear ; from 

Pateo, ere, ui, intr. to he open; 
to stand open ; to extend. 

Pater, tris, m. a father : pa- 
tres, fathers; seiiators: pa- 
terfamilias, patrisfamilias, 
^ 18, 9, the master of a 
family ; a housekeeper •• 
hence, 

Paternus,a, um, adj. paternal. 

Patientia, sb, f. patience ; har- 
diness; from 

Patior, pati, passus sum, tr. 
dep to suffer ; to endure; 
to let ; to allow. 

Patria, se, f. (patrius, fr. pater,) 
one's native country ; one's 
birthplace. 

Patrimonium, i, n. (pater,) pa- 
triruony ; inheritance. 



PATROCINIUM — PENINSULA. 



279 



Patrooinmm, i, n. patronage ; 
from 

Patronus, i, m. (pater,) a pa- 
tron ; protector. 

Patruelis, is, c. (patruus,) a 
cousin {by the father'' s side.) 

Pauci, 86, a, adj. pi. (paucus 
sing, seldom used,) few; a 
few. 

Paulatim, adv. (paulus,) gra- 
dually ; little by little. 

Paulo, or Paull6, adv. (id.) a 
little. 

Paululijm, adv. a little. 

Paullus, or Paulus, i, m. a 
cognomen or surname in 
the Mmilian tribe. 

Pauper, eris, adj. (ior, rimus,) 
poor; hence, 

Pauperies, ei, f. poverty; and 

Paupertas, atis, f. poverty; in- 
digence. 

Paveo, pavere, pavi, intr. to 
fear; to be afraid. 

Pavo, onis, c. a peacock. 

Pax, pacis, f. peace. 

Pecco, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
do wrong; to commit a fault; 
to sin. 

Pecto, pectere, pexi & pexui, 
pexum, tr. to comb ; to 
dress. 

Pectus, oris, n. the breast. 

Pecunia, «, f. (pecus, the first 
coin in Rome being stamped 
with a sheep;) money; a sum 
of money. 

Pecus, iidis, f. a sheep; a beast. 

Pecus, oris, n. caLtle{ofa large 
size;) a herd; a flock. 

Pedes, itis, c. (pes & eo,) one 



loho goes on foot; a foot- 
soldier. 
Pelagus, i, n. the sea. 
Peleus, i, m. a king of Thes- 

saly, the son of Mdcus, and 

father of Achilles. 
Pelias, SB, m. a king of Thes- 

saly, and son of Neptune. 
Peligni, orum, m. pi. a people 

of Italy, whose country lay 

between the At emus and 

the Sagrus. 
Pelion, i, n. a lofty mountain 

in Thessaly. 
Pellicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum, 

tr. (per & lacio,) to allure; 

to entice; to invite. 
Pellis, is, f. the skin. 
Pello, pellere, pepiili, pulsum, 

tr. to drive away; to banish; 

to expel ; to dispossess ; to 

beat. 
Peloponnesus, i, f. a peninsula 

of Greece, now called the 

Morea. 
Pelusium, i,n. a townof Egypt. 
Pendens, tis, part, hanging ; 

i7npending. 
Pendeo, pendere, pependi, 

pensura, intr. to hang. 
Pene, adv. almost; nearly. 
Penetrale, is, n. the inner part 

of a house, fr. penetralis fr. 
Penetro, are, avi, atum, (pe- 

nitus,) tr. to go within; to 

penetrate; to enter. 
Peneus, i, m. the principal 

river of Thessaly, flowing 

between Ossa and Olympus. 
Peninsiila, se, f. (pene & insu- 
la,) a peninsula. 



280 



PENNA PERICULUM, 



Penna, as, f. a feather; a quill; 
a wing. 

Pensilis, e, adj.(pendeo,)A«7zg-- 
ing; pendent. 

Penuria, se, f. want; scarcity. 

Peperci. See Parco. 

Pepiili. See Pello. 

Peperi. See Pario. 

Per, prep, hy ; through; for; 
during; along. 

Pera, a;, f. a wallet; a hag. 

Peragro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(per & ager,) to travel 
through; to go through or 
over, (sc. thefeld or coun- 
try.) 

Percontor&-cunctor, ari,atus 
sum, tr. dep. (per and con- 
tor,) to ask; to inquire. 

Percunctatus, a, um, part, 
(percunctor.) 

Percussor, oris, m. one who 
wounds; a murderer; an 
assassin; from 

Percutio, -cutere, cussi, -cus- 
sum, tr. (per & quatio,) to 
strike; to wound : sectiri, 
to behead. 

Perdite, adv. very; vehement- 
ly; exceedingly: desperate- 
ly; from 

Perditus, a, um, part. & adj. 
(perdo,) ruined; lost; un- 
done; desperate. 

Perdix, icis, f. a -partridge. 

Perdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
(per & do,) to ruin; to lose; 
to destroy. 

Perduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (per & duco,) to 
lead to, or through to. 



Perductus, a, um, part 
brought; led; conducted. 

Perigrinatio, onis, f. foreign 
travel ; a residence in a 
foreign country; from 

Peregrmus, a, um, adj. (pere- 
gre and that from per & 
ager,) foreign. 

Perennis, e, adj. (per & an- 
nus,) lasting through the 
year; continual; lasting; 
zmceasing; everlasting; pe- 
rennial. 

Pereo, -ire, -ii,-itum, intr. irr. 
(per & eo,) to perish; to be 
slain; to he lost. 

Perfidia, ae, f. perfidy; from 

Perfidus, a, um, adj. (per & 
fides,) breaking faith; per- 
fidious. 

Pergamum, i, n., & -us, i, f., 
-a, orum, pi. n. the citadel 
of Troy; also, a city of 
Mysia, situated upon the 
river Caicus, where parch- 
ment was first made, hence 
called Pergamena. 

Pergo, pergere, perrexi, per- 
rectum, intr. (per & rego,) 
to go straight on; to ad- 
vance; to continue. 

Pericles, is, m. an eminent Gran- 
tor and statesman ofAthe7is. 

Periculosus,a,um, adj. (comp.) 
full of danger; d.angerous; 
perilous; hazardous; from 

Periciilum, & Periclum, i, n. 
(perior, obsol. whence ex- 
perior, to try; hence,) an 
experiment; a trial; dan- 
ger; peril. 



PERIT'JKUS — rERTIWEO. 



281 



Periturus, a, uin, part, (pereo.) 

Peritus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 

mus,) (perior,) experienced; 



Permeo are, avi, atum, intr. 
(per & meo.) to go through; 
tojloiv through; to "pene- 
trate; to permeate. 

Permisceo, -miscere, -miscui 
-mistum & -mixtura, tr. 
(per & misceo,) to mix 
thoroughly ; to mingle. 

Perniistus, a, um, part, mixed; 
mingled; confused. 

Permitto, -mittere, -riiisi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (per & mitto,) to 
grant; to allow; to permit; 
to commit; to intrust; to 
give leave to; to grant. 

Perinutatio, 5nis, f. exchange; 
change; from 

Permuto. are, avi, atum, tr. 
(per & muto,) to change; 
to exchange. 

Pernicies, ei, f. (perneco,) de- 
struction ; extermination ; 
hence, 

Perniciosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
issimus,) pernicious; hurt- 
ful. 

Perpendo, -pendere, -pendi, 
-pensum, tr. (per & pendo,) 
to loeigh; to ponder; to con- 
sider. 

Perperam, adv. lorong; amiss; 
rashly; unjustly; absurd- 
ly; falsely. 

Perpetior, -peti, -pessus sum, 
tr. dep. (per &;patior,) to 
endure; to bear; to suffer. 



Perpetuus, a, um, adj. (per- 
pes,) perpetual; constant. 

Perrexi. See Pergo. 

Persa, £B, m. a Persian; an 
inhabitant of Persia. 

Persecutus, a, um, part, from 

Persequor, -sequi, -secutus 
sum, tr. dep. (per & se- 
quor,) to follow closely; to 
pursue; to follow; to con- 
tinue; to persevere hi; to 
persecute. 

Perseus, e'i & eos, m. the son 
of Jupiter and Banae; al- 
so, the last hing of Mace- 
don. 

Persicus, a, um, adj. of Per- 
sia; Persian. 

Perspicio, -spicere, -spexi, 
-spectum, tr. (per & spe- 
cie,) to see through; to dis- 
cern; to become acquainted 
vnth; to discover. 

Persuadeo, -saudere, -suasi, 
-suasum, tr. (per & sua- 
deo,) to persuade. 

Perterreo,-terrere,-terrui, -ter- 
ritum, tr. (per & terreo,) to 
frighten greatly. 

Perterritus, a, um, part, af- 
frighted; discouraged. 

Pertinaciter, adv^. (ius, issi- 
me,) obstinately; constant- 
ly; perseveringly; from 

Pertmax, acis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (per & tenax,) obsti- 
nate; tvilful. 

Pertineo, -tinere, -tinui, intr. 
(per & teneo,) to extend; 
to reach to. 



282 



PERVENIO PHOCjEI. 



Pervenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
tum, intr. (per & venio,) to 
come to; to arrive at; to 
reach. 

Pervenltur, pass. imp. o'rie 
co?}ies; they covie; ive cojne, 
&c. t 67, Note. 

Pervius, a, um, adj. (per & 
via,) pervious; which may 
be passed through; ^passable. 

Pes, pedis, m. afoot. 

Pessum, adv. doi07i; under 
foot; to the bottom : ire 
pessum, to sink. 

Pestilentia, ee, f. (pestilens, fr. 
pestis,) a pestilence ; a 
plague. 

Petens, tis, part, (peto.) 

Petitio, onis, f. a petition; a 
canvassing or soliciting for 
an office; from 

Peto, ere, ivi, itum, tr. to ask; 
to request; to attack; to as- 
sail; to go to; to seek; to 
go for; to bring. 

Petra, se, f. the metropolis of 
Arabia Petrcea. 

Petrsa, as, f. (Arabia,) Arabia 
PetrcBa,the northern part of 
Arabia, south of Palestine. 

Petulantia. se, f. (petulans, 
forioard, fr. peto,) fetu- 
lance ; insolence ; mischie- 
vousness; wantonness. 

Phoeax, acis, m. a Phcsacian 
or inhabitant of Phmacia, 
now Corfu. The Phceacians 
were famous for luxury. 

Phalerse, arum, f. pi. the trap- 
pings of a horse; habili- 
ments. 



Pharos, i, f. a small island at 
the loestern mouth of the 
Nile, on lohich loas a toioer 
or light-house, esteemed one 
of the seven wonders of the 
ivorld. 

Pharsalus, i, m. a city of 
Thessaly. 

Pharnaces, is, m. a son of 
Mithridates, king of Pon- 
tus. 

Phasis, idis & is, f. a town and 
river of Colchis, on the east 
side of the Euxine. 

Phidias, je, m. a celebrated 
Athenian statuary. 

Philseni, Drum, m. pi. tivo 
Carthaginian brothers, who 
suffered themselves to be bu- 
ried alive, for the purpose 
of establishing the contro- 
verted boundary of their 
country. 

Philippi, orum, m. pi. a city 
of Macedon, on the confines 
of Thrace. 

Philippicus, a, um, Q.dii. belong- 
ing to Philippi. 

Philippides, as, m. a comic poet. 

Philippus, i, m. Philip; the 
father of Alexander; also 
the S071 of Demetrius. 

Philomela, ^, f. a nightingale. 

Philosophia, as, f. philosophy. 

Philosophus, i, m. a philoso- 
pher; a lover of learning 
and wisdom. 

Phineus, i, m. a king of Arca- 
dia, and priest of Apollo. 

Phocsei, orum, m. pi. the Pho- 
cceans; inhabitants of Pho- 



fHDCIS PLECTO. 



2S3 



cffi(3, a maritime city of Io- 
nia. 

Phoc-is, idis, f. a country of 
Greece. 

Phffinice, es, f. PlKBrdcia, a 
maritime country of Syria, 
north of Palestine. 

PhcEiiix, icis, m. a Phmnician. 

Phryx, ygis, m. a Phrygian; 
i an inhabitant of Phrygia. 

Picentes, iam, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of Picemim. 

Picenum, i, n. a country of 
Italy. 

Pictus, a, um, part, (pingo,) 
painted; embroidered: picta 
tabula, a -picture; a yaint- 
Jng. 

Pietas, atjs, f. (plus,) piety; 
filial duty. 

Pigims, oris, n. a pledge ; a 
pawn; security; assurance. 

Pila, 86, f. a ball. 

Pileus, i, m. a hat; a cap. 
I Pilus, i, m. the hair. 

Pindarus, i,m. Pmt^ar, « T/^e- 
ban, the most eminent of 
the Greek lyric poets. 

Pingo, pingere, pinxi, pictum, 

tr. to represent by lines and 

Ji colors; to paint; to depict, 

to delineate; to draw; acu, 

to embroider. 

Pinguis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
fat; fertile; rich. 

Pinna, ae, f. a loing; a fin. 

Pirseeus, m. the principal port 
and arsenal of Athens. 

Pirata, je, m. a pirate; 

Piscator, oris, m. (piscor, from 
piscis,) a fisherman. 



Piscis, is, m, a fish. 
Pisistratus, i, m. an Athenian 

tyrant, distinguished for 

his eloqueiice. 
Pistrinum, i, n. (pinso, to 

bruise;) a mill. 
Pius, i, m. an agnomen, or 

surname of Metellus. 
Pius, a, um, adj. dutiful, or 

ajfectionate to parents; pi- 
ous. 
Placeo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to 

please : sibi, to be vain or 

proud of, to plume one's 

self 
Placet, placuit, or placitum 

est, imp. it pleases; it is 

determined; it seems good 

to. 
Placidus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) (placeo,) placid ; 

quiet; still; tranquil; mild; 

gentle. 
Plaga, 36, f. a blow; a wound : 

plags6, pi. nets; toils. 
Plane, adv. (planus,) entirely; 

totally; plainly; clearly. 
Planta, ae, f. a plant. 
Platanus, i, f. the plane-tree. 
Platea, f. a species of bird, 

the spoo7ibill, the heron. 
Plato, onis, m. an Athenian, 

one of the most celebrated 

of the Grecian philosophers. 
Plaustrum,i,n.(2 cart; a wagon. 
Plebs, and Plebes, is, f. the 

people; the common people; 

the plebeians. 
Plecto, plectere, tr. to strike; 

to punish. 
Plecto, plectere, ploxui and 



PLERUSQUE POPULOK. 



plexi, plexum, tr. to plait; 
to twist; to weave. 

Plerusque, pleraque, plernni- 
que, adj. (mostly used in 
the pL) most; the most; 
many. 

Plerumque, adv. commonly; 
generally ; for the most 
part; sometimes. 

Plinius, i, m. Pliny; the name 
of two distinguished Ro- 
man authors. 

Piotinius, i, in. See Catienus. 

Plumbeus, a, um, adj. of lead; 
leaden; from 

Plumbum, i. n. lead. 

Pluo, pluere, plui or pluvi, 
intr. ^oram;pluit, it rains. 

Plurimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
multus,) very much; most; 
very many. 

Plus, uris, adj. (n. in sing-., 
comparative of multus, "5> 21, 
4 Exc.) more : pi. many. 

Plus, adv. (comparative of 
multum,) more; longer. 

Pluto, onis, m. a son of Sa- 
turn, and king of the in- 
fernal regions. 

Pociilum, i, n. a cup. 

Poema, atis, n. a poem. 

Poena, ce, f. satisfaction given 
or taken for a crime; pun- 
ishment; a punishment. 

Poenitet ere, uit, imp. (poeni- 
teo, and that from poena,) 
it repents : poenitet me, / 
repent. 

Poenus, a, um, adj. belonging 
to Carthage; Carthaginian: 
subs, a Carthaginian. 



Poeta, 36, m. a poet. 

Pol, adv. by Pollux; truly. 

Pollex, icis, m. (poUeo,) the 
thumb; the great toe. 

Polliceor, eri, itus sum, tr. 
dep. (liceor,) to promise; 
hence, 

PoUicitus, a, um, part. 

Pollux, ticis, m. ason ofLeda, 
and tivin brother of Castor. 

Polyxena, eb, f. a daughter of 
Priam and Hecuba. 

Pomifer, era, erum, adj. (po- 
mum &fero,) bearing fruit: 
pomiferae arbores, fruit- 
trees. 

Pompa, as, f. a procession ; 
pomp; parade. 

Pofnpeianus, a, um, adj. he- 
longing to Pompey. 

Pompeius, i, m, Pompey; the 
name of a Roman gens, or 
clan. 

Pompilius, i, m. See Numa. 

Pomum, i, n. an apple; any 
fruit fit for eating grow- 
ing upon a tree. 

Pondus, eris, n. (pendo,) a 
loeight. 

Pono, ponere, posui, positum, 
tr. to place; to put; to set. 

Pons, tis, m, a bridge. 

Pontius, i, m. (Thelesinus,) a 
general of the Samnites. 

Pontus, i, m. a sea; the deep 
sea: by synecdoche, the 
Euxine or Black sea; also, 
the kingdom of Pontus, cm 
the south side of the Euxine. 

Poposci. See Posco. 

Popuior, ari,atus sum, tr. dep. 



POPULUS — POTIOK. 



285 



fpopiilo for depopulo, fr. 
populus,) to lay waste; to 
depopulate; from 

Populus, i, m. the people; a 
natio7i; a tribe: pi. nations; 
tribes. 

Porrectus, a, um, part, from 

Porrigo, igere, exi, ectum, tr. 
(porro or pro & rego,) to 
reach or spread out; to ex- 
tend; to offer. 

Porsena, se, m. a Mug ofEtru- 
ria. 

Porta, se, f. (porto,) a gate. 

Portans, tis, part, (porto.) 

Portendo,-tendere,-tendi,-ten- 
tum, tr. (porro or pro & 
tendo,) to show what will 
be hereafter; to presage; to 
fnrbode; to portend; to be- 
token. 

Porticus, us, f, (porta,) a por- 
tico; a gallery; a porch. 

Porto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
carry; to bear; hence, 

Portus, us, m. a port; a har- 
bor. 

Posco, poscere, poposci, tr. to 
demand; to request earliest- 
ly; to ask as wages. 

Posltus, a, um, part, (pono,) 
situated. 

Possessio,onis,f. possession; & 

Possessor, oris, m. a possessor; 
an occupant; from 

Possideo,-sidere,-sedi-sessum, 
tr. (potis & sedeo,) to pos- 
sess. 

Possum, posse, potui, intr. irr. 
(potis & sum, § 83, 2,) to 
he able; I can. 



Post, prep, after : — adv. after, 
after that; afterwards. 

Postea, adv. (post & ea, after 
these things;) afterwards. 

Posterus, (m. not used,) era, 
erum, adj. s^ 26, 2, (erior, 
remus,) (post,) succeeding; 
subsequent; next : in pos- 
terum, {supply tempns,) for 
the future : posteri, orum, 
posterity. 

Postis, is, m, (positus, fr. po- 
no,) a thi7ig set up; a post. 

Postquam, adv. (post & quam,) 
after; after that; since. 

Postremo, & -um, adv. at last; 
finally; from 

Postremus, a, um, adj. (siip. 
of posterus,) the last : ad 
postremum, at last. 

Postiilo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(posco,) to ask; to ask for; 
to demand, (as a right.) 

Postumius, i, m. the name of 
a Roman gens or clan. 

Posui. See Pono. 

Potens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
being able; powerful; (pos- 
sum.) 

Potentia, se, f. (potens,) pow- 
er; authority; government. 

Potestas, atis, f. (potis,) pow- 
er; {civil power, as distin- 
guished from imperium, 
military command.) 

Potio, onis, f. (poto,) a drink; 
a draught. 

Potior, iri, itus sum, intr. dep. 
(potis,) to get; to possess; 
to obtain; to enjoy; to gain 
possession of. 



POTISSIMUM PKiBLATUS . 



Potissimum, adv. (sup. of po- 
tius,) principally; chiefly; 
especially. 

Potltus, a, um, part, (potior,) 
having obtained. 

Potiiis, adv. comp. (sup. po- 
tissimum,) rather. ' 

Poto, potare, potavi, potatum 
or potum, tr. to drink; to 
drink hard; (see bibo.) 

Potuisse. See Possum. 

Potus, us, m. (poto,) drink. 

Prse, prep, before; for; in com- 
parison of, or loith. 

Praealtus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(prse & altus,) very high; 
very deep, (comparatively.) 

Pragbeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (pr« 
& habeo,) to offer; to sup- 
ply; to give; to afford : spe- 
ciem, to exhibit the appear- 
ance of: usum, to serve for. 

PrsBcedens, tis, part, from 

Prsecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum,intr.(prae & cedo,) to 
go before; to precede. 

Prseceptor, oris, m. (pragci- 
pio,) a preceptor, master, 
or teacher. 

Praeceptum, i, n. (prEecipio,) a 
precept; a doctrine; advice. 

Praecido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, 
tr. (prae & csedo,) to cut off. 

Pragcipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tura, tr. (pras & capio,) to 
seize or take before; hence, 
to prescribe; to command. 

Praecipito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(prseceps,) to throw down 
headlong; to precipitate; 
to throvj. 



Praecipue adv. especially; pat' 
ticularly; from 

Praecipuus, a, um, adj. (prseci- 
pio,) especial; distinguish- 
ed; the chief; the princi- 
pal. 

Preeclare, ^.^lY. excellently; fa- 
mously; gloriously; from 

PrsBclarus, a, um, adj. (prse 
& clarus,) very clear, or 
bright; famous. 

Pr9ecludo,-cludere,-clusi, -clii- 
sum, tr. (prae & claudo,) to 
close beforehand; to stop; to 
shut up. 

Praeco, onis, m. a herald. 

Praeda, se, f. booty; the prey. 

Praedico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(pras & dico,) to tell openly; 
to publish; to declare; to 
assert; to affirm; to praise. 

Praedico, cere, .xi, ctum, tr. 
(prae & dico,) to predict; to 
foretell. 

Praedictus, a, um, part, fore- 
told. 

Praedor,ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
(prasda,) to plunder. 

Prasfans, tis, part, from 

Prasfari, f atus, def. h 84, 4, 
to tell before, oy: foretell; to 
announce; to predict. 

Prsefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, 
tr. irr. (^prae & fero,) to hear 
before; to sheio; to prefer. 

Preefinio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. 
(prffi & finio,) to appoint 
beforehand; to determine. 

Pr^finltus, a, um, part. 

Praelatus, a, um, part. (praB" 
fero,) 



PE^LIANS PRAVITAS 



287 



Prselians, tis, part, (praelior.) 

Prasliatus, a, um, part, from 

Praslior, ari, atus sum, intr. 
dep. to give battle; to en- 
gage; to fight. 

Prselium, i, n. a battle. 

Praemium, i, n. a reioard; a 
'price; a recompe?ise. 

Prsemitto,-mittere,-misi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (prae & mitto,) to 
send before. 

Prasneste, is, n. a city of La- 
tium. 

Prasnuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(prae & nuntio,) to tell be- 
forehand; to announce; to 
signify; to give notice. 

Praeparo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(pras & paro,) to get before- 
hand; to make ready; to 
prepare; to make. 

PraBpono,-ponere,-posui, -posi- 
tum, tr, (pras & pono,) to 
set before; to value more; 
to place over; to prefer. 

Praesens, tis, adj. present; im- 
minent; part, of praesum. 

Praesepe, is, n. praesepes & 
priBsepis, is, f. (praesepio,) 
a manger; a crib. 

Prassidium, i, n. (praesideo,) 
a garrison; defence. 

Praestans. tis, part. & adj. (ior, 
issimus,) (praesto,) stand- 
ing before; hence, excel- 
lent; distinguished; hence, 

Praestantia, £e, f. superiority; 
an advantage; a preemi- 
nence. 
PraBSto, stare, stiti, stitum and 
statum, intr. & tr. (pras & 



sto,) to stand before; to ex- 
cel; to be superior; to sur- 
pass; to perform; to pay; 
to grant; to give; to ren- 
der; to execute; to cause : se, 
to shoiu or prove one's self: 
preestat, imp. it is better. 

Prssum, -esse, -fui, -intr. irr. 
(prae & sum,) to be over; to 
preside over; to have the 
charge or command of; to 
rule over. 

Praetendo, -tendere, -tendi, 
-tensum or turn, tr. (prae & 
tendo,) to hold before; to 
stretch or extend before; to 
be opposite to; to pretend. 

Pra3ter, prep, besides; except; 
contrary to. 

Praeierea, adv. (praeter & ea,) 
besides; moreover. 

Prtetereo, ire, ii, itum, tr. irr. 
^ 83, 3, (praeter & eo,) to 
to pass over or by; to go 
beyond; to omit; not to men- 
tion. 

Praetereundus, a, um, part, 
(praetereo.) 

Praeteriens, euntis, part, (prae- 
tereo.) 

Praeteritus, a, um, part, (prae- 
tereo.) past. 

Prasterquam, adv. except; be- 
sides: praeterquam si, ex- 
cept in case. 

Praetorius, i, m. (vir.) a man 
who has been a prcBtor; one 
of prcetorian dignity. 

Pratum, i, n. a meadow; a 
pasture. 

Pravitas, atis, f. depravity; fr. 



283 



PRAVUS— PROCURO. 



Pravus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus!,) depraved; bad. 

Precatus,a, um, part, (precor.) 

Preci, -em, -e, f. (prex not 
used, ^ 18, 12,) a prayer : 
pi. preces, (entire.) 

Precor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
(preci,) to pray; to entreat. 

Premo, premere, pressi, pres- 
sum, tr. to press; to urge; 
to grieve. 

Pretiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) precious; valuable; 
costly; from 

Pretium, i, n. a price; a ran- 
som; a reward: in pretio 
esse, to be valued; to be in 
estimation: pretium ope- 
rae, loorth lohile. 

Priamus, i, m. Priam, the last 
king of Troy. 

Pridie, adv. (pri for priori and 
die,) the day before. 

Priene, es, f. a maritime totcn 
of Ionia. 

Primo & -um, adv. (sup. of 
priiis, ^ 89, III,) first; at 
first: quam primum, as 
soon as possible. 

Primoris, e, adj. (primus,) the 
first; the foremost: dentes, 
the front teeth. 

Primus, a, um, num. adj. 
(sup. of prior.) the first. 

Princeps, ipis, adj. (primus & 
capio,) the chief ; the first : 
principes, the princes; the 
chiefs; chief men; hence, 

Principatus, ^s, m. a gover7i- 
ment; principality. 

Prior, us, adj. (sup. primus. 



^ 26, 4,) the former; prior; 

first. 
Priscus, i, m. a cognomen or 

surname of the elder Tar- 

quin. 
Priiis, adv. (prior,) before; 

first. 
Priusquam, adv. (prius and 

quam,) soo?ier than; before 

that; before. 
Privatus, a, um, adj. (privo,) 

private; secret : — subs, a 

private man. 
Pro, prep. /or; instead. 
Probabilis, e, adj. comp. (pro- 
bo,) that may he proved; 

probable; commendable. 
Proboscis, idis, f. proboscis; 

the trunk of an elephant. 
Procas, Bi, m. See Siivius. 
Procedens, tis, part, from 
Procedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 

sum, intr. (pro & cedo,) to 

go forth; to proceed; to go 

formard; to advance; to go 

out. 
Proceritas, atis, f. stature; 

height; tallness; length; 

from 
Procerus, a, um, adj. comp. 

tall; long. 
Proclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(pro & clamo,) to cry oiit; 

to proclaim. 
Proconsul, iilis, m. (pro & con- 
sul,) a proconsul. 
Procreo, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(pro & creo,) to beget. 
Procu], adv. /(zr. 
Procuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(pro & euro,) to take care. 



PROGURRO — PROPAGO. 



of; to manage; (viz. for 
another. 

Procurro, currere, curri & cu- 
curri, cursum, intr. (pro & 
curro,) to run foiivard; to 
extend. 

Prodigium, i, n. (prodico,) a 
'prodigy. 

Proditor, oris, m. (prodo,) a 
traitor. 

Proditus, a, um, part, from 

Prodo, -dere, -didi, ditum, tr. 
(pro & do,) to give- out; to 
betray; to relate; to discov- 
er; to disclose; to manifest. 

Proelior. See Prtelior, 

Prceliurn, i, n. See Prselium. 

Profectus, a, um, part, also, 

Proficiscens, tis, part, from 

Proficiscor, icisci, ectus sum, 
intr. dep. (pro & faciscor, 
from facio.) to go forward; 
to march; to travel; to de- 
part; to go. 

Profiteor, -fiteri, -fessus sura, 
tr. dep. (pro & fateor,) to 
declare; to avow publicly; 
to profess; sapientiam, to 
profess wisdom; to profess 
to be a philosopher. 

Profugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
tum, intr. (pro & fugio,) to 
flee (scil. before or from.); 
to escape; hence, 

Profugus, a, um, SlA.]. fleeing; 
escaping: — subs, a fugi- 
tive; an exile. 

Progredior, -gredi, -gressus 
sum, intr. dep. (pro & gra- 
dior,) to go forward; to 

'■■ proceed; to 



Progressus, a, um, part, hav- 
ing advanced. 

Proliibeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 
(pro & habeo,) to keep off, 
or aivay; to prohibit; to 
hinder; to forbid; hence, 

Prohibitus, a, um, part. 

Projicio,-jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
tr. (pro & jacio,) to throw 
away; to throw dovju; to 
throw. 

Prolabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, 
intr. dep. (pro & labor,) to 
fall dow?i; to fall forward, 
hence. 

Prolapsus, a, um, part, having 
fallen. 

Prolato, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(profero,) to carry forivard; 
to enlarge; to extend; to am- 
plify. 

Proles, is, f. a race; offspring. 

Prometheus, i. m. the son of 
lapetus and Clymene. 

Promittens, tis, part, from 

Prommitto, -mittere, -misi, 
missum, tr. (pro & mitto,) 
to let go, or send forward; 
to promise; to offer. 

Promontorium, i. n. (pro & 
mons,) a promontory; a 
headland; a cape. 

Promoveo, -movere, -movi, 
motum, intr. & tr, (pro & 
moveo,) to move forward; 
to enlarge. 

Pronus, a, um, adj. inclined; 
bending forward. 

Propago, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(pro & ^ago,) to propagate; 
to prolong; to continue. 

25 



290 



PROPE PROVENIO, 



Prope, adv. & prep, (propius, 
proxime,) near; near to; 
nigh. 

Propero, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(properus,) to hasten. 

Propinquus, a, um, adj.comp. 
(prope,) near; related : pro- 
pinqui, subs, relations; 
kinsmen. 

Propior, us, adj. comp. ^ 26, 4 
(sup. proximus,) nearer. 

Propius, adv. nearer; comp. 
of prope. 

Propono, -ponere, posui, -pos- 
itum, tr. (pro & pono,) to set 
lefore; to propose; to offer. 

Proponor, -poni, -positus sum, 
pass, to be set before : pro- 
positum est mihi. It is pro- 
by me; i. e, I intend 



or purpose. 

Propontis, idis, f. the sea of 
Marmora. 

Propositus, a, um, part, pro- 
posed; put. 

Proprie. adv. particularly; 
properly; strictly; from 

Proprius, a, iim, adj. peculiar; 
proper; one's own; special. 

Propter,prep./or;o?z account of. 

Propulso, are, avi, atum, tr. 

^ freq. (propello,) to drive a- 

way; to ward off; to repel. 

Propylaeum, i, n, the porch of 
a temple; an entrance; the 
rows of columns leading 
to the Acropolis at Athens. 

Prora, ae, f, the proio of a ship. 

Proscribe, -scribere, scripsi, 
-scriptum, tr. (pro & scribo,) 
to publish by loriting; to 



proscribe; to outlaw; to 
doom to death and confisca- 
tion of goods. 

Prosecutus, a, um, part, hav- 
ing accompanied. 

Prosequor, -sequi, -sectitus 
sum, tr. dep. (pro & se- 
quor,) to folloio after; to 
accompany; to attend; to 
follow; to celebrate; hono- 
ribus, to heap or load loith 
honors; to hoimr. 

Proserpina, se, f. the daughter 
of Ceres and Jupiter, and 
luife of Pluto. 

Prospectus, us, m. (prospicio,) 
a prospect; a distant view. 

Prospers, adv. (prosper,) pros- 
perously; successfully. 

Prosterno, -sternere, -stravi, 
stratum, tr. (pro & sterno,) 
to prostrate; to throw down. 

Prostratus, a, um, part, (pros- 
terno.) 

Prosum, prodesse, profui, intr. ! 
irr. (pro & sum, § 83, 1,) 
to do good; to profit. 

Protasforas, se, m. a Greek 



Protenus, adv. (pro & tenus,) 

immediately; directly. 
Protero, -terere, -trivi, -tritum, 
tr. (pro & tero,) to trample 
upon; to tread down; to 
crush. 
Protractus, a, urn, part, from 
Protraho,-trahere,-traxi, -trac- 
tum, tr. (pro & traho,) to 
protract; to prolong. 
Proveniens, tis, part, from 
Provenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 



PROVINCIA-— PUNIO. 



291 



turn, intr. (pro & venio,) to 
rome forth. 

ProWncia, ae, f. (pro & vinco,) 
a province. 

Provocatio, onis, f. a calling 
forth; a challenge; a provo- 
cation; from 

Provoco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(pro & voco,) to call forth; 
to call out; to defy or chal- 
lenge; to appeal. 

Proxime, adv. (sup. of prope,) 
nearest; very near; next to. 

Proximus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
propior,) nearest; next. 

Prudens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) (providens, fr. ^gxo- 
Yideo,) foreseeing ; prudent; 
wise; expert; hence, 

Prudentia, sb, f. prudence; 



Pseudophilippus, i, m. a false 
or pretended Philip, a name 
given to Andriscus. 

Psittacus, i, m. a parrot. 

Psophidius, a, urn, adj. of or 
belonging to Psophis; Pso- 
phidia7i. 

Psophis, Idis, f. a city of Ar- 
cadia. 

Ptolemseus, i, m. Ptolemy; 
the name of several Egyp- 
tian kings. 

Publice, adv; (publicus,) pub- 
licly; at the public expense; 
by public authority. 

Publicola, 3B, m. (populus & 
colo, ) a surnarne given to 
P. Valerius, 07i account of 
his love of popularity. 

Publicus, a, um, adj. fpopu- 



lus,) public: in publicum 
procedens, going abroad or 
appearing in public: subs. 
publicum, the public trea- 
sury. 

Publius, i, m. the preenomen 
of several Romans. 

Pudibundus, a, um, adj. (pu* 
deo,) ashamed; bashful ; 
modest. 

Puer, eri, m. a boy; a servant. 

Puerllis, e, adj. (puer,) puer- 
ile; childish : setas, boy- 
hood; childhood. 

Pueritia, ae, f. (id.) boyhood; 
childhood. 

Pugna, ee, f. (pugnus, the fist;) 
a battle with fists; a close 
fight; a battle. 

Pugnans, tis, part, (pugno.) 

Pugnatus, a, um, part, from 

Pugno, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(pugna,) to fight : pugna- 
tur, pass. imp. a battle is' 
fought; they fight. 

Pulcher, ra, rum, adj. (chrior, 
cherrimus,) fair , beauti- 
ful; glorious; hence, 

Pulchrittido, inis, f. fairness; 
beauty. 

Pullus, i, m. the young of any 
animal. 

Pulsus, a, um, part, (pello.) 

Pulvillus, i, m. (Horatius,) a 
Roman consul in the first 
year of the republic. 

Punicus, a, um, adj. Punic; 
belonging to Carthage ; 
Carthaginian. 

Punio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (poe- 
na,) to punish. 



292 



PUNITUS QTJiESTOR. 



Punitus, a, um, part, (punio.) 
Pupillus, i, m. (dim. fr. pupu- 

lus and that fr. pupus,) a 

young boy ; a pupil ; a 

ward; an orphan. 
Puppis, is, f. the stern of a 

ship. 
Purgo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

purge; to purify; to clear; 

to clean; to excuse. 
Purpura, se, f. the purple 

muscle; purple; hence, 
Purpuratus, a, urn, adj. clad 

in purple: purpurati, pi. 

courtiers; nobles. 
Purpureus, a, uni, adj. (id.) 

purple. 
Purus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 

mus,) pure; clear. 
Pusillus, a, um, adj. (dim. fr. 

pusus,) small; weak; little; 

very small. 
Puteus, i, m. a well; a pit. 
Puto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

think. 
Putresco, putrescere, putrui, 

intr. inc. (putreo,) to rot; to 

decay. 
Pydna, cS, f. <z toivnof Macedon. 
Pygmeei, orum, m. the Pyg- 
mies^ a race of dwarfs in- 
habiting a remote part of 

India or Ethiopia. 
Pyra, se, f. a funeral pile. 
Pyramis, idis, f. a pyramid. 
Pyrenseus, i, m., & Pyrensei, 

orum, m. pi. Pyrenees, 

mountains dividing France 

and Spain. 
Pyrrhus, i, m. a king of Ept- 

rus. 



Pythagoras, se, m. a Grecian 
philosopher, born at Samos. 

Pythagoreus, i, m. a Pytha- 
gorean; a follower or disci- 
ple of Pythagoras. 

Pythia, se, f. the priestess of 
Apollo at Delphi. 

Pythias, ee, m. a soldier of 
Philip, king of Macedon. 

Q. 

Q., or Qu., an abbreviation of 
Quintus. 

Quadragesimus, a, um, num. 
adj. ord. the fortieth; from 

Quadraginta, num. adj. pi. 
m6.. forty. 

Quadriennium, i, n. (quatuor 
& annus,) the space of four 
years. 

Quadriga, dd, & pi. ee, arum, 
f. (quadrijiigas, quatuor & 
jugum,) a four horse cha- 
riot; a team of four horses. 

Quadringentesimus, a, um, 
num. adj. pi. thefour hun- 
dreth. 

Quadringenti, se, a, num. adj. 
pi. jmir hundred. 

Quadriipes, pedis, adj. (qua- 
tuor & pes,) having four 
feet; four-footed. 

Quffirens, tis, part, from 

Qusero, quserere, qusesivi, 
qusesitum, tr. to ash; to seek 
for; to riupiire; to search; 
quseritur, it is asked; the 
inquiry is made; hence 

Qusestio, onis, f. a question. 

Quaestor, oris, m. (qusesTtor 



QU^STUS QUINGENTESIMUS. 



id.) a qu(Bstor; a treasurer; 
art inferior military officer 
who attended the corisuls. 

Quasstus, lis, rn. (id.) gain; a 
trade. 

Qualis, e, adj. of what kind.; 
as; such as; what. 

Quam, conj. & adv, as; hoio; 
after comparatives, than. 

Quamdiu, or Quandiu, adv. 
(quam & diu,) as long as. 

Quamquam, or Quanquam, 
conj. though; although. 

Quamvis, conj. (quam & vis, 
. fr. volo,) although. 

Quando, adv. ivhen; since. 

Quanto, adv. by how much; as. 

Quantopere, adv. (quanto & 
opere,) hoio greatly; how 
much. 

Quantiim, adv. how much; as 
much as. 

Quantus, a, um, adj. how 
great; as great; how admi- 
rable; how striking. 

Quantuslibet, quantalibet, 
quantumlibet, adj. (quan- 
tus & libet,) hoio great so- 
ever; never so great. 

Quapropter, adv. (qua and 
propter,) loherefore; why. 

Quare, adv. (qua & re,) where- 
fore; for which reason; 
whence; therefore. 

Quartus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
the fourth. 

Quasi, adv. [for quamsi,) as 
if; as. 

Quatriduum, i, n. (quatuor & 
dies,) a space of four days. 

Quatuor, num. adj. pi.ind./oMr 



Quatuordecim, num. adj. pi. 
ind. (quatuor and decem,) 
fourteen. 

Que, enclitic conj. (always 
joined to another word and 
draws the accent to the 
syllable preceding it,)and; 
also; 

Queo, ire, ivi, itum, intr. irr. 
^ 83, 3 ; to be able ; I can. 

Quercus, us, f. an oak. 

Queror, queri, questus sum, 
tr. dep. to complain. 

Questus, a, um, part, complain- 
ing; having complairied. 

Qui, quas, quod,rel. pro. ^ 33; 
who ; which; what; used in- 
terrogatively, whol which ? 
what ? 

Qui, adv. how; in what man- 
ner. 

Quia. conj. because. 

Quicunque, quajcunque, quod- 
cunque, rel. pro. § 37. 1. 
whosoever; whatsoever; every 
one. 

Quidam, qusedam, quoddam 
and quiddam, pro. § 37, 1, 
a certain one; a certain per- 
son or thing: quidam hom- 
ines, certain men. 

Quidem, adv. indeed; truly; 
at least. 

Quin, conj. but; but that. 

Quinctius, i, m. (Titus,) a Ro- 
man general. 

Quindecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 
(quinque & decem) ^/VeeTz. 

Quingentesimus, a, um, num. 
adj. ord. the five hundredth, 
from. 



294 



QirlNGENTI RAPTOR. 



Quingenti, as, a, num. adj. pi. 

(quinque and centum, )^i'e 

hundred. 
Quinquageni, sb, a, num. adj. 

pi. dist. (quinquaginta,) ev- 

f{ry fifty; fifty. 
Quinquagesimus, a,um, num. 

adj. {id.) fiftieth. 
Quinquagifita, num, adj. pi. 

ind. fifty. 
Quinque, num. adj.pl. ind.^ve. 
Quinquies, num. adv. five 

times. 
Quintb, adv. the fifth time. 
Quinius,a, um, ord. num, adj. 

the fifth. 
Quintus, or Quinctius, i, m. a 

Roman surname. 
Quippe, conj./o/-; since. 
Quis, quae, quod or quid, in- 
terrog. pro. who ? what ? 

quid? why? 
Quisnam, or Quinam, quae- 
nam, quodnam,o?- quidnam 

pro. § 37, 2, who; lohat. 
Quisquam, qusequam, quod- 

quam,o?-quidquani orquic- 

quain,pro. any one; a?iy 

thing: nee quisquam, and 

no one. 
Quisque, quseque, quodque or 

quidque, pro. ea(h; every; 

whosoever; lohat soever. 
Quisquis, quidquid or quic- 

quid, rel. pro. ^ 37, Obs. 1, 

whoever; whatever. 
Quivis, qusevis, quodvis or 

quidvis, pro, (qui and vis) 

whosoever ; whatsoever ; any 

one. 
Qu6, adv. that; to the end that; 



whither: quo— eo, for 
quanto — tanto, by how 
much; hy so much; or the 
more — the 'more. 

Quod, conj. that; hecause. 

Quominiis, adv. (quo and mi- 
nus,) that — not. 

Quomodo, adv. (quo and mo- 
do.) Jiow; by what means. 

Quondam, ^.dY. formerly; once. 

Quoniam, conj. (quum and 
jam,) since; because. 

Quoque, conj. also. 

Quot, adj. ind. pi. hov:many. 

Quotannis, adv. (quot & an- 
nus,) anriually; yearly. 

Quotidie, adv. (quot & dies,) 
every day; daily. 

Quoties, adv. as often as; how 
often. 

Quum, or Cum, adv. when : 
quum jam, as soon as : — 
conj. si?ice; although. 

R. 

Radius, i, m. a staff; a ray; I 

a rod. 
Radix, icis, f. a root; the foot 

or base of a mountain. 
Ramus, i, m. a branch; 

botigh. 
Ran a, as, f. a frog. 
Rapina, ae, f, rapine; plun- 
der; from 
Rapio, rapere, rapui, raptum, 

tr. to hurry away by force; 

to rob; to seize; to plundi 
Raptor, oris, m. (rapio,) one 

who seizes or takes away 

by violence: a robber. 



RAPTITRUS — REDIMENDUS. 



295 



Hapturus, a, um, pan. (rapio.) 

Eaptus, a, um, part, (rapio,) 
seized; robbed; carried off. 

Raritas, atis, f. (varus,) rarity. 

Earo, adv. rarely ; seldom; fr. 

Earus, a, um, adj. rare; feiv. 

Ratio, onis, f. (reor,) a reason. 

Ratis, is, f. a raft; a ship; a 
boat. 

Eatus, a, um, part, (reor,) 
thinking; having thought. 

Eebello, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(re & bello,) to reneiv a 
war; to rebel; to revolt. 

Eecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr. (re & cedo,) to 
recede; to yield; to retire; 
to withdraw. 

Eecens, tis, adj. comp. new; 
recent ; fresh : — adv. re- 
cently; lately; newly: re- 
cens nati, new-born chil- 
dren. 

Receptus, a, um, part, (reci- 
pio.) 

Eecepturus, a, um, part, (re- 
cipio.) 

Eecessus, us, m. (recede,) a 
recess; a corner. 

Eecipio,-cipere,-cepi,-ceptum, 
tr. (re & capio,) to take 
hack; to receive; to take; 
to recover : animam, to 
come to one's self again; to 
recover o?ie's senses : se, to 
return. 

Recognosco, -noscere, -novi, 
-nitum, tr. (re & cognos- 
ce,) to recognize; to know 
again; to betake one's self 

Recollige, -ligere, -legi, -lec- 



tum, tr. (re, con, & lego,) 
to gather up again; to re- 
collect; to recover. 

Reconditus, a, um, part, from 

Eecondo, dere, didi, ditum, tr. 
(re & conde,) to fut toge- 
ther again; to lay wp; to 
hide; to conceal. 

Recorder, an, atus. tr. dep. 
(re & cor,) to call hack to 
mind; to recollect; to re- 
member. 

Eecreo, are avi, atum, tr. 
(re & creo,) to bring tolife 
agai7i; to restore; to refresh. 

Recte, adv.) iiis, issime,) 
right ; rightly; from 

Rectus, a, um, adj. (ior, issT- 
mus,) (rego,) straight; up- 
right; right; direct. 

Recupero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(recipio,) to recover; to re- 
gain. 

Redditus, a, um, part, from 

Reddo,-dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
(re & do,) to give hack; to 
return; to give; to make; 
to reitder ; to restore; to 
cause : verba, to repeat : 
animam, to die : voces, to 
iniitate, 

Redee,-ire,-ii,-itum, intr, irr. 
(re & eo,) to go back; to 
return. 

Rediens, euntis, part, return- 
ing. 

Redigo,-igere,-egi, -actum, tr. 
(re & ago,) to bring hack; 
to reduce: in potestatem, 
to bring into one's power. 

Redimendus, a, um, part, from 



296 



REDIMO llEMITTO. 



Rodimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- 
tum, tr. (re & erao,) to take 
back; to buy back; to re- 
deem; to ransom. 

Eeducendus, a, um, part, from 

Redtico, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (re & duco,) to 
lead or bring back : in gra- 
tiara, to reconcile. 

Kef erens, tis, part, requiting; 
returning; referri7ig; from 

Eefero,-ferre, -tiili. -latum, tr. 
irr. (re & fero,) to bring 
back; gratiani, o?- gratias, 
to requite a favor; to show 
gratitude : beneficium, to 
requite a benefit: victori- 
am, to bring back victory, 
i. e. to return victorious : 
imaginem, to reflect the 
image; to resemble. 

Refluens, tis, part, from 

Refiuo,-fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
intr. (re & fluo,) to flow 
hack. 

Refugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
tum, intr. (re & fugio,) to 
fly back; to flee; to retreat. 

Regia, ee, f. (sc. domus, from 
regius,) a palace. 

Regina, se, f. (rex.) a queen. 

Regie, onis,f. (rego,) a region; 
a district; a country. 

Regius, a, um, adj. (rex,) roy- 
al; regal; the king''s. 

Regnaturus, a, um, part, from 

Regno, are, avi, atum, intr. 
regnum,) torule; to govern. 

Regnatur, pass. imp. it is ruled 
by kings. 

Regnum, i, n. (rex.) a king- 



dom ; empire ; dominion ; 
reign; government; rule. 

Rego, regere, rexi, rectum, tr. 
to direct or lead in a 
straight course; to rule. 

Regredior, -gredi, -gressus 
sum, intr. dep. (re & gra- 
dior,) to turn back; to re- 
turn. 

Regressus, a, um, part, hav- 
ing returned, 

Regulus, i, m. a distingtdshed 
Roman general in the first 
Punic war. 

Relatus, a, um, part, (refero.) 

Relicturus, a, um, part, (relin- 
quo.) 

Relictus, a, um, part, (id.) 

Religio, onis, f. (religo,) what 
is binding or obligatory; 
religious scruple or hin- 
drance; hence, religion; 
sacredness; sanctity; rev- 
erence; religioxis rites. 

Relinquo,-linquexe,-liqui, -lic- 
tum, tr. (re & linquo,) to 
leave behind; to desert; to 
quit; to abandon. 

Reliquiae, arum, f. pi. the rel- 
ics; the remains; from 

Reliquus.a, um,adj.(relinquo,) 
the rest; the remainder; the 
other. 

Remaneo, -manere, -mansi, 
-mansum, intr. (re & ma- 
neo,) to remain behind. 

Remedium, i, n. (re & me- 
deor,) a remedy. 

Remitto, -mittere, -mlsi, -mis- 
sum, tr. (re & mitto,) to 
send back; to remit. 



REMOVED RESPONDED. 



297 



Removeo,-movere, -mo vi, -mo- 
turn, tr. (re & moveo,) io 
move back, or away; to re- 
move. 

Remus, i, m. an oar. 

Remus, i, m. the twin brother 
of Romulus. 

Renovatus, a, um, part, from 

Renovo, are, avi, atuni, tr. (re 
and novo,) to make anew; 
to reneio. 

Renuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(re & nuntio,) to bring back 
word; to inform; to report; 
to declare; to annmmce. 

Reor, reri, ratus sum, intr. 
dep. to think, to suppose; 
to believe. 

Reparo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
& paro,) to get or procure 
again; to renew; to repair. 

RepentB, adv. (repens fr. repo) 
suddenly. 

Reperio, -porire, -peri, -per- 
tum, tr. (re &pario,) to find; 
to discover; to invent. 

Repeto, -petere, -petlvi, -petl- 
tum, tr. (re & peto,) to de- 
mand back. 

Repleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (re 
& pleo,) to fill again; to fill 
up; to replenish. 

Repono, -ponere, -posui, -po- 
situm, tr. (re & pono,) to 
place back or again; to re- 
store; to replace. 

Reporto, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
& porto,) to bring back; to 
gain or obtain. 

ReprsBsento, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(re &; prsesento,) to make. 



present again; to represent; 
to paint; to depict » 

Repudio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(repudiuni) to repudiate; to 
reject; to slight; to dis- 
regard: uxorem, to di' 
vorce. 

Requiro, -quirere, -quisivi, 
-quisltum, tr. (re& qusero,) 
to seek again; to demand; 
to require; to need. 

Res, rei, f. a thing; an affair; 
a way; a kingdom; a gm- 
ernment; a subject : res 
gestse, actions; exploits : 
res familiaris or domesti- 
ca, domestic affairs; prop- 
erty. 

Reservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
& servo,) to keep back; to 
reserve; to keep for a future 
ti?ne. 

Resideo, -sidere, -sedi, intr. 
(re & sedeo,) to sit; to sit 
down; to remain. 

Resimus, a, um, adj. (re & si- 
mus,) bent back; crooked. 

Resisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, 
intr. (re & sisto,) to hold or 
keep back; to resist; to 
withstand. 

Resoivo, -solvere, -solvi, -so- 
lutum, tr. (re & solve,) to 
untie again; to loosen; to 
unbind; to unloose; to dis- 
solve. 

Respondeo, -spondere, -spon- 
di, -sponsum, tr. (re & spon- 
deo,) to answer again; to 
answer; to reply; to cor- 
respond : respondetur, pass. 



RESPONSUM— EIGEO. 



imp. it is answered, or the 
reply is made. 

Responsum, i, n. (respondeo,) 
an answer; a reply. 

Respublica, reipublicae, f, 
^ 18, 9, (res publica,) the 
state; the government; the 
commomvealth. 

Respuo, -spuere, -spui, tr. (re 
& spuo,)^o spit out; toreject. 

Restituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- 
tutum, tr. (re & statuo,) to 
put or set up again; to re- 
store; to replace; to re- 
build : aciem, to cause the 
army to rally. 

Retineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
tum, tr. (re & teneo,) to hold 
hack; to retain; to detain; 
to hinder. 

Revera, adv. (res & verus,) 
truly; in very deed; in re- 
ality; in good earnest. 

Reverentia, ge, f. (revereor,) 
rexierence. 

Reversus, a, um, part, having 
returned : from 

Reverto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
sum, intr. (re & verto,) to 
turn hack; to return. 

Revertor, -verti, -versus sum, 
intr. dep. to return. 

Reviresco, -virescere, virui, 
intr. inc. (revireo,) to grow 
green again. 

Revoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
& voce,) to call hack; to re- 
call. 

Revolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(re & volo,) tojiy hack; to 
fly off again. 



Rex, regis, m. (rego.) a king. 

Rhadamanthus, i, ra. a law- 
giver, of Crete, a7id suhse- 
quenily one of the three 
judges of the infernal re- 
gions. 

Rheeti, orurn, m. pi. the in- 
habitants of Rhcetia, now 
the Grisons. 

Rhea, ce, f. (Silvia,) themother 
of Romulus and Remus. 

Rhenus, i. m. the river Rhine. 

Rhinoceros, otis, m. a Rhino- 
ceros. 

Rhipffius, a, um, adj. RhipcB- 
an or Riphcean: monies, 
mountains, which, accord- 
ing to the ancients, were 
found in the north of Scy- 
thia. 

Rhodanus, i, m. the river 
Rhone. 

Rhodius, i, m. an inhabitant 
of Rhodes; a Rhodian. 

Rhodope, es, f. a high moun- 
tain in the western part of 
Thrace. 

Rhodus, i, f. Rhodes; a cele- 
brated town, and island in 
the Mediterranean sea. 

RhcBteum, i, n. a city and 
promontory of Troas. 

Rhyndacus, i, m. a river of 
Mysia. 

Ridens, tis, part, smiling; 
laughing at; from 

Rideo, dere, si, sum, intr. & 
tr. to laugh; to laugh at; 
to mock; to deride. 

Rigeo, ere, iii, intr. to he 
cold. 



EIGIDUS SACRA. 



299 



Rigidiis, a, um, adj. corap. 
(rigeo,) stiff int.h cold; ri- 
gid; severe. 

Rigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to v;a- 
ter; to irrigate; to bedsw; 
to wet. 

Ripa, 33, f, a bank,{o{a river.) 

Risi. See Rideo. 

Risus, ^s, m. [vidieo, )laughing; 
laughter. 

Rixor, ari, atus sum, intr, dep. 
(rixa,) to quarrel. 

Robur, oris, n. oak of the hard- 
est kind, hence, St fengfh : 
robur militum, the flower 
of the soldiers. 

Rogatus, a, um, part, heitig 
asked; from 

Rogo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
ask; to request; to beg; to 
enl reat. 

Rogus, i, m. a funeral pile. 

Roma, 33, f. Rome, the chief 
city of Italy, situated up- 
on the Tiber; hence, 

Romanus, a, um, adj. Roman. 

Romanus, i, m. a Roman. 

Romulus, i, m. the founder 
and first king of Rome : 
Romulus Silvius, a king 
of Alba. 

Rostrum, i, n. (rodo,) a beak; 
a bill; a snout; also, the 
beak of a ship; a stage, or 
pulpit. 

Rota, 36, f. c wheel. 

Rotundus, a, um, adj. (rota,) 
round. 

Ruber, rubra, rubrum, adj. 
(rior, errimus,) red. 

Rudis, e, adj. (ior, issimus '^ 



rude; unwrought; unculti- 
vated; new; u?icivilized. 

Ruina, 86, f. (ruo,) a ruin; a 
doivnfall; a fall. 

Rullianus, i, m. a Roman gen- 
eral, who commanded the 
cavalry in a war with the 
Samnites. 

Ruiiipo, rumpere, rupi, rup- 
tum, tr. to break or bur&t 
asunder; to break off; to 
break down; to violate. 

Ruo, uere, ui, utum, intr. & 
tr. to run headlong; to fall; 
to be ruined; to hasten 
doivn; to rush; to throw 
down; to tear up. 

Rupes, is, f. a rock; a cliff. 

Ruptus, a, um, part, (rumpo,) 
broken; violated. 

Rursus, adv. again. 

Rus, ruris, n. the country; a 
farm; hence, 

Rusticus, a, um, adj. rustic; 
belonging to the country. 

Rusticus, i, m. a countryman. 

Rutilius, i, m. a Roman con- 
sul. 



Sabini, orum, m. the Sabines, 
a people of Italy. 

Sacer, sacra, sacrum, adj. 
(sup. errimus, § 26, 5,) 
sacred; holy; divine; conse- 
crated. 

Sacerdos, otis, c. (sacer,) a 
priest; a priestess. 

Sacra, orum, n. pi. (id.) reli- 
gious service; sacrifice; sa- 



iOO 



SACRIFICANS — SATIS. 



cred rites; religious ob- 
servances. 

Sacrif leans, tis, part, (sacrif i- 
co,) sacrificing; offering sa- 
crifices. 

Sacrificium, i, n. a sacrifice; 
from 

Sacrifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(sacer & facio,) to sacrifice. 

Ssepe, adv. (ius issime,) of- 
ten; frequently. 

Saevio, ire, ii, itum, intr. (sse- 
vus,) to rage; to he cruel. 

Ssevitas, atis, f. cruelttj; seve- 
rity; savageness, barbarity ; 
flora 

Saevus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) cruel; severe; fierce; 
inhuman, violent. 

Saginatus, a, um, part, from 

Sagino, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
fatten. 

Sagitta, SB, f. an arroio. 

Saguntini, orum, m. pi. the 
Saguntines; the inhabit- 
ants of Saguntum. 

Saguntum, i, n. a town of 
Spain. 

Salio, salire, salui & salii, 
intr. to spring; to leap. 

Salsus, a. nm, adj. (sailo, to 
salt; Obsol. from sal,) salt; 
sharp. 

Salto, are, avi, atum, intr. 
freq. (salio,) to dance. 

Saluber,-bri3,-bre, adj. (brior, 
berrimus,) (salus,) whole- 
some; salubrious; healthy; 
hence, 

Salubritas, atis, f. salubrity; 
healthfulness. 



Salum, i, n. properly, the agi- 
tated motion of the sea ; 
hence, the sea. 

Salus, utis, f. safety; salva- 
tion; health; hence, 

Saluto, ai'e, avi, atum, tr. to 
wish health to; hence, to 
salute; to call. 

Salvus, a, um, adj. (salus,) 
safe; preserved ;unpunished. 

Samnites, ium, m. pi. the Sam- 
nites, a people of Italy. 

Sanctus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(sancio,) holy; blameless. 

Sanguis, Inis, m. blood. 

Sapiens, tis, (part, sapio, pro- 
perly, tasting; knowing by 
the taste; hence,) adj. (ior, 
issimus,) wise : — subs, a 
sage; a wise man; hence, 

Sapientia, ce, f. vmdom, philo- 
sophy. 

Sapio, ere, ui, intr. {to taste; to 
discern; hence,) to be vnse. 

Sarcina, Ee, f. (sarcio,) a pack; 
a bundle. 

Sardinia, se, f. a large island 
in the Mediterranean sea, 
west of Italy. 

Sarmatse, arum, m. the Sar- 
7natians, a people inhabit- 
ing the north of Europe 
and Asia, 

Sarpedon, onis, m. a son of 
Jupiter and Europa. 

Satelles, itis, m. a satellite; a 
guard; a body-guard. 

Satiatus, a, um, part, from 

Satio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
satiate; to satisfy; from 

Satis, adj. & adv. (comp. sa- 



SATUR — SECTOK. 



301 



tius, better;) enough; suf- 
ficient; sufficiently; very; 
quite. 

Satur, ura,urum,adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) {satio,)satiated; full. 

Saturnia, se, f. a name given 
to Italy; also, a citadel and 
town near Janiculum, 

Saturnus, i, m. the father of 
Jwpiter. 

Saucio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(saucius,) to wound. 

Saxum, i, n. a rock; a stone. 

Scffivola, 33, m. (Mucius,) a 
brave Koman soldier. 

Scateo, ere intr. to gush forth 
like water from a spring; 
hence, to be full; to abound. 

Scamander, dri, m. a river of 
Troas, lohich flows from 
Mount Ida into the Helles- 
pont. 

Scaurus, i, m. the surname of 
several Romans. 

Scelestus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
simus,) wicked; from 

Scelus, eris, n. an impious ac- 
tion; a crime; wickedness : 
by metonymy, a wicked 
person. See facinus. 

Scena, jb, f. a scene; a stage. 

SchcEneus, i, m. a king of 
Arcadia, or Scyros, and 
father of Atalanta. 

Scheria, se, f. an ancient name 
of the island Corcyra, or 
Corfu. 

Scientia, ee, ^.'knowledge; from 

Scio, ire, Ivi, itum, tr. to 
know; to understand. 

Scipio, onis, m. a distinguish- 



ed Roman family : Scipio- 
nes, the Scipios. 

Scopiilus, i, m. a high rock; a 
cliff. 

Scorpio, onis, m.. a scorpion. 

Scotia, cB, f. Scotland. 

Scriba, s, m. a writer; a se- 
cretary; a scribe; from 

Scribo, scribere, scripsi, scrip- 
tum, tr. to write: scribere 
leges, to prepare laios. 

Scriptor, oris. in. a writer; an 
author. 

Scripturus, a,um, part, (scribo.) 

Scriptus, a, um, part, (scribo.) 

Scrutor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
(scruta,) to search into; to 
trace out. 

Scutum, i, n. a shield. 

Scylla, as, f. the daughter of 
Nisus. 

Scyros, i, {.an island in the 
J^gean sea. 

Scythes, se, m. an inhabitant 
of Scythia; a Scythian. 

Scythia, se, f. a vast country 
in the north of Europe and 
Asia. 

Scyth}cus,a, nm, Q.dii. Scythian. 

Seco, secare, secui, sectum, tr. 
to ait. 

Secedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
sum, intr. (se & cedo,) to go 
aside;to secede;to loithdraw. 

Sectatus, a, um, part, having 
folloived or attended; from 

Sector, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
freq. (sequor, § 88, Obs. 1.) 
to follow; to pursue; to ac- 
company; to attend; to 
strive after. 



26 



302 



SECULUM — SEPES. 



Seciiluni and Sseciilum, i, n. 
an age ; a period of time. 

Secum, (se & cum, ^ 90, 2,) 
with himself ; ivith herself; 
luithitself; with themselves; 

Secundus, a, um, adj. comp, 
(sequor,) the second; 'pros- 
perous : res secundas, pros- 
perity. 

Securis, is, f. (seco,) an axe. 

Secutus. a um, part, (sequor.) 

Sed, conj. hut. 

Sedecim, num. adj. ind. pi. 
(sex & decern,) sixteen. 

Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessurn, 
intr. to sit ; to light upon. 

Sedes, is, f. (sedes) a seat ; a 
residence; a settlement; reg- 
ni, the seat of government. 

Seditio, onis, f. (se aside, and 
eo,) sedition ; a rebellion ; 
an insurrectio7i. 

Sedulus, a, um, adj. (sedeo) 
dilige?it. 

Seges, etis, f. a crop; a harvest. 

Segnis, e, adj. (ior, issimus.) 
dull; slow; slothful; slug- 
gish. 

Sejungo, 'jungere, -junxi, 
junctum, tr. (se & jungo,) 
to divide ; to separate. 

Seleucia, ae, f. a town of Sy- 
ria, near the Orontes. 

Semel, adv. once: plus semel, 
more than once. 

Semele, es, f. a daughter of 
Cadmus and. Hermione, and 
mother of Bacchus. 

Semen, inis, n. seed. 

Semiramis, idis, f. a queen of 
Assyria, and wife of Ninus. 



Semper, adv. always; hence 
Sempiternus, a, um, adj. ev- 
erlasting. 
Sempronius, i, m, the name of 

a Roman gens or clan; 

Sempronius Gracchus, a 

Roman general. 
Sena, Ee, f. a toioji of Picenum. 
Senator, oris, m. (senex, a 

Senator. 
Senatus, us, & i, m. (senex,) 

a senate. 
Senecta, se, or Senectus, litis, 

f. (senex,) old age. 
Senescens, tis, part, from 
Senesco, senescere, senui, 

intr. inc. to groxo old; to 

wane ; from seneo, and 

that from 
Senex, is, c. an old man or 

woman: — adj. old : (comp. 

senior, sometimes major 

natu,) ^ 26, 6. 
Senones, um, m. pi. a people 

of Gaul. 
Sensi. See Sentio. 
Sensus, us, m. (sentio.) sense; 

feeling. 
Sententia, as, f. an opinion; a 

proposition; a sentiment; 

from 
Sentio, Sentlre, sensi, sensum, 

tr. to feel ; to perceive; to 

be sensible of ; to observe; 

to suppose. 
Separo, are, avi, atum, tr. (se 
& paro) to separate; to di- 
vide. 
Sepelio, sepelire, sepelivi, se- 

pultum,tr. to bury; to inter 
Sepes, is, f. a hedge; a fence, 



SEPTEM — SEXAGESIMUS. 



303 



Septem, num. adj. ind. pi. 

seven. 
Septentrio, onis, m. the North- 
ern Bear; the north. 
Septies, num. adv. seventimes. 
Septimus, a, um, num. adj. 

ord. (septem,) the seventh. 
Septingentesimus,a, um, num. 

adj. the seven hundredth. 
Septuagesimus, a, um, num. 

adj. the seventieth; from 
Septuaginta, num. adj. ind. 

pi. seventy. 
Sepulcrum, i, n. (sepeiio,) a 

sepulchre; a tomh. 
Sepultura, ae, f. (id.) burial; 

interment. 
Sepultus,a, um, part. (sepeiio,) 

buried. 
Sequana, as, m. the Seine., a 

river in France. 
Sequens, tis, part, from 
Sequor, sequi, secutus sum, tr. 

dep. to follow; to pursue. 
Secutus, a, um, part, (sequor.) 
Serenus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 

serene; tranquil; clear; 

fair; bright. 
Sergius, i, m. the name of se- 
veral Romans. 
Sermo, onis, m. {sero,) speech; 

a discourse; conversation. 
Ser6,(serius,)adv./a^e; too late. 
Sero, serere, sevi, satum, tr. 

to sow; to plant. 
Serpens, tis, c. (serpo, to 

creep, ) a serpent; a snake. 
Sertorius, i, m. a Roman gen- 
eral. 
Serus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 

late. 



Servilius, i, m. the name of a 
Roman family : Servilius 
Casca, o?ie of the murder- 
ers of Ccesar. 

Servio, Ire, ivi, itum, intr. 
(servus,) to be a slave; to 
s'erve, {as a slave.) 

Servitium, i, n. or Servitus, 
utis, f. (id.) slavery; bond- 
age. 

Servius, i, m. (Tuliius,) the 
sixth king of Rome. 

Servo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
preserve ; to guard ; to 
ivaich; to keep; hence, 

Servus, i, m. a slave; a ser- 
vant. 

Sese, pro. ace. & abl. § 28, 
Obs. 4; himself; herself, 
themselves. 

Sestertium, i, n. a sestertium, 
or a thousa?id serterces. 
App. VI. 

Sestertius, i, m. a sesterce, or 
tivo and a half asses. App. 
VI. 

Sestos, i, or -us, i, f. a town 
of Thrace, o« the shores of 
the Hellespont, opposite to 
Abydos. 

Seta, ae, f. a bristle. 

Setinus, a, um, adj. Setine; 
belo7iging to Setia, a city 
of Campania, near the 
Pon/ine Marshes, famous 
for its tvine. 

Setosus, a, um, adj. (seta,) 
full of bristles; bristly. 

Sex, num. adj. ind. pi. six. 

Sexagesimus, a, um, num. 
adj. ord. (sex,) the sixtieth. 



304 



SEX AGINTA— SING ULARI£ 



Sexaginta, num. adj. ind. pi. 
(sex,) sixty. 

Sexcentesimus, a, um, num. 
adj. ord. (sex & centum,) 
the six hundredth. 

Sextus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
(sex,) the sixth. 

Si, conj. if; whether : si quan- 
do, if at any time. 

Sic, adv. so; thus; in such a 
manner. 

Siccius, i, m. (Dentatus,) the 
name of a brave Roman 
soldAer. 

Siccus, a, um, adj. dry; sic- 
cum, dry land: in sicco, 
(loco,) in a dry place: 
(aridus, thoroughly dry; 
parched.) 

Sicilia, se, f. Sicily, the larg- 
est island in the Mediter- 
ranean. 

Siculus, a, um, adj. Sicilian: 
fretum, the straits of Mes- 
sina. 

Sicut, & Siciiti, adv. (sic ut,) 
as; as if. 

Sidon, onis, f. a maritime city 
of Phcsnicia. 

Sidonius, a, ura, adj. belong- 
ing to Sidon; Sidonian. 

Sidus, eris, n, a star. 

Significo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(signum & facio,) to make 
or give a sign; to desig- 
nate; to mark; to express; 
to signify; to give notice; 
to imply or mean. 

Signum, i, n. a sign; a token; 
a statue; a standard; co- 
lors. 



Silens, tis, part, (sileo,) silent; 
keeping silence. 

Silentium, i, n. [sWeo,) silence. 

Silenus, i. m, the foster father 
and instructor of Bacchus. 

Sileo, ere, ui, intr. to be silent; 
to conceal, 

Silva, or Sylva, se, f. a forest; 
a wood. 

Silvia, se, f. (Rhea,) the mother 
of Komulus. 

Silvius, i, m. a son of Mneas, 
the second king of Alba: 
Silvius Procas, a king of 
Alba, the father of Numi- 
tor and Amulius. 

Simla, 8B, f. (simus,) an ape. 

Similis, e, adj. (ior, limus, 
^ 26, 1,) similar; like: 
hence, 

Similiter, adv. (similius simi- 
lim^,) ill like manner. 

Simplex, icis, adj. comp. (si- 
ne plica, without a fold; 
open; plain; hence,) simple; 
artless; open; plain; single. 

Simois, entis, m. a river of 
Troas, /lowing into the 
Sca?7iander. 

Simonides, is, m. a Greek po- 
et, born in the island of 
Cca. 

Simul, adv. at the same time; 
at once; together; as soon 
as: simul — simul — as soon 
as, or no sooner than. 

Simulacrum, i, n. (simulo,) an 
image; a statue. 

Sin, conj. but if. 

Sine, prep, without. 

Singularis, e, adj. single; sin- 



SINGULI— -SOLVOo 



305 



gular; distinguished; ex- 
traordinary: certamen sin- 
gulare, a single conibat; 
from 

Singuli, SB, a, num. adj. pi. 
each; one by o?ie; every : 
singulis mensibus, every 
month. 

Sinister,tra,trum, adj. (comp. 
irr, ^ 26, 2,.) left; from 

Sine, sinere, sivi, situm, tr. 
(for sio. obsol.) to 'permit. 

Sinus, us, m. a bosom; a bay; 
a gulf. 

Siquis, siqua, siquod or si- 
quid, pro, if any one; if 
any thing. 

Siquando, adv. (si & quando,) 
if at any time; if ever. 

Sitio,ire,ii, intr. &tr. to thirst; 
to be thirsty; to desire ear- 
nestly. 

Sitis, is, f. thirst. 

Situs, a, um. part. & adj. (si- 
no,) placed; set; situated; 
•permitted. 

Sive, conj. or; or if; v^hether. 

Soboles, is, f. (suboles, sub & 
oleo,) a sprig or shoot; off- 
spring. 

Sobrius, a, um, adj. sober; 
temperate. 

Socer, eri, m. a father-in-law. 

Socialis, e, adj. (socius,) per- 
taining to allies; social; 
confederate. 

Societas, atis, f. society; alli- 
ance; intercourse; partner- 
ship; from 

Socius, i, m. an ally; a com- 



Socordia, se, f. (socors, fr. se 
& cor,) negligence; sloth. 

Socrates, is, m, the most ev^i- 
nent of the Athenian phi- 
losophers. 

Sol, solis, m. the sun. 

Soleo, ere, itus sum, n. pass, 
^ 78, to be loont; to be ac- 
customed : solebat, used. 

Solidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
n)us,) whole; solid; e7itire. 

Solitudo, inis, f, (solus,) a des- 
ert; a wilderness; a solita- 
ry place. 

Solitus, a, um, part, (soleo,) 
accustomed; usual. 

Sollers, tis, adj. (soUus wAo^c, 
not used, & ars,) ingenious; 
inventive; cunning; skil- 
ful; shrewd. 

Sollertia, ae, f. (sellers,) saga- 
city; skill; shrewdness. 

Solon, onis, m. the laiogiver 
of the Athenians, and one 
of the seven wise men of 
Greece. 

Solstitium, i, n. (sol & sisto,) 
the solstice, particularly 
the summer solstice, in dis- 
tinction from bruma, the 
winter solstice; the longest 
day. 

Solum, i, n. the earth; the 
soil; land. 

Soliirn, adv. alone; only; fr. 

Solus, a, um, adj. ^20,4; 
alone. 

Solutus, a, um, part, from 

Solvo, solvere, solvi, soltitum, 
tr. to loose; to dissolve; to 
melt; to answer 



306 



SOMNIO SPONSA. 



Somnio, are, avi, atum, intr. 

to dream; from 
Soinnium, i, n, a dream; fr. 
Somnus, i, m. sleep. 
Sonitus, us, m. a sound; a 

noise; from 
Sono, are, ui, itum, intr. io 

sound; to resound; from 
Sonus, i, m. c sound. 
Sorbeo, -ere, -ui, tr. to suck in; 

to absorb. 
Soror, oris, f. a sister. 
Sp., an abbreviation of Spuri- 

us. 
Spargo, spargere, sparsi, spar- 
sum, tr. to sprinkle; to 

streio; to scatter; to sow. 
Sparsi. See Spargo. 
Sparsus, a, um, part. 
Sparta, £e, f. Sparta or Lace- 

dcemon, the capital of La- 

conia. 
Spartacus, i, m. the name of 

a celebrated gladiator. 
Spartanus, i, m. a Spartan. 
Sparti, orum, m. pi. a race of 

men said to have sprung 

from the dragon's teeth 

sowed by Cadmus. 
Spartum, i, n. Spanish broom, 

a plant of which ropes were 

made. 
Spatiosus, a, um, adj. large; 

spacious; from 
Spatium, i, n, a race ground; 

(stadium,) a space; room; 

distance. 
Species, ei, f. (specio,) an ap- 
pearance. 
Spetaculum, i, n. a spectacle; 
'}; from 



Specto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (specio,) to behold; to 
see; to consider; to regard; 
to relate; to refer. 

Specus, us, m. f. & n. a cave. 

Spelunca, 8e, f. a cave. 

Spero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
hope; to expect. 

Spes, ei, f. hope; expectation; 
promise. 

Speusippus, i, m. the nephew 
and successor of Plato. 

Sphinx, gis, f. a Sphinx. The 
Egyptia?i Sphinx is repre- 
sented as amo7ister, having 
a woman'' s head on the body 
of a lion. 

Spina, ae, f. a thorn; a sting; 
a quill; a spine; a back- 
bone. 

Spiritus, As, m. a breath; fr. 

Spiro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
breathe. 

Splendeo, ere, ui, intr, to 
shine; to be conspicuous; 
hence 

Splendidus, a, um, adj.(comp.) 
splendid; illustrious; and 

Splendor, oris, m. brightness; 
splendor. 

Spolio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
despoil; to strip; to de- 
prive; from 

Spolium, i, n. the skiii of an 
animal; spoils; booty. 

Spondeo, spondere, spopondi, 
sponsum, tr. to pledge one's 
word; to promise; to en- 
gage- 

Sponsa, ae, f. (spondee,) a 
bride. 



I 



SPONTIS' — STUDEO. 



307 



Spontis, gen., sponte, abl. 
sing., f. ^ 18, 11; of one's 
own accord; voluntary; 
spontaneously ; of himself; 
of itself 

Spurius, i, rn. a pr^nomen 
among the Romans. 

Squama, ae, f. the scale of a 
] fish. 

\ Stabulum, i. n. (sto,) a stall; 
a stable. 

Stadium, i, n. a stadium; a 
furlong; a measure of 125 
paces; the race ground. 

Stannum, i, n. ti?i. 

Stans, stantis, part, (sto.) 

Statiin, adv. (sto) irnmediately. 

Static, onis, f. (sto,) a station; 
a picket or watch; (by day) 
navium, roadstead; an an- 
choring "place. 

Statua, se, f. (statuo,) a statue. 

Statuarius, i, m. a statuary; 
a scwpltor. 

Statuo, iiere, ui, utum, tr. 
(statum, fr. sisto,) to cause 
to stand; to set up; to de- 
termine; to resolve; to fix; 
to judge; to decide; to be- 
lieve. 

Status, a, um, adj. (sto,) ^a:- 
ed; stated; appointed; cer- 
tain. 

Statutus, a, um, part, (statuo,) 
placed; resolved; fixed; set- 
tled. 

Stella, 85, f. (sto,) a star; a 
fixed star. 

Sterilis, e, adj. comp. unfruit- 
ful; sterile; barren. 

Sterto, ere, ui, intr. to STwre. 



Stipes, itis, m. a stake; the 
trunk of a tree. 

Stirps, is, f. root; a stock; a 
race; a family. 

Sto, stare, steti, statum, intr. 
to stand; to be stationary : 
stare a partibus, to favor 
the party. 

Stoicus, i, m. a Stoic, one of a 
sect of Grecian philoso- 
phers, whose founder was 
Zevio. 

Stoliditas,atis, f. stupidity; fr. 

Stolidus, a, um. adj. (ior, is- 
simas,) foolish; silly; stu- 
pid. 

Strages, is, f. (sterno,) an 
overthrow; slaughter. 

Strangiilo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
to strangle. 

Strenue, adv. (ii»s issim^,) 
bravely; actively; vigo- 
rously; strenuously ; from 

Strenuus, a, um, adj. comp. 
bold; strenuous; brave; va- 
liant. 

Strophades; um, f. pi. two 
small islands in the Ionian 
sea. 

Struo, struere, struxi, struc- 
tum, tr. to put together; to 
construct; to build : insidi- 
as, to prepare an ambus- 
cade; to lay snares. 

Struthiocamelus, i, m. an os- 
trich. 

Strymon, onis, m. a river 
which was anciently the 
boundary betiveen Macedo- 
nia aud Thrace. 

Studeo, ere, ui intr. to fa- 



30a 



STUDIOSE SUCCEDO. 



vor; to study; to endeavor; 
to attend to; to pursue. 

Studiose, adv. (studiosus, fr. 
studium,) studiously; dili- 
gently. _ 

Studium, i, n, zeal; study; 
diligence; eagerness. 

Stultitia, 86, L folly; from 

Stultus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mu s , ) foolish : s t u Iti , fools. 

Stupeo, ere, ui, intr. to be tor- 
pid or henumhed; to he as- 
tonished at; to be amazed. 

Sturnus, i, m. a starling. 

Suadendus, a, um, part, (sua- 
deo.) 

Suadens, tis, part, from 

Suadeo, suadere, suasi, sua- 
sum, tr. & intr. to advise; 
to persuade; to urge. 

Suavitas, atis, f. (suavis,) 
sweetness; grace; melody. 

Suaviter, adv. (vius vissime,) 
(id.) sweetly; agreeably. 

Sub, prep. U7ider; near to; 
near the time of ; just he- 
fore; at; in the time of. 

Subduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
tum, tr. (sub & duco,) to 
withdraw; to take away; to 
ivithhold; hence, 

Subductus, a, um, part. 

Subeo, ire, ivi, & ii, itum, 
intr. irr. (sub & eo, ^ 83, 
3,) to go under; to submit 
to : onus, to take up or sus- 
tain a burden. 

Subigo,-igere,-egi, -actum, tr. 
(sub & ago,) to subject; to 
subdue; to conquer. 

Subito, adv. suddenly; from 



Subitus, a, um, adj. (subeo,) 
sudden • unexpected. 

Sublatus, a, um, part, (suffe- 
ro,) taken away; lifted up. 

Sublevo, are, avi, acum, tr. 
(sub & ievo,) to lighten; 
to relieve; to raise up; to 
assist. 

Sublimis, e, adj. comp. (sub. 
for supra & limus;) sub- 
lime; high in the air : in 
sublime, aloft; hence, 

Sublime, adv. aloft; in the air. 

Submerge, -mergere, -mersi, 
mersum, tr. (sub & mer- 
go,) to sink; to overwhelm. 

Submergor, -mergi, -mersus 
sum, pass, to be overwhelm- 
ed; to sink] hence, 

Submersus, a, um. part. 

Subridens, tis,part. smiling at. 

Subrideo, -rid ere, -rlsi, -ri- 
sum, intr. (sub & rideo,) to 
smile. 

Subsilio, -sillre, -silul & silii, 
intr. (sub & salio,) to leap j 
up; to jump. 

Substituo, -stituere, -stitui, 
stitutum, tr. (sub & statuo,) 
to put in the place of ano- 
ther: to S7ilstitute. 

Subter, prep, under. 

Subterraneus, um, adj. (sub & 
terra,) subterranean. 

Subvenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
tum, intr. (sub & venio,) 
to come to one's assistance; 
to succor; to help. 

Subvolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(sub & volo,) to fly up. 

Succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ceS' 



SUCCESSOR— SUPERVACUUS. 



309 



sum. intr. (sub & cedo,) to 
succeed; to follow; hence, 

Successor, oris, m. a successor. 

Succus, i, m. (sucus fr. sugo,) 
juice; sap; liquid. 

Suflero, sufferre, sustiili, sub- 
latum, tr. irr. (sub & fero,) 
to take away; to under- 
take; to bear. 

Suffetius, i, m. (Metius,) an 
Alban general, put to death 
by Tullus Hostilius. 

SufRcio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
intr. (sub & facio,) to suf- 
fice; to be sufficient. 

Suffodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- 
sum, tr. (sub & fodio,) to 
dig under; to undxrmine. 

Suffossus, a, um, part. 

Suffragium, i, n. (sub & fran- 
go,) a brokenpiece; a shred; 
a ballet ; suffrage ; vote ; 
choice. 

Sui, pro. gen. ^ 28, of himself; 
of herself; of itself : duae 
sibi similes, two like one 
another. 

Sulla, or Sylla, se, m. a dis- 
tinguished Roman general. 

Sulpicius, i, m. (Gallus,) a 
Rovian, celebrated for his 
learning and eloquence, and 
for his skill in astrology. 

Sum, esse, fui, intr. irr. ^ 54, 
to be; to exist : terrori es- 
se, to excite terror. 

Summus, a, um, adj. {see Su- 
per us,) the highest; great- 
est ; perfect: in summa 
aqua, o7i the surface of the 
water. 



Sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sump- 
tum, tr. to take. 

Sumptus, a, um, part, (sumo.) 

Sumptus, us, m. (id.) expense. 

Supellex, supellectilis, (, fur- 
niture; household goods. 

Super, prep, above; upo7i. 

Superbe, adv.(iiis, issime,)(su- 
perbus,) proudly; haugh- 
tily. 

Superbia, se, f. (superbus,) 
pride; haughtiness. 

Superbio, ire, Ivi, itum, intr. 
to be proud; to be proud of; 
from 

Superbus, a, um, adj. comp. 
proud; the Proud, a sur- 
name of Tarquin, the last 
king of Rome. 

Superfluus, a, um, adj. (su- 
perfluo,) superfluous. 

Superjacio, -jacere, -jeci, -jac- 
tum, tr. (super & jacio,) 
to throw upon; to shoot over. 

Superjacior,-jaci, -j actus sum, 
pass, to be shot over. 

Supero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(super,) to surpass; to con- 
quer; to excel; to vanquish. 

Superstitiosus, a, um, adj. 
(superstitio fr. supersto,) 
superstitious. 

Supersum,-esse, fui, intr. irr. 
(super & sum,) to be over; 
to remain; to survive. 

Superus, a, um, adj. (supe- 
rior ; supremus or sum- 
mus, ^ 26, 2,) above; high; 
upper. 

Supervacuus, a, um, adji (su- 
per & vacuus, supeTfltcous. 



310 



STIPE RVENIO TABESCO. 



Supervenio, -venire, -veni, 
-ventum, intr. (super & 
venioii) to come upon; to 
come; to surprise suddenly. 

Supervolo, are, avi, atum, 
intr. (super & volo,) toJLy 
over. 

Suppeto, ere, ivi, itum, intr. 
(sub Sc Tpeio,)tocometo; to 
be at hand; hence to suf- 
fice; to remain; to serve; 
to be sufficient. 

Supplex, icis, adj. (sub & pli- 
co,) suppliant. 

Supplicium. i, n, (id.) a pun- 
ishment. 

Suppono, -ponere, -posui, -po- 
situm, tr. (sub. & pono,) 
to put under; to substitute. 

Supra, prep. & adv. above; be- 
fore. 

Surena, m, m. the title of a 
Parthian officer, and next 
in authority to the king. 

Surgo, surgere, surrexi, sur- 

rectum, intr. (surrego, fr. sub, 
& rego,) to rise. 

Sus, uis, c. swine; a hog. 

Suscipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tum, tr. (sub & capio,) to 
take or lift up; to under- 
take; to take upon; to en- 
gage in; to receive. 

Suspectus, a, um. part, & adj. 
(suspicio,) suspected; mis- 
trusted. 

Suspendo, -pendere, -pendi, 
-pensum,tr. (sub &pendo,) 
to suspend; to hang; to 
hang up. 

Suspensus, a, um, part. 



Suspicio, -spicere, -spexi, 
-spectum, tr. (sub & spe- 
cie, ) to look at secretly; to 
look up; to suspect. 

SuspTcor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
dep. to suspect; to surmise. 

Sustento, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq, to sustain; to support : 
sustentare vitam, to sup- 
port one''s self; from 

Sustineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
tum, tr. (sub & teneo,) to 
bear up; to carry; to sus- 
tain; to support. 

Sustollo, sustollere, sustuli, 
sublatura, tr. to lift up; to 
take away; to raise. 

Suus, a, um, pro. his; hers; 
its; theirs; ^ 28, Obs. 3, 
Exc. 

Sylla. See Sulla. 

Syllaba, ae, f. a syllable. 

Sylva. See Silva. 

Syphax, acis, m. a king of 
Numidia. 

SyracussB, arum, f. pi. Syra- 
cuse, a celebrated city of 
Sicily. 

Syria, ae, f. a large country of 
Asia, at the eastern extre- 
mity of the Mediterranean 
sea. 

Syriacus, a, um, adj. Syrian; 
belonging to Syria. 



T., an abbreviation of Titus. 
Tabesco, tabescere, tabui, inc. 

(tabeo,) to consume; to pine 

away. 



TABULA TAURICA. 



311 



Tabula, ae, f. a table; atahlet; 

a picture; a painting; 

plumbea tabula, a 'plate or 

sheet of lead. 
Taceo, ere, ui, itum, intr, to 

be silent. 
Tactus, us, m. (tango,) the 

touch. 
Taedet, tseduit, tEesum est or 

pertaesum est, imp. to be 

weary of: vitas eos taedet, 

they are weary of life. 
Tasnarus, i, m. & um, i, n. a 
promontory in Laconia, now 

cape Matapan. 
Talentum, i, n. a talent; a 

sum variously estimated 

from SS60 to $1020. 
Talis, e, adj. such. 
Talpa, £6, e. a mole. 
Tarn, adv. so; so much. 
Tamen, conj. yet; notwith- 

standi7ig;still; nevertheless. 
Tanais, is, m. a river between 

Europe and Asia, now the 

Bon. 
Tanaquil, ilis, f. the loife of 

Tarquinius Prisons. 
Tandem, adv. (tum&demum,) 

at length; at last; finally. 
Tango, tangere, tetigi, tac- 

tum, tr. to touch. 
Tanquam, or Tamquam, adv. 

(tam & quam,) as well as; 

as if; like. 
Tantalus, i, m. a son of Jupi- 
ter; the father of Pelops, 

and king of Phrygia. 
.Tanto adv. (tanius,) so much. 
Tantopere, adv. (tantus & 

opus.) so much; so greatly. 



Tantum, adv. only; so much; 
from 

Tantus, a, um, adj. so great; 
such: tanti. of so much 
value : tanti est, it is worth 
the pains; it makes amends. 

Tarde, adv. (iihs, issime,) (tar- 
dus,) slowly. 

Tarditas, atis, f. (tardus,) slow- 
ness; dulness; heaviness. 

Tardo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
make slow; to retard; to 
check; to stop; from 

Tardus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
mus,) slow; dull. 

Tarentlnus, a, um, adj. Tar- 
entine; of or belonging to 
Tarentum : Tarentini, Ta- 
rentines; the inhabitants 
of Tarentum. 

Tarentum, i, n, a celebrated 
city in the south of Italy. 

Tarpeia, se, f. the daughter of 
Sp. Tarpeius : she betrayed 
the Roman citadel to the 
Sabines. 

Tarpeius, a, um, adj. Tarpei- 
an : mons, the Tarpeian or 
Capitoline mount. 

Tarquinii, orum, m. pi. a city 
of Etruria, whence the fa- 
mily of Tarquin derived 
their name. 

Tarquinius, i, m. Tarquin; 
the name of an illustrious 
Roman family; Tarquinii, 
orum, pi. the Tar quins. 

Tartarus, i, m., & -a, orum, 
pi. n. Tartarus; the infer- 
nal regions. 

Taurica, se, f. a large peninsu- 



312 



TAURUS T£RUA. 



la of the Black sea, now 
called the Crimea, or Tau~ 
rida. 

Taurus, i, m. a high range of 
mountains in Asia. 

Taurus, i, m. a hull. 

Taygetus, i, m. & -a, orum, 
pi. a mountain of Laconia, 
near Sparta. 

Tectum, i, n. (tego,) a cover- 
ing; a roof; a house. 

Tectus, a, urn, part, (tego,) 
covered; defended. 

Teges, etis, f. a mat; a rug; 
a coverlet; from 

Tego, gere, xi, ctum, tr. to co- 
ver to defend; hence, 

Tegumentum, i, n. a covering. 

Teium, i, n. a missile; a wea- 
pon; a dart; an arrow. 

Temere, adv. at random; ac- 
cidentally; rashly. 

Tempe, u, pi. indec. a beauti- 
ful vale in Thessaly. thro'' 
lohich the river Peneus 
flows. 

Temperies, iei, f. a season or 
space of time; temperate- 
ness ; mildness; tempera- 
ture. 

Tempestas, atis, f. (tempus,) 
a storm; a tempest. 

Templum, i, n. a consecrated 
place; a temple. 

Tempus, oris, n. time; a sea- 
son : ad tempus, at the 
time appointed : ex tempo- 
re, without premeditation. 

Temulentus, a, um, adj. (tem- 
etum,) drunken ; intoxi- 
cated. 



Tendo, tendere, tetendi, ten- 
sum, tr. to stretch; to stretch 
out; to extend; to go; to 
advance. 

Tenebrae, arum, f. pi. dark- 
ness. 

Teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, 

tr. to hold; to have; to keep; 

to possess; to know; to hold 

by a garrison : portum, to 

' reach the harbor. 

Tentatus, a, um, part, from 

Tento, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(teneo,) to attempt: to 
try. 

Tentyritae, arum, c. pi. the in- 
habitants of Tentyra, a 
town and island hi Upper 
Egypt. 

Tenuis, e. adj. comp. thin; 
slender; light; rare. 

Tenus, prep, up to; as far as. 

Tepesco, escere, ui, intr. inc. 
(tepeo,) to grow warm or 
cool; to become tepid. 

Ter, num. adv. thrice. 

Terentius, i. m. a Roman pro- 
per name. 

Tergum, i, n. the hack; the 
farther side : a \.exgo,from 
behind: ad terga, behind. 

Termino, are, avi, atum, tr. 
to bound; to limit; to ter- 
minate; from 

Terminus, i, m. a boundary; 
limit; an end; hounds. 

Terni, se, a, num, adj. pl.(tres,) 
three by three; three. 

Terra, £e, f. the earth; a coun- 
try; the land : omnes ter- 
rse, the lohole world. 



TERKEO — THRASYBULUS, 



313 



Terreo, ere, ui, itmn, tr. to ter- 
rify; to scare; to frighten. 

Terrester, terrestris, teirestre, 
adj. (terra,) terrestrial: 
animal terrestre, a land 
animal. 

Terribilis, e, adj. comp. (ter- 
reo,) terrible. 

Territo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
freq. (id.) to terrify; to af- 
fright. 

Territorium, i, n. (terra,) ter- 
ritory. 

Terrltus, a, um, part, (terreo,) 

Terror, oris, m. (id.) terror; 
co7isternation; fear. 

Tertius, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
(tres,) the third; hence, 

Tertio, num. adv. the third 
time. 

Testa, fe, f. (tosta fr. torreo,) 
an earthen vessel; a shell. 

Testamentum, i, n. (testor,) a 
will; a testament. 

Testtido, mis, f. (testa,) a tor- 
toise. 

Tetigi. See Tango. 

Teutones, um, & Teutoni, 
orum, m. pi. a naHon in 
the northern -part of Germa- 
ny, near the Cimbri. 

Texo, texere, texui, textum, 
tr. to weave; to plait; to 
form; to construct. 

Thalamus, i, m. a bed-cham- 
ber; a dioelling. 

Thales, is & etis, m. a Mile- 
sian, one of the seven wise 
men of Greece. 

Thasus. i, f. an island on the 
coast of Thrace. 



Theatrum, i, n. a theatre. 

ThebsB, arum, f. pi. Thebes, 
the capital of Baotia ; 
hence, 

Thebanus, a, um, adj. The- 
ban; belonging to Thebes. 

Thelesmus, i, m. a Roman 
proper name. 

Themistocles, is, m. a cele- 
brated Athenian general in 
the Persian wax. 

Theodoras, i, m. 
of CyrEruB. 

Thermodon, ontis, ra. a river 
of Po7itus. 

Theseus, i, m. a king of 
Athens, and son of Mgeus, 
and one of the most cele- 
brated heroes of antiquity. 

Thessalia, se, f. Thessaly; a 
country of Greece, south of 
Macedonia; hence, 

Thessalus, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Thessaly ; Thessa- 
lian. 

Thestius, i, m. the father of 
Althcea. 

Thetis, idis & idos, f. one of 
the sea nymphs; the wife 
of Peleus, and mother of 
Achilles. 

Theutobochns, i, m. a Mng 
of the Cimbri. 

Thracia, ee. f. Thrace; a large 
country east of Macedonia. 

Thracius, a, um, adj. belong- 
ing to Thrace; Thracian. 

Thrasybulus, i, m. an Atheni- 
an general, celebrated for 
freeing his country from 
the thirty tyrants. 



27 



314 



THUS TRAHO. 



Tims, thuris, n. fr-ankincense. 

Tiberis, is, m. § 15, 2, the 
Tiber, a famous river of 
Italy. 

Tibi. See Tii. 

Tibicen, mis, m. (tibia & ca- 
no,) one who plays upon the 
flute; a piper. 

Ticlnum, i, n. a town of Cis- 
alpi?ie Gaul, where the Ro- 
mans were defeated by Han- 
nibal. 

Tigranes, is, m. ahing of Ar- 
menia Major. 

Tigranocerta, orum, n. a city 
of Armenia Major, found- 
ed by Tigranes. 

Tigris, idis, {seldom is,) c. a 
tiger. 

Tigris, idis & is, m. a river in 
Asia. 

Timens, tis, part, from 

Timeo, ere, ui, intr. & tr. to 
fear; to dread,; to be afraid. 

Timidus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(timeo,) timid; cowardly. 

Timor, oris, m. (id.) /ear. 

Tinnitus, us, m. (tinnio,) a 
tinkling. 

Tintinnabiilum, i. n. (tintinno 
same as tinnio,) a bell. 

Titio, onis, m. a brand; afire- 
brand. 

Titus, i, m. a Roman preeno- 
men. 

Tolero, are, iivi, atum, tr. to 
bear; to endure; to admit of. 

Tollo, tollere, sustuli, subla- 
tum, tr. to raise; to pick 
up; to remove; to do aioay 
with. 



Tondeo, tondere, totondi, ton- 
sum, tr. to clip; to shave; 
to shear. 

Tonitru, u, n. thunder: from 

Tono, are, ui, itum, intr. to 
thunder: tonat, imp. it 
thunders. 

Tormentum, i, n. (torqueo,) 
an eiigine for throwing 
stones and darts. 

Torquatus, i, m., a surname 
given to T. Manlius and 
his descendants. 

Torquis, is, d. (torqueo,) a col- 
lar; a chain. 

Tot, ind. adj. so many. 

Totidem, ind. adj. (tot itidem,) 
the same number; as many. 

Totus, a, um, adj. ^ 20, 4, 
whole; entire; all. 

Trabs, is, f. a beam. 

Tractatus, a, um, part, from 

Tracto,are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
(traho,) to treat; to handle. 

Tractus, us, m. (traho,) a tract; 
a country; a region. 

Tractus, a, um, part, (traho.) 

Traditus, a, um, part, from 

Trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
(trans & do,) to give over, 
or up; to deliver; to give; 
to relate; to teach : tradunt, 
they report : traditur, it is 
related; it is reported : tra- 
duntur, they are reported. 

Tragicus, a, um, adj. tragic. 

Tragoedia, ae, f. a tragedy. 

Traho, trahere, traxi, tractum, 
tr. to drag; to draw : hel- 
ium, to protract or pro- 
long the war: liquldas 



TRAJICIO — TRIBXTTUM 



315 



aquas trahere, to draw 
along clear vjaters; to flow 
with a dear stream. 

Trajicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jec- 
turn, tr. (trans & jacio,) to 
convey over; to pass or cross 
over. 

Trames, itis, m. (trameo, i. e. 
trans meo, to go over or 
along;) a path; a way. 

Trano, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(trans & no,) to swim over. 
tranquillus, a, urn, adj. 
(comp.) tranquil; calm; se- 
rene. 

Trans, prep, over; beyond; on 
the other side. 

Transactus, a, um, part.(trans- 
Jgo.) 

Transeo, ire, ii, itum, intr. 
irr. (trans & eo,) to pass or 
go over. 

Transf ero,-ferre, -tiili, -latum, 
tr. irr. (trans & fero,) to 
transfer; to carry over: se 
ad aliquem, to go over to. 

Transf Igo,-figere>-fixi, -fixum, 
(trans & figo,) to nm 
through ; to pierce ; to 
stab. 

Transf iiga. se. c. (transfugio,) 
a deserter. 

Tfansgredior, -gredi, -gressus 
sum, intr. dep. (trans & 
gradior,) to go or pass over. 

Transigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, 
tr. (trans & ago,) to trans- 
act; to finish; to spend. 

Transilio, -silire, -silui & sili- 
vi, intr. (trans & salio,) to 
leap over. 



Transiturus, a, um, part 
(transeo,) about to pass 
over; to pass on. 

Translatus, a, um, part, (trans- 
fero.) 

Transmarinus, a, um, adj. 
(trans & mare,) beyo7id the 
sea; foreign; transmarine. 

Transno. See Trano. 

Transveho,.vehere,-vexi,-vec- 
tum, tr. (trans & veho,) to 
carry over; to convey; to 
transport. 

Trans volo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
(trans & volo,) to fly over. 

Trasimenus. i, m. a lake in 
Etruria, near which the 
consul Flaminius was de- 
feated by Hannibal. 

Trebia, ae, f. a river of Cisal- 
pine Gaul, emptying into 
the Po. 

Trecenti, se, a, num. adj. pi. 
three hundred; hence, 

Trecentesimus, a, um, num. 
adj. the three hundredth. 

Tredecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 
(tres & decem,) thirtee?i. 

Tres, tria, num. adj. pi. ^ 24, 
3, three. 

Treviri, orum, m. pi. c people 
of Belgium. 

Triangularis, e, adj. (triangu- 
liim,) triangular; three- 
cornered. 

Tribunus, i, m. (tribusj a 
tribune. 

Tribuo, uere, ui, utum, tr. to 
attribute; to give; to grant , 
to bestow; to commit. 

Tributum, i,n. (tribuo,) « tri' 



316 



TRICESIMtJS TURBATXTS, 



hute; a tax; a contribution; 
an assessment. 

Tricesimus, a, um, num. adj. 
(triginta,) the thirtieth. 

Triduum, i, n. (tres & dies,) the 
space of three days : per 
triduum, for three days. 

Triennium, i, n. (tres & an- 
nus,) the space of three 
years. 

Trigemini, orum, m. pi. (tres 
& gemini,) three brothers 
born at one birth. 

Triginta, num. adj. pi. ind. 
thirty. 

Trinacria, ae, f. one of the 
the names of Sicily. 

Triptolemus, i, m. the son of 
Celeus, king of Eleusis. 

Tristitia, as, f. (tristis, sad,) 
sorrow; grief. 

Triumphalis, e, adj. (triumph- 
us,) triumphal. 

Triumphans, tis, part, from 

Triumpho, are, avi, atum, intr. 
to triumph; from 

Triumphus, \,m.a triumph; a 
trijiviphal procession. 

Triumvir, viri, m. (tres & vir,) 
one of three joint public 
officers; a triumvir. 

Troas, adis, f. a country of 
Asia Minor, bordering up- 
on the Hellespont. 

Trochilus, i, m. a wren. 

Troglodytag, arum, c. pi. Trog- 
lodytes, a people of Ethio- 
pia, who dwelt in caves. 

Troja, as, f. Troy, the capital 
of Troas; hence, 

Trojanus, a, um, adj. Trojan. 



Trucldo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
(trux & caedo,) to kill in a 
cruel manner; to butcher; to 
murder; to slay; to massa- 
ere. 

Trux, ucis, adj. savage; cru- 
el; fierce; stern; grim. 

Tu, subs. pro. thou; ^ 28. 

Tuba, se, f. (tubus, a tube,) 
a trumpet. 

Tuber, eris, n. (tumeo,) a 
bunch; a tumor; a protU' 
berance. 

Tubicen, inis, m. (tuba & ca- 
no,) a trumpeter. 

Tueor, tueri, tuitus sum, tr. 
to see; to look to; to care 
for; to defend; to protect. 

Tugurium i, n. (tego,) a hut; 
a shed. 

Tuli. See Fero. 

Tullia, ae, f. the daughter of 
Servius Tullius 

Tullius, i, m. a Roman. 

Tullus, i, m. (Hostilius,) the 
third Roman king. 

Turn, adv. then; and; so; also : 
tum — turn, as well — as; 
both — and : tum demum, 
then at length. 

Tumultus, us, m, (tumeo,) a 
noise; a tumult. 

Tumulus, i, m. (id.) a mound; 
a tomb. 

Tunc, adv. then. 

Tunica, ae, f. a tunic; a close 
woollen garment, worn un- 
der the toga. 

Turbatus, a, um, part, dis- 
turbed; confused; troubled; 
from 



TURBO UNDEVICESIMUS. 



317 



Turbo, are, avi, atum, tr, 
(turba,) to disturb; to trou- 
ble; to put into confusion. 

Turma, se, f. a division of Ro- 
man cavalry consisting of 
thirty men; a troop. 

Turpis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
base; disgraceful. 

Turpitudo, Inis, f. (turpis,) 
baseness; ugliness. 

Turris, is, f. a tower. 

Tuscia, 8B, f. a country of Ita- 
ly., the same as Etruria. 

Tusculum, i, n. a city of La- 
tium. 

Tuscus, a, um, adj. Tuscan; 
belonging to Tuscany ; 
Etrurian. 

Tutor, oris, m. (tueor,) a guar- 
dian; a tutor. 

Tutus, a, um, adj. (ior issi- 
mus,) (tueor,) safe. 

Tuus, a, um, adj. pro. ^ 30, 
(tu,) thy; thine. 

Tyrannis, idis & idos, f, ty- 
ranny; arbitrary pov:er; fr. 

Tyrannus, i, m. a king; a ty- 
rant; a usurper. 

Tyrius, a, um, adj. Tyrian : 
Tyrii, Tyrians ; inhabit- 
ants of Tyre. 

Tyrrhenus, a, urn, adj. Tyr- 
rhenian or Tuscan; belong- 
ing to Tuscany. 

Tyrus, i, f. a celebrated mari- 
time city of Phcenicia. 

u. 

Tiber, eris, n. an udder; a teat. 
Ubertas, atis, f. (uber, rich, 



fertile,) fertility ; fruitful- 

ness. 
Ubi, adv. where; when; as 

soon as. 
Ublque, adv. every tchere. 
Uicisor, ulcisci, ultus sum. tr. 

dep. to take revenge; to 

avenge. 
Ullus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4, any; 

atiy one. 
Ulterior, us, (ultimus,) § 26, 

4 ; further; hence, 
Ulteriiis, diA\. farther; beyond; 

longer. 
Ultimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 

ulterior,) the last. 
Ultra, prep, beyond ; more 

than: — adv. besides; more- 
over; further. 
Ultus, a, um, part, (ulciscor,) 

having avenged. 
Ulysses, is, m. a distinguished 

king of Ithaca. 
Umbra, Ee, f. a shade; a shadow*. 
Umbro, are, avi, atum, tr. 

(umbra,) to shade;to darken. 
Una, adv. (unus,) together. 
Unde, adv. whence; from 

which. 
Undecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 

(unus & decern,) eleven. 
Undenonagesimus, a, um, 

num. adj. (unus, de, & 

nonagessimus,) the eighty- 

ninth. 
Undequinquaginta, num, adj. 

pi. ind. forty-nine. 
Undetricesimus, a, um, num. 

adj. twenty-ninth. 
Undevicesimus, a, um, num. 

adj. nineteeMh. 



318 



UNDEVIGINTI YALERIUS. 



Undeviginti, num. adj. nine- 
teen. 
Undlque, adv. on all sides. 
Unguis, is, m. a claw; a ta- 
lon; a nail. 
Ungula, 3B, f. a claw; a talon: 
a hoof: binis, ungulis, clo- 
ven-footed. 
Unicus, a, um, adj. (unus,) 

one alone; sole; only. 
LTnio, onis, m. a pearl. 
TJniversus, a, um, adj. (unus 

& versus,) whole; universal; 

all. 
TJnquam, adv. ecer: nee un- 

quam, and never. 
Unus, a, um. num. adj. ^ 20, 

4 ; one; only; alone. 
Unusq nisque, unaquaeque, un- 

numquodque, adj. eacA one; 

each; ^ 37, Obs. 2. 
Urbs, is, f. a city; the chief 

city; Rome. 
Uro, urere, ussi, ustum, tr. to 

burn. 
Ursus, i, m. a bear. 
Usque, adv. even; as far as; 

till; until. 
Usus, a, um, part, (utor.) 
Usus, us, m. (id.) use; acstom; 

profit; advantage. 
Ut, conj. that; in order that; 

so that : adv. as; as soon 

as; when. 
Utcunque,adv. (ut & cunque,) 

hoiosoever; somewhat ; in 

some degree. 
Uter, tra, trum, adj. ^ 20, 4, 

which ? which of the two ? 
Uterque, traque, trumque, adj. 

§ 20, 4, (uter & que), both; 



(taken separately, see am- 

bo,) each; each of (he two. 
Utilis, e, adj. comp. (utor,) 

useful. 
Utica, 86, f. a maritime city 

of Africa, near Carthage. 
Utor, uti, usus sum, intr. dep. 

to use; to viake use of 
Utrinque, adv. on both sides. 
Utrum, adv. whether. 
Uva, ee, f. a grape; a bunch 

of grapes : passa, a raisin. 
Uxor, oris, f. (ungo,) a wife. 



Vaco, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
be free from; hence. 

Vacuus, a, um, adj. empty; 
unoccupied; vacant; free; 
exempt: vacuus viator, the 
destitute traveller. 

Vadosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
fordable; shallow; from 

Vadum, i, n. (probably from 
vado, to go;) a ford; a 
shallow. 

Vagans, tis, part, (vagor.) 

Vagina, ae, f. a scabbard; a 
sheath. 

Vagitus,us,m. zyeepen^; crying 

Vagor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
to wander about; to stray. 

Valeo, ere, ui, intr. to be 
well, or in health; to be 
strong; to avail; to be dis- 
tinguished; to be eminent : 
multum valere, to be very 
powerful : vale, farewell. 

Valerius, i, m. a Roman pro- 
per Tiame. 



VALLIS VENOE. 



319 



Vallis, is, f, a valley; a vale. 

Varietas, atis, f. (varius,) va- 
riety; change. 

Vario, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
change; to vary; from 

Varius, a, um, adj. various; 
diverse. 

Varro,onis, m. (Marcus,) avery 
learned Roman : P. Te- 
rentius, a consul, who was 
defeated hy Hannibal. 

Vasto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
lay waste; to ravage; from 

Vastus, a, um, adj. waste; 
desert; hence, wide; vast; 
great. 

Vates, is, m. a poet; a hard. 

Ve, conj. (enclitic, ^39, Obs. 
2.) or; also, intensive or 
negative inseparable par- 
ticle, § 91, Obs. 2. 

Vecordia, se, f. (vecors, mad;) 
7nadness; folly. 

Vectus, a, um, part, (veho.) 

Vehemens, tis, adj. (ior issi- 
mus,) (ve intens. & mens,) 
vehement ; immoderate ; 
hence, 

Vehementer, adv. (ixis, issi- 
me,) veheinently; greatly; 
very; much; violently. 

Veho, vehere, vexi, vectum, 
tr. to bear; to carry; to 
convey. 

Veiens, tis, & Veientanus, i, 
m. an inhabitant of Veii. 

Veii, orum, m. pi. a city of 
Tuscany, memorable for 
the defeat of the Fabian 
family. 

Vfl, conj. or; also; even: vel 



lecta, eveji when read : vel 

— vel, either — or. 
Velio, vellere, velli, or vulsi, 

vulsum, tr. to pluck. 
Vellus, eris n, (vello,) a fleece. 
Velox. ocis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 

(volo, are,) swift; rapid; 

active. 
Velum, i, n. (vexillum,) a 

sail. 
Velut, & Veluti, adv. (vel & 

ut,) as; as if. 
Venalis, e, adj. (venus, sale,) 

venal; mercenary. 
Venans, tis, part, (venor.) 
Venaticus, a, um, adj. (id.) 

belo7iging to the chase : ca- 

nis, a hound. 
Venator, oris, m. (venor,) a 

huntsman. 
Vendito, are, avi, atum, freq. 

to sell; from 
Vendo, vendere, vendidi, ven- 

ditum, tr. (venum & do,) 

to sell. 
Venenatus, a, um, adj. poi- 
soned; poisonous; from ve- 

neno, and that from 
Venenum, i, n. poison. 
Veneo, Ire, ii, intr. irr. (for 

venum eo,) to he exposed 

for sale; to he sold. 
Venetus, i, m., or Briganti- 

nus, a lake between Germa- 
ny and Switzerland, called 

the Boden sea, or lake of 

Constance. 
Venio, venire, veni, ventum, 

intr. to come; to advance. 
Venor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 

to hunt. 



320 



VENTER — VETUS. 



Venter, tris, m. the belly; the 
stomach. 

Ventus, i, m. a wind. 

Venus, us, or i, m, (used only 
in the dat. ace. & abl.) sale. 

Venus, eris, f. the goddess of 
love and beauty. 

Ver, veris, n. the spring. 

Verber, eris, n. a whip; a rod; 
a bloio; a stripe; hence, 

Verbero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
strike. 

Verbum, i, n. a word. 

Vere adv. (ius, issime,) (ve- 
rus,) truly. 

Vereor, eri, itus sum, intr. dep. 
to fear; to be concerned for. 

Vergo, vergere, versi, intr. 
(also tr.) to tend to; to in- 
cline; to verge towards; to 
bend; to look. 

Verisimilis, e, adj. comp. (ve- 
rum & similis,) like the 
truth; probable. 

Veritus, a, um, part. (vereor.) 

Vero, conj. but : — adv. (ve- 
ru3,) indeed; truly. 

Verona, se, f. Verona, a city 
in the north of Italy. 

Versatus, a, um, part, from 

Versor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
freq. (verto,) to turn; to re- 
volve; to dwell; to live; to 
reside; to be employed. 

Versus, a, um, part, (vertor.) 

Versi^s, prep, towards. 

Vertex, icis, m. (verto,) the 
top; the summit; the crown 
of the head. 

Verto, tere, ti, sum, tr. to 
turn; to change. 



Veru, u, n, § 16, a spit. 

Verum, conj. but; but yet; fr. 

Verus, a, um, adj. (comp.) true. 

Vescor, i, intr. dep. (esca,) to 
live upon; to feed upon; to 
eat; to subsist upon. 

Vesperi, or -e, adv. at even- 
ing : tam vesperi, so late 
at evening. 

Vesta, 8B, f. a goddess; the 
mother of Saturn; hence 

Vestalis, is, f. (virgo,) a Ves- 
tal virgin; a priestess con- 
secrated to the service of 
Vesta, and 

Vestibulum, i, n. the porch; 
the vestibule. 

Vestigium, i, n. a footstep; a 
vestige; a trace; a mark; 
a track. 

Vestio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to 
clothe; from 

Vestis, is, f. a garment; 
clothes. 

Vesiilus, i, m. a high moun- 
tain of Liguria, and a part 
of the Cottia7i Alps. 

Veteranus, a, um,adj. (vetus,) 
old; subs, a veteran. 

Veto, are, ui, itum, tr. to for- 
bid; to prohibit. 

Veturia, ce, f. the mother of 
Coriolanus. 

Veturius, i. m. (Titus,) a Ro- 
man consul, toho was de- 
feated by the Samnites at 
the Caudine Forks. 

Vetus, eris, adj. (veterior ve- 
terimus, ^ 26, 2,) ancient; 
old : veteres, the ancients: 
hence 



VESTUTAS VINUM. 



321 



Vestutas, atis, f. antiquity; 
age. 

Vetustus, a, um, adj. comp. 
(id.) old; ancient. 

Vexi. See Velio. 

Via, ae, f. a way; a course; a 
path; a journey; hence 

Viator, oris, m. a traveller. 

Viceni, se, a, distrib. num. adj. 
pi. (viginti,) every twenty; 
twenty. 

Vicesimus, a, urn. num. adj. 
(id.) the twentieth. 

Vici. See Vinco. 

Vicies, num. adv. twenty 
times. 

Vicinitas, atis, f. the neighlor- 
hood; vicinity; from 

Viclnus, a, um, (vicus,) adj. 
near; neighboring. 

Viclnus, i, m. (vicus,) a neigh- 
bor. 

Vicis, gen. f, § 18, 13, change; 
reverse; a place; a turn : 
in vicem, in turn; in place 
of; instead. 

Victima ce, f. (vinco,) a vic- 
ti7n; a sacrifice. 

Victor, oris, m. (vinco.) a vic- 
tor; a conqueror : — adj. vic- 
torious; hence, 

Victoria, as, f. a victory. 

Victurus, a, um. part, (from 
vivo.) 

Victus, a, um, part, (vinco.) 

Vicus, i, m. a village. 

Video, videre, vidi. visum, tr. 
to see; to behold. 

Videor, videri, visus sum, pass. 
to be seen; to seem; to ap- 
pear; to seem proper. 



Viduus, a, um, adj. (viduo, to 
bereave;) bereaved; widow- 
ed : mulier vidua, a widow. 

Vigil, ilis, m. (vigeo,) a watch- 
man. 

Vigilans, tis, adj. (ior issi- 
mus,) (vigilo,) watchful; 
vigilant. 

Vigilia, se, f. (vigil,) a watch- 
ing : — pi. the watch, (by 
night.) 

Viginti, num, adj. pi. ind. 
twenty. 

Vilis, e, adj. cheap; vile; bad; 
mean. 

Villa, SB, f. (vicus,) a country- 
house; a country-seat; a 
villa; hence, 

Villicus, i, m. an overseer of 
an estate; a steward. 

Villus, i, m. long hair; coarse 
hair. 

Vincio, vincire, vinxi, vine- 
turn, tr.^o bind. 

Vinco, vincere, vici, victum, 
tr. to conquer; to vanquish; 
to surpass. 

Vinctus, a. um, part, (vincio.) 

Vinculum, i, n. (id.) a chain: 
in vincula conjicere, to 
throw into prison. 

Vindex, icis, c. an avenger; a 
protector; a defender; an 
asserter; from 

Vindico, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
claim; to avenge : in liber- 
tatem, to rescue from slave- 
ry. 

Vindicta, ae, f. (vindico,) ven- 
geance; punishment. 

Vinum, i, n. wine. 



322 



VIOLA— VOLUCEE. 



Viola, ae, f. a violet. 

Violo, are, avi, atum, tr, (vis,) 
to violate; to 'polhite; to 
corrupt. 

Vir, viri, m. (vis,) a man. 

Vireo, ere, ui, intr. to he green; 
to be verdant; to flourish. 

Vires. See Vis. 

Virga, se, f. (vireo,) a rod; a 
small staff; a switch. 

Virgilius, i, m. Virgil, a very 
celebrated Latin poet. 

Virginia, ae, f. the daughter 
of Virginius. 

Virginias, i, m. the name of a 
distinguished Roman cen- 
turion. 

Virgo, inis, f. (vireo,) a vir- 
gin; a girl; a maid. 

Virgiila, ae, f, (dim. from vir- 
ga,) a small rod. 

Viriathus, i, m. a Lusitanian 
general who loas original- 
ly a shepherd, a7id after- 
wards a leader of robbers. 

Viridomarus, i, m. a king of 
the Gauls, slain by Marcel- 
lus. 

Virtus, utis, f. (vir,) virtue; 
merit; excellence; power; 
valor; faculty. 

Vis, vis, f . § 15, 12, power; 
strength: force : vis liomi- 
num, a multitude of men : 
vim facere, to do violence : 
— pi. vires, ium, power; 
strength. 

Viscus, eris, n. an entrail : 
viscera, pi. the hoioels; the 
flesh. 

Vistula, se, f. a river of Prus- 



sia, ivhich still bears the 

same -name, and ivhich was 

anciently the eastern boun- 
dary of Germany. 
Visurgis, is, m. the Wcser, a 

large river of Germany. 
Visus, a, um, part, (video.) 
Visus, us, m. (video,) the 

sight. 
Vita, as, f. life. 

Vitandus, a, um, part, (vito.) 
Vitifer, era, erum, adj. (vitis 

& fero,) vine-bearing. 
Vids, is, f, (vieo,) a vine. 
Vitium, i, n. a crime. 
Vito, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

shun; to avoid. 
Vitupero, are, avi, atum, tr 

(vitium paro,) to find fault 

with; to blame. 
Vividus, a. um, adj. (comp.) 

lively; vivid; from. 
Vivo, vivere, vixi, victum, 

intr. to live; to fare; to live 

upon; hence 
Viviis, a, um, adj. living; 

alive. 
Vix, adv. scarcely. 
Vixi. See vivo. 
Voco, are, avi, atum,tr. (vox,) 

to call; to invite; to name. 
Volo, are, avi, atum, intr. ^o 

fiv- 

Volo, velle, volui, tr. irr. ^ 83, 

4, to wish; to desire; to he 

willing. 
Volsci, orum, m. pi. a people 

of Latium. 
Volvicer, -cris, -ere, adj. (volo, 

are,) winged i — syxhs. a 

bird. 



VOLUMNIA ZONE. 



32Ji 



Volumnia, ge, f. the toife of 

Corioldnns. 
Voluntas, atis, f. (volo,) the 

vnll. 
Voluptas, atis, f. (volupe, fr. 

volo,) pleasure; sejisual 

pleasure. 
Volutatus, a, urn, part, from 
Voluto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 

(volvo,) to roll. 
Volvo, vere, vi, titum, tr. to 

roll; to turn. 
Votum, i, n. (voveo,) a wish; 

a vow. 
Vox, vocis, f. a voice; a word; 

an expression; an exclama- 
tion. 
Vulcanus, i, m. Vulcan, the 

God of fire, the son of Ju- 
piter and Juno. 
Vulgus, i, m. or n. the common 

•people; the populace; the 

vulgar. 
Vulneratus, a, urn, part, from 
Vulnero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 

lommd; from 
Vulnus, eris, n. a wound. 
Vulpecula, 86, f. dim. (vulpes,) 

a little fox. 
Vulpes, is, f. a fox. 
Vultur, uris, m. a vulture. 
Vultus, iis, m. (volo,) the 



countenance; the expression; 
the look. 

X. 

Xanthippe, es, f. the wife of 
Socrates. 

Xanthippus, i, m. a Lacedce- 
monian general, who was 
sent to assist the Carthagi- 
nians in the first Punic 
war. 

Xenocrates, is, m. a philoso- 
pher of Chalcedon; the suc- 
cessor of Speusippus in the 
Academia. 

Xerxes, is, m. a celebrated 
king of Persia. 

z. 

Zama, ge, f. a city of Africa. 

Zeno, onis, m. a philosopher 
of Citium, a town of Cy- 
prus, and founder of the 
sect of the Stoics. 

Zetes, is, m. a son of Boreas. 

Zona, SB, f. a girdle; a zone. 

Zone, es, f. a city and pro- 
montory in the western part 
of Thrace, opposite to the 
island of Thasus. 



EXERCISES 

IN LATIN COMPOSITION. 



Exercises in Latin composition for beginners cannot be too sim- 
ple, nor can they be too soon commenced. They are capable, also, 
under proper management, of being made one of the most excit- 
ing and pleasing, as well as profitable parts of study, even to 
young pupils. Exercises in considerable variety, and in the sim- 
plest form, are furnished in the Grammar under each part of speech. 
As soon as the pnipil begins to read and translate, suitable exercises 
in Syntax may be dravrn from every lesson, and even from every 
sentence in vphich he maybe drilled orally with great advantage, by 
simply changing the subject from the singular to the plural, or from 
the plural to the singular, and again by changing the mood or tense of 
the verb, or the active form for the passive, and vice versa. These 
may be still farther varied by expressing the same idea in the inter- 
rogative or negative form, through all the varieties of mood, tense 
number or person, as before. 

When the learner has become expert in this exercise, he may ad- 
vance a step farther, and select from several sentences of his les- 
son, or from the stock now laid up in his memory, such words as 
are capable of forming a new sentence; and this again may be va- 
ried ad libitum, as before. To illustrate this — Suppose that the les- 
son of the day contains the following simple sentence, " Terra parit 
flores," " The earth produces flowers," and the class has become 
familiar with the inflection of the words in every part, then let them 
change the words to correspond to such English sentences as the fol- 
lowing : 

The earth produced flowers; the earth has produced — had pro- 
duced — will produce — ^may produce — might produce &c. flowers, — 
a flower. Flowers are produced — were produced— have been pro- 
duced, &c. The earth does not — did not — will not — can not &c. 
produce flowers. Flowers are not — were not &c. produced by the 
earth. Are flowers produced — were flowers produced — have flow- 
ers been produced &c. by the earth ? Are not flowers produced — 
28 



dUit EXERCISES IN 

were not flowers produced by the earth? &c., (as before.) Then 
again it may be noticed to the pupil that terrcB, in the plural means 
" lands" or " countries." and so may have a plural adjective and a 
plural verb, thusj Omnes, multcB, qucedam terra pariunt Jlores^ 
"All," "many," "some," lands produce flowers," &c., through 
a similar variety as before. In this manner, and in many other 
ways which will occur to the mind of an active teacher, a class may 
be kept actively and even intensely, as well as profitably occupied 
for ten or fifteen minutes, with a few words which, in their various 
forms and uses will be indelibly impressed on the mind, while the 
memory and judgment are trained to prompt and accurate exercise, 
and more real progress made in the study of the language than by 
a careless reading of many pages extended through a drawling re- 
citation of several days. 

As a weekly, semi- weekly, or even daily exercise, pupils might 
be encouraged at a very early period to furnish an exercise in writ- 
ing, framed by themselves from the lesson of the preceding day;*oc 
they may be supplied with English sentences framed from the lesson 
by the teacher or some of the more advanced scholars, to be render- 
ed into Latin. In doing this they require no dictionary, and are not 
perplexed to know what words to choose, as the words are all be- 
fore them in the lesson fiom which the exercise is drawn, and they 
have only to make the necessary changes in number, mood, tense, 
voice, &:c., requisite to express the ideas contained in the exercise 
to be turned into Latin, in which also they are assisted by the mo- 
del before them in the lesson, and the knowledge obtained in its 
previous study and recitation. 

The following are framed from the reading lessons at the places 
indicated, as specimens of the kind of exercises here intended. They 
rise in gradation from simple unconnected sentences tc those of the 
nature of a continued narrative, and are suflicient to furnish a 
short semi-weekly exercise of this kind during the time necessary 
to go through the Reader. They will also form a good prepara- 
tion for a systematic work on Latin composition. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 327 



EXERCISES IN SIMPLE SENTENCES. 

Change the Latin words in the following sentences so as to cor- 
respond to the English following. 

1. Fortes laudahunhtr, ignavi vitwperahuiitur. 
" Brave men will be praised, cowardly men will be blamed." 

Brave men are praised, the cowardly are blamed. Brave 
men have always {semper) been praised, cowardly men 
blamed. Men praise the brave and blame the cowardly. 
Do not [nonne') men praise the brave and blame the cow- 
ardly ? A cowardly man will not be praised. A biave man 
will not be blamed. We will praise the good. You should 
blame the cowardly. Let us praise '" the brave and blame 
the cowardly. Let the brave be praised. Blame the cowardly. 
2. Honos est premium virtutis. 
" Honor is the reward of virtue." 

Honor will be the reward of virtue. Honor was, (has been, 
had been,) the reward of virtue. Is not honor'' the reward 
of virtue ? Honors will be the rewards of virtue. Will not 
honor always be'' the reward of virtue 1 Let honor always 
be '^ the reward of virtue, 

3, Victi Persce in naves confugerunt. 
" The Persians being conquered fled to their ships." 
The Persians were conquered and fled " to their ships. 
When the Persians were conquered "^ they fled to their ships. 
We have conquered the Persians and they have fled to their 
ships. If we conquer* the Persians they will flee to their 
ships. If the Persians should be conquered ^ they will flee 
to their ships. They say that the Persians were conquered 
and fled to their ships, 

4, Delectaverunt me epistolce tuce. 
" Your letters have delighted me," 
Your letters delight me, I am delighted with your let- 
ters. Have I not '^ always been delighted with your letters. 
Do my (mem) letters delight you {te). His [ejus) letters will 
always give us pleasure. Our {nostrce) letters do not delight 
him. He will be delighted with our letters. 

» 56, 3. <= 115, 1. • § 140, 2. 

» § 45, I, 1. d § 140, Obs. 4. f § 77, 3, 



328 EXERCISES IN 

The words of the following sentences selected from the Introduc- 
tory Exercises, pp. 60 — 79, will be found in the paragraphs indica- 
ted by the numbers prefixed. As a further exercise these may be 
varied as in the preceding. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4. 

5. (1.) There are many kings in Europe. Europe has 
many kings. There have been many good kings. There 
are many suns and more stars. Cicero was a good man 
and a distinguished consul. (2.) A brave soldier is to be 
praised. (3.) An elephant walks. Manj^ sparrows build 
nests. The partridge runs. (4.) Black sheep are not found 
every where. Africa produces lions. The Romans often 
burned their dead. A brave man is not always praised. 
The Romans overthrew Carthage and Corinth. 

6. (5.) The bear wanders in the forest. A parrot imi- 
tates the human voice. (6.) A day has been lost. Flow- 
ers are produced by the earth. Athens was liberated by 
Miltiades. (7.) Herds of wild asses roam {erro) in the forests 
(sylva) of Asia and Africa. The tracks of wild beasts are 
diligently traced out by dogs. The variety of languages in 
the army of Cyrus was very great. (8.) Animals covered 
with wool are stupid, but (sed) they are capable of bearing 
cold. Foolish people are not happy. The Gauls were very 
brave.* The lion is the bravest of animals."* 

7. (9.) Plato and Socrates were highly esteemed. It is 
our custom *" to value the good.*^ Good men "^ forget inju- 
ries and remember kindnesses. It is the custom of foolish 
men to forget kindnesses. (10.) Good men" are an honor 
to their country; they are just and benevolent to all.'' Nero 
was an enemy to the human race. A good man {vir} will 
be dear to all, a wicked man [homo) to no one. 

8. (11.) Various coverings have been given to animals. 
Nature has given avarice and ambition to man alone. 
(12.) The Romans for the most part burned their dead. 
Homer mentions embroidered garments. (13.) We some- 
times find stags of a white color. We have need of phi- 
losophy. Men of noble birth are not always of a noble dis- 
position. Men of depraved disposition are never happy 
{nunquam felix). Be content with few things and thou wilt 
be free from cares. 

» 2^1. "J 108. R XII. « 19 1 § 107, R. X. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. . 329 

9. (14.) Lions eat flesh. Silver and gold are found in 
Spain. Men easily want gold and silver, but {sed) not food. 
Africa abounds in lions. (16.) The Romans vi^ere sent un- 
der the yoke. The year was divided into twelve months by 
Numa Pompilius, (17.) Hunger and blows tame wild 
beasts. Nightingales change their color in autumn. One 
oration of Socrates was sold for twenty talents. (18.) Mi- 
thridates, king of Pontus, was received by Tigranes, king 
of Armenia. 

10. (19.) I desire to live with you. They wished to 
sleep. Why do men desire to change their fortune ? We 
ought to learn to despise wealth. We cannot (we are not 
able) to suffer poverty. All men"" desire to be loved. (20.) 
Men must die.'' They had to fight. ** The art of writing " 
was invented by the Phcsnicians. Paper is useful for wri- 
ting. (21.) Catiline entered into a scheme for raising an 
army and destroying the city. 

11. (22.) The sun will set and the wolves will come 
forth {evenio) to plunder.*^ The civil wars were carried on 
by Marius and Sulla. Ail the nations of men have been 
and they will be carried off by the power of death. (23.) 
Your letters have often been read by me.^ The crocodile 
lives many years. Glory is thought to follow virtue. Great 
things have been undertaken. Our strength will not always 
remain. 

12. (24.) The disposition of wild beasts is sometimes 
more gentle than that of men. (25.) This is the four-horse 
chariot which Avas made of ivory and covered with the wings 
of a fly. Fruits are not produced by every field that is sown. 
Words are repeated by the parrots ^ which are sent from In- 
dia. Men who are mindful of favors will receive (recipio) 
favors. (27.) The fig tree is so large that it conceals troops 
of horsemen under it. Do you know ^ {Num scis,) who 
painted' Alexander. Is it true ^ [Verumne est) that bulls 
are swallowed whole in India by serpents ? ^ Do you know ^ 
how many [quoi) men there are ^ in the world ? Tell us 
(Doce,) when the world was made ^, and how many worlds 
there are.*^ 

~* 19! d ^^ f § 140, 5. " 

" 113. e § 126, Obs. 2. e 56, 3. 

« 111. 



330 



EXERCISES IN 



13. (29.) There are some who live '^ happy ; there are 
others who are never happy. Is there any one who has not 
read"" Demosthenes? Who is there that has not heard* 
concerning Caesar ? (30.) It is related that in Latmos scor- 
pions do not hurt strangers, but that they kill the natives. 
They say {narrant) that Virgil in his will ordered his po- 
ems to be burned, and that Augustus forbade it to be done. 
(31.) The approaching day is announced by the crowing of 
the cock. The city built by Cecrops was called Cecropia. 
It is now called Athens. Many when dying are troubled 
with the care of burial. 

EXERCISES IN COMPOUND AND CONNECTED SENTENCES. 

As an example of the way in which compound and connected sen- 
tences may be varied, the first fable, p. 80 may be changed into the 
foUovring forms and translated into Latin corresponding to the Eng- 
lish in each. 

14. Through fear of a kite a hawk was asked by the 
doves to defend '' them. When he assented " and was re- 
ceived'' into the dove-cote greater havoc was made by him 
in one day than could have been done ^ by the kite in many 
{multis). 

15. The doves were led {ductcB sunt) by fear of a kite to 
ask^ a hawk that he Avould defend "* them. It is said that 
he assented ** and that, being received into the dove-cote he 
caused a much greater slaughter of the doves in one day 
than the kite could have caused*^ in a long time. 

16. The doves are said to have asked a hawk whether if 
received into the dove-cote he would defend^ them from the 
kite. He assented and was received ; but the slaughter 
made in one day by the hawk was greater than could have 
been committed ** by the kite in a long time. 

17. It is related [narrdtur) that when the doves through 
fear of a kite requested the hawk to defend '' them, he as- 
sented ; and that being received into the dove-cote a great 
havoc Avas made of the doves in one day. 



»§ 141, Obs. 1. 
»§ 140, ],3d& 
84. 


c § 140, Obs. 4. 
d 88. 
e 86. 


f 97, 1. 

s § 140. 5. 

" § 146, R. LX. 



LA.T1N COMPOSITION. 3S1 

18. (p. 99, &c.) 1. A serpent, the son " of Mars, the keep- 
er of a certain fountain in Boeotia, was killed by Cadmus,'' 
the son of Ag^enor. For this reason {ob hoc,) all his offspring 
were put to death, and he himself was turned into a serpent. 
2. All who came into the kingdom of Amycus, the son of 
Neptune, Avere compelled to fight with him, and being con- 
quered were killed. 5. Life is said to have been restored"" 
to Hippolytus, the son of Theseus, by jEsculapius, the son 
of Apollo. 

19. (p. 101, &c.) 10. It is said that Tantalus "* was the son 
of Jupiter; and that because he told to men the things which 
he heard among the gods, he was placed in water in the in- 
fernal regions, and always thirsts. Others say, that he is 
tormented with perpetual fear, dreading the fall of a stone 
which hangs over his head.^ 15. The first men are said to 
have been formed of clay by Prometheus," the son'' of Ja- 
petus. It is also said that fire was brought by him from 
heaven in a reed, and that he pointed out how it might be 
preserved by being covered '' with ashes. 

20. (p. 105, &c.) 19. Europa, the daughter of Agenor.was 
carried by Jupiter from Sidon to Crete. When Agenor sent 
his sons to bring her back," he told them that unless their 
sister was found they should not return." 21. Atalanta, the 
daughter of Schoeneus, was very beautiful. When many 
sought her in marriage, the condition was proposed that he 
should take '' her who should first surpass ' her in running. 
23. Niobe, the wife* of Amphion, the son'' of Jupiter and 
Antiope, had seven sons and as many daughters, who were 

j all slain by the arrows of Apollo and Diana; and Niobe her- 
! self was changed into a stone. 

;; 21. (p. 109, &c.) 1. Neither the actions nor the thoughts 

I of men are concealed from the gods. 2. The laws of the 

! Athenians are said to have been written by Solon. No man 

\ can be esteemed happy in this life, because even to his last 

day he is exposed to uncertain fortune. 5. It is said that 

Democritus,' to whom "" great riches had been left by his 

father, gave nearly all his patrimony to his fellow-citizens. 



« § 97, R. 


«§ 112, R. IV. 


' § 141, Obs. 8. 


" § 126, Obs. 2. 


f § 146, Obs. 6. 


t§ 111. 


« 92. 


6 § 140, 1, 2d. 


1 § 145, R. LVIII. 


d § 145, Obs. 4. 


h § 140, 1, 3d. 


m§ 126, R. III. 



3az EXERCISES IN 

22. (p. 112, &c.) 20. They say that Socrates, who was 
judged by the oracle of Apollo to be the wisest of all men,* 
was the son of a midwife ; and the mother of Euripides, 
the tragic poet, is said to have sold herbs. 21. A question 
being proposed to Homer by a fisheiman, which he could 
not answer, he is said to have died of vexation. 22. Si- 
monides when eighty years'' old entered into a musical con- 
test, and obtained the victory. He afterwards (postea,) lived 
at Syracuse " on intimate terms with Hiero the king. 

23. (p. 116, &c.) 42. When certain persons warned 
Philip, king of Macedon, to beware*^ of one Pythias, a 
brave soldier,*^ but displeased with him,' he is said to have 
asked whether, [num) if a part of his body were diseased,* 
he should cut ''itoffor take care of it. It is said that he ' then 
called Pythias to him, supplied him with money, and that 
after that, none of the king's soldiers were more faithful than 
Pythias.'' 52. When Dionysius was banished from Syra- 
cuse, it is said that he went (eo) to Corinth,' where he taught 
boys their letters. 

24. (p. 120, &c.) 65. Corinth was taken by L. Mummius. 
All Italy was adorned with paintings and statues. It is said 
that of so great spoils he converted nothing to his own use; 
and that when he died, his daughter received a dowry from 
the public treasury. 66. A statue of Ennius the poet was 
ordered by Scipio Africanus to be placed in the tomb of the 
Cornelian gens, because the exploits of the Scipios had 
been rendered famous by his poems. 

25. (123, &c.) 1. In ancient times Saturn came to Italy 
and taught the Italians agriculture. A fort built by him 
near Janiculum, Avas called Saturnia. 2. Troy being over- 
thrown, it is said that JEneas, the son of Anchises, came 
into Italy, and was kindly received"' byLatinus, king of those 
regions ; and that having received the daughter of Latinus 
in marriage, he built a city and called it Lavinia. Romu- 
lus and Remus, the sons of Rhea Sylvia having been ex- 
posed by the order of Amulius, were taken up by Faustulus, 
the king's shepherd, and given to his wife to be nursed. 



»§ 107, R. X. 


' § 97, R. 


i § 145, LVIII. 


»§ 131,R. XLI. 


f § ni, 


" § 120, R. 


"= § 130, 1, Exc. 


s § 140, 2. 


> § 130, 2. 


« § 140, 1, 3d, & 84. 


h § 140, 5. 


•» 104. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 333 

26. (p. 126, &c.) 12. Eome was built by Romulus and 
divided into thirty curice called by the names of the Sabine 
women carried off by the Romans. 13. Nuiiia Pompilius, 
the second king of Rome, was born at Cures. By him* 
laws were given to the state,'' many sacred rites were insti- 
tuted and the manners of the people were softened. He 
reigned forty-three years." 14. In the reign of Tullus Hos- 
tilius, who succeeded Numa, war was declared against the 
Sabines, which was terminated by the battle ^ of the Horatii 
and the Curiatii. 

27. (p. 129, &c.) 23. Rome was governed by kings two 
hundred and forty-three years.'' 23. After that the peo- 
ple created two consuls, who should hold {terieo,") the gov- 
ernment for a year.'' Brutus, by whom the kings had been 
expelled, and Tarquinius CoUatinus, were the first consuls. 
24. War*^ having been raised against the city by Tarquin, 
Brutus was killed in the first battle. 

28. (p. 132, &c.) 1. The bravest of the Romans ^ was 
challenged to single combat by a certain Gaul of extraor- 
dinary size " of body. The challenge was accepted by T. 
Manlius, a young man of noble family, {genus ^) who killed 
the Gaul and stripped' him of his golden chain. It is 
believed [creditur) that both he '' and his posterity, from this 
circumstance, were called' Torquati." 2. In a new war 
with the Gauls it is related {narratur) that another Gaul '' 
of remarkable strength'' challenged the bravest of the Ro- 
mans = to fight with" him ; that M. Valerius, a tribune of 
the soldiers, offered himself, and advanced armed; that a 
crow, which had perched on his right shoulder, struck at the 
eyes of the Gaul with his wings and talons, and that Vale- 
rius, the Gaul,^ being killed, received the name of Corvinus. 

29. (p. 138, &c.) 2. Hannibal, the Carthaginian general, 
when nine years old was brought by his father to the altars '' 
to swear "eternal hatred towards the Romans. 3. It is said 
that having left his brother ^ in Spain, he crossed the Alps 

» § 126, Obs. 2. f § 146, R. LX. ^ § 145^ r. lVIII. 

" § 126. R. III. s § 107, R. X. • 97, 4. 

c§131.R. XLI, h§106, R. VII. °'§103,R. V. 

d § 129, R. i § 125, R. n § 137,R. LIII. & 84 
"§ 141, R. II. 



■334 EXERCISES IN 

with {cum) a large army and thirty elephants, and that tiie 
Ligurians joined themselves with him ; that he conquered 
Scipio, and afterwards Sempronius Gracchus. Soon after 
he advanced to Tuscia, where having engaged in battle " 
near the lake Trasimenus, he conquered Flaminius the con- 
sul, and slew twenty-five thousand of the Eomans.'' 

30. (142, &c.) 3. After Philip, king of Macedonia, died, his 
son Perseus prepared great forces, renewed the war against 
the Romans, and conquered P. Licinius, the Roman gene- 
ral who had been sent against him. He was afterwards 
conquered by jEmilius Paulus, the consul, near Pydna, and 
twenty thousand of his infantry were slain. 5. Carthage, 
though bravely defended" by its citizens, was taken and 
destroyed by Seipio, in the seven hundredth year after it 
was built, and in the six hundred and eighth year from the 
building of Rwne. 

31. (p. 145, &c.) 1. In the war carried on against Jugurtha, 
the Romans were in great fear that ^ the Gauls would again 
get possession of the city. For this reason Marius was 
made consul a third and a fourth time. In two battles two 
hundred thousand of the enemy were slain, and eighty thou- 
sand taken prisoners. For this meritorious conduct a fifth 
consulship was conferred on Marius, in his absence." C. 
Marius and Qu. Catulus fought against the Cimbri and the 
Teutones, who had passed over into Italy, slew forty thou- 
sand and took sixty thousand of his army near Verona. 

32. (150, &c.) 6. Lucius Sergius Catiline is said to have 
been a man of a very noble family,* but of a most depraved 
disposition." It is related {traditur) that he and certain il- 
lustrious, but daring men, entered ^ into a conspiracy for 
destroying their country ;''' that he was driven from the city 
by Cicero, who was then consul, and his companions seized 
and strangled in prison. 7. Nearly all Gaul was conquered 
by CsBsar in the space of nine years. The war was after- 
wards carried into Britain, and the Germans were conquered 
in great battles. 



§ 146, R. LX. d § 140, Obs. 6. f § 102. R. I 

§107, R.X. «§106. R. VII. s§ 112,3. 

§ 146, Obs. 6. 



LATIN COMPOSITION. 335 

33. (p. 154, &c.) 1. The three parts into which the whole 
world was divided, are Europe, Asia, and Africa. The 
straits of Gibraltar separate Europe from Africa. 2. The 
boundary of Europe on the east is the river Tanais and the 
Euxiae sea; on the south the Mediterranean sea, on the 
west the Atlantic ocean. 3. Spain lies towards the west. It 
is rich and fertile. In the region of Bsetica, men, horses, 
iron, lead, brass, silver and gold abound. 4. The Pho- 
c£ei having left Asia,^ sought new settlements in Europe. 

34. (p. 157, &c.) 11. The country beyond the Rhine, as 
far as the Vistula, is inhabited by the Germans, who are 
said to carry on war with their neighbors, not that they may 
extend'' their limits, but from the love" of war. 12. It is 
said that the Germans'^ do not pay much attention to Agri- 
culture. Their food {cibus) is milk, cheese, and flesh. They 
erect their houses near {ad) some spring, or plain, or forest ; 
and after a while they pass on to another place. Sometimes 
also they pass the winter in caves. 

35. (p. 161, &c.) 24. Greece is more celebrated than any 
other nation in^ the world, both for the genius of its people, 
and for their study ^ of the arts of peace and of war. Many 
colonies were led from it unto all parts of the world. 25. 
Macedonia was rendered illustrious by the reign of Philip 
and Alexander, by whom both Greece and Asia were sub- 
dued to a very great extent; and the government, taken 
from the Persians,^ Avas transferred to the Macedonians. 

36. (p. 162, &c.) 29. No region in Greece is more re- 
nowned for the splendor "^ of its fame than Attica.^ There 
Athens is built; a city'' concerning which the gods are said 
to have contended. So many poets, orators, philosophers; 
so many men, illustrious in every species of excellence, 
were produced by no other city in the world. There the 
arts of peace were cultivated to such a degree, that her re- 
nown from these was even more conspicuous ' than {quam) 
her glory in war. The harbor of Piraeus, connected with 
the city by long walls, was fortified by Themistocles, and 
affords {prcsbet) a safe anchorage for ships. 



» § 104, & § 146, 


H 145,R. LVIII. 


s § 126, R. III. 


R. LX. 


« § 120, R. 


h § 97, R. I. 


" § 140, 1. 


' § 128, R. 


i § 140, 1, 1st. 


c § 129, R. 






- ^' 


' %. - 





336 EXERCISES. 

37. (163, &c.) 30. It is said that Thebes, a most celebra- 
ted city, was surrounded with walls by Aniphion, by the " 
aid *" of music. It was rendered illustrious by the genius '* 
of Pindar and the valor of Epaminondas. 31. The city ot 
Delphi was renowned for the oracle of Apollo, which had 
great authority araon^ all nations, and was enriched (made 
rich) with numerous and splendid presents from all parts of 
the world. It is said that the tops of Mount Parnassus, 
which hangs over the city*' are inhabited by the Muses. 

38. (170, &c.) 48. It is believed that Troy, a city** re- 
nowned for the war *" which it carried on with the whole of 
Greece for ten years,^ was situated at the foot of Mount Ida. 
From this mountain, rendered illustrious by the judgment 
of Paris in the contest of the goddesses, flowed'' the rivers 
Scamander and Simois. 49. The Carians are said to have 
been so fond of war, that they carried ^ on the wars of other 
people for hire. 50. The water of the river Cydnus is very 
clear ^ and very cold.*" 

39. (172, &c.) 54. Babylon, the capital of the Chaldean 
nation, was built by Semiramis or Belus. It is said that 
its walls," built of burnt brick,' are thirty-two feet' broad, 
and that chariots " meeting each other pass without danger ; 
that the towers are ten feet"" higher than the walls. The 
tower of Babylon is said to have been twenty stadia in cir- 
cumference. 56. India produces very large animals. No 
dogs are so large as those which are produced there. The 
serpents are said to be so monstrous that elephants are 
killed'* by their bite ^ and the coiling round of their bodies. 



» 1 § 126, Obs. 2. 


'§ 131, R. XLI. 


i § 129, Obs. 2. 


b § 129, R. 


f § 102, R. I. 


> § 132, R. XLI. 


«§ 112, R. IV. 


K§ 140 1, 1st. 


»§ 132, R. XLIII. 


d § 97, R. 


•> 24. 


" § 155, R. LVIII. 



[the end.] 

6 4 » . *^^ 



f 




■- \^ '^ ■^ ^^CCM^^ * Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process 

' ij ■ o >" c,"^' '^^^ ^ i K^'"^ ' Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 

-. ■' ^ ^> ^-i " f. '> O Treatment Date: July 2006 

% ,#' * i?^»:^^° % ^'^"" PreservationTechnologies 

'/ - ^^^^^^ ^ \) t/' A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

c^ 'Of. -* ^^|!|||1^2^ " ,-0^' ■-'''• 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 

\/ <?' *v>^wl$^v'*' ' '^ CranberryTownshIp, PA 16056 

^r,X- ^ ^^^^U' S^ A '^ (724)779-2111 



,"^k'"' 



^^.s 



■^/, * .•; s ^ A^^^ 



^^/^'^ 



<JV 



,<\^^' :/' 
\ ^ 



^ '-ill*' ^ \ 












^j vv'^ 






^^ 















.^ X, 




